Home

FSM User Guide.book

1. Table 3 4 Bar Graph Coloring Tabs Tab Option Bar Color Description Status Default View Light Green Departing No CTD Red Flight Active Black Arrived Brown Departing EDCT Issued Dark Green Departing Past EDT Yellow Ground Stopped Cyan optional Cancelled Blue optional Removed Pink optional Priority White optional Unassigned Slot Orange Departing CTD other Element Arrival Departures Light Green Arriving Blue Departing Aircraft Category Light Green Turbo Red Jet Black Propeller Yellow Unknown Aircraft Class Black Small Light Green Large Red Heavy Yellow Super White Unknown Carrier Light Green Large Red Heavy Black Small Yellow Unknown Various Colors All Majors Dark Gray Dynamic Top Carrier 1 Maroon Dynamic Top Carrier 2 Light Blue Dynamic Top Carrier 3 Sand Dynamic Top Carrier 4 White Single Airline User input FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 39 Understanding Components Table 3 4 Continued Bar Graph Coloring Tabs Tab Option Bar Color Description AFIX Various Colors The Arrival Fixes associated with the monitored airport DFIX Various Colors The Departure Fixes associated with the monitored airport Exemption Black Flights excluded Green Flights exempted Red Flights not exempted Users Blue Air Cargo Magenta Carrier Light Green General Aviation Brown Mil
2. 8733 PHL ORD 25 B733 Pi ORD a7 8733 ptr ORD 104 B733 PHL ORD 18 8733 PHL ORD 14 B734 PHL ORD 76 B73 cur loro 25 1739 25 1925 K B733 PHL ORD 25531 25117911 251741 1 B733 Pn ORD 25 534 25 1632 28 1637 9 B733 CLT ORD 251352 251527 5 8733 cur ORD 22 252120 aD 4 7 B733 CLT ORD i I 2 B735 PHL ORD 25 2307 260058 28 0205 67 70 B735 Pit ORD 252241 260009 260113 64 67 B734 CLT ORD 252122 252311 282317 4 3 B763 ANC ORD L 3 ca SD ORD 3 A206 PHL ORD 3 ca DW ORD 3 A306 SOF ORD 3 B772 6S0 ORD F o B733 CMH ORD L s gi B752 mco ORD 25 415 25 1630 25711638 8 20 A319 EVH ORD 25 0458 251645 251736 so 3 B733 LGA ORD 25 9925 252914 252136 22 7 B735 DTW ORD i L 260246 60 A320 BOS ORD 254438 25 1639 DU 4 6 B735 MSP ORD 252320 260009 260125 it FR 76 65 Figure 21 19 Sub Opportunities Report Sub Opportunities Report Menu Many of the menu items for the Sub Opportunities Report are the same as for the Flight List component The list below describes the menu items that are different for or unique to the Sub Opportunities Report for more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information There are four menus File View Flight List and Help 1 File Menu Save As Print e Close 2 View Menu Rename Window Arrival Data Toggles Arrival data off and on Departure Data Toggles Departure data off and on Add Remove Columns Group Flights
3. Figure 6 27 Flight List Grouping Window The Group window has the following buttons Clear All Erases all selections in the Group window Clicking Apply or OK after clicking Clear All returns you to the default Flight List Help Displays information about the component version currently running in the Group window Apply Keeps the Group window open after FSM updates the flight list OK Closes the Group window after FSM updates the flight list Cancel Cancels any selections made closes the Group window and restores the default selections Figure 6 28 below shows the flights grouped by ETA then departure center then origin airport The Flight List displays in a split screen and FSM puts grouped flights into folders that you can expand for more detail This grouped Flight List corresponds with the Group window parameters shown in Figure 6 27 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 34 Viewing Flight Information E Flight List ATL 19 0345 LIVE Jo File View Flight List Help as a Current Info Data Arrivals Filter s Ground Stopped OR Dep Past ETD OR Dep No CTD OR Dep CTD Issued OR Dep CTD Other Element OR Flight Active OR Arrived OR Cancelled ATL 01 19 2010 03 45Z J ALL 1398 i ACID ETA DCENTR ORIG AFX DJ AAL474 1 gt PPE 4 DAL1532 19 1727 ZHU IAH CI AAL536 1 a 2 DAL1936 190344 ZDV DEN DAL 1693 E190344 ZLA SNA di ee aj 4 DAL1693 E20 0
4. Color By Carrier The Carrier tab colors flights by airline carrier In the Carrier tab select View gt Show Legend to show the color assigned to each carrier FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 10 Viewing Flight Information Gi Bar Graph FCABA1 19 0205 LIVE Jo File View BarGraph Display Help as s ao Sa E Status Au Dep Solus Aircraft Category Carrier Al Dis Centers Control Type FCABA1 01 19 2010 02 05Z ENTRY 120 120 80 80 FET 40 0 a N Time in 60 Minute Increments lv Masa y vl v EFDX Bnwa V SWA vy Mua r UPS USA vr Bash D1 v Mave D2 Other D3 v TRS D4 van Other Carriers 7 Airlinet Airline 2 p Airine3 i Airine4 Recalculate Figure 6 12 Bar Graph Color by Carrier Uncheck the carrier checkbox in the color legend if you do not want to view a particular carrier in the component The carrier data remains grayed out until you select the checkbox again to restore the carrier color back to the component Typing a single airline identifier into one of the Single Airline text boxes lets you view the flights of a major carrier without viewing its sub carrier flights Selecting All displays all listed carriers The list of static carriers displayed in the Carrier tab is based on the opened data set See Table 6 4 for a list of static carriers and predefined colors for each country For all FEA FCAs regardles
5. either Graphe ATL LIV 2220 LIVE A lg z Tene nees neas ne s 2 2 b J in a fie View Bir Graph Display iy E aS a Se ae BSF sono Sun B we a BE geen HO Saus Kur States Aeran Cangay Cam Me Die Camel Tyan A kik soe Canare P a ET ag F eal Ser GE AC mee T ATL 02 13 2009 22 21Z ETA pa u an _ _ e ka oe o ge S eo ee ra ona FIR sp St hs a Ko mA e gi gD n ur 4 ea e ir e XP a ne neers eee Bb Sele tt gt E fopa t f mF SKS a SIE EDER gt Bt amp A e 4 teuer 2e Tane in B Mitine mreremnerts Zus gt PO Figure 4 17 UDG With ATL Flight List 4 Once you have selected all of the components you want to include in your UDG click OK or Apply If you click OK FSM opens the components for the UDG creates a data set button with the UDG name on the Control Panel and closes Open Data Set If you click Apply FSM opens the components for the UDG creates a data set button with the UDG name on the Control Panel and Open Data Set remains available Clicking Cancel causes FSM to close the Open Data Set component without creating the UDG The name of the UDG displays in the title bar of each component in that UDG The title bar format for live components is lt Component Name gt lt ELEM gt DD HHMM LIVE UDG e g Time Line
6. ceoecec cococcc Soooocoe cocccec ocoocoocoecoe eeeqoeocc cxco oc 299968 cowoewx5chW OUa oe cower onnw comw w OSS uns wen 5 a Possoe sosoo boossoso LiIon boaooe soosoo beeooo be oon gt a wae D LA U md O See Ne nooo RER Noose Figure 21 4 Counts by Centers Counts by Aircraft Category The By Aircraft Category Count List displays a count list based on the aircraft category FSM classifies Aircraft Categories according to the aircraft category as specified by TFMS Propeller Turbo Jet and Unknown The Count List By Aircraft Category report contains the following information e Date ADL day and time Time 15 minute time bins e Aircraft Categories P T J U e Total Total for each time bin and for categories by hour and NRP flights Note For airport data sets times are by ETA for FEA and FCA data sets times are by ENTRY The Aircraft Category counts are arranged in the following manner e Block for each hour in the ADL e Counts by each 15 minute bin e Sum of categories in each hour FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 6 Understanding and Using FSM Reports e NRP flight count 16 Arrival Count List By Aircraft Category BWI 24 1817 LIVE Frozen Eile View Display Help CEJ _BWI 08 24 2006 18 17Z Display Mode LIVE ETA e T u DATE 10T 24 1700 00 14 110 141110 2 15 29 0 1 60 7 30 44 a E or a 18 7 45 59 olo m o 11 Total 1 1 1310 27 Se B
7. Increments Figure 16 11 TEB GAAP GDP 1 Click GDT Mode on the FSM Control Panel 2 From the GDT Setup component select Compress Flights from the Program Type dropdown The Scope tab is disabled when Compress Flights is selected 3 Click Reload or Model to model the Compress Slots program 4 View the modeled results in the GDT Bar Graph see Figure 16 12 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 8 Issuing Compress Flight Program Bar Graph TEB 2008 hal 23 2005 GOT Bite View ben Display Help gole IEJ 0 25 sa E i GDT TEB Model 07 23 2008 20 052 ETA Figure 16 12 Compress Slots Modeled In the modeled results there is no change to flights currently arriving to the data set but the Unassigned Slots have been reallocated based on the current demand vs capacity Note there are no longer any Unassigned Slots in the 2100 or 2200 hours 5 Ifyou are satisfied with the modeled results click Run Proposed or Run Actual The Compression coversheet opens 6 Select the Advisory Causal Factors and Program Parameters checkboxes The Advisory Causal Factors section of the coversheet is disabled because no Advisory is sent for a Compress Slot program however you still need to select the Advisory Causal Factor The red X in the tab will changed to a green checkmark 7 Click Send Actual Proposed Compression to replace the current pool of Unassigned Slots with the newly created Unassigned Slot list
8. zw 5 1 2 amp zL 4 8 i z0B 3 4 zwv 2 11 amp zke 1 4 gt O zrw 0 6 amp zpv 0 4 ZMP 0 3 ZAB 0 2 zuw 0 2 gt D ZLA 0 2 czy 0 1 Note All counts are for Non Active Included flights onty Figure 3 76 Demand By Center By default the Centers are collapsed Click the key icon next to the center identifier to expand the center and view the top five airports within each Center If there are more than five airports with included flights in the selected Center an additional Others row combines the rest of the flights within the remaining airports If a center does not contain any flights that center s airport list is empty Demand By Center Menu Bar The Demand By Center menu bar contains two options File and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save as Saves the Demand By Center window as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the Demand By Center component that is currently active on your screen FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 98 Understanding Components e File gt Close Closes the Demand By Center component only 2 Help Menu e Help gt Center Demand Opens the on line help for the Demand By Center component GDT Time Line Component The GDT Time Line component is an optional component in GDT Mode To open the GDT Time line select View gt GDT Time Line from the GDT Setup component menu bar The GDT Time Line displays fligh
9. B aapt u B s gt gt e ae z Satay te 19 Set Tame Ta men woa _ nd m 2 oeme gt 1 ed _ od wer ne Groep iy Dir tern Casters Greagr u u a e _ Pe a on a ay ji ON Cuen _ I lt s on 2 J Mood e zu 0 Fhe vow Gar Gragty Display toe 2 gt eter eee uaa sso tian A ve gt gt gt O meeneernne ens ene gt z 2 oe gt Staten Arlnp Stehen Arcrafi Categery Carrier Afe Ote Cies Control Type a ed eg Er Ee ATL 01 9 2010 22 022 ETA 4 aaa a dl gt se gt u mn ii gt u os _ nn em e lt ee e ee _ 3 lt oe oea ur S gt na te dare eee gt serite lt h Tr pa See Ji a tls Figure 2 3 Historical Mode Understanding Ground Delay Tools Although you primarily use Monitored Live mode to monitor a data set s demand capacity balance and flight information you use GDT mode to help make air traffic management decisions and conduct analysis You must first select a data set either airport or airspace in either Monitored Live mode or Historical mode to access GDT mode Once you select a data set
10. FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 3 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program 8 Enter the appropriate values for the Pop up Factor Select Pop Up Factor from the Fill field For this example enter a Pop up Factor of 10 Tt mit cd sty TRETEN INE ean en Ait S E UTI Dar sae an Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights r 3 Load Times Fill Pop Up Factor gt with 10 FromHour 10 v Through Hour 15 M Fill AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR CO a ee Ce ae a i pentane Figure 9 3 GDT Setup Panel Program Rate Note The program rate default for an airspace data set is zero Ensure that the program rate is set high enough after the end of the program to account for the stack value 9 Enter the appropriate values for the program into the Scope tab of the GDT Setup panel For this example enter the following in the Departure Facilities section e Scope ALL e Non Exempt Airports Add Canadian airports as necessary 10 Enter any Exempt Airports under the Arrival Facilities section For this example leave Exempt Airports blank FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 4 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program ff GOT Setup FCABA3 2010 Jan 19 0730 GDT aax Ele View Help E GDT Map Reload Model Reset Parameters Program Type AFP DAS x SUBS SCS ONIADPT OFF Scope ALL a Centers Origin Non Exempt Exempt Total Centers Selected 20 v ZAB v ZAU
11. Note All times displayed in and used by FSM are Zulu times unless otherwise specified Open Data Set Buttons The Open Data Set component has three action buttons that are active by default Apply OK and Cancel Two others button become active depending on what type of data set you are viewing View Element or whether you change the default settings in the Open With section Default 1 Apply keeps the Open Data Set component active in addition to opening the selected airport components 2 OK closes the Open Data Set component when opening the selected airport components 3 Cancel closes the Open Data Set component without making any selections bs 755 De HE ER ae ar er FTY 19 2230 GPT 19 2230 Figure 3 19 Open Data Set Button Options FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 22 Understanding Components 4 Default returns the Open With selections to the default checked items the Time Line and Bar Graph 5 View Element allows you to see the data pertaining to an FEA or FCA that FSM receives from the broadcast message or ADL for that FEA or FCA Map Component You can view the Map component by clicking Map on the Control Panel component The Map displays North America with an overlay of all US and Canadian centers and an outline of the 48 contiguous states Mexican states and Canadian Provinces Airports FEAs and FCAs currently being monitored by the server are displayed on the map The map titl
12. isenana manager m T Eile View Help o a 2 Reload All Model All Run Scenario SUB OFF Scenario Available C Currently Open Data Sets BWI 06 1440 gt Add Model Airports EWR 06 1440 it JFK 06 1436 GDP DAS FCARG1 06 1440 AFP ACTUAL 06 11 gt Addimpact _ LGA 06 1435 GDP DAS 5 cop nas FCARG2 06 1440 AFP ACTUAL 06 11 L I FEAFCA C anp enar IAD 06 1440 GDP ACTUAL 06 1125 Remove FCARG1 06 1436 Impac JFK 06 1441 GDP UDP LGA 06 1440 Ground Stop COFEASFCAs 2 P FCARG1 06 1440 AFP ACTUAL 06 11 Move Up oe FCARG2 06 1440 AFP ACTUAL 06 11 C Center 13 Airports zaw FAC 1 Actua Move Down poa a trr taena OT ee a Figure 3 104 Right click Element in Scenario Box to Open IPM Setup 2 On the Scenario 1 Scenario 2 or Scenario 3 tab click the Element ID action button see Figure 3 105 This button is disabled for Impact elements FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 137 Understanding Components pjs enario Manager IPM i lOl xj Gy Reload An Model All Run Scenario SUB OFF Reset All Parameters Figure 3 105 Click Element Action Button to Open IPM Setup 3 On the Scenario 1 Scenario 2 or Scenario 3 tab click the arrow located to the right of the Element ID action button Select IPM Setup from the dropdown menu see Figure 3 106 ej Scenario Manager IPM File View Help Reload all Model All Run Scenario Scenario 1 2
13. 152235 151920 ORD 1523154 PHX ORD 152017 152315 GDP 152246 151925 ORD 152318B PHX ORD 152021 152316 GDP 152305 151943 DEP CHTR ZAU ACID ASLOT DEP ARR CTD CTA TYPE EX CX SH ERTA IGTD 14547184 ORD 151736B ATW ORD 151658 151736 GDP 151723 151630 EGF294 ORD 151833A FUA ORD 151754 151833 GDP 151827 151730 JEGF142 ORD 1513354 AZO ORD 151803 151835 ABRG 151824 151750 I JEGF254 ORD 151851B DBO ORD 151820 151651 ABRG 151649 151610 UAL249 ORD 151857B GRR ORD 151821 151857 ABRG 151844 151805 JEGF239 ORD 151858A CID ORD 151821 151855 ABRG 151850 151605 LOF7918 ORD 151853A SBH ORD 151827 151653 ABRG 151807 SH7258 ORD 151905A ASH ORD 151830 151905 ABRG 151903 151813 ISKW6090 ORD 151855A ALI ORD 151830 151855 ABRG 151816 SH7123 ORD 151913A ATW ORD 151838 151913 ABRG 151906 151813 JEGF1G6 ORD 151909B GRR ORD 151840 151909 ABRG 151907 151825 JEGF395 ORD 1519065 BSN ORD 151842 151906 ABRG 151905 151825 LOF7676 ORD 151930A CID ORD 151845 151930 ABRG 151627 EGF268 ORD 1519465 PIA ORD 151916 151948 GDP 151933 151655 sKw5628 ORD 1519424 AKE ORD 151923 151942 GDP 151905 SKW6004 ORD 1520065 ASN ORD 151928 152006 GDP 151903 JEGF86 ORD 151957B AKE ORD 151934 151957 ABRG 151957 151920 DT 9 ISKU5963 ORD 0 1 DP gt 930 Figure 21 22 Reports gt Slot List gt By Center Slot List Report Menu Slot L
14. CI CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE amp COR Arrived AND Active AND Ground_Stopped CAND Departing PastETD AND Departing CTD AND Departing NoCTD AND Departing Other _ N aan aictine Figure 22 27 Query Manager Component When you are monitoring more than one data set clicking Flight List opens the Set Data Set window showing all open data sets Select the Data Mode Data Set and click OK to view that airport s GS Flight List see Figure 22 28 Click Cancel to exit the Set Data Set window without opening a Flight List FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 22 Using Query Manager en Figure 22 28 Set Data Set Selection window Opening the Flight List from the Query Manger lists all the flights that are GS at the specified data set unless otherwise defined by a customized CONSTRAINT whereas accessing a Flight List from the Bar Graph only displays a list of flights for the selected hour Flight List ATL 2010 Jan 19 0445 GDT File View Flight List Help COIE ATL 01 19 2010 04 45Z C1900608 ZME 190906 ZID C190942 ZID C1910944 ZME E190950 ZNY C190953 ZLA C19 1006 ZID C1911022 ZAU 19 1027 ZME C19 1032 ZID C19 1056 ZDV 191105 ZSF Figure 22 29 Query Manager Flight List FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 23 Using Query Manager FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 24 Flight Status Appendix A Flight Status The flight Stat
15. FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 28 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Sort Flights e Apply Filter Clear Filter e Flight Info Flight Detail 3 Flight List Menu e Freeze Data e Data Filter Display Set Time e Search By Callsign 4 Help Menu e Sub Opportunities General information about this report Slot List You can view the Slot List for airlines or centers with the following two Slot List reports e By Carrier e By Center Slot List By Carrier Select Reports gt Slot List gt By Carrier to view this report The Slot List report generates the second part ofthe FADT List that FSM generates after a program runs Included in the Slot List are the Aircraft Identification number ACID assigned slot time ASLOT departure center DEP arrival center ARR controlled time of departure CTD controlled time of arrival CTA aircraft type TYPE exemption status EX cancellation status CX slot hold status SH earliest runway time of arrival ERTA and initial gate time of departure IGTD see Figure 21 20 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 29 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 48 Slot List By Carrier FLL 11 1749 LIVE Frozen B8 LIST REPORT AIRLINE GA ASLOT CTD CTA FLL 111750A 111610 111750 111600 FLL 111715A 111612 111715 111600 FLL 112212A 111812 112212 111800 FLL 111952A 111616 111952 111603 FLL 111937A 111850 111937 111615 FLL 112102A 111927 112102 111900 FLL 112227A 112
16. For more information on the GDT Setup Panel see Chapter 3 GDT Setup Component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 3 Issuing Compress Flight Program Using Run to Generate the Compression Coversheet Click Run Proposed or Run Actual after you turn subs off complete your Compression setup and model it from the GDT Setup component If substitutions are currently turned on for the selected data set the Subs On warning dialog box is displayed before the coversheet opens see Figure 16 5 The warning gives you the opportunity to turn off substitutions without having to reload Subs On warning x Subs are currently ON Turn Subs OFF is recommended Ignore Turn Subs OFF Figure 16 5 Subs On Warning If you click Ignore the Subs OFF warning closes and the coversheet opens If you click Turn Subs OFF the Subs OFF message is sent to the hubsite TFM Processing Center TPC and an informational message is displayed see Figure 16 6 x Please wait while FSM remodels the TMI after the Subs OFF message is returned Click Cancel to enable GDT Mode before the Subs OFF message is returned Figure 16 6 FSM Modeling Information Message Click Cancel to continue without waiting for FSM to automatically remodel the TMI If you did not click Cancel FSM remodels the TMI after the Subs Off message is returned by the TPC and the FSM Information message closes SUBS ALL OFF is then displayed on the GDT setup pan
17. GDT Data Graph Component The GDT Data Graph provides a visual statistical representation of the modeled AFP see Figure 9 9 The Power Run option that you ran displays on the X axis by default the Percent of Demand Using your mouse drag the black vertical line to the desired Power Run option or just click the mouse over the desired option to move the line The delay statistics to the right of the Data Graph reflect the line of delineation of the scenario Additionally changing the Percent of Demand black vertical line automatically adjusts the Program Rate and updates all GDT components to reflect the new selection Rolling your mouse over any line in the Data Graph gives you the delay statistic count for the colored line that reflects the results of the option Note The Program Rate entered reflects as a Percentage of the current demand in the Data Graph component A 70 percent means that the modeled Program Rate reduces the current airspace demand by 30 for the AFP time frame 22 Data Graph FCADH2 2008 Aug 12 2019 GDT Am 10 xj Eile View Help Power Run By AFP By Percent Demand CAN 7 Default an Ol Metal Fits 328 280 300 OL Affected Fits 313 I WrTotal Delay 12 132 Or MaxDelay 95 lv Mlavg Delay 38 8 5 36 filstack 1 Unrec Delay 6 714 Of Unree 55 34 Orilpelayvar 9 67 Of EMA 5 O emer 2 4 yom 00 Figure 9 9 Modeled AFP Data Graph View For more information on the Data Gra
18. Generating a GS Coversheet Run the GS program once you set the parameters and you are ready to implement the GS Click Run Proposed or Run Actual on the GDT Setup component This saves the parameters to a specified FSM configuration file and the GS coversheet opens Clicking Run Proposed or Run Actual or also generates three reports the FADT Analysis and Carrier Statistics Reports which you can view by selecting View gt FADT Analysis or Carrier Statistics from the Coversheet menu For more information on reports see Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports GS Coversheet The GS coversheet contains all program parameter data for you to review before sending the GS program You send the GS out from the GS coversheet see Figure 19 6 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 6 Issuing a Ground Stop y File View Resend Help X Lax LAX GS ACTUAL Program Parameters Summary Start 200445 End 200545 Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Scope Selected By Tier of 2ndTier Centers Origin Non Exempt Y ZAB v ZDV Y ZLA v ZLC AdvisoryiCausal Factors Impacting Condition Category Respond By Valid Until 2006452 Probability of Extension MEDIUM Y Comments Send Actual GS Close Figure 19 6 Ground Stop Coversheet For more information on the GS coversheet see Chapter 3 Understanding Components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 7 Issuing a Ground Stop Once you review the
19. Scenario Manager IPM J Currently Open Data Sets BV 16 1520 GS ACTUAL 16 1435 DCA 16 1520 FCABX1 16 1518 IAD 16 1520 C FEASFCAS 4 FCABX1 16 1518 FCABX2 16 1518 FCAMA1 16 1518 FCAMA2 16 1518 AFP ACTUAL 16 1 C Center 11 Airports C ZBW 1 Proposed 1 Actual IAD 16 1450 GDP DAS BWA 16 1450 GDP DAS DCA 16 1450 GDP GAAP FEAFCA FCABX1 16 1449 Impact Figure 10 1 Scenario Manager with Three Scenarios Created FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 2 Using Integrated Program Modeling 5 To change parameters right click the element in the Scenario box and select IPM Setup see Figure 10 2 or click the appropriate Scenario tab and click the Element ID action button to open the IPM Setup component Fj Scenario Manager IPM C Currentty Open Data Sets BWI 16 1520 GS ACTUAL 16 1435 DCA 16 1520 FCABX1 16 1522 IAD 16 1520 X CI FEASFCAS 4 l FCABX1 16 1522 FCABX2 16 1522 FCAMA1 16 1522 Ir H Move Up FCAMA2 16 1522 AFP ACTUAL 16 14 d SD Center 11 Airports atest ad Figure 10 2 Right Click Menu Option to Open IPM Setup DCA 16 1450 GDP GAA GDP GAAP FEAFCA GDP UDP FCABX1 16 1449 Impal G ISt C Purge C Impact pi und een ar a Note The IPM Setup see Figure 10 3 component is very similar to GDT Setup FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 3 Using Integrated Program Modeling li xi Fe View Fing
20. When an airport goes into a GDP the GDP takes control of all arrivals at the airport within the duration of the program including any flights currently controlled by AFPs You have the option of exempting flights currently controlled by AFPs When an AFP is selected as an Exempt AFP in the GDT Setup panel the AFP exempt flights in the GDP will be treated as previously controlled regardless of their AFP exemption status and given the first available airport arrival slot after their estimated arrival time which is based on their current AFP EDCT and any airline submitted flight delays FSM will make an effort not to change the assigned departure time CTD for the flight subject to capacity constraints at the airport and any known flight delays This minimizes the number of changes to control time for flights that are now controlled by the GDP as well as to minimize the change in the demand at the AFP Exempting an AFP from a GDP 1 Go into GDT Mode for an airport that has AFP controlled flights 2 Set up your desired GDP Parameters as normal see Figure 15 10 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 9 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program Y fhe yow apns Adams TIAS Toots upises album iet Open Data Set Mp Search Gy Categn GDI Mey PM Mie AILO FCABA FCABASG An Connected Servers Aan muetsuremnteian camW AIR GRES MGRUEST MGFID MGR Data Set FCARAD ZONEN GT SURE SCS ON OFF Y MI GOT Setup FCABAT 20401 Je
21. f Z UAL1631 A211530 E211712 BICOA448 A211127 E211713 9uaL8135 A211528 E211718 410 UAaL1283 A211528 E211719 11 UAL37 A211316 E211722 A2 sKw6303 A211511 E21 1722 Egeezeese353 Figure 6 21 Flight List with Current Info Display Turned Off FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 24 Viewing Flight Information Flight List Menu The menu bar in the Flight List component contains four menu options File View Flight List and Help 1 File Menu File gt Save As Saves the Flight List to a spreadsheet or text file which can be opened later and used again File gt Print Prints the Flight List information viewed on the monitor screen File gt Close Group Closes the all the data set components associated with the Flight List component File gt Close Closes the Flight List component 2 View Menu View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box and allows you to change the title bar name View gt Add Remove Columns Allows you to add or delete ADL data fields as columns to the Flight List View gt Group Flights Allows you to group ADL data fields to the Flight List in ascending or descending order View gt Sort Flights Allows you to sort ADL data fields to the Flight List in ascending or descending order View gt Apply Filter Allows you to apply a filter to the data fields in the Flight List component View gt Clear Filter Allows you to clear
22. By default the Bar Graph updates with each hour Keeping the Bar Graph gt Track Time checkbox checked moves the bar at the turn of each hour When you do not check the box the bars do not move but the orange Time Indicator still displays the current time on the graph Track GDP AFP GS Hours You can view the hours of a GDP AFP or GS in effect at the data set you are monitoring by using the Bar Graph The Bar Graph has optional program indicators that work like the Time Indicator to show the start and end times of a current GDP AFP or Ground Stop The GDP AFP Time indicators are colored brown and the GS Time indicators are colored yellow The program time indicators are displayed automatically when a program goes into effect at the monitored data set To view or remove the program indicators select View gt GDP AFP Indicators or gt GS Indicators Note When you revise an existing program the new start time displays as a vertical brown dotted line FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 7 Viewing Demand Arrival Departure Flow Rate The flow rates operate independently of the time bin convention enabling users to visualize arrival and departure demand as dynamic flow rates A gray line represents the Atrival Flow Rate and a cyan line represents the Departure Flow Rate To view or remove the arrival or departure flow rate from the Bar Graph toggle the View gt Arrival Flow Rate or View gt Departure Flow Rate checkboxes The Arriva
23. CAND Departing NoCTD DJ AND Departing Other AND Airline Figure 19 12 Query Manager Component When you are monitoring more than one data set clicking Flight List opens the Set Data Set window showing all open data sets Select the Data Set Data Mode and click OK to view that airport s GS Flight List see Figure 19 13 Click Cancel to exit the Set Data Set window without opening a Flight List LAX 2010 Jan 20 GDT Figure 19 13 Set Data Set Selection window Opening a Flight List from the Query Manger lists all Ground Stopped flights that are at the specified airport FEA or FCA unless otherwise defined by a customized CONSTRAINT whereas accessing a Flight List from the Bar Graph only displays a list of flights for the selected hour For more information on how to use the Query Manager component see Chapter 22 Using Query Manager FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 14 Issuing a Ground Stop FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 15 Issuing a Ground Stop FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 16 Other Ground Stop Functions 20 Other Ground Stop Functions Once a Ground Stop GS is in place the conditions that originally necessitated the Ground Delay Program GDP may change This chapter covers additional GS features that you use when conditions demand modifications to an existing GS e Purging a GS e Reducing the Scope of a GS e Extending a GS e Moving from a GS to a GDP Purging
24. CJ AND Departing Other CA as n Airlinn Figure 3 26 Query Manager Component To Open a Flight List 1 Select Utilities gt Query Manager to open the Query Manager Component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 28 Understanding Components The Query Manager window displays 2 Select any one of the Built in or User Defined Filters 3 Click Flight List If you are only monitoring one data set the Flight List opens in table format with the information generated from the selected filter criteria No Active Data Sets error messages pop up if the FSM Client is not monitoring any airports If you are monitoring more than one data set the Set Data Set window displays see Figure 3 27 4 Select the desired data set for which you want to view the queried flight list 5 Click OK to open the Flight List See Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information for detailed information on Flight Lists Set Data Set ATL LIVE BOS 2010 Jan 19 GDT BWI 2010 Jan 19 GDT IAD 2010 Jun 19 2310 HIST Figure 3 27 Set Data Set Window Query Manager Menu Bar The menu bar ofthe FSM Query Manager component contains four options File Edit View and Help 1 File Menu File gt Save Saves the User Defined Filters into the user _filter ini file In the FSM Client ini file you can specify the name and location of where the user_filter ini file is stored The saved filters are available every time yo
25. Click to fill the From Hour and Through Hour fields to match the times set in the Program Time Options section If you click Fill after entering the Program Rate and hours FSM automatically fills in the appropriate hour columns e Pop up row This row is only available for a DAS program It is disabled and populated with dashes for all other programs The Pop up Factor accounts for potential pop up flights For example if you change the Program Rate for a certain number of hours to 40 with a Pop up Factor of 5 the Program Rate that FSM uses to run the GDP or AFP is 35 This leaves room for any unknown flights that show up in that hour because the actual capacity of the airport is 40 Note The pop up rate affects the resulting demand in the hour that you defined the pop up rate e Reserve slots row This rate is only available for Unified Delay Programs UDP that is GDP UDP and AFP UDP It is disabled and populated with dashed for all other programs You can manually enter values or use existing historical demand predictions found in the Load Historical Pop Up window Use this row to create unassigned slots created for anticipated pop ups Note When you enter a value in a given hour any unassigned slot that is eventually created is not necessarily in that hour Historical Pop Ups Click to open the Load Historical Pop Up window where you can select specific historical demand predictions which will be used for the TMI This win
26. DI Total Fights 468 244 499 Sica B R 255 D rk 244 244 244 D Bos 224 E 4 Affected Flights 72 37 93 C Unrecoverable Delay Minutes 523 490 809 Unrecoverable Delay 62 72 19 Delay Variance Minutes 8 5 10 1 20 6 immediate CTs Sent 117 69 123 EN MO PN 6 rn SE a rr i ee we a OE be RR Oo Ow MOO Figure 3 103 Metrics Tab Grouping Four Grouping options are displayed at the top of the Metrics tab The selected grouping determines which statistics are displayed If you click Resource the following statistics are displayed e Average Delay e Maximum Delay FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 135 Understanding Components Total Delay Total Flights Affected Flights e Unrecoverable Delay e Unrecoverable Delay e Delay Variance e Immediate CTs Sent If you click Arrival or Carrier the following statistics are displayed e Maximum Delay e Total Delay e Total Flights e Affected Flights If you click Departure the following statistics are displayed e Average Delay e Maximum Delay e Total Delay e Total Flights e Affected Flights e Immediate CTs Sent Display Three Display options are displayed below the Grouping section Not all Display options are available for all Groupings e Number of Elements default 5 Not available for Grouping by Carrier Number of Airlines default 5 Not available for Grouping by Arrival Departure or Resources e Number of CTs default 10 No
27. EDCT Change Request ECR Figure 14 7 Updating an EDCT using ECR Viewing Flight Information After ECR finds a flight the current information is displayed under the Flight Information section The tables below illustrate the fields listed in the current data section for Airport and Airspace data sets Airport Data Set Current Flight Data IGTD Initial gate time of departure IGTA Initial gate time of arrival CTD Current control time of departure CTA Current control time of arrival ETD Estimated time of departure ETA Estimated time of arrival FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 7 EDCT Change Request ECR ETE Estimated time en route departure to arrival ERTD Earliest runway time of departure ERTA Earliest runway time of arrival Airspace Data Set Current Flight Data IGTD Initial gate time of departure IENTRY Initial FCA ENTRY time CTD Current control time of departure CTA Current control time of arrival at FCA ETD Estimated time of departure ENTRY Estimated time of arrival at FCA FCA_ETE Estimated time en route departure to FCA entry ERTD Earliest runway time of departure Earliest FCA ENTRY time Updating an EDCT for a Flight After finding and displaying the flight s current information enter the flight s new Earliest EDCT in the Find Flight section of the ECR component 1 Enter the earliest EDCT to whi
28. ETE vs Actual Value SF Spurious Flight CF Cancelled but Flew DO Drop Out Y or Calculations Absolute Delay Max 0 ETA IGTA taxi Schedule Variation ETA IGTA taxi FSM User Guide Version 9 00 B 5 FSM Data Elements Calculations Program Delay Max 0 CTA BETA Note Program Delay changes anytime a flight s CTA changes this includes airline substitutions and SCS messages and well as EDCT updates FSM User Guide Version 9 00 B 6 Glossary of Abbreviations Appendix C Glossary of Abbreviations III Category II Flight flight remark AAL American Airlines AAR Airport Acceptance Rate ADC Advise Customs flight remark ADR Airport Departure Rate ADPT Adaptive Compression AETE Actual Estimated Time En route Airborne Holding A deterministic mathematical model used to calculate predicted airborne holding AffAvgDelay Affective Average Delay total delay divided by number of non exempted flights calculated after running a GDP AFP Airspace Flow Program ALD The carrier imposed a delay on the flight delay status ARTD ARTA Actual Runway Times Departure Arrival ASD Aircraft Situation Display ASLOT Assigned Arrival Slot ID ATA Actual wheels on Arrival Time ATCSCC Air Traffic Command System Control Center ATD Actual wheels off Departure Time ATR 310 Traffic Flow Management Inte
29. Line Polygon Circle or NAS Floor Ceiling The minimum and maximum range for the FEA FCA Direction The Heading feature in TSD Speed Not supported by FSM at this time Filters Only primary filters are displayed Note Floor Ceiling Direction and Speed fields are only applicable for Line Circle or Polygon FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 58 Understanding Components Accessing the Element Display component You can access the Element Display component from two components 1 Open Data Set 2 Control Panel Open Data Set To view the definition of any FSM eligible FEA or FCA from the Open Data Set select the FEA FCA from the Monitored Live or All Live tab and click View Element from the bottom right hand corner The element Display component opens for the selected FEA FCA Control Panel If you are already monitoring an FEA FCA right click the control element s shortcut button located on the Control Panel Selecting Open Element Display opens up the Element Display component for the selected FEA FCA see Figure 3 50 F FSM Fie View Reports Alerts ETI 2 Open Data Set Map Search Open Flight List _ Open Bar Graph Open ECR 2 Open Element Display Close Group Ci Figure 3 50 Open Element Display from Shortcut Button Note FEA FCA parameters can only be created edited or deleted through Traffic Situation Display TSD Element Display Menu Bar The Menu Bar in the
30. Menu Bar 141 opening 137 Panel Buttons 142 Tabs 139 Modeling 153 Parameters 143 Power Run Options 154 Scope 149 Map 23 GDT 13 IPM 157 12 Menu Bar 26 Opening Components From 25 Viewing Parameters 25 Zoom Capabilities 24 Metrics Tab 9 Model Program Rate Changing 9 Reset 10 5 Monitored Live Components Bar Graph 30 Element Display 58 Map 23 Query Manager 27 Time Line 44 Understanding 1 Monitored Live Mode Components 1 Control Panel 1 Open Data Set 15 Monitoring Airport 7 FEA or FCA 7 O Open Data Set 15 Active Historical Tab 9 All Live Tab 7 Buttons 22 Group By 17 Menu Bar 16 Monitored Live 2 Open With 17 Sort Airports By 16 Tabs 18 User Defined Groups 12 Open data Set Using 1 Opening Components From All Live Tab 7 From Data Set Buttons 11 From Historical Mode 6 From Map 4 Data Set 1 GDT Components 9 P Preview Advisory 108 Program Delivery Monitoring 1 AFP Parameters 13 Bar Graph 1 Blanket Parameters 16 Carrier Statistics 8 Compression Parameters 15 Delay Histograms 10 FADT 12 Flight Compliance 10 Flight Counts 9 Flight List 2 GDP Parameters 13 GS Parameters 15 NAS Users 4 Parameters Block 16 Priority Flight List 4 Program Parameters 11 SCS Bridge 12 Slot Hold 4 Slot List 5 Slot List By Carrier 5 Slot List by Center 6 Sub Opportunities 4 Surface Delay Report 4 Time Line 1 Time Out Cancel List 4 Time Out Delay List 4 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Index Program Manager 11
31. START_PARANETERS CTL_ELEM BUI REPORT_TIME 24190204 TYPE GDP DELAY MODE DAS EVENT_START_TIME 200608241857 EVENT_END TIME 200608250259 CUMULATIVE _START_TIME 200608241857 CUMULATIVE_END_TIME 200608250259 END_PARAMETERS START_EXENPTIONS CENTER_ORIG CZE CENTER_ORIG CZM CENTER_ORIG CZQ CENTER_ORIG CZU CENTER_ORIG CZV CENTER_ORIG CZW CENTER_ORIG CZY CENTER_ORIG ZAB Figure 21 24 FADT Report Analysis Report To evaluate the effects of a TMI after the program runs select View gt Analysis from the coversheet of any program FSM generates the coversheet when you click Run from a GDT Setup Panel after setting the desired parameters FSM automatically opens the spreadsheet application you have indicated in your configuration files to display the Analysis Report see Figure 21 25 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 35 Understanding and Using FSM Reports EB Ble Edit yew Insert Format Tools Data Window Hel Adobe PDF nr gt f ATL BLKT Analysis Report Sa BE a u a a a a O ATL BLKTfAnalysis Report ADL TIM 1 19 2010 445 REPORT_TIME 4 2002 EVENT START TIME 190455 EvENT END TIME 190634 CUMULATIVE_STAR 182320 CUMULATIVE END 19 0759 AIRLINE SUMMARY Controlled Flights Total Delay Ave Delay Total DelayAve Delay Total Delay Ave Delay Cancel 11JAOC Flights Affected Before Before After After Diff Diff Open 12 JAAL 7 13 DAL 14 FDX 15 MEP 16 NWA 17 TRS 18 UAL 19 UPS 20 USA 21
32. The GDT Demand By Center component displays non active non completed and included flights that are Non Exempt or Exempt by the modeled GDP see Figure 8 13 Included flights are the combination of both Exempt and Non Exempt flights included in the modeled GDP The Demand by Center component lists all Centers and the top five airports as defined by the number of included flights within each center for the modeled GDP Click the key icon to the left of the Center coloring to expand the Center selection and display the airports The Centers are ordered in descending order based on the number of Non Exempt flights The red colored Centers indicate that there is at least one Non Exempt flight within the Center Using this component can help you make decisions on the scope of your GDP based on the number of Non Exempt and Exempt flights FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 15 Modeling a Ground Delay Program mand by Center EWR 2009 fFeb 19 1411 GDT Figure 8 13 Demand by Center View For more information on the Demand by Center component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components The Analysis Report FSM generates the Analysis Report after you click Run Actual or Run Proposed from the GDT Setup component To evaluate the effects of any delay operation select View gt Analysis Report from the Coversheet as shown in Figure 8 14 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 16 Modeling a Ground Delay Program Figure 8 14 Coversheet
33. 1 File e Print Prints the Display Historical Pop Up window as displayed on your screen e Close Closes the window 2 Help Opens online help specific to the Display Historical Pop Up window There are two action buttons Close and Help e Close Click to close the window e Help Click to open a pop up window with a brief description of the component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 12 Viewing Flight Information 6 Viewing Flight Information FSM allows you to monitor traffic flow arriving at and departing from an airport and flights through an FEA or FCA using several different components The most obvious sources to view general traffic flow are the FSM Time Line and Bar Graph components In addition to viewing the overall traffic flow of an airport FEA or FCA you can access individual flight information using FSM This chapter describes various ways that FSM allows you to view general traffic flow and flight information when making traffic management and operational decisions The FSM Time Line and Bar Graph components open by default to the Status tab for the monitored data set The Status tab shows flights colored by arrival status To view departure information select the Arr Dep Status tab in Time Line and Bar Graph components FSM displays arrival and departure information depending on whether you select the Arrival and or Departure Data checkboxes from the View menu Note Departure data is not available for Airspace
34. 16 1610 ETE 67 ETA 16 1717 ERTD ERTA Update Options Limited CTA Range 16 1907 T16 1945 Max Additional Delay 38 Default Range scs Changing the CTA range recalculates the Max Additional Delay Limited CTD CTA BE _CTAt Unlimited CTA Range 16 1907 17 1757 Max Additional Delay 1370 Unlimited CTD CTA E_CTAt O Manual 16 1800 CTA 16 1907 B_CTAt 0 _ Update ERTA To 16 1907 Figure 14 8 Manually Adjusting CTA Range for ECR 5 Click Apply Model again so FSM can recalculate the update options based on the newly specified Limited CTA range 6 Select the desired update option SCS Limited Unlimited or Manual FSM selects the SCS radio button by default when SCS is a valid option NAS Users can access only the SCS Update Option Field users can access the SCS and Unlimited Update Options and ATCSCC users can access the SCS Limited Unlimited and Manual Update Options 7 Click Send Request to send the request to the Hubsite The ECR component is disabled while it waits for a response FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 10 EDCT Change Request ECR Setting the ERTA To set the flight s ERTA using the ECR component select the Update ERTA To checkbox FSM determines the default selection of the ERTA based on whether or not the flight can be subbed The following are the default possibilities e Flights that cannot be subbed checkbox selected
35. ATL 23 1519 LIVE ATL_ 1 The title bar format for historical components is lt Component Name gt lt ELEM gt YYYY Mon DD HHMM HIST UDG e g Bar Graph FCAA08 2006 Oct 19 0815 HIST NY_CTR The UDG data set button format and appearance is consistent with the airport and airspace data set buttons UDG data set buttons use U after the group name The right click menu for a UDG data set button has Rename User Defined Group and Close Group menu items Rename User Defined Group allows you to change the name of the UDG Close Group deletes the UDG and closes all components associated with it FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 15 Opening FSM FSM components are displayed at their configured locations when you add them to a UDG This means that if you add six Bar Graphs to one UDG all six Bar Graphs are displayed in the lower right corner of your screen If you would like to have these components open in a particular arrangement you can rearrange the display and save it to an adaptation file To Add Components to a User Defined Group You can add components to an existing User Defined Group from Open Data Set 1 Select the name of the existing UDG from the Custom Group list 2 Select one or more elements and one or more components for the selected elements 3 Click OK or Apply FSM opens the components and adds them to the UDG To Remove Components from a User Defined Group You can also remove components from an existing UDG
36. Blanket and Purge The Program Rate table is oriented horizontally so that the hours are displayed across the top of the table The hours shown in the program rate table range from one hour prior to the current time to 35 hours ahead of the current time To view the hours across the table use the horizontal scroll bar directly below the table There are three rates that can be adjusted the Program Rate Pop Up rate and Reserve rate Each rate is represented by a row and is an option in the Fill dropdown menu FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 67 Understanding Components gee tre od OL a ANA Aires Ag Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Load Times LoadADLAAR Fill Program Rate vw With From Hour w Through Hour v Fil Hour 12 13 14 15 16 17 48 19 20 24 22 23 oo 09 02 ol PR 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 Mm DG Peleiolololoijofojolfolfolofoaolojololo AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR u nl Quii Ae ctrl cant i ae ee en ene ana r ee Figure 3 54 GDT Setup Program Rate Section Select a rate type from the Fill dropdown menu and fill in the associated rates by entering a rate in the With box using the From Hour and Through Hour to select the time frame and clicking Fill There are additional features in the Program Rate section of the Parameters tab that are not included in the Modify Program Rate component e Load Times
37. CTA BENTRY for an AFP Any time a flight s CTA is updated the Program Delay is recalculated The report displays delay statistics for all carriers that operate at an airport or that are flying through the selected FCA Carriers with no presence at the control element do not show up in the Carrier Statistics report see Figure 12 7 j 19 Carrier Statistics FCABA3 01 20 2010 10 GDT Frozen X File View Help lement FCABA3 ADL Update Time 01 20 10 00 10Z Delay Type Program ABS CDM Flights Affected Delay Delay Delay MER Total Non_Exeupt Exempt CHX Total Total Avg Aftavg Max Min Traffic L Y 6 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 WA WA 0 00 6 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 07 0 0 NA WA 0 00 Y 13 of Wes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NWA WA 0 00 N 6 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA WA 0 00 E 3 0 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 7 0 0 NA NA 0 00 4 18 07 18 0 0 0 07 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 NA WA 0 00 Y 1s D 7 ae 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 07 0 0 MA WA 0 00 Y 9 7 07 97 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 Na WA 0 00 5 3 0D 7 37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 07 0 0 KA WA 0 00 E 4 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 N WA 0 00 Y 16 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA WA 0 00 3 12 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 WA WA 0 00 Y 1 of Le 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 NA WA 0 00 Y 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA WA 0 00 N 31 0 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA WA 0 00 N 20 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA WA 0 00 otal NA 207 O 207 0 0 0 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA NA
38. Data Arrivals Filter s NOT Arrived AND NOT Flight Active AND Ground Stopped AND ETA between 20 0600 and 20 0659 LAX Model 01 20 2010 04 55Z ETA 4 1 EGF3064 1200546 E20 0609 i 2 SKW6409 P200546 E20 0624 3 SWA961 P200546 E20 0631 4 EGF3050 P200546 E200632 P200546 E20 0633 P200546 E200637 P200546 E200638 P200546 E200642 P200546 E200643 T200546 E20 0646 Figure 19 11 GS Flight list for 1 Hour Bar There are certain default values of Flight List information When you first open a Flight List the default information is displayed This default information is adjustable For more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information Query Manager Flight List The Query Manager already contains a built in filter for GS flights To get a list of GS flights at any open airport select the AND Ground_Stopped Filter and then click Flight List or select View gt Flight List from the Query Manager component see Figure 19 12 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 13 Issuing a Ground Stop 1Query Manager File Edit View Help E Botti create Fiter CIALL AllFilters COBUILT_IN Built in Filters AND Priority CI CONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TRUE CI CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE CI CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE amp CJOR Arrived CAND Active JAND Ground_Stopped CAND Departing PastETD AND Departing CTD
39. FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 35 Understanding Components Note Ifthe cumulative time and the event time are the same the solid brown line cumulative time will take precedence over the dashed brown line event time e View gt GS Indicators Displays yellow vertical lines to indicate the start time and end time of a current GS The GS time indicators are displayed when a GS goes into effect at the monitored airport e View gt Arrival Flow Rate Displays a thin dark gray line that represents the arrival flow rate independently of the time bin convention enabling you to visualize arrivals as a dynamic flow rate e View gt Departure Flow Rate Displays a thin cyan line that represents the departure flow rate independently of the time bin convention enabling you to visualize departures as a dynamic flow rate Note FEA and FCAs have no departure information therefore the Departure Flow Rate is zero e View gt ADL AAR Line Displays a white horizontal line that runs through the graph representing the current Airport Arrival Rate AAR for the monitored airport or airspace data set The ADL AAR shown by default is a fixed AAR sent by the FAA Air Traffic Control System Command Center ATCSCC to advise of the number of arriving aircraft a data set can accommodate at any given interval of time The AAR changes according to the interval of time being displayed For example an AAR of 60 per hour AAR of 15 per quarter hou
40. FSM updates the program information and update times for each element when it receives new information from the ADL Once you place an element in the Selected box the update time for it is frozen and does not update unless you click Reload FSM updates all impact elements with the most current ADL data when you click Reload When you click Reset Parameters on the GDT Setup Panel any Impact Elements you selected in the Impact Modeling Options section remain FSM clears the Impact elements FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 85 Understanding Components of the modeled data and displays the current ADL data on the GDT Bar Graph The GDT Bar Graph displays the Model data set but you can click the Impact element buttons to view each Impact element s reset data The Impact Modeling Options section has two buttons labeled gt and lt that you use to move items between lists Selecting an element and clicking gt adds the element to the Selected box When you select an element in the Selected box and click lt FSM removes the selected element from the Selected box GDT Map Component The GDT Map component is one of four components that opens when you click GDT Mode on the Control Panel The GDT Map component is similar to the display of the Map component in monitor mode however the functionality is different See the Map section above for more information Selections made in the GDT Setup component are dynamically reflected in the GDT Map
41. I CONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TRUE CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE COR Arrived CAND Active I AND Ground_Stopped CI AND AND Departing CTD CI AND CI AND Figure 22 5 Built In Filter 2 Select Edit gt Copy 3 Select the User Defined Filter to which you want to add the filter C CONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TRUE I CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE Figure 22 6 User Defined Filter FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 5 Using Query Manager 4 Select Edit gt Paste The Filter is displayed below the User Defined Filter i rem Fr CI CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE CI CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE COR Arrived DJAND Active AND Ground_Stopped AND Departing PastETD CAND Departing CTD CAND Departing NoCTD AND Departing Other JAND Airline TJUSER User Defined Filters CIOR ATL OR Figure 22 7 Filter Added to User Defined Filter To create user defined Constraint filters 1 From the Query Manager window click Add 2 Enter a Filter name 3 Select Constraint from the Add Filter dialog box Filter name New Filter Type O OR List AND List Constraint on emer Figure 22 8 Add Filter Window 4 Click OK The Edit Constraint window opens FSM User Guide Version 9 0
42. Major the default is set to include All FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 1 Issuing a Ground Stop ET GOT Setup LAX 2010 Jan 20 0455 GOT og Eile View Help El GGDT Map Model Reset Parameters Program Type Ground Stop SUBS ALL ON Program Time Options Start 200445 End 200545 gt 3456 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 212223 0 1 2 Data Time 200455 Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights 03 04 05 06 O7 08 09 12 13 4 6 17 4 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 General Options Include Only Options Arrival Fix ALL Y Aircraft Type ALL v Carrier Major ALL Figure 19 1 GDT Setup Parameters Tab Scope Tab Click the Scope tab to select the facilities and airports included in the GS Ground stops are always Tier based therefore Select By Distance is not a valid exemption criterion The Tier panel contains three sections where you can modify parameters Centers Airports Origin and Flights see Figure 19 2 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 2 Issuing a Ground Stop EF GOT Setup LAX 2010 Jan 20 0455 GOT Jog File View Help a GDT Map Model Reset Parameters Program Type Ground Stop SUBS ALL ON Select By Scope 2ndTier Total Centers Selected 10 Clear Centers Origin Non Exempt Exempt v ZAB 0 0 _ ZAU 0 1 ZBWV 0 0 ZDC 00 v ZDV 00 v ZFWV 0 0 v ZHU 0 0 Z
43. OFF BRIDGING Indicates whether bridging subs are disabled OFF for a particular operator airline name GA or MILITARY If bridging is off for an airline any flight which has a MAJOR field or carrier code from ACID that matches the airline name is not used for an SCS bridge If bridging is enabled ON for an operator no line displays in other words the only allowed value for this keyword is OFF e Alerts gt Actual GDP Parameters This alert occurs when FSM receives actual GDP Parameters through the ADL First time GDP Parameters new GDP Parameters and deleted GDP Parameters trigger this Alert Select this to view these parameters in a static window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 7 Understanding Components e Alerts gt Actual AFP Parameters This alert occurs when FSM receives actual AFP Parameters through the ADL First time AFP Parameters new AFP Parameters and deleted AFP Parameters trigger this Alert Select this to view these parameters in a static window e Alerts gt Proposed GDP Parameters This alert turns red when parameters for a Proposed GDP arrive through the ADL Select this to view these parameters in a static window e Alerts gt Proposed AFP Parameters This alert occurs when FSM receives proposed AFP parameters through the ADL Select this to view these parameters in a static window e Alerts gt Actual GS Parameters This alert turns red when a Ground Stop GS is issued and FSM receives
44. Opening FSM for more information on how to open FSM components Figure 2 2 shows a possible Monitored Live mode windows management In this example the user selected BOS from the Open Data Set component The two default components Time Line and Bar Graph display automatically when the user does not select any other components in the Open With selection box of the Open Data Set component X Be yew Ronos E os os mos piedon top Ops Date Set Map Search Ry Catign GDT Bode IPM hear FoR sos ATL Connected Servers metroren comin MGRSSM MORES RFD AGH Nats Set ATL UME SLURS ALL OM i Etine Line ATL 19 0000 UVE Joga Fe Yew Treeline Qispiy Het Be ip aas Homer ne ANL Ash Active ise e lore line ATL 01 19 2010 00 00Z Gert Arperts Oe Apert Coster ai s y me Unt Codere Duni S IAC un Orp ga Y B Graph aw ew aow Pew Hew Do H OA DO Fas ABO 100000 en am m m um uns a ARA EM IN ALN eae am ANL 190090 OLE ACTUAL 12300 1940750 lt Om 100000 A Se a ana taona Hesse Hee wa a B06 109000 i 5 ao BIR 108000 Bu muss PAs g aF z e wa 12 9000 e a Sa tes a 552 CLE 190008 s A K CLT ee PP od z Er F a z COS 199800 z e wm ue a J a Er FS CSC 5 Grea hg Remeni Name Crtu Groep o e Se tae s ed heee PSO se e h gt wo o cm u e pn He He a n ne x oee oee oa K z Ba vew Bar Grash Dipty teip fae CDP Mes o
45. The red X on the tab will change to a green checkmark 16 From the Advisory Causal Factors dropdown menu click Preview Advisory to review the GS Advisory 17 Click Send Actual GS to issue the Ground Stop The Program Manager window opens and activates the Autosend process Viewing GS Controlled Flights To monitor controlled flights view the Bar Graph and Time Line in Monitor Live mode You can identify GS flights by looking for yellow flights in the Bar Graph and the Time Line see Figure 19 10 In the Bar Graph move the cursor over the yellow bar and the number of GS controlled flights in that hour is displayed FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 11 Issuing a Ground Stop Bar Graph LAX 20 0455 LIVE m I Oleg Status ArMDepStatus Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type LAX 01 20 2010 04 55Z Figure 19 10 Live Mode Double click a bar in the Bar Graph to open the Flight List component When all colors are displayed on the Bar Graph the Flight List contains all flights both GS and other flights Click the color legend button to open the color legend Uncheck all color options with the exception of yellow GS Flights Then click the hour bar that has only GS flights displayed this opens a Flight List containing only GS flights FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 12 Issuing a Ground Stop E Flight List LAX 2010 Jan 20 0455 BAX File View Flight List Help as a Current Info
46. aa from 19 0001 to 19 0236 Equivalent Hourly AAR 86 5 254 tH os F A ms 4 En mad ama fm Figure 3 41 Flight Count Icons in the Time Line e Airplane Icons represent flights arriving at or departing from the monitored airport FEA or FCA Arriving flights face left while departing flights face right Clicking an arrival flight icon highlights the flight by putting a yellow square around the icon If the flight is delayed the open arrival slot that resulted from its delay is also highlighted A filled square icon displays only when a Program is in effect The filled square represents an arrival slot left open by a cancelled flight The arrival slot is open and available for use by other flights Cancelled flights are displayed on the Time Line under the CNX heading colored cyan and are highlighted when you select their associated slot e An empty square icon also corresponds to a cancelled flight However this arrival slot is not associated with a Program Clicking this icon highlights its associated cancelled flight displayed under CNX in the Time Line FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 48 e A filled triangle icon displays only when a Program is in effect The filled triangle Understanding Components indicates an open arrival slot due to a delayed flight Clicking this icon also highlights the delayed flight associated with the open slot e An empty triangle icon also corresponds to a delayed flight Ho
47. light green while the other half are in the air red the bar for that hour is half red half green If every flight for the hour has landed the bar for that hour is black The graph is dynamic and changes according to the information in each ADL update The graph also automatically updates itself when you choose a different color tab option in File View BarGraph Display Help B S 6 60 5 af E Status ArrDep Status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type ATL 01 19 2010 16 10Z eS il I tt I tt tt I g S R g Time in 60 Minute Increments Figure 5 1 Bar Graph displaying Color by Status Tab FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 1 Viewing Demand In Monitor Live mode only if there is an 11 minute gap between the ADL update time and your local machine time the ADL Date and Time will turn red until the next update is received Note that the components will remain active even though the data has expired i Bar Graph ATL 19 1635 LIVE Jo Eile View BarGraph Display Help 6 soo a E Status ArriDep Status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type ATL 01 19 2010 16 35Z S a a a aT T mr nn ER Figure 5 2 Red Text Warns that ADL Update Time is Behind About the Display There are 16 different coloring options to view the demand When you first open a Bar Graph component the Status tab is the default view The component name airport FE
48. or GDP AFP see Figure 11 8 General Options ze Purge Notification Minutes Taxied 20 GS 20 GDPAFP 45 Default dpa ee En AR ee rr nenn gm gi PO RER Wr v Figure 11 8 Purge Notifications Minutes Values Note Changing Purge Notification Minutes values is for modeling only The actual purge uses the default values Click Model and review the Bar Graph to ensure the demand versus capacity are acceptable after running the purge algorithm and then click Run Actual Proposed to generate the CNX Coversheet See Figure 11 9 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 7 F File View Resend Help FCABAS v Program Parameters Summary Start 200010 End 200443 Purge Notification Minutes Y AtsoryiCausal Factors FCABAS PURGE ACTUAL Model Time 200010 Taxied 20 GS 20 GDP AFP 45 Issuing an Initial Program x Respond By Comments Valid Until 200543Z Send Actual Purge Close FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Figure 11 9 Purge Coversheet Issuing an Initial Program After you review the information select the Program Parameters checkbox The Advisory Causal Factors section of the Purge Coversheet must be completed before you proceed For more information on the Coversheet component see Chapter 3 GDT Coversheet Purge Coversheet From the Purge Coversheet click Send Actual Purge to purge any control times from the TFMS system Purge works the same as the Send Actual l
49. origin airport destination airport ETD ENTRY EXIT ETA ETE Control Element CTD CTA Delay Flags Cancel Flags and Drop Out information when applicable Selecting Flight Detail displays more detailed flight information The Flight Detail window contains all the ADL information for that flight Selecting EDCT Check opens the EDCT Check dialog box giving ATCSCC specialists the ability to send a message to the Hubsite requesting the flight s EDCT time Selecting EDCT Update opens the EDCT Command Line dialog box which allows ATCSCC specialists to send an EDCT update request to the Hubsite FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 47 Understanding Components e Selecting the ECR option opens the ECR component for the selected flight Opening ECR in this manner automatically fills the ACID ORIG and flight information into the ECR component for the flight Note EDCT Check and EDCT Update are ATCSCC only options FSM displays cancelled flights and drop out flights under the CNX amp DO Flts column These flights have the same hover and right click capabilities as all other flights FSM keeps and displays flight data compiled by TPC which includes data for up to 34 hours after the current time You can also access flight lists and flight counts see Figure 3 41 from the Time Line component For more information on viewing flight information in the Time Line see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information 6 There are 224 flights
50. use the Arrival Status tab to color your flights View gt Show Unassigned Slots Displays all unassigned slots in the color white for a GDP or AFP View gt Show Legend Displays the appropriate color legend associated with the tab option you are viewing If you click the legend button on the Bar Graph FSM dynamically selects the checkbox for Show Legend View gt Time Indicator Displays an orange vertical line that remains fixed at the current time Like the FSM Time Line the Bar Graph Component also tracks time View gt Cumulative GDP AFP Indicators Displays a brown solid vertical line representing the cumulative start and end time for a GDP or AFP View gt Event GDP AFP Indicators Displays a brown vertical dashed lines to indicate the start time and end time of a current GDP or AFP The program time indicators are displayed automatically when a program goes into effect at the monitored data set Note If the cumulative time and the event time are the same the solid brown line cumulative time will take precedence over the dashed brown line event time FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 131 Understanding Components e View gt GS Indicators Displays a yellow vertical lines to indicate the start time and end time of a current GS The GS time indicators are displayed automatically when a GS goes into effect at the monitored airport e View gt Model Flow Rates Displays a thin colored line that represents the mo
51. z S Braon HO i 10 lt gt 10 gt 10 gt 10 r Mariwed O Ber O oO O te 0 4 Be aa 4 er eee era Anl S s4 F ad Se Zn Jinan i Figure 6 15 Time Line Component with Color Legend Displayed The AAR and or ADR airport only versus the demand on the airport FEA or FCA the number of flights projected to arrive at an airport or enter into an FEA or FCA for that hour displays directly below the date hour information The Airport Departure Rate versus demand displays in parentheses when you select View gt Departure Data For example if the Time Line displayed 90 85 this would indicate that 90 is the Airport Departure Rate and 85 flights are projected to depart for that hour Each flight arriving at the monitored airport FEA or FCA displays beside the minute hash mark which corresponds to the ETA or ENTRY time of the flight Cancelled and dropped out flights are listed under the CNX amp DO Flts column You can show or hide icons for cancelled and dropped out flights by selecting View gt Show Cancellations from the Time Line component FSM keeps and displays flight data compiled by TPC which includes data for up to 24 hours after the current time View Open Arrival Slots To view open arrival slots that resulted from delayed or cancelled flights select the View gt Open Slots in Carrier Color checkbox from the Time Line Slots are displayed on the Time Line as square cancelled or t
52. 0410 LIVE Joe File View FlightList Help es a Current Info Data Arrivals Filter s lt anonymous gt ATL 01 19 2010 04 102Z DCENTR ORIG 1 AAL1192 P1910545 E19W727 ZMA MIA HUSKY HEDLY ATL j 2 AAL1192 S200339 E200516 ZMA MIA HUSKY HEDLY ATL Figure 6 34 Duplicate Flight Warning 5 Right click the flight in the Flight List and select either Flight Info or Flight Detail to view the selected flight s information Using wildcards to search for a flight You can use the and wildcards to search for flights for which you have incomplete call sign or origin airport information For example you have call sign SWA13 but are missing the last two digits and the origin airport starts with a D 1 Ensure you have an airport data set open 2 From the Time Line component select Time Line gt Search By Callsign or select Utilities gt Search By Callsign if the Time Line is not open The Search By Callsign dialog box opens FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 40 Viewing Flight Information 3 Enter the flight s Callsign and Origin Airport using the wildcards Note The wildcard stands in for one character e g SWA1 returns all SWA flights with two ID numbers The wildcard stands for multiple characters e g UAL returns all UAL flights with any length ID number E Search By Callsign Callsign AL Origin Airport Figure 6 35 Search by call Sign with wi
53. 1 Load Proposed Parameters Load Actual Parameters Figure 3 106 Right click Element Drop Down Arrow to Open IPM Setup IPM Setup opens with the ADL currently opened in the Scenario Manager Note that ADLs are updated only when Reload All is selected or when an additional element is added to a scenario If the ADL is behind the current ADL the Reload All button will be enabled You cannot move the IPM Setup component therefore in order to return to Scenario Manager you must close IPM Setup Four default IPM components are opened for the selected data set see Figure 3 107 The IPM Setup and IPM Map component are interactive any change in one is dynamically reflected in the other component Other IPM components reflect changes made to the IPM Setup and IPM Map when you model the TMI FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 138 Understanding Components Note All IPM components are labeled IPM in the component title bar IPM Setup components also include the Scenario number in the title bar a Fie View Regerts SRR Trans Toots innen Wirntow bets Open Cuts Set Map Search Ry Calcagy GOT Mocs ptt Monde m eosi sro son Connected Servers Suliver AORA GRES RGRUEST MGR MGR Data Set JFK TRO GP OAS RE ALL ON E IPM Setup JFK 2010 Jan 19 0110 WH Scenario 2 Jog te ww Hew Fi View Mia inte E pump raph Nenian Ace Au Semen My Reset Al Parametern Proper Twe 00P DAS SUBS ALL ON Pa aeters j Prag an Tire Optom Sat we
54. 1 Stacked Hours You can also get a quick visual idea of where the cancelled flights squares and delayed flights triangles are from the FSM Time Line If a large number of squares are displayed throughout the program time issuing a compression is helpful for reallocating operational flights to the slots held by the cancelled flights A revision will also do the same but will also assign pop up flights to arrival slots A compression ignores all pop up flights and only compression flights that were previously in the GDP Running a Compression with the Compress to Last CTA checkbox selected on the Parameters tab of the GDT Setup panel compresses every flight that has a control time even if the flight is past the End time of the GDP see Figure 17 2 Deselecting Compress to Last CTA compresses flights that have a CTA before the End time of the program It is advised to use the Compress to Last CTA option when a GDP extension is not expected FSM User Guide Version 9 00 17 2 Deciding When to Use a Compression or Revision ff GOT Setup BOS 2010 Jan 20 0420 GOT og Eile View Help C GDT Map reed Model Reset Parameters Program Type Compress Flights SUBS ALL ON Start 200402 A e RE v Compress to Last CTA m ar Relic apa Metso ty OS cried gem ven atin a a ae pp Figure 17 2 Compress to Last CTA Compressions can decrease delay on operational flights and move cancelled flights to the end of t
55. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 0 1 Purge Flights __ Before Revision Start v Compress to Last CTA Data Time 200300 Rat OHM Appicatig Onin EN un nn oO Figure 15 3 Modifying the Program Duration Modifying the Program Rate Select the Parameters Tab in the GDT Setup component The current Program Rate is displayed for the hours of the current program To increase decrease the Program Rate use either the Fill method or change each hour manually For more information on the Parameters Tab see Chapter 3 Understanding Components If a Pop up Factor is being used it is suggested to manually adjust the Program Rate to a higher rate for two hours past the Data time to compensate for the Pop up Factor value entered Typically unknown demand has already materialized for the two hours past the Data time Reducing Expanding the Scope of a GDP You can reduce or expand the scope of your tier or distance based GDP Select the Scope tab on the GDT Setup panel and select either Select By Tier or Distance If you prefer to use the Tier based GDP you can select a new center group or manually add or delete centers by selecting the center checkboxes Newly selected centers are now non exempt receive departure delay in the program If you release a center from program delay the flights originating from that center run through the release delay algorithm FSM adjusts distance based programs based on the distance radius You can expand the di
56. 1754601 Ele view Bal it Bar Graph ATL 19 1810QIV S fme Vi ip Pm Status EEE 3 ER File View Bar Graph Display Help saus S18 Scenario 1110 STEA e ee gto Legend ne et Pe ate a Figure 2 1 Data Mode Displayed in Title Bar Meere yee n a 273 For more detailed information on individual components see Chapter 3 Understanding Components Understanding Monitored Live Mode In Monitored Live mode you can monitor airport airspace capacity and demand information for flights in various FSM components FSM updates demand data approximately every five minutes in Monitored Live mode with every new Aggregate Demand List ADL FSM provides information that supports detailed flight data and various types of demand count lists When opening components from the Open Data Set component the two default Monitored Live Mode components are e Bar Graph Displays demand versus capacity of a specified data set e Time Line Displays how flights are distributed throughout each hour These two components open by default if you do not change the Open With options in the Open Data Set component You also can individually open the Time Line and Bar Graph FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 1 Understanding FSM Features components from the Map component You can access the Flight List component using the Open Data Set component as well but it is not the default selection See Chapter 4
57. 17Z Display Mode LIVE Time MRB CSN TRISH SABE Other TOTAL DATE MRB CSN TOTAL 24 1700 00 14 0 1 0 1 0 2 i 15 29 4 0 2 1 0 7 30 44 1 2 0 4 0 7 45 59 3 0 3 5 0 1 Total 8 3 5 11 0 27 eee ee DEREN UL oO L ES EDIE ee E S 24 1800 00 14 2 0 1 2 0 5 15 29 1 0 3 1 1 u 30 44 1 1 0 0 0 2 45 59 2 0 2 3 0 7 Total 6 1 6 6 1 20 NRP 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 1900 00 14 2 1 1 3 0 7 15 29 2 0 2 1 0 5 30 44 4 0 0 2 0 h 45 59 3 0 2 4 0 9 Total 11 1 5 10 0 27 NRP 0 0 0 1 0 1 24 2000 00 14 2 1 2 3 0 8 15 29 1 1 3 1 0 6 30 44 3 1 0 0 0 4 45 59 5 1 1 2 0 q Total 11 4 6 6 0 27 NRP 0 0 0 0 0 0 a Figure 21 7 Counts by Arrival Fix Counts by Departure Fix The By Departure Fix Count List provides flight counts according to the departure fix each departing flight is passing over for the monitored airport Departure fix names for each airport vary FSM generates the departure fixes for the monitored airport from the ADL file and uses them in the Count List headings If the departure fix is not specified in the ADL or is blank the flight is displayed under the Other column Note Times are displayed by ETD Not applicable for FEA and FCA data sets and is therefore disabled The Count List By Departure Fix report contains the following information e Date ADL day and time e Time 15 minute time bins e Departure Fixes FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 9 Understanding and Using
58. 19 8 Issuing a Ground Stop LAX ZLA 08 03 2010 CDM GROUND STOP CTL ELEMENT LAX ELEMENT TYPE APT ADL TIME 04552 GROUND STOP PERIOD 20 04452 2005452 DEP FACILITIES INCLUDED 2ndTier ZAB ZSE ZFW ZKC ZOA ZLC ZLA ZMP ZDY ZHU PREVIOUS TOTAL MAXIMUM AVERAGE DELAYS 0 0 0 NEW TOTAL MAXIMUM AVERAGE DELAYS 340 154 131 PROBABILITY OF EXTENSION MEDIUM IMPACTING CONDITION WEATHER FOG COMMENTS 032141 200645 Figure 19 8 GS Advisory Preview To send the GS and Advisory click Send Actual GS located at the bottom of the coversheet The FSM client interfaces with TFMS Autosend Server and sends the web coversheet XML file to NTML and the FADT file to the Hub site The Autosend Server also invokes TFMS E mail and sends the Advisory to the specified address list TFMS E mail puts the ATCSCC position number and phone number in the Advisory signature line When you click Send Proposed GS only the proposed parameters and Advisory is sent When you click Send Proposed GS or Send Actual GS the Program Manager window opens and displays the Autosend progress Click Close and no action is taken from the GDP coversheet window Program Manager Clicking Send Proposed GS or Send Actual GS activates the Autosend process and opens the Program Manager dialog that displays that status window and progress bar at the bottom of the window see Figure 19 9 The Program Manager performs a list of actions based on the type of GS s
59. 200019 MSY k 90519 1836 19 1706 19 1754 BHM 1155192030 191854 MCO 218 S200144 192316 LGA 1455192056 192036 ATL 1585192328 192052 LEX 220 S200135 19 2306 Figure 21 14 Surface Delay Report The displayed information defaults to arrival data To view departure data select View gt Departure Data The Surface Delay Report then displays both arrival and departure data To alternate information in the report you can check or uncheck the arrival or departure boxes FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 19 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Surface Delay Report Menu Many of the menu items for the Surface delay Report are the same as the Flight List component The list below describes the menu items that are different for or unique to the Surface Delay Report for more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information There are four menus File View Flight List and Help 1 File Menu Save As e Print e Close 2 View Menu e Rename Window e Arrival Data Toggles Arrival data off and on e Departure Data Toggles Departure data off and on Add Remove Columns e Group Flights Sort Flights Apply Filter e Clear Filter Flight Info Flight Detail 3 Flight List Menu e Freeze Data e Data Filter Display Set Time e Search By Callsign 4 Help Menu e Surface Delay General information about this report Priority Flight Report This re
60. 21 6 Counts by Aircraft Class s sesssseseeseesseessessresresseesessrssressessessresseeseese 21 7 Counts Dy Att yal ER ses a runs 21 8 Counts by Departure Fix ae erlitt 21 9 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Counts by Set nn ee le 21 10 Counts By Unassigned Slot sauna 21 12 Compliance Flight Lists sseosseoesoossoosssoessoesssosssoossoossocsssesssoossocssssssssssssesssoses 21 13 By CTD Compliance Report sauna anna 21 14 By ETE Compliance Report une Melle 21 15 By CTA Compliance Report une tan 21 15 Spurious Flight Compliance Report ceennsennennnennnn 21 16 Cancel That Flew Compliance Report s sssssssssessesseseeessessessssressesse 21 16 Program Delay Histogram u a sen da 21 16 Absolute Delay Histogram u 2 a Lak 21 18 Surface Delay Report e seessooesoosssoesssesssesssooesoossoosssoesssesssossoossssesssesssoessoossosseos 21 19 Surface Delay Report Menu nissen a dale 21 20 Priority Flight Report sissesessseisnseisessosssinedsevusssognvsuebeowasvinsantesesuansaddanseveasoensoseten 21 20 Priority Report Men riesen 21 21 Time Out Delay Report u a 21 22 Time Out Delay Report Menu uesennensenssennnnnnnnenennen nen 21 23 Time Out Cancel Report suiasnnsneinnnn an 21 24 Time Out Cancel Report Menu nun nein 21 25 Slot Hold Report sii siccecccsiscccsudaxcesvessnnioseveedsoousyneses sevens ssouasecobecbsucenropeacsouuseadacaes 21 25 Slot Hold Report Mel rm ne 21 26 Sub Opportunities Report
61. 24 2000 00 14 15 29 30 44 45 59 Total Figure 21 10 Count By Unassigned Slot FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 12 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Compliance Flight Lists When any flight becomes noncompliant FSM generates a flight list that includes these flights You can access the compliance reports from the Reports gt Compliance gt Report Name option from the Control Panel component There are five possible compliance reports By CTD By ETE e By CTA e Spurious Flight Airport only e Cancel That Flew For example if you select Reports gt Compliance gt By CTA all flights that have non compliant CTAs are displayed with the FltAlarm CC checkboxes checked This report also contains non compliant alarm columns If the flight has additional alarms non compliant associated with it those alarm checkboxes also are checkmarked Figure 21 11 is an example of CTA Compliance Alarm Flight List Note Alarm Flight Lists include only those flights arriving at the selected airport JIA Comphance OF W 24 1842 LIVE DFW 08 24 2006 18 42Z T AOD MAJOR ORG DEST EID ETA ENTRY ARID ARIA CIO CTA ARTAS 41432 241726 ZAMIA 2 UPS2077 UPS GEG DFW A24 1432 A241725 2 4 1741 2USA1239 USA Ph DPW A241425 A241724 24 1425 241724 24 14149 24 1715 _ AAaaLT2I AAL LGA DW 24 1440 A241750 24 1440 241750 24 1429 24 1737 AAL1519 AAL TJSJ DAWN 241231 A241700 24 1700 2471231 241638 J AAL202
62. 5 ga seo n E m wos ne ee Zeb z meas Arey Status MAC Career Ale Disc Conies Cortesi Type Z gt See Mined a b 5 3 a n ATL 01 19 2010 00 00Z lt ae gt e 120 ea we om m zS x ac e z i my C a ase a us s bap e s s s oi o F z 5 a ee ee z mm A AA EE S o g 9 al ME nn Tun na us a a A hOn 8 O O O O S S SE e Tonne In 60 Minus ecromants i Figure 2 2 Monitor Mode Live Understanding Historical Mode Historical mode allows you to select any data set stored in a database You can use this data to analyze scenarios or replay the day s air traffic events From the Open Data Set component with the Historical tab active you can drill down to find the year month date and data set ofthe desired information you want to view Once you select the date and data set FSM gives you the option of selecting a data time See the Open Data Set component in Chapter 3 Understanding Components for more information FSM displays Historical mode data in much the same way as the Monitored Live mode however the word HIST is displayed next to the ADL time stamp in each Historical mode component In Historical FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 2 Understanding FSM Features mode you can view data in the same five minute ADL increments in which it originally arrived Click Update on the Control Panel component to update the
63. 50 Color By Aircraft Category 9 Color By Aircraft Class 10 Color By Alarm Status 16 Color By Arr Dep 9 Color By Arrival Fix 14 Color By Carrier 10 Color By CDM Participation 16 Color By Centers 13 Color By Control Type 17 Color By Departure Fix 14 Color By Distance 16 Color By Exemption 15 Color By Program Delay 17 Color By Status 8 Color By Substitution Status 16 Color By User 15 Color Scheme Selection 54 Fix Coloring 56 Fix Order 56 Flight Count 19 Flight Information Viewing 18 Viewing From Time Line 47 Flight List 20 GDT 10 Change Flight Display 22 GDT Time Line 22 Icons 48 IPM 166 10 Menu Bar 50 Open Slots in Carrier Color 19 Recalculate Dynamic Carriers 13 Tabs 53 TMI Evaluating Carrier Statistics Report 2 Issuing 1 Advisory 3 Coversheet 1 Resend 5 Program Manager 4 Program Parameters 3 Purging 7 U UDP AFP Program Type Defined 62 Airport Program Type 141 Defined 5 FCA Program Type 141 GDP Program Type Defined 61 Historical Pop Ups 68 IPM Earliest R Slot Minutes 148 IPM Historical Pop Up 145 IPM Historical Pop Ups 145 IPM Program Type 128 IPM Reserve Slots 145 IPM Setting Reserve Rate 145 Power Run Options 154 Reserve Slots 68 Setting Earliest R Slot 73 Target Delay Multiplier 73 Viewing Demand 1 Unassigned Slots Bar Graph 6 Unified Delay Program Defined 5 User Defined Group Delete 16 Load From Adaptation 19 Rename 16 Save 17 User Defined Groups 12 Add Components to 16 And FSM Functiona
64. 60 23 ai E Print Cancellations Legend Figure 3 34 Bar Graph Buttons There are eight buttons on the Bar Graph window e Save As Saves the Bar Graph as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e Print Prints the Bar Graph that is currently on the screen e 15 30 and 60 Clicking the 15 30 or 60 time bin buttons displays bar graph capacity and demand information based on the time bin value selected The default time increment is 60 minutes e Legend Displays the color legend for the Bar Graph e Arrival Flow Rate Displays the Arrival Flow Rate line on the Bar Graph e Cancellations Displays cancelled flights on the Bar Graph Bar Graph Tab Options The screen resolution determines the arrangement of the 8 default tabs in the Bar Graph You have the option to color flights according to several variables available in FSM The default tab setting colors flights according to their arrival Status however FSM offers the flexibility to view flights according to different criteria This allows for effective analysis of which flights make up the demand at a data set Each of the 16 pre defined color tabs of the Bar Graph window displays different information with a corresponding color scheme FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 38 Understanding Components and legend The following table lists the default color settings for all 16 tabs see Table 3 4
65. All Erases all selections in the Sort window Clicking Apply or OK after clicking Clear All returns you to the default Flight List e Help Displays information about the component version currently running in the Sort window e Apply Keeps the Sort window open after FSM updates the flight list e OK Closes the Sort window after FSM updates the flight list e Cancel Cancels any selections made and closes the Sort window Figure 6 30 shows flights sorted by DCENTER then ACID and then ETA This sorted Flight List corresponds with the Sort window parameters shown in Figure 6 29 E Flight List ATL 19 0350 LIVE Flight List Help Tla a Current Info Data Arrivals Filter s Ground Stopped OR Dep Past ETD OR Dep No CTD OR Dep CTD Issued OR Dep CTD Other Element OR Flight Active OR Arrived OR Cancelled ATL 01 19 2010 03 50Z DJ AAL474 1 Zi 19 1505 Same aunt cms tens g m C1911510 C19 1843 1 519 1544 E19 2019 C AAL 1098 1 Ay e 519 2000 E19 2246 CI AAL 1192 2 4 C19 1044 C19 1309 CZU C AAL 1250 1 i en gt Figure 6 30 Sorted Flight List Multi Level Sorting You can use the Sort window to sort a flight list by multiple data fields For example you want to sort your Flight List by Destination Center DCENTER Aircraft ID ACID and Estimated Time of Arrival ETA respectively 1 Select View gt Sort Flights from the Flight List component The Sort w
66. Bar Graph Each Scenario tab displays a bar graph for each element in the scenario Impact or Model is displayed to the right of the element name The bar graphs are in the same order as they are displayed in the Scenario Manager The bar graphs are the standard FSM bar graphs however there some differences to accommodate for the display of multiple bar graphs FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 134 Understanding Components e The horizontal bar at the bottom of the window simultaneously scrolls all elements e A single set of Color tabs View gt Set Tabs Displayed controls all of the bar graphs e Only color options with a common legend are enabled e The Dynamic Carriers and Recalculate buttons found on the Carrier tab in GDT s Bar Graph has been removed from the Multi Graph Carrier tab Metrics Tab The Metrics grid contains expandable trees to simultaneously display consolidated statistics across all scenarios see Figure 3 103 Use different combinations of the Grouping and Display options to analyze the data ioj x Eile View Bar Graph Display Help us sao a E Grouping Resource Arrival C Departure Carrier e l Number of Elements 5 gt Number of Airlines Number of CTs 10 Metric Scenario1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3 CI Average Delay Minutes 11 6 18 3 44 9 Lea B 59 9 JFK 183 18 3 190 eos 45 z I Maximum Delay Minutes 69 69 99 I Total Delay Minutes 835 676 4178
67. By describe what data is displayed on the X axis of the Data Graph and the headers in the Data Table see Figure 3 66 The Program Type you select determines which options are displayed in the Power Run By dropdown menu All GDP functions have GDP listed before the Power Run Type all AFP functions have AFP listed before the Power Run Type and all GS functions have GS listed before the Power Run Type Table 3 8 Power Run Options by Program Type Program Type Power Run By Options GDP DAS GDP Distance GDP Data Time GDP Data Time amp Distance GDP GAAP GDP Distance GDP Data Time GDP Data Time amp Distance AFP DAS AFP Percent Demand AFP Percent Capacity AFP Data Time AFP GAAP AFP Percent Demand AFP Percent Capacity AFP Data Time Ground Stop GS Center Group GS Time Period GS Center Group amp Time Period Compress Flights Start Time Blanket Minutes of Adjustment FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 80 Understanding Components EF GOT Setup ATL 2010 Jan 20 0145 GDT EAX Eile View Help IA cormap ran am 0x Program Type GDP DAS Step Size Program Cancellation Time 200145 impact Modeling Options Available Ci Currently Open Data Sets BOS 20 0210 GDP ACTUAL 19 1845 20 0429 CI FEASFCAs 0 C Center 73 Airports Figure 3 66 GDT Setup Modeling Opti
68. Canada CONUS London The default is CONUS When you select a projection center point the map redraws to center on that point 3 Map Menu e Map gt Auto Show You can use this to select whether to see Monitored Airports Monitored FEAs FCAs Unmonitored FEAs FCAs or FCAs with AFP on the map The default is Monitored Airports Monitored FEAs FCAs and FCAs with AFP e Map gt Zoom In Allows you to enlarge the Map e Map gt Zoom Out Allows you to reduce the Map size e Map gt Default Zoom Returns the Map to the original default zoom 4 Help Menu e Help gt Map Opens the on line help for the Map component Query Manager Component You can view the Query Manager component by selecting Utilities gt Query Manager from the Control Panel component The Query Manager component enables you to query and filter flights to create a Flight List that contains flights that meet only your selected criteria F FSM file view Reports Alerts TFMS Tools Window Help Open Data Set Map Query Manager CrQ am Model Pr KAUEIEIRSLRSIE Server S6 EPOSA Uren Uren egram Rate a bmt 5 file Wew Imeline Display Heip Merle uj j i ATL a ee ae Figure 3 25 Opening Query Manager Component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 27 Understanding Components The Query Manager component gives you the option of selecting between Built in Filters or User Defined Filters see Figure 3 26 Built in Filt
69. Change FSM updates the current Time Line window Clicking Cancel closes the Color Schemes Selection component and cancels any actions performed in this dialog All changes to Time Line are displayed in the following modes e Live e GDT e Historical e GDT Historical AFIX and DFIX Coloring and Order The Afix and Dfix tabs for the Time Line now include a way for you to configure the order and color of fixes You can now change the order of fixes and select a color for each Afix and Dfix from the Afix and Dfix Legends The Fix Order component lets you change the order of how the fixes are displayed Clicking Fix Configuration on the Legend for the Afix or Dfix tab causes the Fix Order component to open The fix order defaults to the ordering of the fixes as specified in the ADL edt Order lt Fix Order Figure 3 47 Fix Order Component The Fix Order component has a list box displaying the order of the fixes from top to bottom The fixes are listed by name and color Each fix has a down arrow You use the down arrow to select a color Clicking the down arrow next to a fix name opens a dropdown box listing 20 colors Select the color you want for the fix from the list If you want to reorder the fixes select the fix name from the list in the Fix Order box and click Up to move it toward the top of the list and Down to move it toward the bottom of the list Clicking Cancel closes the Fix Order component and cancels any
70. Clear All to remove the information from the ECR component so that you can enter a different ACID If a request is successful FSM clears all of the ECR fields If a request is unsuccessful FSM clears all information except the Find Flight information Adjusting the CTA Range You may manually adjust the CTA range for SCS and Limited Update Options FSM sends the SCS and Limited CTA range parameters as entered in ECR to the hubsite Adjusting the CTA range will change the Max Additional Delay from the default value 1 Find the Flight in ECR 2 Enter the Earliest EDCT to the earliest EDCT to which the flight can comply and click Apply Model FSM will calculate the Limited and Unlimited CTA range for the flight and the Earliest CTA EDCT ETE 3 Ifyou would like to change the Limited CTA range enter the new value in the Limited CTA Range field The value may not be less than 30 minutes of Max Additional Delay 4 The Max Additional Delay is recalculated based on the CTA range value that you entered If you need to reset the Max Additional Delay to its default value click the Default Range button See Figure 14 8 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 9 EDCT Change Request ECR E ECR ATL 16 1544 LIVE Frozen File View Help Find Flight Airport FCA ATL Source ADL 16 1548 ACID TRS93 ORIG RDU Earliest EDCT 16 1800 Current Flight Data IGTD 16 1355 IGTA 16 1514 CTD 16 1610 CTA 16 1717 ETD
71. Click Apply The Time Line and Bar Graph components for ATL are displayed 4 Click GDT Mode from the main Control Panel FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 1 Modeling a Ground Delay Program Note If there is no active airport the GDT Mode button is disabled The GDT Setup Panel GDT Bar Graph and GDT Map are displayed as shown in Figure 8 1 Note All GDT components interact with one another The GDT Setup and GDT Map dynamically reflect one another whereas clicking Reload or Model on the GDT Setup panel reflects changes in all components m Ge wew Regorts ME S Toots pases wir tiet Open Data Set Map Such By Caley GT Medr PM Morey wos BWR An Comnecied Servers APS AES Re Be ete Se AIL Jeet ia SUA SL Ce One EA GOT Setup ATL 20t0 Jan 19 0700 GOT Jogis Fe View lee fee View Map iep GQ wimp Moeet Nast Pa emeten Program Type GOP DAS SUBS SCS OWALET EF sr 1 WIR UVUWS ET WB IE 2 DU 127345 Arge Fights Beine Revise Start r Cam te Lat CTA Program Fate Appticatite Ory te nckxted Finn Lasd Tee Amar A ARR ferantae wa a From How Die yew Gor Graph Otay iiep 95 soo sA ame ae Mn Sts FU Under Aroan Cao Cami Aie ie Centers Omwei To Gens GOT ATL Model 01 19 2010 07 002 ETA Figure 8 1 Initial Default GDT Display 5 Select GDP UDP from the Program Type dropdown menu 6 On the Parameters tab of the GDT Setup panel see Figure 8 3 complete the Program Time Options section For
72. Click Cancel default to clear the warning without making any changes e Clear Scenario Removes all elements from the scenario A warning message reading Parameters of all elements in Scenario n will be lost is displayed Click Continue to clear the warning and clear all elements from the scenario Click Cancel default to clear the warning without making any changes FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 125 Understanding Components Element Right Click Menu Options Right click an element within a scenario to change the type of TMI or open IPM Setup When you change the management option the new program type is displayed parenthetically next to the element The following right click menu options are available for airport elements e GDP DAS Changes to GDP DAS program type e GDP GAAP Changes to GDP GAAP program type e GDP UDP Changes to GDP UDP program type Ground Stop Changes to Ground Stop program type e Purge Changes to Purge program type e Impact Changes to Impact program type e IPM Setup Opens the IPM Setup component The following right click menu options are available for airspace elements AFP DAS Changes to AFP DAS program type e AFP GAAP Changes to AFP GAAP program type AFP UDP Changes to AFP UDP program type e Purge Changes to Purge program type e Impact Changes to Impact program type e IPM Setup Opens the IPM Setup component Hover your mouse cursor over an eleme
73. Components 1 Scenario Manager Combines FSM implemented TMIs into one or more system wide views referred to as scenarios The scenarios allow you to compare programs effects on one another and to compare multiple strategies at one time 2 Multi Graph Consists of bar graphs for each data set in all scenarios Provides consolidated metrics for all scenarios 3 IPM Setup Very similar to GDT Setup The main difference is that you cannot run programs you only can model programs FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 5 Understanding FSM Features Wrsw Jog fe yow Reports M Hans tom ses yon ets Open Guta See Mn PAA ote a Canserird Serer s mation met erwvities DIAE GRESA MGRHEST MGRSD MGR Data Set Pa Pe ye Hp Fie Yew Br Graph poy let Neset Ad Parametern U sole sn A Scecare te SOPH I ews PO en Fam Nate Lingeme Date Sata a amp ATL 70 1035 GOP ACT R818 gt s Pow Hates COFEASFCAs aD Comer 74 Auar s DD argens rara O argens LImarca Figure 2 5 IPM Mode FSM Software Technical and Visual Cues Java software needs a Java Runtime Environment JRE on your computer to execute FSM 9 00 requires a JRE version 1 5 0_06 or higher Without an available JRE for a given environment it is impossible to run Java software Text Fields Display Conventions The graphical appearance of text fields is such that you can you can readily determine which fields are enabled or disabled and editable or non
74. DPK v ZIGG i m Mother F eases Fix Configuration f j az en z t a j eem E A ER Figure 3 37 Bar Graph with Right click Color Menu You can assign the same color to multiple Afixes or Dfixes You can save and recall the configurations for Afixes and Dfixes through user adaptations At times FSM cannot recall an adaptation because a fix might have changed its name new fixes were added or old fixes were removed If that is the case FSM reverts to automatically assigning the coloring You can configure Afixes and Dfixes on the following Bar Graph components e Live Bar Graph e GDT Bar Graph e Historical Bar Graph e GDT Historical Bar Graph Time Line Component The Time Line component is a timetable that displays airport FEA or FCA demand in one minute hash marked increments in the hour columns see Figure 3 38 The number of hours displayed is based on the size of your Time Line component You can change the number of hours viewed on the screen at one time by dragging the edge of the window in or out to increase decrease the window size You can also use the scroll bar to scroll forward or backwards in time You can resize the CNX amp DO Fits cancelled and drop out flights column as well For Airport data sets flights are displayed on the Time Line based on their ETA For Airspace data sets flights are displayed on the Time Line based on their ENTRY time into the FEA or FCA FSM User Guide Versio
75. E19 1619 191005 19 1245 1911315 A191000 E192034 199930 192050 191000 19 2030 1990929 A1931221 A1N1317 19115 19 1320 19 1155 A191344 E19 1548 19 1130 19 1405 A191409 19 1439 5 19 1335 A19 1242 E191557 19 1200 19 1526 19 1200 A19 1338 E19 1823 B s 19 1315 A190851 19 1841 190815 19 1840 1900851 19 1844 190816 A19 1205 A191417 191105 191335 19 1105 A1911422 19 1506 3 A19 1234 A191319 191150 191305 1911150 A19 1307 MAIJAA 19 1030 19 1198 19 1214 19 1252 19 1200 R191410 A191425 19 1347 191414 191346 A191416 E19 1454 s 49 1416 19 1417 191359 A191129 E192127 19 1030 192105 19 1129 19 2126 19 1110 A191231 A19 1412 19 1100 5 19 1100 A19 1422 191351 191427 191345 Ons AR FALSE Figure 3 2 Time Out Delayed Flight List Reports gt Time Out Cancel This report quickly provides a picture of which flights from the operation are contributing to the Time Out Cancel problem Easier access to this information should help you review and resolve the problem This report is in the same format as the FSM Flight Lists and includes all flights with cancellation status of TO Reports gt Slot Hold This report is similar to an FSM Flight List but only lists flights with their slot hold flag set to Y Reports gt Sub Opportunities Provides a flight list to assist airlines and general aviation customers in identifying subbing opportunities There are two Slot List reports Repor
76. ETDprmeheTD ASLOT IStot ime ENTRY NWAS87 NWA MCO MSP A 25 1828 C 25 2133 251918A 25 1918 25 1 5 NWAST3 NWA MIA MSP A 25 1737 C 25 2107 25 1903A 25 1903 25 184 N7243M Other DYR SPG A 25 1849 C 25 2228 25 2226A 25 2226 25 2053 SWAI673SWA RSW STL A 25 1851 C 25 2112 25 1956A 25 1956 25 1943 N6QISM Other TLH SPI A 25 1815 C 25 2101 252030A 25 2030 25 182 J NGOSRF XAA BHM TPA A 25 1902 C 25 2013 25 22197 25 2219 25 1926 N123KD Other MDO APF P 25 1647 A 25 1841 25 1733A 25 1733 25 1859 N825PS UVA ISM SYI A 25 1909 C 25 2106 25 2033A 25 2033 25 2007 SWA307 SWA ABO MCO A 25 1712 25 2017 25 1941A 25 1941 25 1923 FIV610 FIV PBI MGM A 25 1705 C 25 1829 2572011A 25 2011 25 1803 SWA1479 SWA JAX LAS A 25 1929 C 26 0015 25 2207A 25 2207 25 1956 UPS2020 UPS DFW MCO A 25 1838 C 25 2046 25 2145A 25 2145 25 1954 N02LM NB SFO MCO A 25 1510 C 25 1936 25 1807A 25 1807 25 1845 ME NZZZMW UVA gf RSA BHM n pB nn nn abe DEC ae om a 2P2OPD 2520184 292008 25 18 Figure 13 5 Exported Compliance List Confirming an EDCT The TFMS Tools gt EDCT Commands gt EDCT Check option is available from the Control Panel and displays an unfilled EDCT Check dialog box To confirm a flight s EDCT type in the flight s callsign its Origin and Destination Airport and then click Send In addition to using the TFMS Tools menu right clicking on a single flight icon in the Time Line or flight row in any Flight List window opens a pop up window that allows you t
77. Element Display component contains two options File and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the Element Display as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the Element Display that is currently on the screen e File gt Close Closes the Element Display component for that particular airport FEA or FCA FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 59 Understanding Components 2 Help Menu e Help gt Time Line Opens the on line help for the Element Display component Ground Delay Tools Components Ground Delay Tools GDT Components aid users in looking at various operational or traffic scenarios You can use modeling tools to analyze existing operations and previous days events The actual running and issuing of Traffic Management Initiatives TMIs is not covered in this section This section familiarizes you with all the GDT components e GDT Setup e GDT Map e GDT Bar Graph e GDT Data Graph e GDT Time Line Optional Demand by Center Optional e GDT Coversheet amp Advisory You can open any monitored airport or FCA in Ground Delay Tools mode by selecting a monitored data set and then clicking GDT Mode on the Control Panel component There are four default GDT components that open for the selected data set see Figure 3 51 The GDT Setup and GDP Map component are interactive any change in one dynamically reflects in the other component Other GDT components reflect changes made to th
78. Exempt one or all AFPs listed select the checkbox to the left of the FCA ID Click OK to accept the Exempt AFP selection or click Cancel to close the dialog without accepting the selected AFP exemption The selected AFP is then listed in the Exempt AFPs field on the GDT Setup Parameters tab see Figure 15 13 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 11 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program Include Only Options Arrival Fix ALL Y Aircraft Type ALL v Carrier Major ALL happa Oan DEE aaas Ee D Wien Tee T a aani n ont tot Figure 15 13 AFP FCARG2 Entered in the Exempt AFPs Field 8 Click Reload or Model 9 Flights that were controlled by the selected AFP will now be controlled by the GDP control element but will retain their previous EDCT from the AFP to the degree possible based on airport slot availability and airline submitted delay information The CTA of the flight will be adjusted for the airport GDP Example Revision The section below is an example of how to revise a GDP with a GAAP Delay Assignment Mode to a DAS Delay Assignment Mode If you change Delay Assignment Mode to DAS all unassigned slots are removed from the program and from the ADL and FADT To revise a Program with a GAAP Delay Assignment Mode 1 Click Open Data Set The Open Data Set window opens 2 Select the data set for which you want to revise the program with a GAAP Delay Assignment Mode 3 Click OK The Time
79. FSM Reports e Total Total fix crossings for each time bin and for each fix by hour and NRP flights The data are arranged in the following manner e Block for each hour in the ADL e Counts by each 15 minute bin e Sum of fix crossings in each hour e NRP flight count 1 amp Departure Count List By Departure Fix CLE 24 1837 LIVE Frozen CLE 08 24 2006 18 37Z Display Mode LIVE Departure FAILS ror SKY 24 1700 00 14 0 0 0 0 0 6 6 15 29 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 30 44 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 45 59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 NRP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 1800 00 14 1 1 0 0 0 3 5 15 29 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 30 44 2 1 0 0 0 3 6 45 59 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Total 3 3 0 0 0 8 14 NRP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 1900 00 14 0 2 0 0 0 3 5 15 29 1 2 0 0 0 4 7 30 44 4 7 0 0 0 8 19 45 59 2 5 0 2 0 3 12 Total 7 16 0 2 0 18 43 NRP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 2000 00 14 0 2 0 0 0 1 3 15 29 2 2 0 0 0 0 4 30 44 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 45 59 2 0 0 1 0 10 13 Total 5 4 0 1 0 12 22 NRP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Counts by User Figure 21 8 Counts by Departure Fix The Arrival Count List By User provides a flight count according to the classification of the aircraft Figure 21 9 The Arrival Count List by User classifies flights according to their function in the NAS There are seven types of users in FSM e C Air Carriers FSM User Guide Version 9 00 T Air Taxi F Freight Cargo Carriers M Military G General Aviation 21 10 Understan
80. FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 17 Modeling a Ground Delay Program FSM automatically opens the spreadsheet application that you have indicated in your configuration files to display the Analysis Report i el Report 3 REPORT_TIME 371123 4 EVENT_START_TIME 191925 5 EVENT_END_TIME 20 0359 6 CUMULATIVE_STAR 19 1925 9 AIRLINE SUMMARY Controlled Flights Total Delay Ave Delay Total Delay Ave Delay Total DelayAve Delay Canceled Ce Flights Affected Before Before After After Diff Diff Open Slots Mc 2997 999 2997 999 0 1998 999 1998 999 3996 999 3996 999 40959 999 40959 999 0 0 0 0 999 999 999 999 999 999 999 999 0 0 0 0 999 999 999 999 999 999 999 999 999 999 999 999 54945 999 54945 999 o d O A a n DWM a Don O D Ui st tt CO me ot OC M MR Ww ooooooo0o00000 ooooooooo00o600 ooooooo00000 wo un 25 START_FLIGHT_DETAILS 26 Category MAJOR ACID ORIG ODCENTR SGTD SGTA IGTD IGTA BETD BE AAL AAL114 LAX ZLA 19 1710 192230 19 1710 19 2230 19 1729 m M RBS COMPRESSION POST PROC lu gt Edit NUM Figure 8 15 Analysis Report for EWR GDP The Analysis Report contains pertinent information for the Ground Delay Operation that has just run including detailed slot information for individual airlines delay statistics for before and after the operation and arrival and departure information for individual flights see Figure 8 15 The report contains two sections One section r
81. Flight Reports Flight reports in FSM are a good way to view a set of flights arriving at an airport that meet specific criteria You can access the following reports from the Reports menu on the Control Panel component e Surface Delay Report e Priority Flight Report e Slot Hold Report e Sub Opportunities Report See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reportsfor more information about these reports Compliance Flight Lists When any flight becomes noncompliant FSM generates a Flight List called a compliance report that includes these flights You can access the compliance reports from the Reports gt Compliance gt option from the Control Panel component There are five possible compliance reports e By CTD e By ETE e By CTA e Spurious Flight e Cancel That Flew See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports for more information about these reports FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 47 Viewing Flight Information Query Manager Flight Lists The Query Manager component can query an element and generate a Flight List that contains only flights that meet certain criteria You can access the Query Manger by selecting Utilities gt Query Manager on the FSM Control Panel component From the Query Manger select any one of the Built In or User Defined Filters then click Flight List or select View gt Flight List Note If you do not have a data set selected FSM displays a No Active Data Sets error message
82. Frozen The flight data displayed on the histogram is dynamic Each time FSM receives an ADL for the airport FEA or FCA data on the histogram updates You can freeze the data by selecting the Freeze Data on the Histogram menu The X axis shows the Absolute Delay in minutes FSM groups flights on the X axis of the graph in 15 minute bins e The smallest bin is 0 14 minutes e The largest bin is 360 minutes The Y axis indicates the number of flights e The minimum value on the Y axis is 0 e The maximum value on the Y axis is calculated by FSM The bars showing the distribution of flights are green Each bar has a tool tip which displays the total number of flights in that bin Double clicking a bar opens a Flight List for the flights represented by that bar Absolute Delay Histogram Menu The Absolute Delay Histogram has three menus File Histogram and Help 1 File Menu e Save As Saves the Absolute Delay Histogram as a jpg image in a directory that you specify The default location for saved images is fsm data default_user reports and the default file name is absolute_delay jpg e Print Sends a jpg image of the active Absolute Delay Histogram to a printer that you specify e Close Closes the Absolute Delay Histogram FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 18 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 2 Histogram Menu e Freeze Data When checked prevents the Absolute Delay Histogram from updating when new ADLs arr
83. GA M 22 Other 23 Total 24 25 START_FLIGHT_DETAILS 26 Category MAJOR ACID ORIG DCENTR SGTD 2 SGTA IGTD IGTA BETD 27 arbn AAL AAL1192 MIA ZMA 19 0325 19 0520 19 0325 19 0520 190m M 4 gt M ADI jela il Ready NUM 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 oO no 00000000 ooooooooooo oe ooOoooo000900000 oooooo0000000 oooooocoooooc oe oooooocoooooc oe ooooooo00959000 eoocoocoooooc amp Figure 21 25 Analysis Report The Analysis Report contains information pertinent to the TMI program that just ran e Detailed slot information for individual airlines e Delay statistics for before and after the operation e Arrival and departure information for individual flights The report contains two sections One section reflects changes that occur as a result of RBS the other section reflects changes that occur as a result of Compression Carrier Statistics Report FSM generates Carrier Statistics when you Run any TMI operation The Carrier Statistics report contains delay statistics for all carriers with flights that operate at that particular airport To view the Carrier Statistics select View gt Carrier Statistics from the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 36 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Compression coversheet or select Reports gt Carrier Statistics from the Control Panel Ensure that the desired airport is active to review the correct airport s carrier statistics when selecting Carrier Statistics from the Con
84. GDT Model analyze and or create Traffic Management Initiatives TMIs for airports FEAs and FCAs depending on air traffic variables 4 IPM Model and compare multiple TMIs and review their impact on other data sets M l lDlx file View Reports Alerts TFMS Tools Utilities Window Help Open Data Set Map Search By Callsign GOT Mode PM Mode ECR Connected Servers fsm_test_linux metronaviation comiADL_MGRAISM_MGRHIST_MGRID_MGR DataSet BOSLIVE SUBS ALL ON Figure 4 1 Main Control Panel Component Additionally you can open various components from various data modes into a User Defined Group Opening a Data Set Click Open Data Set on the Control Panel component to open the Open Data Set Component The Open Data Set component displays four data tabs that you use to access both live and historical data The four Tabs available in the Open Data Set components are listed below and shown in Figure 4 2 1 Monitored Live Provides a list of airports FEAs and FCAs currently monitored by the FSM server and readily available for viewing by the user Live data mode runs real time data and receives ADL updates approximately every five minutes 2 All Live Provides a list of airports FEAs and FCAs that can be viewed by the user not on the server but will only take a minute to bring up 3 Historical Displays historical data that has been stored in a database Historical data can be recalled to analyze scena
85. Graph component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components IPM Data Graph Component The IPM Data Graph provides a visual statistical representation of the modeled GDP The Power Run option that you ran is displayed on the X axis see Figure 10 11 Using your mouse drag the black vertical line to the desired Power Run option or just click the mouse over the desired option to move the line The delay statistics to the left of the Data Graph reflect the line of delineation of the scenario Additionally changing the Power Run option automatically updates all IPM components to reflect the new parameters Rolling your mouse over any line in the Data Graph gives you the delay statistic count for the colored line that reflects the results of the option FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 11 Using Integrated Program Modeling Data Graph BWI 2009 Mar 16 1540 IPM Scenario 1 5 x File View Help Power Run By GDP By Distance ee Z 200 200 C Total Fits 178 PN wa C Affected Fits 53 CC MrotaiDelay 2 824 160 160 Giv MaxDelay 182 140 140 C Avg Delay 53 3 120 Cii Max Air Hold 142 agg lv Avg Air Hold 42 1 iillistack 2 s 80 CU UnrecDelay 42 60 60 Cl Unrec 1 49 40 40 vilibelayvar 11 13 2 a OL EMA 7 A Sen Ma RS 8828 amp amp 8 ave DpyOoM 0 0 e P of P N Figure 10 11 IPM Data Graph View For more information on the IPM Data Graph component see Chapter 3 Understanding Com
86. HP DAW A211634 A201754 24 1634 24 1754 24 639 24 1801 h 1 AR PA A24 163 4 1030 9 Figure 21 11 CTA Compliance Alarm Report FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 13 Understanding and Using FSM Reports To view the Compliance alarm columns on the generated report select the alarms from the Add Remove Columns window If a flight is non compliant the checkbox under the Alarm type is selected The Compliance Alarm columns are defined below l CC These flights violated their CTA Compliance Flights arriving more than five minutes before or more than five minutes after their Control Time of Arrival CTA EC These flights violated their CTD Compliance The departure boundaries are more than five minutes before or more than five minutes after their estimated departure clearance time Any flight which has an ARTD of five minutes earlier or five minutes later than the most recent EDCT is displayed in the CTD Compliance report EA These flights violated the Actual ETE vs Original ETE alarm TFMS generates this Alarm when the difference between the ETE estimated by TFMS and actual flight time is greater than a specified value but the flight status is not cancelled The default value is 15 minutes TFMS estimates ETE using OCTA OCTD TFMS calculates actual flight time using ARTA ARTD SF This alarm detects the cancellation of a false flight used to ignite a substitution stream Flights submitted as FX cancellations with
87. IGTA taxi Displays flights based on their Initial Gate Time of Arrival IGTA minus taxi time IGTA Wheel Time The IGTA is based on the OAG times or flight plan times and never changes Taxi time default is 10 minutes but you can change it in the GDT Control window e Display gt OCTA Displays flights based on their Original Controlled Times of Arrival OCTA Original ETA OGTA Wheel Time or ETA position depending on the available information For example if the Original CTA is not available FSM uses Original ETA and so on This time never changes e Display gt EAFT Displays flights based on their Estimated Arrival Fix Time EAFT which is the time at which the flight crosses its designated arrival fix e Display gt CTA Displays flights based on their current Controlled Time of Arrival CTA e Display gt ENTRY Displays flights based on their current Estimated Element Entry Time Airspace data set only e Display gt BENTRY Displays flights based on their current Based Element Entry Time Airspace data set only e Display gt OENTRY Displays flights based on their current Original Element Entry Time Airspace data set only FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 100 Understanding Components 5 Help Menu e Help gt Time Line Opens the on line help for the GDT Time Line component e Help gt Legend Opens the on line help for the Time Line icon legend GDT Coversheet Each GDT program generates a cover
88. Issuing Compress Flight Program 16 Issuing Compress Flight Program At certain times during a GDP or AFP you may find it favorable to run a Compression The Compression function exchanges delayed flights with open slots to lessen the delay on flights Compression attempts to fill all available slots with flights that although delayed from their OETA or OENTRY can still arrive at the available slot time Compression tries to place flights from the same airline that created the slot in the new slot however if this is not possible it uses other airlines flights to fill the arrival slots A pure Compression can be beneficial to the performance of a program when there is limited pop up traffic and non compliance issues with flights in the stack hours In addition to the traditional Compression program FSM has a background process called Adaptive Compression that automatically runs for GDPs and AFPs Adaptive compression helps ensure that all slots are used A background process at the TFMS Hub monitors a GDP or AFP for open slots identifies those that are in danger of going unused moves other flights earlier to take advantage of those slots and consequently moves the open slots later The benefits are higher utilization of the airport capacity reduced delay for the flights operating to that airport and reduced workload for the ATCSCC specialist The adaptive compression process e Identifies the slots that should be compressed e Determ
89. Line and Bar Graph components for the data set opens 4 Click GDT Mode The GDT components for the data set open Select File gt Load Actual Parameters gt Ground Delay Program to load the current parameters for the data set 5 Make any additional changes to the program that are needed 6 Select the Power Run you want FSM to use for this program 7 Click Model or Reload if available The red border in the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed and the GDT components reflect the modeled program 8 Ifthe program appears to deal with the traffic flow in the manner you want click Run Actual to generate the coversheet 9 Carefully examine each section of the coversheet If the data is correct select the Program Parameters checkbox FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 12 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program 10 Complete the Advisory Causal section of the coversheet 11 Modify the Respond By time if Proposed was selected 12 Modify the Valid Until time if necessary Note The program inherits its Causal Factor information from the original program you are revising but you can modify some or all of the information 13 Select the Advisory Causal Factors checkbox 14 Click Send Actual GDP The Program Manager opens and activates the Autosend process FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 13 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 14
90. Map 86 Distance Based GDPs 88 Menu Bar 92 Tier Based GDPs 90 Zoom Capabilities 88 GDT Setup 61 Buttons 65 Menu Bar 63 Modeling Options Tab 79 153 Parameters Tab 66 Scope Tab 75 GDT Time Line 99 Menu Bar 100 IPM Bar Graph 160 10 IPM Data Graph 161 11 IPM Demand By Center 164 14 IPM Flight List 169 13 IPM Map 157 12 IPM Multi Graph 129 7 IPM Scenario Manager 121 IPM Setup 136 IPM Time Line 166 10 Map 23 Menu Bar 26 Opening Components With 25 Viewing Parameters 25 Zoom Capabilities 24 Monitored Live Mode 1 Open Data Set 15 Buttons 22 Group By 17 Menu Bar 16 Open With 17 Sort Airports By 16 Tabs 18 Query Manager 27 Time Line 44 Buttons 50 Color Scheme Selection 54 Fix Coloring 56 Fix Order 56 Flight Information 47 Icons 48 Menu Bar 50 Tabs 53 Compression Adaptive 1 Issuing 1 7 Advisory 6 Coversheet 4 GAAP GDP 7 GDT Mode 2 Parameters 3 Suspend Substitutions and SCS 2 Versus Revision 1 AFP 3 GDP 1 Contact Information 2 Control Panel 1 Buttons 14 Menu Bar 1 Conventions 3 Copy Impacting Condition 108 Count Lists 10 Coversheet 101 Advisory 107 AFP 1 Analysis Report 16 12 Examples 109 GDP 1 Menu Bar 101 Program Manager 118 Resending 5 Custom Group See User Defined Group D Data Graph GDT 12 IPM 161 11 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Index Data Set Opening Monitored Live 2 Data Set Button Opening Components From 11 Data Time Historical Mode 7 Definitions 4 Demand By Center 97 GDT
91. Monitored Live tab provides a list of airports FEAs and FCAs currently monitored by the FSM server and readily available for you to view GDP Proposed GDP Actual GS Proposed or GS Actual along with the program times are displayed next to airports with a TMI in place AFP Actual or AFP Proposed along with the program times displays next to FCAs with an AFP in place Select the desired data set by clicking the information in the scrolling area of the window See Chapter 4 Opening FSM for more information on using the Open Data Set component In the following example PHX airport has a GDP in place with the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 18 Understanding Components Time Line and Bar Graph selected this opens the Time Line and Bar Graph components for PHX in Monitored Live mode see Figure 3 15 Time Line Sort Airports By Airport ID Center ID Flight List CLT 19 2220 COS 19 2220 v Bar Graph CPS CVG 19 2220 DAB 19 2220 DAL 19 2220 DCA 19 2220 DEN 19 2220 DFW 192220 DTW 19 2220 EWR 19 2220 FLL 19 2220 FTY 19 2220 GPT 19 2220 Group By Element Name Custom Group Now OK Cancel View Element Figure 3 15 Open Data Set Monitored Live Tab 2 AllLive Tab The All Live tab provides a list of airports FEAs and FCAs that you can view When you select an airport FEA or FCA data set from the All Live tab it initially takes slightly longer to open than from the Monitored Live tab When selec
92. NA Scheduled NA 178 0s 78 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 KA NA NA on Sched NA 29 07 297 0 0 0 07 0 07 007 0 0 N WA NA Figure 12 7 Carrier Statistics For more information on the Carrier Statistics Report see Chapter 21 Carrier Statistics Report Monitoring Flight Counts FSM generates Flight Count reports for monitored data sets currently in a program Under the Reports gt Counts gt menu option on the main Control Panel there are eight count reports e By Demand e By Center FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 9 Monitoring Program Delivery e By Aircraft Category e By Aircraft Class e By Arrival Fix Airport Data Set only e By Departure Fix Airport Data Set only e By User e By Unassigned Slot See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports for more information on Flight Counts Monitoring Flight Compliance FSM generates Compliance List reports for monitored data sets currently in a program Under the Reports gt Compliance gt menu option on the main Control Panel you find five compliance reports e By CTD e By ETE e By CTA e Spurious Flight e Cancel That Flew See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports for more information on Compliance Reports FSM updates the compliance reports automatically with every ADL for all Airport and Airspace data sets for which FSM collects data Compliance reports include only those flights arriving at the currently monitored data set The list you gene
93. O ZFW ZHU ZMP ZNY amp ZOB CZE cM cza a A om Note All counts are for Non Active Included flights onty E E E a E A E E S A S a A A aw lt ESEE leneeesetestnsteetettometentatiec Figure 3 120 Demand By Center os so gt 22 2 2 gt 2 gt 2 gt 2 gt 42 HOW By default the Centers are collapsed Click the key icon next to the center identifier to expand the center and view the top five airports within each Center If there are more than five airports with included flights in the selected Center an additional Others row combines the rest of the flights within the remaining airports If a center does not contain any flights that center s airport list is empty Demand By Center Menu Bar The Demand By Center menu bar contains two options File and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save as Saves the Demand By Center window as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the Demand By Center component that is currently active on your screen e File gt Close Closes the Demand By Center component only 2 Help Menu e Help gt Center Demand Opens the on line help for the Demand By Center component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 165 Understanding Components IPM Time Line Component The IPM Time Line component is an optional component in IPM Mode To open the IPM Time line select View gt IPM Time Line
94. Parameters to clear the Impact elements of the modeled data and display the current ADL data on the GDT Bar Graph 7 You can remove or add impact elements by making change in the Modeling Options tab and clicking Model Select the element you want to remove from the Selected box and click lt to remove an element Modeling Analysis Preview Your Work After clicking Model or Reload on the GDT Setup component all FSM GDT components change to reflect the modeled GDP Viewing these components can help you decide if the GDP you have modeled is the best scenario for the traffic flow problems at an airport All of the following components are based on an ATL modeled GDP program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 9 Modeling a Ground Delay Program GDT Time Line Component To open the GDT Time Line select View gt Time Line from the GDT Setup component You can preview the changes made in the Time Line as a result of running the GDP model see Figure 8 8 A quick glance at the Time Line shows you the distribution of flights the number of cancelled flights squares and the number of delayed flights triangles Note If you modeled a GDP with a GAAP delay limit you would also see the number of Unassigned Slots white diamonds FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 10 Modeling a Ground Delay Program Time Line EWR 2009 Feb 19 1411 GDI Figure 8 8 GDT Time Line View FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 11 Modeling a Groun
95. Reset All Parameters ario Setup Scenario 1 2 1 Scerano zim Stenano 3100 A Model v Start 171400 End 172259 Data Time 171600 Subs ON INI EO ENNE VI A TND N ENNE AE TEA ON EN UWE S NNSS FR PER saat a a Ta a Program Type GDP DAS y Scope 400 nm A Model Start 171501 End 172359 Data Time 171601 2 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 oo 01 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 0 0 FCAMA1 Program Type AFP DAS RS Impact Start 171602 End 180750 MAME te en MB ee nn N ee N en a te a Met Figure 10 5 Changing Parameters on Scenario Tab Using Modeled Data in a Program If you want to run a program using the modeled parameters for an element 1 Click the appropriate Scenario tab in Scenario Manager From the Element Id dropdown menu select Open New GDT Mode Instance see Figure 10 6 This opens a new instance of GDT Mode and copies all the parameters to that GDT Mode GDT Mode is opened with the ADL currently opened in the Scenario Manager If the element s ADL for the Scenario Manager is later than the current ADL time click Reload All FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 6 Using Integrated Program Modeling File View Help lt Reload All ode An Run Scenario 4 Scenario Setup Scenario 1 1 1 Z WM d Load Proposed Parameters Load Actual Parameters Figure 10 6 Open New GDT Mode Instance 2 Click Run to send the progr
96. SUBS are ON When you click Close FSM takes no action from the Compression coversheet GAAP GDP Compress Slots Program Type When a GAAP program is in place FSM now provides the ability to adjust the Unassigned Slots in the GAAP program without reallocating EDCTs to flights currently arriving at the data set Users can compress Unassigned Slots at GAAP programs by using the new Program Type Compress Slots FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 7 Issuing Compress Flight Program The Compress Slots program type offers no program options in the GDT Setup panel but when modeled FSM will recalculate the Unassigned Slots based on the program rate and the flights current positions based on their ETA airport or ENTRY airspace This ensures that pop up traffic is assigned to Unassigned Slots that are appropriately based on the current capacity vs demand at the data set When sending a Compress Slots program no advisory is sent to users because flights EDCTs are not affected by this program Compressing Unassigned Slots A specialist may not want to adjust flights current EDCTs within a GAAP program but would like to adjust the Unassigned Slots In Figure 16 11 a Ground Stop has been put into place over a GAAP GDP It is obvious that pop up flights should not be assigned to the Unassigned Slots in the 2100 hour and the 2200 hour slots should be reserved for spill over flights from the 2100 TEB 07 23 2008 20 052 ETA
97. Separate airports with a space comma semi colon or colon Flights This section of the panel allows you to exempt i e give no departure delay to priority flights as well as select Exempt by Departure Status or time e Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Selecting this option gives exemption status only to active flights therefore all flights within the scope of the program that are not active are considered Non Exempt This option is selected by default when there is a Ground Stop in place Exempt All Flights Departing Within XX Minutes When exempting flights based on departure time you may adjust the time either manually by clicking in the field and typing in a value enter a value or by using the spinner controls the up down arrows to the right of the field to change the value in five minute increments This value must be greater than or equal to 0 Selecting this option will exempt all flights with ETDs within XX minutes of the Data Time This option is selected by default when there is no Ground Stop in place e Exempt Individual Flights Enter a flight s ACID to exempt priority flights Scope Tab for Airport Data Sets with Select By Distance Selected When you select Select By Distance the Distance panel is displayed see Figure 3 65 The Distance panel contains four sections in which you can modify the parameters Distance Centers Origin Airports Origin and Flights FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 77
98. TFMS Tools Utilities Window Help j y Open Data Set Map Search By Callsign GDT Mode IPM Mode ECR iPM ATL FCABA1 FEABA1 Connected Servers metronavnetronaviation com ADL_MGR FSM_MGRHIST_MGR FD_M Figure 2 14 Control Panel Listed below are the various buttons that are available when a data set is opened in various data modes e Live Data Mode Airport s three letter identifier e g ATL FEA FCA name e g FCAAOI or UDG name e GDT Data Mode Airport s three letter identifier G e g ATL G or FEA FCA name G e g FCAA01 G Historical Mode Airport s three letter identifier H e g IAD H FEA FCA name H e g FCAA01 H or UDG Name H Historical Mode GDT Airport s three letter identifier GH e g LGA GH or FEA FCA name GH e g FCAA01 GH e IPM Mode The IPM button always is located to the far left of the shortcut button bar Only one IPM button is displayed regardless of the number of scenarios or elements within the scenarios Hovering the cursor over a shortcut button on the Control Panel displays a tool tip that describes the data set in more detail GDT tool tips display the airport year month day and GDT for the hovered over data set button see Figure 2 15 Historical mode displays the dataset year month day airport or FEA FCA ADL time and HIST for the data set button If the tool tip is not displayed when you hover over the dataset button click your mou
99. The Reserved Rate for each hour during the UDP Summary Section The Summary section is the first section and may include the following information depending on the parameters you specified in the GDT Setup component Remember the coversheet is dynamic so only relevant fields are displayed Note The following fields were previously defined in this chapter For more details see Chapter 3 GDT Setup Component e Program Time Options the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Parameters tab e Start Time End Time e Model Time e Before Revision Start e After Revision End e Compress to Last CTA e Include Only Options the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Parameters tab e Arrival Fix e Aircraft Type e Carrier Major e Select By the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Scope tab e Select By Distance Tier e Distance nautical miles e Flights the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Scope tab e Exempt Active Flights Only By Status e Exempt All Flights Departing Within Minutes Program Rate Section The Program Rate Section is the second section and includes information as established in the specified GDT Setup sub section e Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Parameters tab FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 106 Understanding Components The Program Rate table including Progr
100. The generated Flight List contains only those flights that meet the selected criteria For more detail on how to view and use flight filters in Query Manager see Chapter 22 Using Query Manager FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 48 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions 7 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions Decision support or modeling tools are functions in FSM that aid you in looking at various operational or traffic scenarios You can use modeling tools to analyze existing operations and previous days events This chapter reviews some of the utilities in FSM specifically set up to help you model various air traffic scenarios You can use these tools at any time during your FSM session Adverse weather or any other significant airport event can decrease the airport s or airspace s capacity which lowers the AAR When the arriving flight demand exceeds the AAR capacity then you may need a Traffic Management Initiative TMI FSM allows you to model different scenarios in Ground Delay Tools GDT mode to help you determine what type of TMI would be most effective Either a Ground Delay Program or Ground Stop or in some cases more both may be necessary Alternately an Airspace Flow Program might be more effective Evaluating Demand Versus Capacity Bar Graph The Bar Graph serves as a quick look to see if demand exceeds the airport s or airspace s capacity The arrival flow rate displays the demand independently of t
101. There are eight Count List reports e By Demand e By Center e By Aircraft Category e By Aircraft Class e By Arrival Fix Airport only e By Departure Fix Airport only e By User e By Unassigned Slot To view a demand count for a particular monitored airport first select the airport you want to view and then select Reports gt Counts gt By report type If you have not selected a data set the Counts are disabled Note Count Lists in GDT Mode only show counts for arriving flights Viewing the Count List After selecting the type of demand count a Count List window opens The type of Count List is displayed in parentheses in the Count List window s title bar The three letter airport code or the FEA FCA name date ADL time of the FSM generated list and display mode are displayed in the title bar as well as above the Count List columns FSM arranges each count list in 15 minute intervals with totals for each hour based on the FSM Time Line component NRP National Route Program counts are displayed below the total count for each hour An NRP is a flight that files for a more direct route but is considered to be a preferred route as designated by the FAA In Monitor Mode counts are displayed based on a flight s ETA by FSM default You can view Count Lists for airports based on the Count List Display menu by ETA BETA IGTA Taxi OCTA EAFT Departure Arrival Departure and CTA as shown in Figure 21 1 FSM User
102. Time Update Ctri U Figure 14 5 Select ECR from Utilities Menu 4 Right click a flight icon in the Time Line or a row in a Flight List and select ECR from the pop up menu see Figure 14 6 The ACID ORIG and flight information automatically display in the ECR component when you open it from the Time Line g a A PN Ble Br fia dia gg 4 f 15 t Flight Info 1 4 Flight Detail a 3 EDCT Check 2 d EDCT Update 5 h 25 4 5 a Hh we Figure 14 6 Opening ECR from the Time Line FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 5 EDCT Change Request ECR 5 Select an Airport or FCA on the Monitor Live map to turn it white then right click and select ECR from the pop up menu Locating a Flight To begin updating an EDCT enter a flight ACID in the ECR window Verify that your Airport FCA identifier Airport FCA and the last ADL Update time ADL Update for the correct data set are displayed in purple text as shown in Figure 14 7 Note You can open only one ECR component per data set Use one of the following two methods to find a flight in ECR 1 Open ECR from the Time Line or Flight List by right clicking a flight icon or flight row and selecting the ECR option ECR automatically finds flight informa tion and populates the appropriate fields in the ECR component 2 Enter a flight s aircraft identifier in ACID and click Get Flight Data FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 6
103. UDG The rules for the specific setting still apply For example for flight list column persistence only the current Flight List and any Flight List opened after setting the global default will show the new default columns Adding the flight list to a UDG does not change the way flight list column persistence functions Additionally any changes to the Query Manager filter list are visible and available to all flight list instances any changes to data set default settings are visible in all component instances Color Scheme global preferences are visible in all component instances and FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 12 Opening FSM AFIX and DFIX coloring configurations are visible in all component instances per element FSM Functionality and User Defined Groups For UDGs all FSM functionality is determined by the active window regardless of whether the component is assigned to a UDG or not For example if you select an historical component window in a UDG the Update functionality is enabled Likewise if you then select a controlled live component window in the same UDG the ECR functionality is enabled and Update is disabled The Control Panel menu options are enabled or disabled based on the active component UDGs do not display as an entry on the Alerts menu Instead when you select a component within a UDG FSM updates the Alerts menu for that component s TFMS data set The Reports menu applies only to standard T
104. Understanding Components EF GOT Setup ATL 2010 Jan 20 0145 GOT Jog Eile View Help A cor map raat woe Program Type GDP DAS Distance nautical miles 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 Centers Origin 375 Non Exempt if Distance Manual v Flights Exempt Active Flights Onty By Status Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Exempt Individual Flights ETE Figure 3 65 GDT Setup Scope Tab Exempt By Distance Distance When the Distance Panel first displays the default distance is 199 nautical miles You can enter your distance range directly into the Distance text box or click and drag the sliding bar for the desired distance this automatically fills in the distance Remember anything changed in the Setup panel is reflected in the GDT Map You can change the distance range from the Setup panel and simultaneously view the range ring and what centers airports are affected on the GDT Map Centers Origin You can enter centers to be Exempt have higher priority than Non Exempt or Non Exempt e Exempt You can exempt certain centers from a TMI that were originally partially or entirely included based on the Distance criteria Enter the three or four letter center identifier to exempt a particular center Separate multiple centers with a space or a comma The maximum number of exempt centers you can enter is 36 Non Exempt You can
105. With selection box The Active Historical tab opens airports FEAs and FCAs in Historical mode that you have already opened Opening FSM in GDT Mode When you open GDT mode see Figure 4 13 three GDT components open by default GDT Setup GDT Map and GDT Bar Graph You can open additional components such as Flight List Data Table Demand by Center and Time Line components from the GDT FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 9 Opening FSM Setup component in GDT mode See Chapter 3 Understanding Components for more detail Y Ge yew herons D rasit uses iow Ice Open Cut Set Mp Sms ch MyCabengn GOT Mocks PA Monte ROR ality eee S an wer AN Ae Moe On IOP GOT Setups ATL ROO anit 9 0190 COT Jog ee yew Hew Fhe View Mn Erte B wimp Meat Paces Dar armete n Propam Tyre GOP DAS ar tnd new gt 812345 6 7 amp HP UN 12 13 4 SW EP TH Prge Fights Reta e Frvuasn Stat Compas te Last CTA Pong am Ren place Owy te inchated Fights Fa regan hae wi 1 From Heer gt Terug Heer De Whew far Graph Display Haie Bae weno Sga an AAR Set AAR 10 Propan fate Retain Carrere ADL AAR Commer ad Options A in HM Icons Figure 4 13 GDT Mode To open a data set in GDT mode Open FSM in GDT Mode to analyze air traffic management options and implement TMIs 1 Select a data set that is open in either Live or Historical mode 2 Click GDT Mode on the Control Panel compon
106. a TMI that were originally partially or entirely included based on the Distance criteria Enter the three or four letter center identifier to exempt a particular center Separate multiple centers with a space or a comma The maximum number of exempt centers you can enter is 36 e Non Exempt You can include certain centers from a TMI that were not included originally based on the Distance criteria Enter the three or four letter center identifier to include a particular center Separate multiple centers with a space or a comma The maximum number of non exempt centers you can enter is 16 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 152 Understanding Components Airports Origin This section of the panel allows you to include and or exempt airports e Exempt You can exempt certain departure airports from a TMI Enter the three or four letter airport code to exempt that airport Separate multiple airports with a space or acomma The maximum number of exempt airports you can enter is 24 e Non Exempt You can include certain departure airports from a TMI that were not included originally based on the Distance criteria Enter the three or four letter airport code to include that airport Separate multiple airports with a space or a comma The maximum number of non exempt airports you can enter is 16 e Non Exempt if Distance Use this field to include Canadian airports If you select a Canadian airport FSM includes that airport if it falls within the sele
107. actions performed in this dialog FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 56 Understanding Components Clicking Default resets the fix values to their ADL order and default color Clicking OK closes the Fix Order component and applies all changes made in the dialog box Note The color and ordering you selected apply only to the selected element Time Line you are currently working with Additionally right clicking a fix in the legend opens a pop up box with 20 colors listed Selecting a color from the pop up box allocates the selected color for that fix ms Time Line WE 25 2034 LIVE file View Time Line Display Help gs JFK 02 25 2008 20 34Z ETA Status ArrDep Status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Die Centers Control Type Em ey Om MRO gt icon i an Yk oo lc en En 4 4 DPK lt i dak aw ae ee is o 10 10 10 rom lt a Eye e x ji z ie ee lt cute oa D A 4 H un ation 4 t a m 5 5 Sa lt lt a 4 tess 4 gt a 4 Bees it lt 4 4 zz 20 20 20 nee d4 4 a m aH 1 a m 2 a nn und S a aaan nn namaa Figure 3 48 Time Line with Right click Color Menu You can assign the same color to multiple Afixes or Dfixes You can save and recall the configurations for Afixes and Dfixes through user adaptations At times FSM cannot recall an adaptatio
108. airport arrival slot after their estimated arrival time which is based on their current AFP EDCT and any airline submitted flight delays FSM will make an effort not to change the assigned departure time CTD for the flight subject to capacity constraints at the airport and any known flight delays Click Clear to remove entries FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 74 Understanding Components You can select parameters for Arrival Fix Aircraft Type and Carrier for all program types except AFP DAS Compress Flights and Airborne Holding in the Include Only Options section see Figure 3 63 Include Only Options Arrival Fix ALL Aircraft Type ALL Carrier Major ALL Default Figure 3 63 Include Only Options Section e Arrival Fix Use the dropdown menu to determine which Arrival Fixes to include in the operation You can select ALL default value or one individual fix e Aircraft Type Select ALL default value Jet Only or Prop Only from the Aircraft Types dropdown menu to specify the aircraft types included in the operation e Carrier Major Select ALL default value to include all carriers at that airport If you want to include only a single airline type the carrier s 3 letter code into the text box The application does not allow you to include only one carrier without including its sub carriers Likewise you cannot include one sub carrier Typing a carrier code into this field always includes the maj
109. an associated slot time Use this IGTA based slot time to determine whether to include a flight in the Blanket program The slot times of included flights are adjusted by the minutes of delay entered in the Blanket Adjust Delay Minutes field as shown in Figure 18 4 Should the airline delayed flight s position be earlier than FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 4 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs the new slot time the program moves the airline delayed flight to the newly assigned slot time The program moves the open slots due to the delay and cancellation accordingly es ee eT ee ET S i General Options Adjust Delay Minutes 25 Default Release A AT omens 4 4 ae ee nn al rch pO intent Wh ba Figure 18 4 Blanket Delay Program Type When you use the Blanket Program the Parameters Scope and Modeling Options tabs are available for entering parameters The tabs are almost identical to other programs with the exception of the additional Blanket Adjust Delay feature on the Parameters tab For more information on the GDT Setup component see Chapter 3 GDT Setup Component Blanket Coversheet Click Run Proposed or Run Actual after you complete and model your Blanket program in the GDT Setup component Clicking Run Proposed or Run Actual saves the parameters to a file specified in FSM s configuration file and opens the Blanket coversheet see Figure 18 5 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 5 Airborne Ho
110. cancelled flights and unassigned slots are in the program Select the Show Cancellation shortcut button to display the cancelled flights cyan on the Bar Graph During a GAAP GDP it may be useful to select the Control Type tab to monitor how your GAAP GDP is performing see Figure 12 1 Click the Color Legend shortcut button to view what the colors represent FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 1 Monitoring Program Delivery Note AFP DO flights are not displayed in the Bar Graph because they are not considered demand or potential demand Figure 12 1 Bar Graph displayed by Control Type for a GDP White sections are displayed on the bars when a GDP or AFP with a GAAP delay assignment is in place These sections represent Unassigned Slots As pop up flights become known TFMS assigns them to one of the unassigned slots or gives them a DAS delay equal to the Delay Limit Flight List Component During a program use the Flight List component to view specific information for flights For example the Flight List can be useful to view what Control Element flights are controlled by when there are multiple AFPs and GDPs in place Figure 12 2 displays a Flight List for an AFP grouped by Control Element CTL_ELEM FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 2 Monitoring Program Delivery LINIE ANONN Figure 12 2 Flight List Grouped by Control Element FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 3 Monitoring Program Delivery Monitoring Effects
111. captures the pop up flights in the system and assigns them new slots based on the airport s capacity A Revision can reduce or increase the average delay of the program depending on the airport s demand vs capacity at the time of the Revision If a GDP is under delivering you are not concerned about the extra demand due to pop ups and there are a large number of cancelled or delayed flights with open slots ahead of operational flights For example if there are numerous cancelled flights before operational flights that are in the stack hour a Compression could move the operational flights into the cancelled flights slots if Compress to Last CTA is checked The Stack hours are the stack of flights after the end time of the GDP You can easily identify the number of cancelled flights in a stack hour by looking at the FSM Bar Graph Click the Cancellations shortcut button on the Bar Graph to view all cancelled flights Rolling your mouse over the cyan colored flights displays a tool tip with the number of cancelled flights for that hour Figure 17 1 illustrates numerous cancelled flights ahead of operational flights in the stack hours FSM User Guide Version 9 00 17 1 Deciding When to Use a Compression or Revision Miar Graph BOS 28 2000 LIVE loj x a ao ee eis sao la 5 Status ArDepStetus Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type BOS 02 28 2008 20 002 ETA 7 I 1 Figure 17
112. causes the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 42 Understanding Components Fix Order component to open The fix order defaults to the ordering of the fixes as specified in the ADL Fix Order Figure 3 36 Fix Order Component The Fix Order component has a list box displaying the order of the fixes from top to bottom The fixes are listed by name and color Each fix has a down arrow You use the down arrow to select a color Clicking the down arrow next to a fix name causes a dropdown box with 20 colors listed to open Select the color you want for the fix from the list If you want to reorder the fixes select the fix name from the list in the Fix Order box and click Up to move it toward the top of the list and Down to move it toward the bottom of the list Clicking Cancel closes the Fix Order component and cancels any actions performed in this dialog Clicking Default resets the fix values to their ADL order and default color Clicking OK closes the Fix Order component and applies all changes made in the dialog box Note The color and ordering you selected apply only to the selected element Bar Graph you are currently working with Additionally right clicking a fix in the legend opens a pop up box with 20 colors listed Selecting a color from the pop up box allocates the selected color for that fix FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 43 Understanding Components 4 rau MROBER ricana vIMILENDY j vl
113. center is exempt from the program The selected center turns to black and the airports within the center turn green to indicate that they are exempt from delay The center selected displays in the GDP Setup component in the Centers Exempt field in the Scope Tab Figure 3 70 is an example of a user selected exempt center ZAU If you click a center a third time the center selection returns to the distance based default selection Table 3 9 Mouse Actions on the GDT Map Mouse Action Description Click Airport Toggle an airport from Exempt Non exempt Click center once Includes Center in program Click center twice Exempts center from program delay Click center three times Default selection by distance SS Map ATL 2010 Jan 20 0145 GOT ok Eile View Map Help Figure 3 70 GDT Map Setup This map corresponds with the following GDT Map component setup FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 89 Understanding Components GDT Map Reload Model Run Proposed Run Actual SUB OFF Reset Parameters Select By Distance Distance nautical miles 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 775 Centers Origin Exempt MP Non Exempt ZMA Non Exempt if Distance Manual Flights C Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Exempt Individual Flights Figure 3 71 GDT Setup Reflected G
114. component Airports the server is currently monitoring are displayed with the airports three letter identifier and a colored dot indicating the GDT status of each airport FCAs the server is currently monitoring are displayed with a colored boundary that indicates the AFP status of that FCA The title bar displays the normal component labeling conventions GDT displays at the end of the title bar label to indicate that you are looking at the Map in GDT mode Adaptive compression status displays in the SUBS section When you initially open GDT mode the GDT Setup component default on the Scope tab for airports has the exempt by tier with internal centers selected therefore the GDT map initially has only the airport s Internal center selected The Scope default for airspace data sets is ALL When a center is included it is colored with a maroon overlay and the airports that are within the centers are colored red see Figure 3 68 A red airport indicates that a TMI includes that airport A green colored airport indicates that the airport is exempt from delay Interactions between the GDT Setup component and the GDT Map for FCAs operate in the same manner as with Airport data sets That is only departure exemptions or non exemptions are shown in the red green color scheme to minimize any confusion and to keep the same conventions between airport and airspace elements To exempt an arrival facility the airport identifier must be entered in the
115. coversheet opens see Figure 15 8 The warning gives you the opportunity to turn off substitutions without having to reload Subs On warning J x Subs are currently ON Turn Subs OFF is recommended Ignore Turn Subs OFF Figure 15 8 SUBS ON Warning If you click Ignore the Subs OFF warning closes and the coversheet opens If you click Turn Subs OFF the Subs OFF message is sent to the hubsite TFM Processing Center TPC and an informational message is displayed see Figure 15 9 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 8 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program FSM Information x Please wait while FSM remodels the TMI after the Subs OFF message is returned Click Cancel to enable GDT Mode before the Subs OFF message is returned fy Figure 15 9 FSM Modeling Information Message Click Cancel to continue without waiting for FSM to automatically remodel the TMI If you did not click Cancel FSM remodels the TMI after the Subs Off message is returned by the TPC and the FSM Information message closes SUBS ALL OFF is then displayed on the GDT setup panel Review the Coversheet parameters and program results complete the Advisory section and click Send Actual lt Program Type gt from the Coversheet to implement the revision Completing a revision is similar to sending an initial program For more information see Chapter 11 Issuing an Initial Program Exempt AFP Flights from GDP
116. data sets only CTD CTA CTL_ELEM Airspace data sets only ORIG DCENTR CYTL_TYPE Airport data sets only and ACENTR data elements e View gt Show Demand Displays the Demand by Center component 3 Help Menu e Help gt GDT Setup Opens the on line help for the GDT Setup component GDT Setup Panel Buttons The eight action buttons are Save the button with the disk icon GDT Map Reload Model Run Proposed Run Actual SUB OFF and Reset Parameters These buttons are active when the feature is available Clicking the Save button saves the GDT Setup component as a jpg image to a directory of your choice Clicking GDT Map opens the GDT Map Clicking Reload causes FSM to load the latest ADL data into the GDT mode You then can model the program using the latest data and make any adjustments you think are necessary Clicking Model models and reflects your changes in all GDT components for analysis and review After you make any modification to any portion of the GDT Setup component which FSM indicates by highlighting the tab window area with a red border the Model button becomes active After clicking Model your GDT Setup component also resets and the red border no longer is displayed until you make an additional change FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 65 Understanding Components Clicking Run Proposed displays the Proposed coversheet which then gives you the option to send a proposed Advisory or Autosend this initiativ
117. data to the next historical ADL time see Figure 2 3 You must open the Historical mode data using the Open Data Set component The two default Historical mode windows are 1 Bar Graph component Displays demand versus capacity of a specified data set 2 Time Line component Displays flight distribution throughout each hour These two components open by default if you do not change the Open With options in the Open Data Set component You can access the Flight List component using Open Data Set as well but that is not the default selection Ej Ge yow Rogers M o vom umases varow iet Open Seta Set kbp Seach Sy Catsgn GDIM PM Maxie pear Bos ATL ATM Connected Serene metrermeterntrion camiAlh GRESA MGRIEST MGRFD MGR Data Set ATL Man Ie 2282 HOST SURS MAL ON a ie yw Timm Line papiy Help amp we Ga Ba Merdumndlnm All Hesterical arten Historical Z Tee Line 5 Setectet u HOSI AEyU Mar HOST MMOH VEAL 41 2000 dem 10 ATLAPT ATL 01 19 2010 22 022 ETA er pacers sear Crag tt z m s or al Managert Sam ferDep States Acra Category Carrie Ale Die Caters Controt Type t O uam metronerastoncen kana wo 182280 wa az 20090 200200 H CMA OO RRs _12008 ma vo m na as 1 AROPO 12006 o4 nn omp gt Sam oo em A S gt ram gt gt cod I 2 P e a a ra u A maan eee EFT N B ATLAPT pop 19025 meea gt a Da m
118. default ABS Delay is the absolute delay on a flight including FAA and airline delay imposed on the flights FSM calculates Absolute delay using Max 0 ETA IGTA Taxi Program Delay is the delay imposed only by the FAA on flights and FSM calculates it using Max 0 CTA BETA The report displays delay statistics for all carriers that operate at an airport or travel through an FEA or FCA Carriers with no presence at the monitored airport FEA or FCA are not displayed in the Carrier Statistics Note View gt Carrier Statistics report is not available from a coversheet that you opened from a file The following information is displayed in the Carrier Statistics Report e Carrier Name The airline to which the delay data corresponds e CDM MBR Indicates if the carrier is a CDM member Y N e Flights Affected Total Non_Exempt Exempt CNX Total Total number of flights for the specified time period FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 37 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Non Exempt Number of the total flights that are Non Exempt included in the program Exempt Number of the total flights that are Exempt receive no delay from the program CNX Number of the total flights that are canceled CNX e On Time Percentage of flights that arrive within 15 minutes of their ETA e Delay Total Total Avg AffAvg Total Total minutes of delay for each airline Total Percentage of delay attribute
119. different control types displayed in the Control Type tab see Table 6 12 Table 6 12 Control Type Tab Coloring Control Type Definition Color TFMS Others Flights that have a control type of DAS or RCTL Orange During a GAAP GDP a DAS control type indicates that a pop up flight was assigned the Delay Limit because there were no available Unassigned Slots Bridge Flights that have a control type of BRG ABRG and Purple SBRG Flights that were bridges due to a successful SCS request FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 17 Viewing Flight Information Control Type Definition Color GAAP Flights that have a control type of GAAP which means that the flight was pop up flight that was given an Unassigned Slot during a GAAP GDP or AFP Pink Not Controlled Flights that are not active AND not controlled Green FAA Flights that have a control type of UPD or ECR Flights that have had a change in their control times due to an EDCT Update or SCS request FAA initiated Dark Green Flight Active Flights that are airborne Red Program GDP GS Flights that have a control type of GDP GS AFP COMP or BLKT Flights that are controlled by the Element you are currently viewing Brown NAS User Flights that have a control type of SUB or SCS Flights that have had any change of control times due to an Airline or GA User substitution or a SCS request airline init
120. display Once you select an FEA or FCA right click the boundary to display the pop up selection menu which includes the zoom options described above see Figure 3 22 The pop up menu also allows you to view the Time Line Bar Graph Flight List ECR or Element Display component for the selected FEA or FCA in Monitored Live mode only Default Zoom Undo Zoom Open Time Line Open Bar Graph Open Flight List Open ELi Figure 3 22 Right Click Component Selection Map Menu Bar The Map menu bar contains four options File View Map and Help gt Map Program Parameters BOS i x File View Map Heip Figure 3 23 Map Menu Bar 1 File Menu e File gt Save as Saves the Map as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the active Map on the monitor e File gt Close Closes the Map component 2 View Menu e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box and allows you to change the title bar name Type in the desired name then click OK to change the title bar heading Click Cancel to close the Rename Window dialog box without making any changes see Figure 3 24 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 26 Understanding Components Rename Window Please enter a name for the window Figure 3 24 Rename Window Dialog Box e View gt Projection You can use this to select from the following set of projection center points Alaskan Atlantic
121. displays in the IPM Setup component in the Centers Non Exempt field in the Scope tab Clicking only once on a center that is already included within the program selection does not reflect any visual difference on the screen Table 3 14 Mouse Actions on the IPM Map Mouse Action Description Click Airport Toggle an airport from Exempt Non exempt Click center once Includes Center in program Click center twice Exempts center from program delay Click center three times Default selection by distance Tier Based GDPs The initial default setting when you open IPM Mode components is an internal tier based GDP When you select a tier based GDP from the GDP Setup component FSM colors all centers included in a TMI maroon on the map and colors all airports included red For example the next figure illustrates a SFO 1 Tier GDP with user selected airport PHX as an additional Non Exempt airport see Figure 3 117 The method of selecting deselecting airports and or centers is the same as described above in the distance based GDP FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 158 Understanding Components Map SFO 2010 Jan 19 0130 IPM Scenario 1 Joe File View Map Help SAT sped FU MSY TPE f ZMA Figure 3 117 SFO 1st Tier Program The following IPM setup component corresponds with the IPM Map component see Figure 3 118 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 159 Understanding Components j1PM Setup SFO
122. dropdown box arrow to select available TMI types for the element GDP DAS GDP GAAP GDP UDP Ground Stop Purge This program type requires no input on any tab option If Purge is selected all selections except Impact Model and Program Type are disabled AFP DAS AFP GAAP AFP UDP FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 128 Understanding Components Scope The scope value is determined by the element s scope in GDT Mode If you want to change the scope use IPM Setup e For a tier based scope the dropdown box will contain the available tier keywords for the selected element e For distance based scope the dropdown box will contain x NM nautical miles where x is an editable field Use the spinners to adjust the scope in 100 nm increments Expand or Collapse Segment Arrow e Click the down arrow toggle button to the left of the Model box to expand the segment By default Impact elements are collapsed and the Expand Collapse button is disabled as Impact elements cannot be expanded e Click the up arrow toggle button to the left of the Model box to collapse the segment By default Model elements are expanded but you can collapse their presentation Model or Impact This dropdown box indicates whether the element is a modeled or impact TMI Click the arrow to change the element to either Model or Impact Start Enter the date and time when the TMI should begin End Enter the date and time when the TMI should
123. e Actual ETE vs Original ETE Compliance e CTA Compliance e Spurious Flight Compliance e Cancel That Flew Compliance The functionality of compliance flight lists is identical to all other FSM Flight Lists This chapter focuses on CTD compliance for monitoring EDCT compliance of a program See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports for more information on other compliance reports To view a list of flights that had non complaint EDCTs select Reports gt Compliance gt By CTD from the Control Panel component see Figure 13 1 The CTD Compliance list includes all flights in a delay program that violate departure compliance The default departure boundaries are More than five minutes before their EDCT or more than five minutes after their EDCT Any flight that has an ARTD of five minutes earlier or five minutes later than the most recent OrigEDCT is displayed in the Reports gt Compliance gt By CTD list Note Ensure that the data set for which you want to view the compliance report is active If no data set is active FSM displays an error message No current data set FSM User Guide Version 9 00 13 1 Monitoring EDCT Compliance Figure 13 1 Accessing the CTD Compliance List When you open the CTD Compliance list FSM displays by default the flights ACID ORIG DEST ETD ETA ARTD ARTA CTD CTA and ARTD CTD are displayed The ETD has a prefix A which indicates that the flights ETD i
124. end Data Time Displays ADL time on which you are modeling and analyzing your TMI This is a read only field in the current FSM version Subs Indicates whether Subs are on or off This is a read only field in the current FSM version Program Rate Pop Up Reserve Grid This is similar to the GDT Mode Program Rate Pop Up Reserve Grid The primary difference is that you must manually change the PR Pop up and Reserve values as the Fill between Hours option is not available For Fill between Hours functionality open the IPM Setup component and make your changes Any updates will dynamically change the element s corresponding segment in the Multi Graph component Multi Graph Component The Multi Graph component has four tabs Three tabs with stacked bar graphs for each element in the Scenarios 1 2 and 3 and a tab with consolidated metrics for all scenarios see Figure 3 100 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 129 Understanding Components Eile View MultiGraph Display Help as sao un Flow Ratelegend JFK Model 02 05 2009 18 362_ ETA wa le Al Al Al 2 ZA r N A in 60 Minute Increments LGA Model 02 05 200918 35Z ETA AG ee N TA in 60 Minute Increments FCA104 Impact 02 05 200918 37Z ENTRY Figure 3 100 Multi Graph Component Multi Graph Menu Bar The menu bar of the FSM Multi Graph component contains five options File View Bar Graph Display and Help
125. five airports within each center based and ordered primarily by the number of Non Exempt flights and then by the number of Exempt flights are displayed in the Centers column A red dot to the left of the center or airport identifier indicates that at least one Non Exempt flight is present within that center or airport A green dot indicates that all flights are Exempt within that center or airport see Figure 19 5 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 5 Issuing a Ground Stop E Demand by Center LAX 2010 Jan 20 0455 GOT x Eile Help Scope Modeled LAX 2ndTier Centers Non Exempt amp z0a ZLA amp zc zau CZE cm czQ czu czy amp czw amp czy ZAB zaw Z0C ZDV ZAN ZHU 7D Note All counts are for Non Active Included flights only E a eceococececeoecesceeceec W 5955555555955 9 2956 Figure 19 5 Demand By Center If there are more than five airports with included flights in the selected Center an additional Others row combines the rest of the flights within the remaining airports If a center does not contain any flights that center s airport list is empty For more information on Demand By Center see Chapter 3 Demand By Center Component You can use the Impact Modeling Options to see how the GS affects other airports of interest See Chapter 3 Understanding Components for more information
126. flight ADC is Advise customs FCA is Flow Constrained Area WXR is Severe weather route Alarm Status CC EC EA SF CF Indicates the type of alarm criteria if any that the flight meets DO Y N Indicates whether the flight has dropped out of the FEA FCA If the flight has dropped out the Y is colored red for easier viewing Absolute Delay Max 0 ETA IGTA Taxi FSM calculates the Absolute Delay to include all types of delay on a flight This includes FAA and airline imposed delay due to traffic management initiatives mechanical delays etc Please note that delay can be only a positive integer Therefore if the flight is running as scheduled or is early Absolute Delay is a value of zero 0 Schedule Variation ETA IGTA Taxi Schedule variation is almost identical to absolute delay with the exception that schedule variation can include negative values A negative value in the Schedule Variation field indicates that the flight is running earlier than scheduled ATC Delay Max 0 CTA BETA ATC Delay includes only that delay that results from an FAA traffic management initiative and any action taken by the airline as a result of the traffic management initiative This does not include airline imposed delay such as mechanical failures crew delay etc ATC Delay can be only a positive integer If the flight is running ahead of its schedule ATC delay is a value of zero 0 Note For a description of each
127. flights colored red in the specified hour FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 31 Understanding Components Note Selecting a color that has no flights associated with it opens an empty Flight List If a color is deselected from the Bar Graph Legend the color option is not displayed in the Open Flight List For selection criteria u m tt oye et men ATL 0149 2010 22 552 Cancelled Ground Stopped Dep Past ETD Dep No CTD Dep CTD Issued Dep CTD Other Element Flight Active Arrived Figure 3 30 Open Flight List For Bar Graph Legend To view the color legend you can click the legend button located next to the time bin buttons or select the View gt Show Legend checkbox from the Bar Graph s menu The Legend displays the color scheme for the color tab currently displayed and allows you to toggle the coloring options on and off by using the checkbox next to each color FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 32 Understanding Components Wi Bar Graph ATL 20 0010 LIVE BAX File View BarGraph Display Help as sialo saa E Status ArrDep Status Aircraft Category Cari nti Dfix Centers Control Type ATL 01 20 2010 00 102 ETA 120 80 40 0 5 3 8 8 amp amp amp E Time in 60 Minute increments Zee gt v All v Maa vasa iv Micoa v par v DHL vEFDX vieu v Bnwa v SWA Bua vr UPS v USA viMAWE D1 Mother D2 vr TRS D3 vA Other Carriers vi Airline
128. from a Flight List You can easily return to the normal Flight List display 1 Select View gt Group Flights to access the Group Window 2 Click Clear All 3 Click OK Sorting Information in the Flight List Once you create a Flight List you can sort the information and arrange it according to your own needs You can sort the list one column category at a time by double clicking the column heading The arrow at the top of the column indicates that ascending or descending order for that category sorts the Flight List column To sort by multiple categories select View gt Sort Flights from the Flight List component The Sort window shows the data fields that are currently listed in the Flight List The data fields correspond to the available data fields in the ADL You can also sort multiple categories by pressing Ctrl on your keyboard and then selecting up to three categories in the flight list The arrow at the top of the column indicates the ascending or descending order for that category and the size of the arrow indicates what level the sort is Sort Flights Sort By Ascending DCENTR v O Descending Then By Ascending ACID bat n Descending Then By Ascending ETA bi A Descending Clear All Help Apply Ok Cancel Figure 6 29 Sort Window The Sort Window has the following buttons FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 36 Viewing Flight Information Clear
129. from a GAAP AFP into a normal AFP give priority to the revised AFP over existing AFPs or extend the length of the program To change any of the program parameters open the data set in GDT mode To load the current parameters select File gt Load Actual Parameters gt Airspace Flow Program in the GDT Setup component If you want the revised AFP to take priority over other existing AFP control times check the AFP Override checkbox Note It is advised to use AFP Override in only extreme or crisis scenarios Extending the Program To extend the length of the AFP or GDP change the End time from the Parameters tab or click and drag the End time slide bar to adjust the duration You can extend the program without changing any other parameters or you can extend the program in conjunction with any other number of parameter modifications as shown in Figure 15 3 Note You can model an AFP past the End time of the underlying FCA but Send Proposed Actual lt Program Type gt is disabled from the Coversheet To extend an AFP past the End time of the underlying FCA the FCA must first be extended in TSD FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 2 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program ff GOT Setup ATL 2010 Jan 20 0300 GOT JO x Eile View Help ae a E GDTMap Reload Model Reset Parameters Program Type GDP UDP Program Time Options Start 200300 A End 200744 an 23456 78 40 11 12
130. in minutes of delay before and after the program is implemented 3 View Delay Assignments Displays delay assignment metrics see Figure 3 82 The coversheet is inactive until you click Close on the overlay FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 104 Understanding Components gt Slelsloslslsisoololsisolsooo 15 E32 32 12 tt i Aaa aan _ Figure 3 82 Delay Assignment Overlay For more details on the Delay Assignment fields see Table 3 11 Table 3 11 Delay Assignment Fields Field Name Description ETA Day Hour Time Estimated Day Hour and Time of Arrival broken into 15 minute increments Delay Avg Tgt Average delay limit and target for each 15 minute increment Demand Orig Number of arrival flights for each 15 minute increment before running the GDP Slots Unassigned Number of unassigned slots for each 15 minute increment during a GAAP GDP Program Rate Qtrly The Airport Arrival Rate set for each 15 minute increment after running the GDP Program Rate Hrly The Airport Arrival Rate for each hour during the GDP Pop Ups Qtrly The Pop Ups Rate set for each 15 minute increment after running the program Pop Ups Hrly The Pop Ups Rate for each hour during the program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 105 Understanding Components Field Name Description Reserved Qtrly The Reserved set for each 15 minute increment after running the UDP Reserved Hrly
131. include certain centers from a TMI that were not included originally based on the Distance criteria Enter the three or four letter center identifier to include a particular center Separate multiple centers with a space or a comma The maximum number of non exempt centers you can enter is 16 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 78 Understanding Components Airports Origin This section of the panel allows you to include and or exempt airports e Exempt You can exempt certain departure airports from a TMI Enter the three or four letter airport code to exempt that airport Separate multiple airports with a space or a comma The maximum number of exempt airports you can enter is 24 e Non Exempt You can include certain departure airports from a TMI that were not included originally based on the Distance criteria Enter the three or four letter airport code to include that airport Separate multiple airports with a space or a comma The maximum number of non exempt airports you can enter is 16 e Non Exempt if Distance Use this field to include Canadian airports If you select a Canadian airport FSM includes that airport if it falls within the selected distance parameter Flights This section of the panel allows you to exempt i e give no delay to priority flights as well as select Exempt by Departure Status or Time e Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Selecting this option gives exemption status only to active flights therefore
132. is recommended Figure 20 7 Subs On Warning If you click Ignore the Subs OFF warning closes and the coversheet opens If you click Turn Subs OFF the Subs OFF message is sent to the hubsite TFM Processing Center TPC and an informational message is displayed see Figure 20 8 FSM Information x Please wait while FSM remodels the TMI after the Subs OFF message is returned uy Click Cancel to enable GDT Mode before the Subs OFF message is returned Figure 20 8 FSM Modeling Information Message Click Cancel to continue without waiting for FSM to automatically remodel the TMI If you did not click Cancel FSM remodels the TMI after the Subs Off message is returned FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 8 Other Ground Stop Functions by the TPC and the FSM Information message closes SUBS ALL OFF is then displayed on the GDT setup panel Review each section of the coversheet and complete the Advisory Click Send GS from the coversheet to implement the revision If SUBS are turned ON when you click Autosend from a coversheet during a compression revision or extension you receive an FSM warning message that instructs you to Turn SUBS OFF reload and remodel the program see Figure 20 9 This message is displayed only if you chose to ignore the previously displayed Subs On warning Once the coversheet is opened you must reload and remodel the program in order to turn subs off Click OK to clear the FSM
133. its sub carriers Likewise you cannot include one sub carrier Typing a carrier code into this field always includes the major and its sub carriers Scope Tab In IPM Setup the Scope tab is active for all Program Types except Purge The Scope tab has two types of exemption criteria for airports Tier based and Distance based In the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 149 Understanding Components Select By dropdown box select either a Tier or Distance based initiative FCAs can only issue tier based AFPs therefore distance is not an option Scope Tab for Data Sets with Select By Tier Selected When you select Select By Tier the following panel is displayed see Figure 3 114 The panel contains four sections where you can modify parameters Centers Origin Airports Origin Airports Destination and Flights DJ1PM Setup JFK 2009 Mar 06 2020 IPM Scenario 1 Eile View Help E IPM Map Mufi Graph Reload All Model Al Close ics ban anaes Show Demand U ZDC 4 ZUR 4 ZKC 4 ZME 4 ZMP 1 ZSE 4 J ZTL 4 CZU CZV J Airports Destination Exempt Flights C Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Exempt Individual Flights _Pmma Al ck ai A rs cn Du A es a i a ah _ a ee el ee a de ee Figure 3 114 IPM Setup Exempt by Tier Scope Tab Centers Origin You can select the centers you w
134. iu Color Schemes Selection All v Default Color Schemes Aircraft Category v Carrier Dfix User v Centers _ Substitution Status _ Program Delay v ArrDep Status Aircraft Class Afix _ Exemption _ Alarm Status _ Distance _ CDM Participation v Control Type Set Global Preference Apply _ o Cancel Figure 3 35 Color Schemes Selection Component If the current tab is hidden the default tab is the Status tab since it cannot be hidden You can also set a group of coloring schemes as a user preference FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 41 Understanding Components The Color Schemes Selection component has both an All and Default checkbox Selecting All selects all color scheme checkboxes with the exception of the Status and Default checkboxes You can deselect all coloring schemes by removing the check from the All checkbox This is similar to how the All checkbox works on the Status legend When the color schemes displayed are the same as the FSM configuration default the Default checkbox is selected Selecting Default resets the selections to the FSM configuration default display This is similar to how the Default checkbox works on the Status legend Note You cannot deselect the Status checkbox The Color Scheme Selection component has the following buttons e Set Global Preference e OK e Cancel Clicking Set Global Preference displays an FSM information
135. line help for the ECR component Opening ECR Use one of the following five methods to open ECR Note Ensure that the correct Data Set is active 1 Select the ECR checkbox in the Open With panel of the Open Data Set component and click Apply see Figure 14 3 File Help MonitoredLive AllLive Historical Active Historical Sort Airports By Airport ID gt Center ID DIFEASFCAS 4 FCABA1 20 0210 AFP ACTUAL 18 2343 19 2159 Y Bar Graph FCABA2 200210 V ECR FCABA3 20 0210 AFP ACTUAL 18 2343 19 2159 FCAJS1 200210 AFP ACTUAL 19 2343 200443 Co Airports 74 ABO 20 0210 ALN ATL 20 0210 GDP ACTUAL 19 1940 20 0729 BDL 200210 BNA 200210 BOS 200210 BTR 200210 BUF 20 0210 y Time Line C Flight List Group By Element Name lt Custom Group lt NewGrp gt amy ox cancer Figure 14 3 Select ECR from Open With Panel 2 Click ECR from the Control Panel see Figure 14 4 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 4 EDCT Change Request ECR T FSM File View Reports TFMS Tools Utilities Window Help open Dat Set top Search cansion GOT Mode PM Mode Unis ERE ATL CUNMECLEU DEIVEI S MEU UFIAAAUWWTAVIAUUFLLUNNADL_MORFDNI_MIORHID I _MOFFU_NIOR Figure 14 4 Opening ECR from the Control Panel 3 Select Utilities gt ECR from the Control Panel see Figure 14 5 Query Manager Search By Callsign Set
136. mode you can access GDT mode by clicking GDT Mode on the Control Panel Data Set The Data Set is the airport FEA or FCA you want to view When opening an airport FEA or FCA in Historical data mode you must select a date from the Historical tab s menu structure and enter a time optional e Display Components From the Open With selection box you can open data sets in four components Time Line Flight List Bar Graph and ECR components By default both Time Line and Bar Graph components are selected Opening FSM in Monitored Live Mode From the Open Data Set component you can open FSM in Monitored Live mode The Monitored Live tab is active when the Open Data Set component initially opens and provides a list of FEAs FCAs and Airports currently monitored by the FSM server readily available for viewing To open a data set in Monitored Live mode 1 Click Open Data Set FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 2 Opening FSM 2 Select the desired data set FEA FCA or Airport from the Monitored Live tab Note If an airport currently has a GDP or GS in place the Open Data Set component displays GDP ACTUAL or GS ACTUAL followed by the date and times of the TMI next to the airport If an FEA or FCA currently has an AFP in place the Open Data Set component displays AFP ACTUAL followed by the date and times next to the FEA or FCA name 3 Select the components you want to view for the data set in the Open With
137. nan ee nenn ee af Nenn pan gree A Figure 12 8 Alerts Menu FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 11 Monitoring Program Delivery FADT Parameters Updated The Alerts gt FADT Parameters Available menu option is highlighted in red when there is a new FADT FADTs are reports generated when you run a GDP AFP GS Blanket or a Compression operation Selecting FADT Parameters Available displays a pop up window that lists the time the FADT was generated during the day for the selected airport in ddhhmmss format see Figure 12 9 This option does not actually give you program parameters Note FSM does not always list the FADTs in chronological order F FADT Parameters FCABA3 18233130 GDP Figure 12 9 FADT Parameters Window SCS Bridge Alerts gt SCS Bridge is highlighted red in color when there is a new SCS update Selecting SCS Bridge displays the Substitution Flag Block window which displays the current subbing status see Figure 12 10 The Substitution Flag Block may contain the following keywords e SUBS Indicates whether all substitutions are enabled ON or disabled OFF e SCS Indicates whether slot credit substitutions for all operators are enabled ON or disabled OFF e ADPT Indicates whether adaptive compression is enabled ON or disabled OFF e BRIDGING Indicates whether bridging subs are disabled OFF for a particular operator Airline GA or Military If bridging is off for an airline any
138. no corresponding entries in the OAG trigger the Spurious Flights Alarm CF This alarm detects any flights that were cancelled but later flew without the flight being reinstated properly By CTD Compliance Report The By CTD Compliance report checks for flights which violate departure compliance in a delay program The default departure boundaries are more than five minutes before or more than five minutes after their estimated departure clearance time Any flight that has an ARTD of five minutes earlier or five minutes later than the most recent OrigEDCT is included in the By CTD Compliance report as shown in Figure 21 12 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 14 Understanding and Using FSM Reports C10 Compliance FCAPLA 24 1 FCAFLA 08 24 2006 18 43Z 1 OG ORSE FID ETA ENTRY ARTD AR mco A241815 C242006 241815 ATL E2471824 C2420560 s A241818 C2411932 24 1818 A241807 C242013 24 9824 241807 A244747 C2412056 24 9747 A24N751 C242036 24 9751 A241837 C2472005 24 1837 A240824 C242104 24 1024 241803 C24 1931 24 1803 A248817 242046 201817 A247828 C242122 241828 A241750 C2462015 24 9750 242133 24 1830 242010 24 1749 C2242032 24 1803 24 1920 24 1759 24 1839 241806 24 1813 24 1808 24 1827 241816 24 9811 24 1831 24 9835 3 5358 gt 5 rat PHS Fu ma pa BED JK FELLE 23 Figure 21 12 CTD Compliance By ETE Compliance Report The By ETE Compliance report comp
139. not use Blanket in conjunction with a GS Not available for FCAs Airborne Holding Used by traffic management specialists to determine the necessity of a GDP In certain situations putting delay on flights en route may be a better option than delaying flights on the ground The airborne holding algorithm in FSM produces the amount of expected airborne holding delay defined as ASLOT ETA that would result from running a program Not available for FCAs Purge Cancels aGDP or GS releasing all delay on included flights This program type requires no entry on any tab option AFP DAS Airspace Flow Program available only for airspace data sets This program is used to control traffic flow through an FCA AFP GAAP Airspace Flow Program available only for airspace data sets This program type automatically sets the Delay Assignment Mode to GAAP AFP UDP Airspace Flow Program available only for airspace data sets This program type addresses the mix of scheduled and unscheduled i e pop ups demand based on the following parameters number of reserved pop ups target delay multiplier and delay limit The GDT Setup component tab options and features change based on the Program Type selection The three GDT Setup tabs are Parameters default selection Scope and Modeling Options This section discusses the Setup Panel based on each tab option Closing the GDT Setup component closes all the GDT components for the data set Th
140. on NAS Users You can open several reports from the Reports menu on the Control Panel component You can use these reports to monitor the effects of the selected program on NAS users Surface Delay Report Select Reports gt Surface Delay to generate a report that indicates the ground delay imposed on flights The report contains departure information for both arriving at the control element See Chapter 6 Flight Lists for more information on Flight Lists Priority Flight List Select Reports gt Priority Flights to view this report This report identifies priority flights It is similar to an FSM Flight List but lists only those flights tagged as Lifeguard LFG or Diversion Recovery DVT flights Time Out Delay List Select Reports gt Time Out Delay to view this report The Time Out Delay Report quickly provides a picture of which flights are contributing to the Time Out delay problem The report is in the same format as FSM Flight Lists and includes all flights whose delay status is TOD Time Out Cancel List Select Reports gt Time Out Cancel to view this report The Time Out Cancel Report provides a picture of which flights are contributing to the Time Out cancel problem The report is in the same format as FSM Flight Lists and includes all flights whose cancellation status is TO Slot Hold Select Reports gt Slot Hold to view this report This report generates a flight list of all flights that are currently holding
141. one logical grouping or a combination of several logical groupings Once created the new filter is displayed in Query Manager and in the Apply Filter function for all flight lists accessed after you create the new filter When you create a filter using the Create Filter component it is data set independent so you can use it to filter any data set in FSM 1 Select Utilities gt Query Manager to open the Query Manager component The Query Manager opens FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 14 Using Query Manager ALL All Filters COBUILT_IN Built In Filters CJ AND Priority CONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TRUE C CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE C CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE COR Arrived CJ AND EJ AND amp CJ AND amp EJ AND CJ AND CJ AND Active Ground_Stopped Departing PastETD Departing CTD Departing NoCTD Departing Other Figure 22 18 Query Manager 2 Click Create Filter The Create Filter component opens FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 15 Using Query Manager Ss m Figure 22 19 Create Filter Component 3 Enter a name in Filter Name If you give the filter the same name as an existing filter FSM appends a number to the name For example if a filter named Arrivals already exists and you name your new filter Arrivals FSM names the filter Arrivals 1 For this example enter Arrivals Figure 22 20 Filter Nam
142. over any line in the Data Graph shows you the delay statistic count for the colored line This line reflects the selected criteria of the scenario being monitored or modeled Figure 6 3 illustrates the 1st tier option selected with all the corresponding delay statistics in the legend The roll over shows a maximum delay of 210 minutes FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 2 Viewing Flight Information Data Graph JFK 2010 Jan 19 0225 GOT Jog File View Help Power Run By GDP By Center Group JA Vv Default C Total Fits Affected Fits CO Total Delay lv Max Delay avg Delay vr Max Air Hold O v Avg Air Hold flistack Unrec Delay Ol Unree O v Mibetay var Ol Ema emer Wavy Diy Difi Figure 6 3 Data Graph Delay Statistic Rollover Right Click Capabilities The right click feature is active in Time Line Map Flight List GDT Data Graph and GDT Setup components 1 Time Line Right clicking a flight icon in the Time Line shows you five additional options for that flight Flight Info Flight Detail EDCT Check EDCT Update and ECR Flight Detail EDCT Check EDCT Update Oo ait ames o Figure 6 4 Time Line Right Click Feature e Selecting Flight Info displays the Flight Info window see Figure 6 5 which contains some general ADL information for a flight including Flight ID Aircraft Type origin airport destination airport ETD ENTRY FEA FCA only EXIT FEA F
143. oy C CONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TRUE oe oO CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE C CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE amp DIOR Arrived DJAND Active CAND Ground_Stopped AND Departing PastETD AND Departing CTD AND Departing NoCTD AND Departing Other JAND Airline CUUSER User Defined Filters OR ATL OR Figure 22 4 New User Defined Filter For information on creating Constraint filters see To create user defined Constraint filters For information on how to add additional filters and constraints to AND and OR filters see the following section To add additional filters and constraints to User Defined Filter Once you create a new AND or an OR filter you can add additional filters and constraints to them There are two ways to add additional filters and constraints e Use the copy and paste functionality to add existing Built in or User Defined filters to the User Defined filter e Highlight the filter to which you want to add filters and constraints and use the steps in To create a new User Defined filter above starting with step 2 to add the filter or constraint This section shows how to use the copy and paste method 1 Select the Filter that you want to add to the User Defined Filter FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 4 Using Query Manager E 8 8 mom croate rer COBUILT_IN Built In Filters J AND Priority
144. panel 4 Click Apply or OK to display the data set in the components that you selected in the Open With box By default FSM displays both Time Line and Bar Graph components if you do not change anything in the Open With component selections Note Double clicking an airport FEA or FCA or selecting the airport FEA or FCA and then clicking Apply leaves the Open Data Set component open Selecting the airport FEA or FCA and then clicking OK opens the airport FEA or FCA in the selected components but closes the Open Data Set window Figure 4 3 shows ATL airport selected with the Time Line and Bar Graph components checkmarked in the Open With selection box This opens the Time Line and Bar Graph components for ATL in Live data mode Oe file Help Montored Live Alllive Historical Active Historical rl A iy Time Line Sort Airports By Airport ID Center ID BEE Flight List r Bar Graph 7 FEASFCAs 0 C Airports 67 ACK 02 1759 ANC 02 1759 ASE 02 1800 ATL 02 1759 BDL 02 1800 BED 02 1759 BNA 02 1800 BOS 02 1759 BUF 02 1759 BWI 02 1759 CLE 02 1800 CLT 02 1800 GDP ACTUAL 02 1326 022159 CVG 02 1759 amy ox cancer Figure 4 3 Monitored Live Tab Figure 4 4 shows FSM opened in Monitored Live mode for ATL FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 3 Y Be ew Regorts M os Unies iow txts Oper buen Set Man Search Ry Caisg GOT Meen MMi pos an ATM Openin
145. parameters Rolling your mouse over any line in the Data Graph gives you the delay statistic count for the colored line that reflects the results of the option FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 12 Modeling a Ground Delay Program Data Graph EWR 2009 Feb 19 1411 GDT mT 5j xj File View Help Power Run By GDP By Distance Al v Default 500 500 Ol MWistalsrts 347 458 OF Affected its 68 400 400 Of MrotalDelay 6 099 Oly MaxDelay 458 v Blavg Delay 89 7 Olr Max Air Hold 10 lv Avg Air Hold 1 2 I Mistack 54 ol Unrec Delay 86 Ol Unree 141 Ofr ipelayvr 32 44 OC EMA 15 O NEm 5 Cavo Diy Diff 0 0 Figure 8 10 Data Graph View For more information on the Data Graph component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components GDT Map Component The GDT Map component provides a visual representation of the modeled scope of the GDP The burgundy highlighted areas indicate the scope of Non Exempt flights Airports that are colored red are Non Exempt and Airports colored green are Exempt due to the scope of the modeled GDP Clicking an Airport or Center will change the scope of the GDP and be reflected in the GDT Setup component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 13 Modeling a Ground Delay Program hE Map EWR 2009 Feb 19 1411 GDT O S 10 x File View Map Help Figure 8 11 GDT Map View For more information on the GDT Map component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components GDT Flight List C
146. projected to substantially exceed capacity the National En Route Spacing Position NESP specialist at the ATCSCC can issue an AFP for the constrained resource The process of issuing an AFP is similar to issuing a GDP for an airport Note The ATCSCC can only issue an AFP for an FCA An FEA must be converted to a FCA before an AFP can be issued This chapter discusses modeling an AFP in GDT Mode You can use the GDT Setup Panel component to model issue and send AFPs In addition to initial AFPs FSM can also model and run Revisions Compressions and Purges to existing AFPs When you model an AFP you can use parameters that you specify or you can use proposed parameters Modeling an AFP Using Parameters You Specify To model an AFP you need to set the parameters you want to use for the AFP You can do this by opening any monitored FCA in GDT mode and selecting the AFP parameters The parameters you can set are different depending on which program type you select this chapter will discuss setting parameters for an AFP For more information on what parameters are available for each program type see Chapter 3 Understanding Components 1 Click Open Data Set The Open Data Set window displays 2 Select an FCA from the FEAs FCAs section on the Monitored Live tab If the FCA is not available from the Monitored Live tab select the FCA from the All Live tab 3 Click Apply The Time Line and Bar Graph components for the FCA are display
147. revision start time and after a revision end time as appropriate for AFP GDP revisions e Before Revision Start This checkbox allows you to specify if control times should be purged off of flights between the revision start time and the cumulative start time Before Revision Start is disabled if a GDP or AFP does not exist for a current data set The purge Before Revision Start is enabled only when the selected GDP AFP start time is later than the existing program s Cumulative Start Time This option is dynamically enabled and disabled with the mouse release action on the slider bar FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 143 Understanding Components Note FSM will reset the Cumulative Start Time to the new later start time and determine which flights are no longer controlled due to the change e After Revision End This checkbox allows you to specify if control times should be purged off of the flights between the revision end time and the cumulative end time After Revision End is disabled if a GDP or an AFP does not exist for the current data set The purge After Revision End is enabled when the selected GDP AFP end time is earlier than the existing program s Cumulative End Time This option is dynamically enabled and disabled with the mouse release action on the slider bar Note FSM will reset the Cumulative End Time to the new earlier end time and determine which flights are no longer controlled due to the change e Compress to La
148. section of this chapter Distance Based GDPs When you select a distance based GDP in the IPM Setup component a maroon colored range ring displays on the IPM Map component The default distance is set to 199 nautical miles The range distance is indicated on the IPM Map just outside the top of the ring In addition to adjusting the range from the IPM Setup component you can alter the distance directly from the IPM Map Put your cursor on the edge of the distance ring until FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 157 Understanding Components the cursor turns into direction arrows then hold down the left mouse button and drag and drop the edge of the ring to increase or decrease the distance All airports within the range limit are included automatically into the program and colored red To exclude an airport from within the distance range just click the dot for that particular airport Clicking an airport within the distance ring turns the dot to green and excludes that airport from program delay Any additional airports you select are displayed in the IPM Setup component in the Airports Non Exempt or Exempt field in the Scope tab Likewise you can select deselect centers to include in a program from the IPM Map Clicking once on a center includes the center in the program The color of the selected center changes to maroon and the airports within that center change color indicating that the program includes them as well The selected center
149. simply by closing each component instance you want to remove To Close or Delete a User Defined Group You can delete an existing UDG by selecting Close Group from the right click menu of the UDG s data set button by closing all of its components individually or by closing FSM Deleting a UDG removes the group s data set button from the FSM Control Panel removes the group s name from the Open Data Set Custom Group list closes all components associated with the UDG and removes the associated components from the Control Panel Window menu Closing components in one data set does not affect copies of that component in a different data set In other words FSM does not close UDG components when the related TFMS element data set is closed and vice versa For example if you have ATL open and have added ATL Time Line to a UDG you can close the ATL data set without closing the ATL Time Line in the UDG ATL remains monitored since it is still part of a UDG To Rename a User Defined Group You can rename an existing UDG 1 Right click the data set button for the UDG on the Control Panel 2 Select Rename User Defined Group from the right click menu Rename User Defined Group opens the Rename User Defined Group component see Figure 4 18 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 16 Opening FSM Rename User Defined Group xj 2 Please enter a name for the group ma 7 Fr Figure 4 18 Rename User Defined Group 3 Enter a new na
150. tab for one element and switch to another element FSM maintains the tab view if possible Otherwise FSM returns the GDT Bar Graph to the Status tab in any situation where the tab you were on in another element does not exist For example if you are on an AFIX tab for an airport element and switch to an FCA element the GDT Bar Graph view changes to the Status tab Additionally if you change the Bar Graph display for one of the Model or Impact elements the changes for all of the elements in the GDT Bar Graph component where applicable are displayed GDT Data Graph Component The GDT Data Graph component opens in front of the GDT Map when you click Reload or Model from the GDT Setup component You have the option to review or model your ground delay parameters before actually running the program or revising any parameters Click Model on the GDT Setup component to view the initiative s results with your current parameters in the Data Graph From the Modeling Options tab on the GDT Setup component you can choose the type of data you want to view on the Data Graph s X axis When you click Model you can view the results of various scenarios You have the option to change your parameters analyze the program further or if satisfied with the result run the program see Figure 3 75 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 94 Understanding Components FE Data Graph ATL 2010 Jan 18 2335 GOT ole File View Help Power Run By GDP By Di
151. the program s slot allocation and delay distribution Ads piant dide nn ne ee eee _ Program Parameters f View Program Results View Delay Assignments u oExeront AILFlichts Devarting Figure 11 1 Coversheet View Options Click Send Actual Proposed GDP lt Program Type gt or Send Actual Proposed AFP lt Program Type gt from the Coversheet to issue the GDP or AFP and send the Advisory Causal Factor as shown in Figure 11 2 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 1 Issuing an Initial Program F x file View Resend Help Y FCABA1 FCABA1 AFP DAS ACTUAL v Program Parameters gt Summary Start 192055 End 200443 Model Time 192055 Compress to Last CTA v Enabled Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Scope Selected By Tier of ALL Program Rate 19 20 24 22 23 oo of 02 o3 o4 05 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 MEAT V AdvisoryiCausal Factors Charge To Facility Type Terminal impacting Condition Category Equipment Equipment C FAA Non FAA Respond By Valid Until 2005432 Comments Send Actual AFP DAS Figure 11 2 AFP Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 2 Issuing an Initial Program For more information on the Coversheet component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components Reviewing Program Parameters Reviewing the program parameters is important before issuing the program Ensure that the Program
152. the 16 coloring options For more information on tab options see Chapter 3 Understanding Components The coloring schemes are documented based on FSM s default settings You can configure all coloring schemes Within the components you can select View gt Show Legend at any time to display the color legend associated with the active color tab see Figure 6 11 You can view cancelled flights and dropped out flights by selecting View gt Show Cancellations Cancelled flights are colored cyan dropped out flights are colored salmon The examples below show the Bar Graph component but the Time Line component works in the same manner im File View BarGraph Display Help als solo 23 a E Status ArrDep Status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type JFK 01 19 2010 02 15Z2 ETA 60 40 40 20 20 0 0 83833 Egg amp amp amp amp Time in 60 Minute Increments au v Default priority _ MiRemoved Iv Ground Stopped V Midep Past ETD Iv EiDep No CTD v Midep CTD Issued v Dep CTD Other Elem MFlight Active V Marrivea Figure 6 11 Bar Graph with Legend Color By Status The Status tab colors flights in the Time Line and Bar Graph according to their arrival status at their destination airport FEA or FCA To remove a color associated with a flight status in the Time Line or Bar Graph uncheck that status color checkbox in the component legend The status data remains grayed o
153. the GDP Enter the Earliest R Slot as a number of minutes that will be added to the TMI Start Time Event Start Time For example if you think the pop up traffic for the first 2 hours of your program has already materialized you would not want to reserve slots for pop up flights in those hours With the Earliest R Slot parameter you can control when you want reserved slots to begin for pop up flights by adding 120 minutes to the Program Start Zero is the default value Use the arrows to select a new value or type a new value Click Default to reset the values to the default times Adjust Delay Minutes This parameter is available only when using the Blanket Program Type You can use Blanket Adjust Delay to add or release a specified amount of time from selected criteria You should only use Blanket during a GDP For example if you had a hole in the traffic flow you could select centers distance fixes or aircraft types and enter in a negative number to release some delay or release all delay by clicking Release Release fills in the Adjust Delay text field with 999 which is equivalent to releasing all delay Alternatively you can add delay to the selected criteria by entering the amount of extra delay in minutes Click Default to reset the values to the default times Purge Notification Minutes These options are only available when a Purge program type is selected You may change the values for modeling purposes however FS
154. the GDT Bar Graph displays both solid and hashed bars Solid bars represent the original data while hashed bars represent modeled data see Figure 3 74 File View Bar Graph Display un 86 6 00 a E an Status GDT ATLModel 01 18 2010 23 352 ETA a ae u zn ei in 60 Minute Increments Figure 3 74 GDT Bar Graph The last difference between the Bar Graph and the GDT Bar Graph are the Model and Impact element buttons Model and Impact Element Buttons Once you click Model on GDT Setup for your program any impact elements you specified in the GDT Setup component Modeling Options tab gt Impact Modeling Options section are displayed as buttons on the GDT Bar Graph The first button is always the Modeled element and is separated from the Impact element buttons by extra space The buttons for the Model and Impact elements in the GDT Bar Graph are displayed to the right of the existing buttons FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 93 Understanding Components When you click an Impact element you want to view a bar graph for that element displays Any menu items that are available for the Model element s GDT Bar Graph are also available for the Impact element s Bar Graph with the exception of Model Program Rate which is enabled only for the Model element The labeling of the buttons is similar to that of the data set buttons used on the FSM Control Panel The selected button displays depressed If you are on a
155. the Specify Model Program Rate window e File gt Close Closes the Specify Model Program Rate window 2 Help Menu e Help gt Demand Rates Opens the on line help for Specifying Program Rates Reset Program Rate Model Data You can reset the Program Rate data to the original data in several ways during your FSM session In the Bar Graph you can select Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Reset in the Monitored Live Historical or GDT mode You can select Utilities gt Model Program Rate gt Reset from the Control Panel You can also reset the Program Rates from the Specify Program Rate window Select Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Specify and click ADL AAR to reset the Program Rates to the original values Manipulating Data Time Set Time Historical Mode When working in Historical Mode you have the ability to specify the time you would like to view You can specify the data time from the Open Data Set component when you first open an airport FEA or FCA in Historical Mode or at any time while you are in Historical Mode To change the data time when viewing an airport FEA or FCA in FSM User Guide Version 9 00 7 5 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions Historical Mode select Bar Graph gt Set Time This feature is available only in Historical Mode The Set time dialog box displays and allows you to specify the time at which to view the data see Figure 7 4 Select the day from the dropdown box and ent
156. the flight is delayed one of the delay codes is highlighted ALD indicates that the carrier imposed a delay on the flight GDP indicates that the flight is delayed because of a ground delay program AFP indicates that the flight is delayed because of an airspace flow program DAS formerly FAD indicates that the flight is delayed because of pop up flight s after the GDP was issued GSD indicates that the flight is delayed because of a ground stop TOD indicates the flight is delayed because its ETD timed out in TFMS the number in parentheses next to this field indicates the length in minutes of the time out delay the flight passed its ETD without taking off Cancel If the flight is cancelled one of the cancellation codes is highlighted UX indicates that the flight was cancelled due to an EDCT update which a traffic manager may use to cancel a flight FX indicates that the flight was cancelled using an FX message which is the CDM message used by the airlines to indicate a cancelled flight RZ indicates that the flight was cancelled using an RZ message which is a NAS flight plan cancellation message RS indicates that the flight was cancelled using an RS message which is an internal TFMS message generated when a specialist takes an OAG flight out of the database TO indicates that TFMS considers the flight time out FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 42 Viewing Flight Information cancelled because no activation message has been received wit
157. the same If a color by tab is not available for a data set the tab defaults to Status e When viewing the Afix tab for a model or impact element FSM displays the Afixes for the selected Airport FSM maintains the GDT Bar Graph tabs and makes them available to all element graphs Currently there are six default tabs available for airport data sets and five default tabs available for airspace data sets You can use the tabs where applicable whether you are in the model or impact element bar graph The impact elements display the current ADL data before modeling For example if you model a GDP for EWR you can model the impact of the GDP on JFK LGA BOS and BED 1 Select the Modeling Options tab from the GDT Setup component for the program you are modeling FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 6 Modeling a Ground Delay Program 2 From the Impact Modeling Options section select the elements on which you want to model the impact of the TMI from the Available box Note You can model the impact on up to five elements 3 Click gt to add the elements to the Selected box 2 GOT Setup EWR 2009 Feb 19 1411 GOT lOlx File View Help l E GDTMap Reload Model SUB OFF Reset Parameters Program Type GDP DAS v Power Run Options Power Run By GDP Distance Start Distance 199 End Distance 2600 Step Size 200 Program Cancellation Time 19141 1 _ Freeze Cancellation Time impact Modeling Options Availabl
158. times for the program before sending any parameters through the ADL Note The Send Actual lt Program Type gt Send Proposed lt Program Type gt button is disabled for FEAs and for any user who is not authorized and configured to issue an AFP e Close When you click Close no action is taken from the GDP Coversheet window Send Actual GDP UDP Close Figure 3 84 Dataset Information in Send Button Coversheet Examples This section provides examples of coversheets FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 109 Understanding Components Eile View Resend Help ATL ATL GDP DAS ACTUAL v Program Parameters Summary Start 190725 End 192114 Model Time 190725 Compress to Last CTA v Enabled Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Scope Selected By Distance of 2600 Miles Program Rate Hour 06 07 o8 09 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 19 92 13 14 95 16 17 10 99 20 29 24 94 94 94 94 V AdvisoryiCausal Factors Impacting Condition Category Equipment Equipment C FAA Non FAA Respond By Valid Until 1922142 Comments Figure 3 85 Completed Actual GDP Coversheet Distance based FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 110 Understanding Components Ea Eile View Resend Help a ELUS ATL GDP DAS ACTUAL Program Parameters Summary Start 190800 End 191059 Compress
159. to change the Model Program Rate for a specific amount of time You can set the Model Program Rate for up to 36 hours beyond the current time The new Model Program Rate displays in the Bar Graphs The Time Line only displays actual ADL AAR rates Changing the Rate There are several ways to change the model Program Rate Pop Up Rate and Reserve Rate using the Specify Model Program Rate window including the ability to assign several different Program Rates within the same hour To modify rates from the Fill dropdown menu select Program Rate Pop Up Factor Reserve Enter the new value in the With text box Then fill in the hours in the From Hour and Through Hour text boxes to reflect the duration of the new rate Click Fill to FSM User Guide Version 9 00 7 3 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions automatically fill those hours This is a good option when you need to fill a block of hours with one rate To fill several hours each with different rates you can enter new values directly into the Element row cells next to the appropriate Time column cells that you want to change Be tee 15 Minute Program Rate ka Rat BOS Model Program Rate p 00 14 Fil Program Rate win zE A a vla Load ADL AAR Hour o6 o7 08 op 10 11 12 4 2 a 2 2o or 2 om os PR 60 ou oa oo ou 60 o 17 oo ou oa 60 ou 60 oo ou 60 Pop Up C 30 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reserve 3 1 g 45 59 16 Edit 15 OK Cancel Figure 7 3 Specify Model AA
160. to compute pop ups additional delay as compared to other flights More specifically it is multiplied by the average delay found in the DAS Delay Table for the 15 minute time bin in which the flight wants to arrive ETA For example if flight A is a pop up and wants to arrive at 1535 the TFMS Core will find the average delay for known flights in the 1530 1544 time bin and multiply that delay by the Target Delay Multiplier So if the average delay in that 15 minute time bin is 20 minutes and the Target Delay 1 5 Flight A s delay is calculated to be 20 x 1 5 30 minutes and will receive a CTA of 1535 30 1605 This is not an editable field for DAS or GAAP programs For DAS programs the target delay multiplier is always 1 0 and cannot be edited For GAAP programs the target delay multiplier is not applicable as pop up flights are assigned to unassigned slots or given the max additional delay For UDP programs the default value is 1 0 Use the arrows to select a new value or type a new value As you adjust the number of minutes the time will increase in the adjacent ddhhmm field Valid values are 1 0 to 9 9 Click Default to return to the default value Earliest R Slot Minutes This parameter is used internally within FSM to prevent allocating any reserved slots that are too close to the current time to be usable From a system point of view the only restriction on the Earliest R Slot is that it be earlier than the end time of
161. unassigned slots uncheck the View gt Show Unassigned Slots checkbox Show Legend The Bar Graph Legend indicates the color key according to each respective flight status for each color tab To view hide the legend click the legend button located to the right of the time bin buttons or select View gt Show Legend checkbox Changing the Time Increments Display When the Bar Graph component opens the default time increment to display capacity and demand information is 60 minutes To view this information in 15 minute or 30 minute time increments click the associated button from the Bar Graph see Figure 5 5 When you change the time increment on the Bar Graph the demand numbers listed on the Y axis of the graph change accordingly For example if the AAR of 32 displays for 60 minute time increments a 30 minute time increment for the same information displays an AAR of 16 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 6 Viewing Demand Time increment buttons ln Ba Status A Dep status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dx Centers Control Type GDT ATL Model 01 19 2010 16 452 ETA eenen m Mim according to selected time increment Figure 5 5 Time Increment Buttons Tracking Time Like the FSM Time Line the Bar Graph component also tracks time The Time Indicator is an orange vertical line that remains fixed at the current time To show hide the time indicator click the View gt Time Indicator checkbox
162. using the airport for arrivals and departures by default only arrival demand is displayed For FEAs and FCAs FSM displays arrival demand on the Bar Graph by flight ENTRY time Airspace data sets do not have departure data Also for FEAs and FCAs the following tabs do not apply and are disabled Arr Dep Status Afix and Dfix The FSM Bar Graph displays demand information as it is received through ADLs There are 16 different color options to view this demand The Status tab is the default view when you first open the Bar Graph component The airport name FEA name or FCA name date last ADL update time data mode and UDG name if applicable also are displayed in the Bar Graph title bar FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 30 Understanding Components Wi Bar Graph ATL 19 2250 LIVE Jog File View BarGraph Display Help ala s ao nn Status ArrDepStatus Aircraft Category Carrier Af x Dfix Centers Control Type ATL 01 19 2010 22 02Z 100 100 so 80 60 60 sc 40 40 20 20 Pa a DE 02 o c o gt e o gt So pa gt c gt So gt S oc gt i gt N pg N ive in a Time in 60 Minute Increments Figure 3 29 Bar Graph Component The Bar Graph component displays data according to which Color tab option you select For example the default color tab is Status which displays the bars in the graph colored according to the percentage of flights that represent ea
163. view different projections of the map to see London Canada CONUS Alaska or the Atlantic Select View gt Projections gt projection type and the map redraws to show the projection you selected FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 23 Understanding Components S Map Monitored Airports 74 Monitored FEAs FCAs 0 0 FCAs with AFPs 0 Jog file View Map Help AMY PIF A B M a Figure 3 20 Map component Map Zoom Capabilities There are several different ways to zoom in or zoom out on the Map or GDT Map components 1 Quick Key Method Pressing Z on your keyboard incrementally zooms in to the center of your screen Pressing U on your keyboard incrementally zooms out from the center of your screen To move the center focus of your screen to another focal point or to zoom in on a particular airport move the cursor to the desired location and press M on the keyboard Quick key M moves the central focus of the map to the cursor location To zoom in or out from that point continue to use Z or U quick keys In addition pressing X on the keyboard undoes the last command up to 25 commands Table 3 3 Quick Key Commands Quick Key Description M Move Z Zoom In U Zoom Out X Undo Move Zoom 2 Drag and Drop Method To zoom out hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor up and left To zoom in hold down the left mouse button and drag any direction besides up and left around th
164. warning and then turn SUBS OFF before reloading and remodeling the program Wait for SUBS OFF to be reflected successfully before clicking Send Actual GS or Send Proposed GS again Warning unable to send i x 0 Turn SUBS OFF reload and remodel program Note The use of Ignore is not recommended Figure 20 9 SUBS OFF Warning Although it is recommended that you turn SUBS OFF during any revision you can bypass the warning message by clicking Ignore from the message box This clears the FSM warning FSM automatically continues with the Send GS process even though SUBS are ON See Chapter 11 Issuing an Initial Program for more information on issuing a GDP FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 9 Other Ground Stop Functions FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 10 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports FSM makes several different reports available to you These reports give you information about counts compliance surface delay priority flights time out delay time out cancel slot hold sub opportunities analysis FADT and carrier statistics You can use these reports to better understand how traffic reacts to programs that are in place and determine when to make adjustments to programs Counts Reports Counts reports give you the option to check the flights that make up arrival and or departure demand for each hour You can open all Count Lists from the FSM Control Panel component
165. you do not select a Center you need to enter an airport or airports in the Include or Exclude fields 10 Enter BNA in Include This causes FSM to filter the flight list for flights arriving at BNA 11 Enter BWI in Exclude This causes FSM to filter out all flights arriving at BWI FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 17 Using Query Manager Figure 22 22 Destination Logical Grouping If you want FSM to show all flights that match all criteria entered in the Destination filter select the AND radio button If you want FSM to show all flights that match any one of the criteria entered in the Destination filter select the OR radio button 12 Select Arrival Time from the Filter Groups section Select Between from the ETA dropdown box For this example enter 091830 in the first time entry field and 091930 in the second time entry field FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 18 Using Query Manager Figure 22 23 Arrival Time Logical Group Note For a time date field with an All checkbox selecting the checkbox clears out any entered time date data in the same row 13 Once you have entered all of the criteria for your filter click Create FSM creates the filter and adds it to the User Defined Filters in the Query Manager FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 19 Using Query Manager EX Query Manager Joey File Edit View Help l 3 Bromus creerme AND Departing Other AND Airline COUSER User Defined Filter
166. 0 22 6 Using Query Manager Figure 22 9 Edit Constraint Window Note From the Edit Constraint window you must define your constraint by selecting a value from each of the three windowpanes one value per window Attributes Operators and Pre defined Values 5 Select an attribute from the Attributes windowpane This automatically populates the Operators windowpane with the available options based on your attribute selection Figure 22 10 Edit Constraint Window 6 Select one of the Operators listed Select one of the Pre defined Values FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 7 Using Query Manager Note Some Pre defined Values and User Values may automatically populate as a result of the selection made in the Attributes windowpane 8 Enter a value in the User Value text field if no options are displayed in the Pre defined Values windowpane a Edit Constraint Operators EQUALS NOT_EQUALS LESS_THAN LESS_THAN_EQUAL GREATER_THAN GREATER_THAN_EQUAL STARTS_WITH ENDS_WITH CONTAINS MATCHES Figure 22 11 Edit Constraint Window with User Value 9 Click OK to complete the Constraint definition FSM adds the new CONSTRAINT filter under the User Defined Filters The CONSTRAINT is displayed with the new filter name including the three values chosen from the Edit Constraints component in brackets FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 8 Using Query Manager CI CONS
167. 00 000 12 11 FADT Parameters Updated usa 12 12 SCS Bdge ii saniert 12 12 GDP OF AFP Parameters oen etea aa a vs a ee 12 13 GS Parameters eien a a a hen 12 15 Compression Parameters un eine ea 12 15 Blanket Parameters nase teen 12 16 Parameters Block sins nasser 12 16 Chapter 13 Monitoring EDCT Compliance cesseeeseenssssnsnnnssnnsnnnnnne 13 1 Viewing a Single Flight c000ssosssscssosssnssnssnsssssnssssnnssnsnnsssnsnsssnnnsnssnssssnnsnnee 13 3 Adding ADL Fields es ass Ba 13 4 Column Positioning isis cescsecesscsdesedenecsodensssotucesanscnesonssonncscaniiedsednecaanceetucanenviceenus 13 4 Sorting Information in the CTD Compliance List scsscssssssssssseesseees 13 4 Multi Bevel Sortine pcsisosssessscisesesssvicsnencteassiovedecuvecsensesctad conssisvacastncsecseiwesuchvacers 13 4 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Compliance List Menu esasscisisedudsscesascdsasosenssssnabcbsavassuavaleniedsvencivasascssavcsensabedeuss 13 4 Exporting Compliance List to an Excel Spreadsheet sccsssssssssssessees 13 5 Confirming an WDC DB ccs cesssessscssatavecsonstascateiesdeduaseaccossbueaccvancavccsecuasscandcavcvacseuens 13 6 Adjusting an EDCET ans 13 7 Chapter 14 EDCT Change Request ECR ssccsscsssssseesssesees 14 1 ECR Menu Bak ssicavinestnssaeccunssednianciscusbetsenecuned ososan sree aese eroso s seneese 14 3 Opening ECR ossedssssssassecessecsheaspucssdontpscdvoussecesbossnesoonspeccababoudiveubecctansssecaseus
168. 00 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 DT ne a DENE ae ee CA 1400 Figure 8 4 Scope Selected by Distance Note Any changes you make to the GDT Map are dynamically reflected in the GDT Setup component s Scope tab 14 GDP Distance is selected by default on the Modeling Options tab 15 Click Model FSM models the program using the parameters you provided The red border inside the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed FSM updates all GDT components with your parameters You can use these components to determine how this program affects ATL 16 If you want to load the latest ADL and model to analyze the data before issuing the program click Reload Note You can retrieve additional GDT components from the View menu on the GDT Setup panel Modeling a GDP Using Proposed Parameters When the ATCSCC sends out proposed parameters for aGDP you can model those parameters to determine how they affect your situation This can help you to plan before the ATCSCC implements the actual GDP Note You can use the same steps to model actual parameters except that you select File gt Load Actual Parameters gt Program Type from the GDT Setup panel To Model a GDP using proposed parameters For example the ATCSCC sends out proposed parameters for GDP GAAP program type for ATL and you want to view the program 1 Click Open Data Set The Open Data Set window displays 2 Select ATL from the Monitored Live tab FSM User Gui
169. 010 112227 112000 FLL 112318A 112100 112318 112050 AIRLINE NB ASLOT CTD CTA IGTD M489Q5 FLL 112212A 111812 112212 111800 AIRLINE AAL CID ASLOT CTD CTA SH ERTA IGTD AL1Z260 FLL 111837A 111352 111837 111630 111340 AALZO42 FLL 111820A 111552 111820 111615 111535 AL1988 FLL 111802A 111616 111802 111746 111600 AL730 FLL 112010A 111727 112010 111959 111710 AAL1494 FLL 112040A 111805 112040 112026 111745 AL2214 FLL 112115A 111900 112115 112109 111840 AIRLINE AJM ACID ASLOT CTD CTA IGTD JM35 FLL 111752A 111640 111752 111630 JM37 FLL 1119254 111755 111925 111740 AIRLINE ASQ CID ASLOT CTD CTA IGTD ASQ4681 FLL 111945A 111726 111945 111715 444 A 80 Figure 21 20 Reports gt Slot List gt By Carrier Slot List By Center Select Reports gt Slot List gt By Center to view this report This report allows any field facilities to recreate a slot list should the list normally transmitted by the TFMS not be received The report is based on the current ADL FSM allows the user to select a center s or centers report to view Users can select US and Canadian Centers To Generate a Slot List By Center report 1 From the main Control Panel select Reports gt Slot List gt By Center The Slot List By Center dialog box opens see Figure 21 21 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 30 Understanding and Using FSM Reports bad Slot List By Center Select Included Centers US Centers v ZAB v ZAU vIZBW v ZDC
170. 1 vi Airline 2 Vi Airlines vr Airlines Recalculate Figure 3 31 Carrier Tab with Color Legend open Bar Graph Menu Bar The menu bar of the FSM Bar Graph component contains five options File View Bar Graph Display and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the Bar Graph as a jpg image to a directory you specify e File gt Print Prints the Bar Graph currently viewed on your screen e File gt Close Group Closes all the components associated with the open component This function removes the airport FEA or FCA button from the Control Panel for the selected airport FEA or FCA and data mode e File gt Close Closes the Bar Graph component for that particular airport FEA or FCA 2 View Menu consists of 16 checkboxes and three additional menu items Check the box to view the information and uncheck the box to hide the information e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box that allows you to change the component name of the title bar Enter the desired component name then click OK to change the title bar heading Click Cancel to close the Rename Window dialog box without making any changes e View gt Set Tabs Displayed You can dynamically show and hide specific coloring schemes for the Bar Graph component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 33 Understanding Components e View gt Arrival Data Displays all arrival data for the monitored airport FEA or FCA Th
171. 1 0 Default j Earliest R Slot Minutes Program Start 60 200105 Default Adjust Delay Minutes 2H Default Release Purge Notification Minutes Taxied 20 cs 20 cppiarp a5 Defaut AFP Override Enabled Slot Hold Override Exempt AFPS Select een OT TEE tn nn ET D Figure 3 61 General Options Section Delay Limit Minutes Allows you to set the maximum amount of delay in minutes for pop up flights controlled by a GDP GAAP or GDP UDP The default Delay Limit is 180 minutes If an ADL contains GDP parameters that include a Delay Limit FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 72 Understanding Components that limit displays when you use the Load Parameters feature Click Default to reset the values to the default times Target Delay Multiplier This parameter is used to compute pop ups additional delay as compared to other known traffic More specifically it is multiplied by the average delay found in the DAS Delay Table for the 15 minute time bin in which the flight wants to arrive ETA You can only update the Target Delay Multiplier for UDP programs For example if flight A is a pop up and wants to arrive at 1535 the TFMS Core will find the average delay for known flights in the 1530 1544 time bin and multiply that delay by the Target Delay Multiplier So if the average delay in that 15 minute time bin is 20 minutes and the Target Delay 1 5 Flight A s delay is calculated to be 20
172. 142 13 14 4 PR 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 9 bn Amine a an En ATON LELLE m 1 94 AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR atm tO on a ee ANON OO an gan on git naataduns Edit 15 Figure 3 59 Pop Up Factor Edited in 15 Minute Increments 10 Once you have entered all of the parameters for the new TMI modeled the program and clicked Run the Pop Up Factor displays under the Program Rate on the coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 71 Understanding Components T x tie ATL GDP DAS ACTUAL Program Parameters Summary Start 200145 End 200959 Model Time 200145 Compress toLast CTA v Enabled Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Scope Selected By Distance of 375 Miles Program Rate Hour 00 01 02 03 ua o5 06 o7 og o9 10 14 12 13 14 15 46 PR 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 e RE SPO E EEEE Sr Figure 3 60 Pop Up Factor Displays Under Program Rate General Options Section You may set the following parameters within the General Options section of the Parameters tab see Figure 3 61 Note The fields are available based on the Program Type you select For more detailed information see Chapter 2 Text Fields Display Conventions General Options Delay Limit Minutes 240 Default Target Delay Multiplier DAS Delayx
173. 15 IPM 164 14 Menu Bar 98 Demand Counts 10 Demand Versus Capacity Evaluating Bar Graph 1 Time Line 1 E Earliest R Slot Setting 73 ECR Control Types 14 Earliest EDCT 8 EDCT Change Request 1 Locating Flight 6 Menu Bar 3 Opening 4 SCS Response Viewing 13 Update Options 13 View Flight Information 7 EDCT Compliance Adjusting 7 Confirming 4 6 Monitoring 1 Adding ADL Fields 4 Column Positioning 4 Compliance List Menu Bar 4 Exporting Compliance List to Excel 5 Single Flight 3 EDCT Remove Remove Flights 7 EDCT Restore Restore Flights 7 Element Display 58 Accessing 58 59 Accessing From Control Panel 59 Accessing From Open Data Set 59 Data 58 Menu Bar 59 F Figure 3 13 21 Fix Coloring 42 Flight Detail Window ADL Data Elements 44 ADL Information 1 Menu Bar 46 Flight Information ADL 1 Bar Graph 7 Compliance Reports 47 Flight List Buttons 26 Filters 23 Grouping Information 33 Menu 25 Opening 26 Sorting Information 36 Flight Reports 47 Query Manager 48 Search By Callsign 39 Time Line 7 Viewing 1 Color By Aircraft Category 9 Color By Aircraft Class 10 Color By Alarm Status 16 Color By Arr Dep 9 Color By Arrival Fix 14 Color By Carrier 10 Color By CDM Participation 16 Color By Centers 13 Color By Control Type 17 Color By Departure Fix 14 Color By Distance 16 Color By Exemption 15 Color By Program Delay 17 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Index Color By Status 8 Color By Substitution Status 16 Colo
174. 15 button 7 Click Edit 15 The 15 Minute Pop Up Factor window displays 8 Enter the Pop Up Factor you want for each 15 minute increment of the selected hour 9 Click OK The edited Pop Up Factor is highlighted green see Figure 3 113 OAL em mt nut TO LI LT Te oe oe ana g Mette mm tems nt in tete Program Rate Applicable Onty to included Fights Load Times Load ADL AAR Historical Pop Ups Fin Pop Up Factor v with 10 From Hour 00 Through Hour 15 Fm How 00 01 02 03 04 o5 o6 oz o o9 10 11 2 nn 14 1 PR 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 u 94 94 94 9 AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR Edit 1 N en Figure 3 113 Pop Up Factor Edited in 15 Minutes Increments You may set the following parameters within the General Options section of the Parameters tab Note The fields are available based on the Program Type you select For more detailed information see Chapter 2 Text Fields Display Conventions FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 147 Understanding Components Delay Limit Minutes Allows you to set the amount of delay in minutes for flights controlled by a GDP GAAP The default Delay Limit is 180 minutes If an ADL contains GDP parameters that include a Delay Limit that limit displays when you use the Load Parameters feature Click Default to reset the values to the default times Target Delay Multiplier This parameter is used
175. 191518 191400 AIRLINE ASQ ACID ASLOT CTD CTA TYPE EX CX 3H EENTRY IGTD ASQ5456 FCABA3 192355A 192309 192355 AFP 191706 191610 AIRLINE AWE ACID ASLOT CTD CTA TYPE EX CX 5H EENTRY IGTD AWE1262 FCABA3 200012A 192228 200012 AFP 191719 191530 WE1S76 FCABA3 192336A 192304 192338 AFP 191708 191615 AWE1O1S5 FCABAS 200053A 192354 200053 AFP 191742 191625 WE1924 FCABA3 200035A 192356 200035 AFP 191725 191640 Figure 12 4 Reports gt Slot List gt By Carrier Slot List by Center Select Reports gt Slot List gt By Center to view this report This report allows any field facilities to recreate a slot list should the list normally transmitted by the TFMS not be received The report is based on the current ADL FSM allows the user to select a center s or centers report to view Users can select US and Canadian Centers FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 6 Monitoring Program Delivery To generate a Slot List By Center report 1 From the main Control Panel select Reports gt Slot List gt By Center The Slot List By Center dialog box opens see Figure 12 5 Slot List By Center Select Included Centers US Centers vi ZAB v ZAU v v v ZPA v ZHU _ ZLA I ZLC _ ZNY _ ZOA Canadian Centers _ CZE _ czM czQ CAN i czy ok Clearan Cancel Figure 12 5 Slot List by Center 2 Select the Centers to be included in the
176. 2009 Mar 09 1405 1PM loj x File View Help EB PM Map MuttiGraph M Close Reset All Parameters Select By Tier v Show Demand Scope Manual bai Total Centers Selected 4 Clear Centers Origin Non Exempt Exempt _ ZAB 70 _ ZAU 05 _ ZBW 0 0 _ ZDC 0 2 _ ZDV 0 8 ZPN 05 _ ZHU 02 _ ZID 00 ZIX 00 1 ZKC 0 2 Vv ZLA 588 iv ZLC 72 ZMA 00 ZME 00 ZMP 0 2 ZNY 0 5 ZOA 232 _ ZOB 0 1 7 ZSE 23 8 ZTE 0 1 Airports Origin Exempt IN Non Exempt Manual PHX I De en git nine ren tae BOA g Figure 3 118 IPM Setup Component ORD Ist Tier IPM Map Menu Bar The IPM Map component menu bar contains four options File View Map and Help The menu selections are the same for the IPM Map as they are for the Monitor Live Map see the Map Component section in this chapter for more information The Auto Show menu on the IPM Map is disabled for all data set types IPM Bar Graph Component The IPM Bar Graph component is one of the default components opened in IPM Setup The Bar Graph allows you to view arrival demand at the airport or FCA being monitored and compares actual data with proposed parameters By default the IPM Bar Graph displays flights based on their ETAs for modeled Airport TMIs or ENTRY times for modeled Airspace TMIs Click Model All on the IPM Setup component to view the modeled parameter results in the Bar Graph as well as
177. 204 ZLA SNA 1 5 ASQ5164 200134 ZME LIT C AAL 1098 1 6 asas164 A190127 ZME ur CI AAL 1192 2 1 7 AS05273 A190139 ZDC IAD CI AAL 1250 1 il LENS S yhts 1398 Figure 6 28 Flight List Grouped To group flights by one data field 1 Select a data field in the Group By dropdown 2 Select either Ascending or Descending 3 Click OK or Apply in the Group window and the Flight List groups flights according to the parameters you set To group flights by multiple data fields You can also group according to multiple categories in the Flight List For example you want to group your filtered airport Flight List by the Initial Gate Time of Arrival IGTA Airline and Origin Airport ORIG respectively 1 Select the IGTA data field in the Group By dropdown Note You can specify time increments of 15 30 and 60 minutes for data fields that are time based by selecting the corresponding radio buttons Select Ascending Select ORIG data field in the Then By dropdown Select Ascending id a a D After you select all the grouping parameters click Apply or OK to generate the grouped Flight List FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 35 Viewing Flight Information 6 You can expand a group by double clicking the group or clicking the expand collapse icon Drilling down shows individual flights within each group set The grouping parameters are displayed above the grouped flights section To remove grouping
178. 32 A24 1705 2 2411705 A241559 A2aiieoa 24 1804 A241715 A241839 24 1839 A241611 A24 1928 24 1820 A241646 A24 1600 24 1600 A240628 A2ANBIA 24628 24834 A241541 A24 1701 24 1701 A241651 A241745 20651 24745 24 A241698 A241722 24 1722 DAL 1015 FLG4790 i AAEE FEEFEE BUSEESSSRSSSSSSSSSSS SESS ESS B GERRRRGBSEERTERERGORFERFE SEE Figure 21 13 CTA Compliance Spurious Flight Compliance Report The Spurious Flight Compliance report detects the cancellation of false flights used to ignite a substitution stream Flights submitted as FX cancellations with no corresponding entries in the OAG are included in the Spurious Flight List Cancel That Flew Compliance Report The Cancel That Flew Compliance report includes any flight that was cancelled and later flew Program Delay Histogram You can access the Program Delay Histogram from the Reports gt Delay Histograms menu on the Control Panel Program delay is the amount of delay that non cancelled non active controlled flights have received due to a Traffic Management Initiative Program delay is calculated using Max 0 CTA BETA therefore any time a flight s CTA is updated the Program delay is recalculated The title of the histogram is centered over the graph and reads Program Delay Histogram APT ADL Date ADL Time for airports and Program Delay FEA FCA ADL FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 16 Understanding and Using FS
179. 4 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 9 ofeololfelolfololelo o ea ta heal es Figure 3 56 Program Rate Pop Up Factor 3 Enter the number of Pop Up slots you want FSM to create in With 4 Enter the hours for this Pop Up Factor in From Hour and Through Hour 5 Click Fill FSM enters the Pop Up Factor specified into the appropriate hours En EEE J Aine 4d LA Aer gt a TE na u m Para ale a a a Load Times Load ADL AAR Historical Pop Ups Fil Pop Up Factor with 10 FromHour 00 ThroughHour 15 Fn Hour 00 01 02 03 04 5 os o7z o8 o9 0 1 12 3 14 1 PR 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 9 AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR Figure 3 57 Pop Up Factor Filled 6 Select the number in the Pop Up Factor column FSM enables the Edit 15 button 7 Click Edit 15 The 15 Minute Pop Up Factor window displays FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 70 Understanding Components 15 Minute Pop Up Factor X Figure 3 58 15 Minute Pop Up Factor Enter the Pop Up Factor you want for each 15 minute increment of the selected hour Click OK The edited Pop Up Factor is highlighted green TOLL LT LAA _ I D S A Program Rate Applicable E Flights Load Times Load ADL AAR Historical Pop Ups Fill Pop Up Factor af 10 gt FromHour 00 w ThroughHour 15 w Fm How oo os a2 Jos os es os ozo o 10 11
180. 4 AAL AUS DAW A241033 A241711 241633 241711 24 1626 241705 UAL764 UAL DEN DAN A241622 A241750 24 1622 241750 24 1620 24 1743 4 EGF322 AAL REA DAN A24 1639 A241722 2416399 2411722 24 1651 241735 BINAASI1 NWA MSP DAW A241605 A241030 241605 24 1830 24 1435 24630 O EGFS44 AAL AMA DEW A241643 A247731 24 1643 241731 24 9650 24 1738 AAL2225 AAL DIW DAW A241549 A241759 241549 244759 241527 241740 91 AAL1057 AAL ATL DEW A241517 A240700 241517 2471709 24 1445 24 1633 I 42 AAL505 AAL EWR DAN A241412 A241717 24 4412 241717 24412 24 1683 SIEGF6TO AAL GSP DAW A241450 A241700 24 1450 24 1708 24 1446 24 1702 AAL1517 AM MCO DEW A241452 A241706 241452 241706 241458 24 1713 EGFI78 AAL GSO DFW A241551 A241821 24 1551 24 9821 24 1524 241750 BR DALS22 DAL SiC DAN A241636 A24 1841 241636 24841 24 1633 24 1834 ZIAALI22 AAL MOW DAN A241525 A241721 24 1526 24 1721 24 1454 24 1648 AAL2449 AAL OKC DPW A241802 A241837 24 1802 24 1837 24 1011 241846 9 AAL1694 AAL PHX DAN A241640 A241834 24 1640 24 1834 24 1608 24 1800 MD AAL2059 AAL TPA DAWN A241551 A241803 24 1551 24 1803 241542 24 1753 M EGF642 AAL cn DRAW A241520 A241703 241520 24 1703 241503 24 1644 __22 RAL2252 AAL SNA DAW A241531 A246805 24 1531 249805 24 1541 24 1816 ZJEGF572 AAL LBB DAW A241728 A241818 241728 241818 24 1724 24 1891 ZAJAAL2422 AAL LAX DAN A241522 A241758 24 1522 24 1758 24 1526 24 1804 S AAL1633 AAL JAX DAW A24 1457 A241700 24 1457 24 9700 24 1445 241649 AALS6Z AAL
181. 49 Minutes 150 179 Minutes 180 209 Minutes 210 239 Minutes More than 240 Minutes Control Types Program GDP GS AFP TFMS GAAP FAA NAS User Bridge Not Controlled Flight Active Arrived Color Schemes Selection Component You can control which tabs are displayed in the Time Line by using the new Color Schemes Selection component accessible from the Time Line s View menu Select View gt Set Tabs Displayed You can dynamically show and hide specific coloring schemes for a single component The Color Schemes Selection component displays currently selected color schemes when initially opened FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 54 Understanding Components iui Color Schemes Selection Color Schemes v Aircraft Category v Carrier _ User v Centers _ Substitution Status al Default v ArrDep Status _ Aircraft Class v Afix _ Exemption _ Alarm Status _ Distance _ CDM Participation v Control Type _ Program Delay Set Global Preference Apply _ o _ Cancel Figure 3 46 Color Schemes Selection Component If the current tab is hidden the default tab is the Status tab since it cannot be hidden You can also set a group of coloring schemes as a user preference The Color Schemes Selection component has both an All and Default checkbox Selecting All selects all color scheme checkboxes with the exception of the Status and Default checkboxes Y
182. 5 1510 125 1856 Figure 13 3 Accessing Flight Information 13 3 Monitoring EDCT Compliance Select Flight Info and the Flight Info for the selected flight is displayed see Figure 13 4 Flight Info FCARGI 25 1914 LIVE aioi xf File View Help as ADL Date Time 0212512009 19 142 Status Drop Out Flight ID N123KD Aircraft Type C501 Orig MDOQ ZME Dest APF ZMA ETD P2511647 ENTRY 25 1859 EXIT 25 1859 ETA A25 1841 ETE 114 Ctl Element FCARG1 CTD 251657 CTA 2511733 Delay ALD GDP AFF DAS GSD TOD Cancel UX FX RZRS TO DV RM DO Y f Flight Detail Close Figure 13 4 Flight Info for Selected Flight Adding ADL Fields Adding ADL fields in the CTD Compliance Report is the same as adding fields to the Flight List For more information see Chapter 6 To add data column information to a Flight List Column Positioning Column positioning in the CTD Compliance Report is the same as column positioning in the Flight List For more information see Chapter 6 To rearrange columns in a Flight List Sorting Information in the CTD Compliance List Sorting Information in the CTD Compliance Report is the same as sorting information in the Flight List For more information see Chapter 6 Sorting Information in the Flight List Multi Level Sorting Multi level sorting in the CTD Compliance Report is the same as multi level sorting in the Flight List For more information see Chapter 6 Multi Level Sorting Compl
183. 8 Cancelling 119 Program Rate Apply Changes 5 Clear Changes 5 Model Reset 5 Specifying 3 Viewing 4 Modifying 3 Specify Model Program Rate Menu Bar 5 Q Query Manager 27 Built in Filters 1 Create Filter 11 Buttons 14 Menu Bar 14 Saving 14 Using 14 Deleting a Filter 22 Flight List 22 Menu Bar 29 Open a Flight List 28 Renaming a Filter 20 User Defined Filters 2 Using 1 R Red Timestamp 47 Remove Flights 7 Reports Analysis 35 Carrier Statistics 36 Compliance 13 Absolute Delay Histogram 18 By CTA 13 15 By CTD 14 Cancel That Flew 16 Program Delay Histogram 16 Spurious That Flew 16 Counts 1 By Aircraft Category 6 By Aircraft Class 7 By Arrival Fix 8 By Centers 5 By Demand 4 By Departure Fix 9 By Unassigned Slot 12 By User 10 Menu Bar 3 Viewing 1 Coversheet 34 FADT 35 Priority Flight 20 Priority Flight Menu Bar 21 Slot Hold 25 Menu Bar 26 Slot List 29 Menu Bar 32 Slot List By Carrier 29 Slot List By Center 30 Sub Opportunities 27 Menu Bar 28 Surface Delay 19 Menu Bar 20 Time Out Cancel 24 Menu Bar 25 Time Out Delay 22 Menu Bar 23 Uncontrolled Dropout 33 Menu Bar 34 Reserve Rate Model Program Rate 9 Setting 69 Reserve Slots Program Rate 68 Restore Flights 7 S Set Time Historical Mode 5 Specify Model Program Rate Menu Bar 5 Spreadsheet Exporting flight list 38 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Index T Target Delay Multiplier 73 IPM 148 Technical Cues 6 Time Line 44 Buttons
184. 814Z Comments Send Actual Purge Close Figure 3 88 Completed Actual Purge Coversheet Red Border FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 113 Understanding Components Lu Figure 3 89 Completed Actual Compress Slots Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 114 Understanding Components 7 file View Resend Help Y ATL ATL BLANKET ACTUAL v Program Parameters gt Summary Start 190459 End 190646 Model Time 190449 Adjusting Delays By 20 Minutes Scope Selected By Distance of 850 Miles v Advisory Causal Factors Respond By Valid Until 1907462 Comments Send Actual Blanket Figure 3 90 Completed Actual Blanket Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 115 Understanding Components Figure 3 91 Incomplete Actual AFP Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 116 Understanding Components x v Program Parameters Summary Start 190530 End 190759 Compress to Last CTA v Enabled Scope Selected By Distance 05 o6 07 94 94 94 10 10 10 Target Delay DAS Delayx 1 0 Earliest R Slot Created at 190630 ATL GDP UDP ACTUAL Model Time 190530 Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes of 425 Miles 94 10 142 43 14 15 46 97 os 10 11 94 94 94 OF mM 94 94 94 94 94 10 10 10_ 10 W 10 10 0 18 19 94 Program Start 60 Minutes Figure 3 92 Completed Actual GDP
185. 9 Opening FSM Load Adaptation File Look Slee DD HARF C ATL_FL apt File Name Files of Type Adaptation apt v Figure 4 22 Load Adaptation File Window 2 Select the adaptation file you want to view 3 Click Open FSM opens the UDG components and creates a data set button for the group on the Control Panel Note that the data set button displays the name of the UDG not the name of the adaptation file FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 20 Opening FSM aiaz CECE ECTE Qpes Data Set Ma Search By Callsign GOT Mode PM Mode os ECR ATL 02 7 2009 18 56Z ETA AnA ZUC ANATZ ANATZ ATATO ATAT anaro A7706 a rer a rer arrives Eyo air 78905753545 ga tyre o wes BOR og PORT t oc ngr T coo 2 3 KE Jal A 4 t 2 40 38 ied 3 Peo 7 e 73 es z a e ee i e 7238 x te 38 e pan he 5 x 2 e ui 5 ep TIIE SSE le Se ge ol sata m Figure 4 23 UDG Loaded into FSM from an Adaptation File Note FSM closes all open data sets before opening an adaptation file This affects all TFMS elements and any UDGs in the session FSM also purges all system preferences before opening an adaptation file This means that any user configured global preferences like AFIX DFIX coloring order Color Tabs and Flight List columns are purged When an adaptation file is open you can add new elements or comp
186. 9 00 4 4 Opening FSM Map Monitored Airports 67 Monitored FEAs FCAs 0 3 Controlled Elements 5 File View Map Help ag 00 EM M Au MEV Figure 4 6 Map Component To open a data set from the Map component 1 Click the airport FEA boundary or FCA boundary you want to open The selected airport FEA or FCA turns white and displays the three letter airport ID FEA name or FCA name followed by the current ADL time ddhhmm pre MSF 2 er e ee Figure 4 7 Selected Airport turns White Note If you select an airport FEA or FCA with actual or proposed parameters in place the parameters are displayed see Figure 4 7 2 Right click the selected airport FEA or FCA to display a pop up menu FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 5 Opening FSM 3 Select the desired component with which you want to view the airport FEA or FCA Time Line Bar Graph Flight List ECR or Element Display FEA and FCA only component see Figure 4 8 You can open only one component at a time from the Map Open Time Line Open Bar Graph Open Flight List Figure 4 8 Opening Components from the Map Note From the Map component you can open Monitored Live mode components only Opening FSM in Historical Mode The Historical tab on the Open Data Set component opens archived data that you can use to review and analyze past airport FEA or FCA events The Open Data Set component defaults to the Mo
187. A or FCA day time data mode and UDG name when applicable are displayed in the title bar The airport FEA or FCA date and last ADL update time also are displayed just below the color tabs Flight color is a feature in FSM that assists the user in distinguishing between the varying statuses of each displayed flight You can select View gt Arrival Flow Rate to see the arrival flow rate This thin gray line represents the airport FEA or FCA arrival flow independent of the time bin convention For more information on the Bar Graph component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components Arrival vs Departure Bars on the Graph The Bar Graph defaults to arrival data in Monitored Live mode When you are viewing arrival data in FSM the bars on the graphs are solid You can toggle both Arrival and Departure data on and off using the Arrival Data and Departure Data options from the Bar Graph View menu To view Departure Data select View gt Departure Data checkbox see Figure 5 3 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 2 Viewing Demand Bar Graph ATL 19 1640 LIVE Wolk Be Bar Graph Display Help L Rename Window Ctre Set Tabs Displayed Fire G 9 2010 16 40Z 100 a i fo a a i iain Time Increment gt Hours Shown Figure 5 3 Toggle Arrival and Departure Data on off When you select both the Arrival Data and Departure Data checkboxes from the View menu the Bar Graph displays arrival and departure data simu
188. A 192351 200009 191722 191655 RPA3277 FCABA3 200037A 192357 200037 191735 191645 AWES51 FCABA3 200025A 200009 200028 191729 191659 DEP CNTR ZFW ACID ASLOT DEP CTD CTA SH EENTRY IGTD AAL1122 FCABA3 192333A DFW 192150 192333 191658 191510 AALI356 FCABA3 200134A DFW 192347 200134 191754 191600 DEP CNTR ZHU ACID ASLOT DEP CTD CTA SH EENTRY IGTD 0A1058 FCABA3 200013A IAH 192208 200013 191730 191506 Figure 12 6 Reports gt Slot List gt By Center Carrier Statistics Select Reports gt Carrier Statistics to view this report The report shows delay statistics for all carriers with flights that operate at that particular control element FSM calculates flights only with assigned slots in the report metrics That is flights with a Control Time of Arrival CTA are displayed in carrier statistics If a carrier has no flights with a CTA the Carrier Statistics report displays 0 or N A in those rows You can choose the type of delay to view in the report by selecting the Delay Type of Program or ABS at the top FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 8 Monitoring Program Delivery right of the report FSM selects the ATC delay type by default ABS Delay is the absolute delay on flights including FAA and airline delay imposed on the flights FSM calculates absolute delay using Max 0 ETA IGTA Taxi Program Delay is the delay imposed due to a TMI on flights FSM calculates it using Max 0 CTA BETA for a GDP or Max 0
189. AFP start end time Moving the black vertical line in the Data Graph to adjust the percent of demand automatically adjusts the AFP AAR to meet the adjusted demand e AFP Percent Capacity This Power Run analyzes alternatives by increasing or decreasing the modeled AAR value for the indicated AFP Start and End times An AFP Percent Capacity Power Run has three fields Min Capacity Reduction Max Capacity Reduction and Step Size The default value for Min Percent Capacity is 50 The default for Max Percent Capacity is 100 The Step Size default is 10 Ground Stop Power Run Options e GS Center Group This Power run allows you to see different statistics for all center groups The Data Graph s X axis and the Data Table s column header display the various center groups This option is available only for GS program types e GS Time Period From the GDT Setup component select GS Time Period in the Power Run By dropdown menu This option is available only for GS program types This function shows you the effect of running a ground stop for various lengths of time When you select GS Time Period two text fields become active Number of Start Times and Number of End Times The default for both is set to 2 but you can manually enter in another value to meet your analysis needs Note If you decide to run a GS for longer than one hour FSM provides a warning message to ensure you want the ground stop to last for that duration e GS Center
190. AR for certain hours a revision can help reallocate the slots In addition to delayed or cancelled flights monitoring the number of Drop Out flights shown under the Time Line CNX DO column during an AFP can help determine if a revision is needed When a revision is necessary the FSM Modeling Options tab in the GDT Setup component is helpful for analyzing different options For more information on how to use Power Run see Chapter 8 GDT Data Graph Component Revising a GDP You can change a number of parameters during a revision to meet the change of conditions at the data set monitored For example you may need to revise any one or combination of the following parameters you may need to increase decrease the AAR increase decrease the number of centers involved expanded reduced the distance range of the GDP revise from a GAAP GDP into a normal GDP or extend the length of the program To change any of the program parameters open the data set in GDT mode To load the current parameters select File gt Load Actual Parameters gt Ground Delay Program in the GDT Setup component Revising an AFP Revising an AFP is similar to revising a GDP with a few additional parameters to be aware of For example you may need to revise any one or combination of the following parameters you may need to increase decrease the AAR increase decrease the number of departure centers involved increase decrease the number of arrival airports involved revise
191. AX 4192354 E200450 20104502 O CIVET 19 AMF1080 Other PHX LAX A200312 E200451 20 04517 appz 19 AAL75 AAL MD LAX A192338 E200455 2004552 0 CIVET O OXES43 ASA SUN LAX A200213 E200457 2004572 O DARTS _ 21 SWA2898 SWA SFO LAX A200406 E200458 20104582 OFM 22 KAL62 Other SBGR LAX 41911550 E200458 20104592 1SLI 23 COA17 COA MH LAX A200126 E200458 20105002 2 CIVET 24 SWA1712_ SWA ABQ LAX A200309 E200458 200501Z 3 CVET 25 AAL2479 AAL DFW LAX A200202 E200501 20105022 1 CIVET 26 UAL807 UAL SFO LAX A200413 E200502 2005032 1 Fit 27 UAL839 WAL ORD LAX A200111_E200503 20005042 1CVET r Total flights 126 Figure 18 2 Airborne Holding Flight List Carrier Statistics The Carrier Statistics report displays specific delay information for each carrier s flights based on ETA after Airborne Holding The Carrier Statistics report is arranged in several columns for easy access to important information If the Average and Maximum delays are minimal for all carriers then Airborne Holding could be a valid TMI option The FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 3 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs Carrier Statistics report opens automatically when you run the Program Type Airborne Holding see Figure 18 3 f5 Carrier Statistics g File View Help ae CDM Flights Affected Delay Delay MER Total Non_Exenpt Exenpr CHX Total Totals Avg ACfAvg Traffic N ann our nen wg ww n pour nen WB ww r r wv ON rFOoOrFOWN N OH UW wewrm
192. Atreid CTA BETA Pot Figure 6 37 Flight Details Window Flight Detail ADL Data Elements The Flight Details window contains the following information Flight ID The code that identifies the airline and flight number Date Time The date and time at which you are viewing the flight In Monitored Live mode this is always the current date and time Aircraft Type Indicates the type of aircraft being used for the flight AC_CAT Indicates the equipment type propeller jet turbo or unknown Class The class to which the aircraft belongs Classes are heavy large or small Major The airline carrier that controls substitutions for the flight CDM_Participant Indicates whether the flight belongs to an airline that participates in the FAA s Collaborative Decision Making program User The user class to which the aircraft belongs User Classes are air carrier air taxi air cargo military general aviation and other Departure Information This column contains the flights Departure information GCD This field indicates the Great Circle Distance GCD which is the distance between the origin airport and arrival airport Arrival Information This column contains the flights Arrival information FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 44 Viewing Flight Information ADL Element This column indicates which ADL elements FSM used to derive the information in each column For example to display the fl
193. Bar Graph Right clicking a bar within the Bar Graph component gives you a menu with the appropriate selections from the legend for that tab When you select Open Flight List For and an option from the menu FSM creates a flight list filtered to show the flights that meet those criteria For tabs with dynamic legends legend options that change when data changes like the Carriers tab the right click menu reflects the options available at that moment on the legend FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 5 Viewing Flight Information Note Selecting an option that has no flights associated with it opens an empty flight list If you uncheck a checkbox on the legend that option will not be displayed in the right click menu it Bar Graph FCABA1 19 0210 LIVE Jog Eile View BarGraph Display Help 8S soo Se Status A Dep Staus Aircraft Category Carrier 510 D Centers Control Type FCABA1 01 19 2010 02 102 Cancelled Ground Stopped Dep Past ETD Dep No CTD Dep CTD Issued Dep CTD Other Element Flight Active Figure 6 8 Example of Bar Graph Right Click Menu 3 Map Right clicking anywhere within the Map component gives you two options Default Zoom or Undo Zoom e Default Zoom takes you back to the initial or default zoom setting for the Map Undo Zoom undoes the last zoom command The GDT Map right click functionality is the same as the Map Fi
194. CA only ETE ETA Ctl Element CTD CTA Delay FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 3 Viewing Flight Information Flag Cancel Flag and DO indicator when applicable Double clicking a flight icon in the Time Line also opens the flight s Flight Info window Figure 6 5 Flight Info Window Selecting Flight Detail opens the Flight Detail window as shown in Figure 6 6 The Flight Detail window contains all the ADL information for that flight rye i g iie i 2 i Figure 6 6 Flight Detail Window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 4 Viewing Flight Information e Selecting EDCT Check or EDCT Update opens the EDCT Check or EDCT Update windows These EDCT widows allow you to check a flight s EDCT or Update a flight s EDCT Pe Aircraft ID TRS301 Origin Airport FLL Destination Airport ATL Cancel Help x Aircraft ID TRS301 Departure Airport FLL Arrival Airport ATL IGTD ddhhmm 231533 CTD ddhhmm CTA ddhhmm ERTA ddhhmm CX YN N SH YN Figure 6 7 EDCT Check and Update Windows Note The EDCT Check and EDCT Update options are available only for specialists at the ATCSCC TI e Selecting ECR opens the EDCT Change Request ECR component If the selected flight from the time is a controlled flight the flight information automatically fills in the ECR window Refer to Chapter 13 for more information 2
195. CS Response FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 13 EDCT Change Request ECR Control Types Associated with ECR Control Type Control Time Change Origin ECR SCS Request submitted by the ATCSCC SCS SCS Request submitted by all customers other than ATCSCC airline user or general aviation customers UPD ATCSCT EDCT update Changes made by Unlimited Limited or Manual options BRG Bridged up to accommodate an SCS request FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 14 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program 15 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program Once a Ground Delay Program GDP or Airspace Flow Program AFP is already in place the conditions that originally necessitated the program may change The weather may improve or get worse a runway may shut down or its configuration change the AAR may increase or decrease or the demand may have changed since the original program was issued When these cases arise you may find it necessary to revise the original program Getting Current Demand and Weather Information Before you revise you want to ensure you have the most current ADL From the FSM Control Panel component select TEMS Tools gt ADL Request Enter the data set s identifier in the TFMS ADL Request Dialog box and click Send FSM sends the request immediately to TFMS and all live mode windows for that data set update when FSM receives the new A
196. CTA Displays the Controlled Time of Arrival 5 Help Menu e Help gt Multi Graph Opens the on line help for the Multi Graph component Multi Graph Panel Buttons The eight buttons in the Multi Graph window are identical to the standard GDT Mode Bar Graph buttons The behavior of the panel buttons differs from GDT mode in that any action affects all bar graphs in all scenarios For example if you click the Cancellations toggle button cancelled flights are displayed on each bar graph in Scenario 1 Scenario 2 and Scenario 3 e Save As Saves the Multi Graph as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e Print Prints the Multi Graph e 15 30 and 60 Clicking the 15 30 or 60 time bin buttons displays each Bar Graph s capacity and demand information based on the time bin value selected The default time increment is 60 minutes e Legend Displays the color legend on each Bar Graph The same color legend will be applied to all Bar Graphs on the Multi Graph e Model Flow Rate Displays the Model Flow Rate line for each Bar Graph e Cancellations Displays the cancelled flights on each Bar Graph Multi Graph Tabs There are four tabs Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3 and Metrics Scenario Tabs There are three scenario tabs one for each scenario created on the Scenario Setup tab There is a one on one correspondence between the number of datasets in a scenario and the number of bar graphs displayed for each scenario Once y
197. Component The GDT Demand by Center component provides you with an additional analysis tool to help with scope decision making for GDPs AFPs and Ground Stops The Demand by Center component functionality is similar to that of the Data Graph in that there is only data available for display after you model a TMI After you model a TMI click Show Demand on the Scope tab of the GDT Setup panel or select View gt Show Demand from the Setup panel menu The Demand by Center component displays the scope of the modeled TMI and has three columns Centers Non Exempt and Exempt All centers and the top five airports within FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 97 Understanding Components each center based and ordered primarily by the number of Non Exempt flights and then by the number of Exempt flights are displayed under the Centers column The number of Non Exempt flights displays under the Non Exempt column and the number of Exempt flights for each center or airport displays under the Exempt column A red dot to the left of the center or airport identifier indicates that at least one Non Exempt flight is present within that center or airport A green dot indicates that all flights are Exempt within that center or airport see Figure 3 76 E Demand by Center ATL 2010 Jan 18 2335 GDT og ATL 600 nm Centers Non Exempt Exempt amp zoc 13 7 a o zma 10 6 A 2K 4 5 H ZME 9 3 4 zau 9 1 AA zw 6 8 f
198. Current ADL AAR iin ee manuei dman phn ool Paanan mn an me tn pe Figure 3 109 IPM Setup Program Rate Section There are three rates that can be adjusted the Program Rate Pop Up rate and Reserve rate Each rate is represented by a row and is an option in the Fill dropdown menu FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 144 Understanding Components Select a rate type from the Fill dropdown menu and fill in the associated rates by entering arate in the With box using the From Hour and Through Hour to select the time frame and clicking Fill There are additional features in the Program Rate section of the Parameters tab that are not included in the Modify Program Rate component Load Times Click to fill the From Hour and Through Hour fields to match the times set in the Program Time Options section If you click Fill after entering the Program Rate and hours FSM automatically fills in the appropriate hour columns Pop up row This row is only available for a DAS program It is disabled and populated with dashed for all other programs The Pop up Factor accounts for potential pop up flights For example if you change the Program Rate for a certain number of hours to 40 with a Pop up Factor of 5 the Program Rate that FSM uses to run the GDP or AFP is 35 This leaves room for any unknown flights that show up in that hour because the actual capacity of the airport is 40 Reserve slots row This rate is only available for Unified
199. DAN MCO A25 838 C252040 25 1952 25 1838 252030 252145 14 N402LM NB SFO MCO A25 1510 C2571936 25 1845 25 510 251330 25 807 15 N702AM UVA TEB PEN A25 1730 C25 1958 25 1943 25 1750 25 1736 25 1952 j B304 Other MXF MCO A25 835 C252022 25 1900 25 835 2502114 252137 I7 EGF4281 AAL MIA MEM A25 1612 C2511838 25 1724 25 1612 2511621 2511726 il 18 FDX252 FDX TJSJ MEM A25 446 C2541847 25 1742 j 25 1453 2511782 19 NVVASB1 NWA MCO MSP A25 1625 C25 1929 25 1705 25 1625 25 1701 2511741 20 NSHC Other SRO BHM A25 11549 C25 1847 25 1732 25 1549 25 1625 25 1811 71 EJAS92 EJA APF BHM A25 1853 C252020 25 1946 25 1853 25 1907 25 2000 2 SWA1808 SWA PHX MCO A25 1722 C252101 252005 25 722 251714 25 2007 X Figure 13 2 CTD Compliance Window Viewing a Single Flight You can access more information on a single flight in two ways from the CTD Compliance window Right click a single flight row or use the View menu Right click a flight and select either Flight Info or Flight details for more information on the selected flight see Figure 13 3 or click a single flight to highlight the entire row and then select View gt Flight Info or Flight Details to access the same information FSM User Guide Version 9 00 SN i o sL AZN Other TLH SPI 25 1815 XAA BHM TPA Other UVA SWA Flight Detail EDCT Check EDCT Update 1251909 125 1712 125 1838 12
200. DL see Figure 15 1 F ADL Request AirportFCA ATL send cancel Help Figure 15 1 TFMS ADL Request and TFMS ADL Request Dialog Box You also want to ensure you have the most recent weather information when monitoring an Airport data set Select TEMS Tools gt Weather Request from the Control Panel TFMS Weather is the option directly above the ADL Request see Figure 15 2 Enter the three character airport ID for multiple airport weather reports enter airport identifiers separated by spaces or commas in the TFMS Weather dialog box see Figure 15 2 FSM sends the request immediately to TFMS and the current METAR and TAF are displayed in a text window on your screen Weather Request is not an option for Airspace data sets Weather Airport ATL sena Cancel Help Figure 15 2 TFMS Weather Request and TFMS Weather Request Dialog Box Deciding When to Revise a Program There are several tools available to help you decide if a revision is necessary The Live Time Line and Bar Graph components allow you to visually compare the data sets FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 1 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program capacity AAR vs its demand If the Time Line shows a large number of delayed flights solid triangles or cancelled flights solid squares and or the Bar Graph shows that demand is under or over the A
201. DT Map Component Tier Based GDPs The initial default setting when you open GDT Mode components is an internal tier based GDP When you select a tier based GDP from the GDP Setup component FSM colors all centers included in a TMI maroon on the map and colors all airports included red For example the next figure illustrates a SFO 1 Tier GDP with user selected airport PHX as an additional Non Exempt airport The method of selecting deselecting airports and or centers is the same as described above in the distance based GDP see Figure 3 72 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 90 Understanding Components SS Map ATL 2010 Jan 20 0145 GOT Si x File View Map Help Figure 3 72 ATL 1st Tier Program The GDT Map component see Figure 3 72 corresponds with the following GDT setup component see Figure 3 73 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 91 Understanding Components ri Bie Yew Help l i E GDT Map Reload Model Reset Parameters Program Type GDP DAS x SUBS ALL ON Total Centers Selected 6 Centers Origin Non Exempt Exempt _ ZAB _ ZAU 6 ZEW CS v ZDC i ZDV J I ZPN es v ZHU 0 v ZID 4 vV ZJX CI ZKC 4 ZLA 4 Ze thy ZMA 1 v ZME 1 _ ZMP 1 ZN _ ZOA 4 ZOB 4 ZSE vr ZILCH Airports Origin Exempt Non Exempt Manual DFW Airports Destination Flights Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Exempt All
202. DT mode from one of a UDG s monitored elements but the GDT Setup components are associated with the related airport airspace element and not the UDG FSM monitors any element added to a UDG Even if the actual airport or airspace data set is not open in the FSM session the act of adding it to a UDG causes FSM to monitor that element The element then counts towards the maximum number of monitored elements supported in the session FSM continues to monitor an element as long as at least one component for that element is open in the session The component could be ina UDG or a standard data set This means that the element s data set button may not always be displayed on the FSM Control Panel when the element is being monitored FSM does not limit the number of UDGs in a session However since the FSM Client configuration limits the number of monitored data sets per session all UDGs can use only as many monitored data sets as are supported in the current session FSM allows as many different combinations of those monitored elements as possible FSM Settings and User Defined Groups Component display settings in TFMS data sets and UDGs are independently configurable For example enabling cancelled flights on an ATL Time Line does not affect a copy of the ATL Time Line ina UDG Session display settings such as global or data set settings for example flight list column persistence apply to all components including components contained in a
203. Delay Programs that is GDP UDP and AFP UDP It is disabled and populated with dashed for all other programs You can manually enter values or use existing historical demand predictions found in the Load Historical Pop Up window Historical Pop Ups Click to open the Load Historical Pop Up window where you can select specific historical demand predictions which will be used for the TMI This window is similar to the view only window accessed via Utilities gt Historical Pop up Demand for more detailed information see Chapter 5 Historical Pop Up Demand However you can adjust the values utilized while still having the predictions visible for reference High Medium and Low represent confidence levels for the values as listed in the ADL Note that predictions fewer than ten per hour may include a decimal value Predictions greater than ten per hour are represented by whole numbers To set the Reserve rate in the Historical Pop Up window 1 From the Program Type dropdown list select GDP UDP or AFP UDP The Historical Pop Up button and the Reserve row will become enabled 2 Click Historical Pop Up The Load Historical Pop Up window opens 3 Select the High Medium or Low radio button 4 Click Fill With The cells in the Load With row will be populated with the historical values for the selected confidence level see Figure 3 110 Note that the Fill With functionality is not available for FCAs 1 Click OK The window closes and th
204. Delay Total Delay Ave Delay Total Delay Ave Delay Canceled Canceled Delayed Dela AOC Fights Affected Before Before After After Diff Odi Open Slots Moved Sto Open Slots Mowe AAL 164 27408 167 142561 869 115153 0 0 0 ASA 1 0 0 999 999 999 ASH 34 4849 143 28363 834 23514 AWE 79 15817 200 66363 840 50571 AWI 23 5517 240 20454 889 14937 COA 5 137 26456 193 118448 865 91992 DAL 186 32583 175 158353 851 125770 FDX 19 1797 95 7576 399 5779 0 JBU 40 9064 227 34847 ar 25783 JZA 1 0 0 999 999 999 2 MEP 3 262 87 2615 938 2553 NKS 14 2546 182 11372 812 8826 NWA 41 8577 209 35874 875 27297 SWA 7 67 13564 202 60293 900 46729 TRS 94 17581 167 82177 874 64596 27 UAL 37 24 3122 130 22065 919 18943 M 4 gt MN RBS COMPRESSION POST_PROC lt Ready cooocococococjeoceoe 9095009009099 909 0 09090 0000000600000 Yv TE amp Figure 9 11 Analysis Report The Analysis Report contains pertinent information for the AFP that has just run including detailed slot information for individual airlines delay statistics for before and after the operation and arrival and departure information for individual flights see Figure 9 11 The report contains two sections One section reflects changes that occur as a result of RBS the other section reflects changes that occur as a result of Compression Included in the analysis are statistics for bridge only carriers Reload the Data If you have been developing an AFP for a while you may ha
205. Display sense nn en 5 2 Arrival vs Departure Bars on the Graph csssssosssssonsessonsesnonsennnnsennonsennonne 5 2 Original vs Modeled Data Bars on the GDT Bar Graph cscssssesseees 5 4 Show Cancelled Flights 0000000000000000000000000000000000002000000000 0000000000 R Rn 5 4 Drop Out FHghtS sais extern thao tact oa eure Gee iu E 5 4 Show Unassigned Slots s lt scncssisesecssenssessasosncessapessoasasaceussesbeiedsuacnsnavesnesndsenacseasasne 5 6 Show Legend chet ctsveccccusvcedscoussecshossseussseveec soesavecensessecosvessancsousbouseotesasctouspsscanees 5 6 Changing the Time Increments Display s00000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000 5 6 Tracking Time a een 5 7 Track GDP AFP GS Hours ae 5 7 Arriyal Departure Flow Rate cassis ccessssiscsiscscszsnesdstensececcsssvesdeeniadsavanseunscsneadsce 5 8 Show More Less Hours desseeccsdeadevaecssaudcoscseecscussoess 5 8 View the AAR and ADR u 5 8 Viewing the Model Program Rate cu ss0osssssonsessonsennonsnnnnnnnnonnennnnsennonsennenne 5 8 Changing the Program Pop Up and Reserve Rates scssscssssssseesseees 5 9 Demand Counts una een 5 10 Historical Pop Up Demand ss casscccsessscssssesecssvecssesascessasdsovessvcnsoossadsseussccenssseeessoss 5 11 Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information sscccssscccssssseccssseceeseee 6 1 Roll Over Events 2 sea Rai 6 1 Right Click Capabilities lt cscscsssssscsoccassiacecsoncssvedanesvecssves
206. E AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR General Options Slot Hold Override Exempt AFPs Include Only Options Arrival Fix ALL v Aircraft Type ALL Carrier Major ALL Figure 3 108 IPM Setup Parameters Tab Select the type of TMI you want to model from the Program Type selection box Airports have the following Program Types 1 GDP DAS The default Program Type for airports Not available for FCAs FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 140 5 Understanding Components GDP GAAP This program type is similar to GDP DAS except it automatically sets the Delay Assignment Mode to GAAP GDP UDP This program type addresses the mix of scheduled and unscheduled i e pop ups demand based on the following parameters number of reserved pop ups target delay multiplier and delay limit Ground Stop Unlike ground delay programs which delay flights because of a reduced AAR the Ground Stop function prevents flights from departing until further notice Not available for FCAs Purge Cancels a GDP or GS releasing all delay on included flights FCAs FEAs have the following Program Types 1 AFP DAS Airspace Flow Program available only for airspace data sets This program is used to control traffic flow through an FCA AFP GAAP Airspace Flow Program available only for airspace data sets This program type automatically sets the Delay Assignment Mode to GAAP AFP UDP Airpspace Flo
207. EDCT Updated by an FAA user GAAP Unassigned slot assigned to a pop up during a GAAP GDP Subbable Yor Ctl Element The constrained NAS element for which controlled times are issued Slot ID Assigned Slot Time dd hhmm Slot Hold Slot Hold flag slot will not be used during compression Div Recovery Diversion Recovery Flag Flight was previously diverted G diverted while on the ground A diverted while airborne FSM User Guide Version 9 00 B 4 FSM Data Elements Flight Flags Delay Status Red highlighted flag indicates ALD Airline Delay GDP Delayed by CTD CTA airport AFP Delayed by CTD CTA airspace DAS formerly FAD Pop up flight after GDP issued GSD Delayed by Ground Stop TOD Time Out Delayed past the flights ETD LTOD Length of Time Out Delay in minutes CNX Status Cancellation status UX Update cancelled FX Airline cancelled RZ NAS cancelled RS OAG cancelled TO Time Out cancelled DV Diverted Flight RM Remove cancelled CSA only function Remark Aircraft Remarks NRP National Route Program flight LFG Lifeguard or MEDVAC flight HI Minimizing CAT3 landing flight ATV Altitude Reservation SWP Swapping DVT Diversion Recovery flight ADC Advise Customs FCA Flow Constrained Area WXR Severe Weather Reroute Alarm Alarm Status CC CTA non compliance EC EDCT non compliance EA
208. ELAY ASSIGNMENT MODE DAS ENTRY ESTIMATED FOR 19 20552 2004432 CUMULATIVE PROGRAM PERIOD 18723432 20 04432 PROGRAM RATE 60 FLT INCL ALL FLIGHTS IN FCABA1 DYNAMIC FLIGHT LIST DEP SCOPE ALL ZAB ZSE ZFW ZKC ZME ZTL ZOA ZLC ZLA ZAU ZMP ZDV ZID ZMA ZHU ZJX ZBWV ZOB ZDC ZNY CANADIAN DEP ARPTS INCLUDED NONE MAXIMUM DELAY 50 AVERAGE DELAY 18 IMPACTING CONDITION EQUIPMENT OUTAGE COMMENTS 031249 200543 Figure 11 5 Advisory Preview To send the Program and Advisory click Send Actual Proposed lt Program Type gt located at the bottom of the Coversheet When you click Send Actual lt Program Type gt the FSM client interfaces with TFMS Autosend Server and sends the web coversheet XML file to NTML and the FADT file to the hub site The Autosend Server also invokes TFMS E mail and sends the Advisory to the specified address list TFMS E mail puts the ATCSCC position number and phone number in the Advisory signature line When you click Send Proposed lt Program Type gt only the proposed parameters and Advisory is sent Click Close and no action is taken from the Coversheet window Program Manager Clicking Send Actual Proposed lt Program Type gt activates the Autosend process and opens the Program Manager dialog which displays the status window and progress bar at the bottom of the window see Figure 11 6 The Program Manager performs a list of actions based on the type of program sent proposed or actual Som
209. Entry Time Airspace data set only FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 52 Understanding Components e Display gt OENTRY Displays flights based on their current Original Element Entry Time Airspace data set only 5 Help Menu e Help gt Time Line Opens the on line help for the Time Line component e Help gt Legend Opens the on line help for the Time Line icon legend Time Line Color Tab Options The eight default tabs are arranged in the Time Line based on the screen resolution The following picture is based on Windows default settings Time Line ATL 20 0130 LIVE og Eile View TimeLine Display Help als ATL 01 20 2010 01 302 ETA Status ArriDep Status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type Figure 3 45 Time Line Coloring Tabs The default value colors the flights according to their arrival Status FSM gives you the flexibility to view flights according to different criteria This allows for effective analysis to determine which flights make up the demand at an airport FEA or FCA There are 16 pre defined color tabs in the Time Line component Each color tab option displays different information with a corresponding color scheme and legend Table 3 7 Color Tab Options Tab Option Color Display Options Status Default View Priority Removed Ground Stopped Dep Past ETD Dep No CTD Dep CTD Issued Dep CTD Other Element Flight Active a
210. Estimated Departure Fix Time EDFT that falls within a user specified time range e NAS User Selecting flight data for all flights that have a user specified MAJOR and or AC e User Selecting flight data for all flights that have a specified ADL USR type e Aircraft Information Selecting flight data for all flights that have a user specified aircraft category and or class e Delay Metrics Selecting flight data for all flights that have FSM calculated delay metrics that fall within a user specified interval e Delay Information Selecting flight data for all flights that have ADL Delay Flag s as specified by the user e CNX DO Information Selecting flight data for all flights that have any ADL Cancellation Flag Drop Out Flag or RM Flag as specified by the user Control Type Selecting flight data for all flights that have any ADL Control Type as specified by the user e CDM Participation Selecting flight data for all flights that have a user specified CDM participation status e Remarks Selecting flight data for all flights that have any ADL Remarks fields as specified by the user e Exemption Status Selecting flight data for all flights that have ADL CTL_EXEMPT flag status as specified by the user e Alarm Status Selecting flight data for all flights that have ADL Alarms fields as specified by the user FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 13 Using Query Manager The AND operator applie
211. FMS data sets UDGs do not have their own reports When you select a component within a UDG and make it active that component updates the Reports menu and data The TFMS Tools Utilities and ECR menus apply only to standard TFMS data sets Any selection you make from the these menus applies to the related TFMS data set only and not the UDG To Create User Defined Groups You create a new UDG from the Open Data Set component 1 Select Custom Group in the Group By section x Open Data Set Pa File Help Monitored Live AllLive Historical Active Historical oo ir Time Line Sort Airports By Airport ID lt Center ID CI FEASFCAS 3 rs aeg sfCAs a C Airports 67 v Bar Graph ACK 2011354 ANC 20 1354 ASE 20 1354 ATL 20 1359 GDP ACTUAL 20 1214 20 2059 BOL 20 1355 BED 20 1354 GS ACTUAL 20 1204 20 2159 BNA 20 1359 BOS 20 1358 GDP ACTUAL 20 1213 20 2059 BUF 20 1354 BW 20 1359 CLE 20 1354 CLT 20 1354 CMG 204949 GND ACTUAL 2011240 NANEM _ Group By Element Name Custom Group lt NewGrp gt re Con em Figure 4 15 Open Data Set With Custom Group Selected 2 Enter the group name into the Custom Group list The UDG name must be at least one alphanumeric character long and no longer than six alphanumeric characters FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 13 Opening FSM There are no restrictions on what letter and number combinations you use Yo
212. FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 9 Issuing Compress Flight Program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 10 Deciding When to Use a Compression or Revision 17 Deciding When to Use a Compression or Revision After the FAA issues an initial GDP or AFP the data set s demand and or capacity fluctuate and a Compression or Revision may be necessary to adjust the traffic flow Monitor the data set s delivery see Chapter 12 Monitoring Program Delivery to determine if demand continues to exceed capacity and decide whether a Compression or Revision may be necessary Deciding When to Revise or Compress a GDP Use a Revision when you want to change the program parameters such as Start or End time Program Rate or scope A Revision reallocates flights to slots based on the entered parameters and sends new EDCTs to flights arriving to the airport within the revision s time parameters If the scope of the GDP is reduced newly exempted flights still receive new EDCTs and are subject to departure compliance In cases where you do not want to modify the GDP parameters either a Revision or Compression can be considered If a GDP is over delivering and or there are multiple pop up flights then a Revision may be the best option To view the number of pop up flights in a GDP go to the Control Type tab on the Bar Graph or Time Line Any flight with a control type CTL_TYPE of DAS is a pop up flight and the color orange on the Control Type tab A Revision
213. FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 130 Understanding Components 1 File Menu File gt Save As Saves the Multi Graph as a jpg image to a directory you specify File gt Print Prints the Multi Graph currently displayed on your screen File gt Close Closes the Multi Graph component 2 View Menu The View Menu consists of 15 checkboxes and two additional menu items Check the box to view the information and uncheck the box to hide the information View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box used to change the component name in the title bar Enter the desired component name and click OK to change the title bar heading Click Cancel to close the Rename Window dialog box without making any changes View gt Set Tabs Displayed Dynamically shows and hides specific coloring schemes for the Bar Graph component The selected scheme controls all of the bar graphs View gt Current Data Replaces GDT Mode s View gt Arrival Data and View_ Departure Data options The concept of viewing arrival and departure data is not possible in IPM Mode since you are simultaneously viewing both airspace and airport traffic View gt Show Cancellations Displays cancelled flights in the color cyan Cancelled flights are not automatically displayed in the graph Showing cancelled flights is useful to compare the original demand with the demand after the cancellations To differentiate between cancelled and regular flights
214. FSM returns information about the count This information includes the total number of flights the time period and the equivalent AAR and or ADR FSM derives the AAR and ADR values using AAR flts minutes x 60 4 Click OK to close the message box Time Line Flight List If you need to determine a flight list for a particular time span you can use the Time Line to retrieve the list quickly FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 20 Viewing Flight Information 1 Select the first flight icon 2 Press Shift as you select the last flight icon This creates a flight list in the selected area that is colored according to a Color By criterion see Figure 6 17 Note You must select at least two minutes worth of flight data The Flight List window opens Time Line DOS 27 1730 LIVE l lt lo x Fae view Time Line Display Help wie s BOS 02 27 2008 17 307 ETA 6025 6027 yoy 6040 60 32 O anore ARR DEP DO iO oo vo 00 oo 9 gt 0 ee o Q lt 0 Q o o o 0 HO o5 06 OG ditt os MO MO a 4o 4 4480 dade er Br o 40 10 2 1 a z nl 3 15 sod i En o ER z i 200 O ZA HD T0 Zfbght List HOS 27 1730 LIVE me View Flight List Help es BOS 02 27 2008 17 30Z Current Info Datz Arrivals FBerisk Ground Stopped OR Dep Past ETD OR Dep No CTD OR Dep CTD issued OR Dep CTD Other Element OR Aig
215. Flight List contains information for all flights that meet the operation parameters The Flight List includes ASLOT which is the pseudo arrival slot the flights use and ASLOT ETA which is the amount of expected airborne holding delay The Flight List in Figure 18 2 is sorted by ASLOT ETA in descending order For more information on the Flight List Format see Chapter 6 Flight List Format E Airborne Holding Flight List LAX 2010 Jan 20 0425 GOT Jo Eile View Flight List Help ash LAX 01 20 2010 04 25Z I ACID MAJOR ORIG DEST ETD ETA ASLOT ASLOTETA AFX 1MXA914 Other MMGL LAX A200040 E200425 20104252 ocer DAL17 DAL AT LAX A200002 E200425 2004262 IcmET Z OXE310 ASA ACV LAX A200220 E200420 20104202 ODARTS 4 SWA172 SWA SJC LAX A200346 E20M430 204302 DFIM 5JACA793 ACA CYYZ LAX 192258 E200430 2004312 1CIVET 6 KALB213 Other ANC LAX A192347 E200431 20 04327 1 F ra EGF3094 AAL SAN LAX A200408 E200433 2004332 osu g SKW6510 DAL SMF LAX A200342 E20M435 20104352 OFM 9 SKW6341 DAL SAN LAX A200415 E200437 2004372 OSL 10 AAL145 AAL BOS LAX A192233 E200439 20104392 O CIVET 11 SWA1693 SWA LAS LAX A200354 E200440 2004402 0 CIVET 12 SWA2902 SWA SMF LAX A200344 E20M441 20104412 O Fina 13 SWA468 SWA SJC LAX A200359 E200443 2004432 OFM 14AAL181 AAL JFK _ LAX A192256 E200444 204442 0 CIVET 15 AAL231 AAL MIA LAX 4192327 E200444 2004452 1CIVET 16 NWA2529 NWA LAS LAX A200358 E200448 20104482 0 CVET AWE705 AWE CLT L
216. Flight Schedule Monitor User s Guide Version 9 00 Client Prepared for Federal Aviation Administration Traffic Management Applications by Metron Aviation Inc Table of Contents Chapter 1 FSM Overview scccissssisussssnssssscosssectassessvecssasssetecosscassocesss 1 1 Introduction gesunsscssstecs ctsencccantscsiediesseatncsteedsostetusaudccomedsansadsendeepouieesuivadsccaswesaseseess 1 1 PUP POSE and Scope ses Seele 1 2 Limitations and Contacts 1 2 Eonvenlions zus 1 3 Common Terms Used in This Document zsss0ur000rs0nsssnnssnnssnnnsnonssnnnnsnnne 1 4 Chapter 2 Understanding FSM Features ssssccccssssssssseeeseees 2 1 Introduction an 2 1 Understanding Monitored Live Mode usssssssssonssssnsesnsnennnnnennnnnennonsnnnnnnene 2 1 Understanding Historical Mode cussssossssonsssnnnssnnnnennnsnennnnnnsnnnnennnnsennnnnene 2 2 Understanding Ground Delay Tools 2000s000000000000000000000000000000000 000000000000 2 3 Understanding Integrated Program Modeling Mode u zorrssnrssonssnonssonssene 2 5 FSM Software Technical and Visual Cues scurssonsssnnssonssnnsssnnssonsennnsnonnnsnne 2 6 Text Fields Display Conventions u 0000u00000000000n000nnsnnnnssnnnnsnnnnnesnnnnesnnnnnnnen 2 6 Windows Conventions e eessesssesoossessoesooesoesoesoeecoesoesoeseoesoosoessossoosseesoesoossossoseooe 2 8 Ditle Bar nen se ae a A A i tees 2 8 Menu Bars ats 2 8 Toolbars o a a ent 2 9 Shorteut B tl
217. Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Exempt Individual Flights l Figure 3 73 GDT Setup Component ATL 1st Tier GDT Map Menu Bar The GDT Map component menu bar contains four options File View Map and Help The menu selections are the same for the GDT Map as they are for the Monitor Live Map see the Map Component section in this chapter for more information The Auto Show menu on the GDT Map is disabled for all data set types GDT Bar Graph Component The GDT Bar Graph component is one of four components that opens when you click GDT Mode on the Control Panel component The Bar Graph allows you to view arrival demand at the airport or FCA being monitored and compares actual data with proposed FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 92 Understanding Components parameters By default the GDT Bar Graph displays flights based on their ETAs for modeled Airport TMIs or ENTRY times for modeled Airspace TMIs Click Model on the GDT Setup component to view the modeled parameter results in the Bar Graph as well as the Data Graph component The GDT Bar Graph menu and tab options are almost identical to the Monitored Live Bar Graph Please review the Bar Graph Component section above for more detail There are some minor differences in the GDT Bar Graph In GDT mode only arrival information displays therefore under the View menu no ADL ADR Line option is displayed Another difference between the Bar Graph and the GDT Bar Graph is that
218. Freeze Data Freezes the Count List data at the time you select the option otherwise the Count List updates with each new ADL FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 3 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 3 Display Menu e Display gt ETA Displays counts based on the flights Estimated Time of Arrival Airport only e Display gt BETA Displays counts based on the flights Beginning Estimated Wheel Time of Arrival Airport only e Display gt IGTA Taxi Displays counts based on the flights Initial Estimated Gate Time Arrival Taxi Airport only e Display gt OCTA Displays counts based on the flights Original Control Time of Arrival Airport only e Display gt EAFT Displays counts based on the flights Estimated Fixed Time of Arrival Airport only e Display gt Departure Displays counts based on the Departure flights Airport only e Display gt Arrival Departure Displays counts based on Arrival and Departure flights Airport only e Display gt CTA Displays counts based on the flights Control Time of Arrival e Display gt ENTRY Displays counts based on the flights Estimated Element Entry Time FEA and FCA only e Display gt BENTRY Displays counts based on the flights Based Element Entry Time FEA and FCA only e Display gt IENTRY Displays counts based on the flights Initial Element Entry Time FEA and FCA only e Display gt OE
219. GAAP program without reallocating EDCTs to flights currently arriving at the data set Compress Unassigned Slots at GAAP programs by selecting Program Type Compress Slots The Compress Slots program type offers no program options in the GDT Setup panel but when modeled FSM recalculates the Unassigned Slots based on the program rate and the flights current positions based on their ETA airport or ENTRY airspace This ensures that pop up traffic is assigned to Unassigned Slots that are appropriately based on the current capacity vs demand at the data set Use the Compress Slots program when current demand does not exceed capacity and you want to realign unassigned slots around current demand For example when you do not FSM User Guide Version 9 00 17 4 Deciding When to Use a Compression or Revision want to adjust flights current EDCTs within a GAAP program but would like to adjust the Unassigned Slots In the modeled results there is no change to flights currently arriving to the data set but the Unassigned Slots have been reallocated based on the current demand vs capacity see Figure 17 4 Bar Graph FLL 2008 Aug 21 1930 GDT File View BarGraph Display Help ase ea a Status DEPENSE GDT FLL Model 08 21 2008 19 30Z2 ETA N EES EEE EE gt A in 60 Minute Increments Figure 17 4 Compressed Slots on GDP GAAP Note that when sending a Compress Slots program no advisory
220. GDT Setup panel on the Scope tab FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 86 Understanding Components Map ATL 2010 Jan 20 0145 GOT x Eile View Map Help Figure 3 68 GDT Map Component The GDT Map operates somewhat differently than when in Monitor Mode The Auto Show menu on the GDT Map is disabled for all data set types This should reduce clutter on the Airport data sets and minimize confusion when modeling an Airspace data set In addition when modeling an airspace control element the GDT Map only displays the FEA or FCA for the TMI being modeled and is colored white for easier viewing see Figure 3 69 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 87 Understanding Components Figure 3 69 GDT Map Component AFP FCA The GDT Map component allows you to design a TMI visually by selecting deselecting airports and or centers Selecting Deselecting airports centers and adjusting the distance range interactively updates other GDT components GDT Map Zoom Capabilities GDT Map contains the same zoom capabilities as the Map in Live mode for more detail refer to Map Component section of this chapter Distance Based GDPs When you select a distance based GDP in the GDT Setup component a maroon colored range ring displays on the GDT Map component The default distance is set to 199 nautical miles The range distance is indicated on the GDT Map just outside the top of the ring In addition to adjusting the range from the GDT
221. GS coversheet and checkmark all checkboxes send out an Advisory and click Send Actual GS to send the GS to the Hub site Reviewing Program Parameters Reviewing the parameters is important before issuing the GS Ensure that the Program Parameters section accurately reflects all of the inputs on the GDT Setup panel Creating an Advisory Before sending a GS the Advisory Causal Factors section see Figure 19 7 of the coversheet must be completed The Respond By field is only available during a proposed event Select the Category Cause and Equipment that are applicable to the situation Select the Probability of Extension for the GS by default MEDIUM is selected Bl Sue Sn nn nen zn a NT aAA AAA AA n aanmanen u ers fe Perg 1 ee 0 amt sal v AdvisoryiCausal Factors impacting Condition Category Weather Respond By Valid Until 2006457 Probability of Extension MEDIUM Y Comments Send Actual GS Close Figure 19 7 Coversheet Advisory Section Place a checkmark next to each section of the coversheet after you have reviewed the parameters facilities and advisory information To review the Advisory text before sending the event from the Advisory Causal Factors dropdown menu select Preview Advisory This opens the GS Advisory overlay in text format see Figure 19 8 Note that the coversheet is inactive until you click Close on the overlay FSM User Guide Version 9 00
222. Graph opens the Bar Graph component of the selected data set e ECR opens the ECR component of the selected Monitored Live data set if a program is in place Note ECR cannot be opened for an uncontrolled data set Select the components you want to open for a selected airport FEA or FCA by placing a checkmark in the associated checkbox of the Open With section see Figure 3 14 If you do not make any changes in the Open With section the Time Line and Bar Graph components for the selected airport FEA or FCA open by default If you do make changes you can return to the default settings by clicking Default Bz Open Data Set Jo Eile Help Monitored Live AllLive Historical Active Historical _ cnc v Time Line Sort Airports By Airport ID Center ID DJ FEASFCAS 0 Airports 74 ABO 19 2215 ALN ATL 19 2215 GDP ACTUAL 18 2309 19 0759 BDL 19 2215 BNA 19 2215 BOS 19 2215 GDP ACTUAL 19 1845 20 0429 BTR 19 2215 BUF 19 2215 BW 19 2215 GDP PROPOSED 19 2130 20 0559 CLE 19 2215 CLT 19 2215 COS 19 2215 Flight List v Bar Graph K amp Group By Element Name C Custom Group amy or Cancel Figure 3 14 Open With Component Selection Open Data Set Tab Options The Tab Options in the Open Data Set window consist of four tab selections Monitored Live All Live Historical and Active Historical 1 Monitored Live Tab The
223. Group amp Time Period This Power Run allows you to see which combination of center groups and time periods put in the GS parameters would produce the best program The Data Graph s X axis and the Data Table s column headers show the various Time Periods and Center Group combinations This option is available only for GS program types Compress Flights Power Run Option e Start Time This Power Run allows you to model a Compression based on Earliest Start Time Latest Start Time and Step Size The Data Graph shows Average Delay Difference in addition to the usual statistics Average Delay Difference is the difference in calculated average delay prior to and after the modeled program It represents the reduction of delay benefit in minutes resulting from a later start time Blanket Power Run Option e Minutes of Adjustment This Power Run allows you to see alternatives by minutes of adjustment for a Blanket program You must enter a Minimum Adjustment Maximum FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 83 Understanding Components Adjustment and Step Size for the program Each of these values must be integers between 999 and 999 Impact Modeling Options You can view the impact of a TMI on up to five other elements while modeling a program on the current element FSM applies the results of the model TMI to each matching flight instance found in the impact elements Then FSM updates specific flight data fields within each impact element based o
224. Guide Version 9 00 21 1 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 6 3 6 7 22 2 17 10 18 I 13 58 0 Figure 21 1 Count List Display Data Airport You can view Count Lists for FEAs and FCAs based on the Count List Display menu by CTA ENTRY BENTRY IENTRY and OENTRY as shown in Figure 21 2 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 2 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 16 Arrival Count List By Demand FCAFLA 24 1739 LIVE Frozen De N 08 24 2006 17 39Z Display Mode LIVE ETA DATE L ARRIVAL j a 24 1600 0 Na o i 0 0 0 0 za zaa BENIRY 0 IENTRY 1 OENTRY 4 4397 39 16 Total 21 NRP 0 24 1800 00 14 17 15 29 27 30 44 23 45 59 36 Total 103 NRP 2 24 1900 00 14 39 Figure 21 2 Count List Display Data FEA FCA To increase the size of any Count List window drag the edge of the window with your mouse When the information contained in the window is too large for the window you can scroll through the data Count List Menu The Count Lists with the exception of Departure Fix each have four menus File View Display and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the Count List to a file so that you can open it later in a text editor e File gt Print Sends the Count List to a printer so that you can view a hard copy of the Count List e File gt Close Closes and quits the Count List component without taking any action 2 View Menu e View gt
225. I v ZBW vi ZDC i v ZDV di vi ZPN ES vi ZHU CL v ZID 4 v ZJX GI v ZKC i lv ZLA L Iv ZLC 4 vi ZMA I v ZME i v ZMP i lv ZNY H v ZOR CL v ZOB 4 v ZSE CH vr ZIL H Airports Origin Exempt Non Exempt Airports Destination Exempt Flights Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Exempt Individual Flights GDT Map Figure 9 4 GDT Setup Scope Tab Note Any changes you make to the GDT Map dynamically reflect in the GDT Setup component s Scope tab 11 AFP Percent Demand is selected by default on the Modeling Options tab 12 Click Model FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 5 13 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program FSM models the program using the parameters you provided The red border inside the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed FSM updates all GDT components with your parameters You can use these components to determine how this program affects the airspace If you want to load the latest ADL and model to analyze the data before issuing the program click Reload Note You can retrieve additional GDT components from the View menu on the Setup panel Modeling an AFP Using Proposed Parameters When the ATCSCC sends out proposed parameters for an AFP you can model those parameters to determine how they affect your situation This can help you to plan before the ATCSCC implements the actual AFP or wh
226. I FLIGHT_INFO DS FLIGHT_DETAIL I ELEMENT_DISPLAY CI TEXT_INFO DJ WiEW_TEXT_INFO CI FLIGHT_LIST C GDT_FLIGHT_LIST Die I rnar a mar 4 Figure 3 11 Configuration Setting Window e Help gt About FSM Displays information about the FSM version running including the FSM Version and Copyright Information The version of FSM currently running e g FSM 9 00 Metron Aviation Inc copyright notice the software build date and Product License information Control Panel Buttons You can use the buttons from the Control Panel component to open other FSM components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 14 Understanding Components Open Data Set opens the Open Data Set component in which the user may select various operating modes and Available Airports or FEAs FCAs See Open Data Set component overview for more detail Map opens the Map Component which displays airports and regions currently being monitored and their status in their respective geographical locations See Map Component for more detail Search By Callsign opens the Search By Callsign component which allows you to find a particular flight by entering the flight s call sign and origin airport GDT Mode opens four GDT components GDT Setup GDT Map GDT Bar Graph and GDT Data Graph components An airport FEA or FCA must already be opened to enable the GDT Mode button If there is no data set selected clicking GDT Mode caus
227. ID 0 0 _ ZJX 00 y ZKC 00 Y ZLA 30 Ir ZLC 110 ZMA 00 ZME 0 0 v ZMP 0 0 ZNY 0 0 v ZOR 70 ZOB 00 v ZSE 00 ZTL 00 Airports Origin Exempt Non Exempt Manual Airports Destination Flights Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Exempt All Flights Departing Within Minutes Exempt Individual Flights E GDT Map Figure 19 2 GDT Setup GS Scope Tab Modeling Options Tab Before actually running the GS you may want to review the parameters you set to ensure they are best for your program This allows you to take advantage of several analysis tools embedded in FSM FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 3 Issuing a Ground Stop Use the Modeling Options tab in the GDT Setup component as an analysis tool There are three GS Power Run operations which analyze the effects results of any program e GS Center Group e GS Time Period e GS Center Group amp Time Period Select these options from the Power Run By drop down menu see Figure 19 3 Use the Power Run function to determine whether you need to modify the parameters Jo EF GOT Setup LAX 2010 Jan 20 0455 GOT File View Help GDT Map Reload Model Run Proposed Run Actual SUB Of Program Type Ground Stop Figure 19 3 GDT Setup GS Power Run By Option To view a scenario select an option from the Power Run By dropdown menu and click Model Model displays the effects of the GS parameters and h
228. IPM Setup component you can choose the type of data you want to view on the Data Graph s X axis When you click Model All you can view the results of various scenarios You have the option to change your parameters and analyze the program further Selecting Different Scenarios You can view all the available scenarios based on the Power Run selection from the IPM Setup component For example selecting Power Run By gt GDP Center Group from the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 161 Understanding Components Modeling Options tab on the IPM Setup and then clicking Model All displays all the available tiers for the monitored airport on the Data Graph component s X axis Your modeled scenario statistics are displayed in the Legend Table Use your cursor to drag the black vertical line to a center group or just move the cursor over the desired center group and click to move the line The delay statistics to the right of the Data Graph reflect the line of scenario delineation In addition changing the center option automatically updates all IPM components to reflect the new parameters The Data Graph component includes a roll over feature Rolling your cursor over any line in the Data Graph gives you the delay statistics for the colored line that reflects the results of the center group From the Data Graph it is easy to visualize what center groups give the best results Delay Statistics The Legend Table displays the delay statistics By defa
229. L AAR How 19 20 4122 OO Of 02 03 0 05 OG OF oe 0 1 12 1 14 0 tt PR 94 u 94 94 u 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 9 94 94 9 94 94 9 Pop Up 0 0 a 0 0 a eoio 0 0 0 0 0 0 o Q 0 Reserve 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1777877877778 i Figure 5 6 Specify Model Program Rate Window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 9 Viewing Demand To restore the Model Program Rate to its original values select Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Reset You can also click ADL AAR from the Specify Model Program Rate window to reset the rates to the current ADL value The Model line should no longer be displayed behind the ADL AAR rates Demand Counts Count Lists give you the option to check the flights that make up arrival and or departure demand for each hour You can open all Count Lists from the FSM Control Panel component There are eight count list reports e By Demand e By Center e By Aircraft Category e By Aircraft Class e By Arrival Fix e By Departure Fix e By User e By Unassigned Slot To view a demand count for a particular monitored airport FEA or FCA from the active data set select Reports gt Counts gt By report type see Figure 5 7 If you have not selected a data set FSM displays an error message that indicates No Current Data Set is selected For more information on Count List reports see Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 10 Viewin
230. L Ba EL DE ER BEE ER BEN a 24 1800 00 14 5 10 3180 4 15 29 Bo eon 6 30 44 1 o 1i0 2 45 59 21 0 5 10 7 Total 3 0 1710 20 NRP olo eJo 0 24 1900 00 14 a 18 7 15 29 1 0 4ijio 5 30 44 1 0 5300 6 45 59 lo sio 9 Total 10 210 27 A a A Ja E TG ane 199 EL S S 24 2000 00 14 E een ee 8 15 29 Bl 22040108 6 30 44 OO 24510 4 45 59 Pe at ee Gate a 9 Total a re Tbe LE 27 NRP olo aio 0 Figure 21 5 Counts by Aircraft Category Counts by Aircraft Class The By Aircraft Class Count List provides flight counts according to the aircraft weight This Count List incorporates the following classifications for aircraft weight Small Large Heavy Jumbo and Unknown Note For airport data sets times are by ETA for FEA and FCA data sets times are by ENTRY The Count List By Aircraft Class report contains the following information e Date ADL day and time e Time 15 minute time bins e Aircraft Classes S L H J U e Total Total for each time bin and for classes by hour and NRP flights The data are arranged in the following manner e Block for each hour in the ADL e Counts by each 15 minute bin FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 7 Understanding and Using FSM Reports e Sum of classes in each hour e NRP flight count 16 Arrival Count List By Aircraft Class FCAFLA 24 1815 LIVE Frozen ae __FCAFLA 08 24 2006 18 152 Display Mode LIVE ETA H DATE Ss u 24 1700 00 14 o j
231. LT DEN MDW DEN LAS DEN Figure 21 16 Time Out Delay TOD Report Flight List The displayed information defaults to arrival data To view departure data select View gt Departure Data see Figure 21 17 S Time Out Delay Report DEN 24 1852 LIVE N da Rommio Gemarans fnn gue pe Figure 21 17 TOD Delay Report with Departure Data The Time Out Delay Report displays both arrival and departure data To alternate information in the report you can check or uncheck the arrival or departure boxes Time Out Delay Report Menu Many of the menu items for the Time Out Delay Report are the same as the Flight List component The list below describes the menu items that are different for or unique to the Time Out Delay Report for more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information There are four menus File View Flight List and Help FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 23 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 1 File Menu Save As Print e Close 2 View Menu Rename Window e Arrival Data Toggles Arrival data off and on e Departure Data Toggles Departure data off and on e Add Remove Columns Group Flights Sort Flights e Apply Filter e Clear Filter e Flight Info Flight Detail 3 Flight List Menu e Freeze Data e Data Filter Display Set Time Search By Callsign 4 Help Menu e Time Out General information about
232. M 94 9 M 9 94 9 94 9 M 9 U 9 94 MM ADR 120 120 120 120 120 4120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 i 4 j Figure 3 5 Modify AAR ADR Window In Monitored Live mode FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 10 Understanding Components Click Send to reset AAR ADR values to the default setting and send the information to TFMS The reset AAR ADR is reflected in the next ADL update Click Cancel to close the Reset AAR ADR window without taking any actions Click Help to display a pop up screen with additional information on the Send and Cancel buttons TEMS Tools gt ADL AAR ADR gt Reset AAR Resets the Arrival Rate to the TFMS default arrival rate see Figure 3 6 TFMS Tools gt ADL AAR ADR gt Reset ADR Resets the Departure Rate to the TFMS default departure rate Note ADL ADR is not applicable to FCAs and FEAs since departure rates do not apply to airspace data sets Reset AAR File Help Note Click Send to reset the ATL AAR values for inclusion in future ADLs Send Cancel Help Figure 3 6 Reset AAR Window Note When in Historical Mode clicking Send resets the historical data to the first ADL update time Reset AAR ADR Window Menu items File gt Print Prints the AAR ADR window data File gt Close Closes the Reset AAR ADR window Help gt Demand Rates Opens the on line help information specific to the m
233. M Reports Date ADL Time for FEAs and FCAs The title bar of the Program Delay Histogram shows the status of the data e Live mode Program Delay APT or FEA FCA dd hhmm Live e Frozen in Live Mode TProgram Delay APT or FEA FCA dd hhmm Live Frozen e Historical Mode TProgram Delay APT or FEA FCA yyyy Mmm dd hhmm HIST e Frozen in Historical Mode Program Delay APT or FEA FCA yyyy Mmm dd hhmm HIST Frozen Note Histograms are not available for GDT Mode The flight data displayed on the histogram is dynamic Each time FSM receives an ADL for the airport FEA or FCA data on the histogram updates The X axis shows the Program Delay in minutes Flights are grouped on the X axis of the graph in 15 minute bins The smallest bin is 0 14 minutes e The largest bin is 150 minutes The Y axis indicates the number of flights e The minimum value on the Y axis is 0 e The maximum value on the Y axis is calculated by FSM The bars showing the distribution of flights are green Each bar has a tool tip which displays the total number of flights in that bin Double clicking a bar opens a Flight List for the flights represented by that bar Program Delay Histogram Menu The Program Delay Histogram has three menus File Histogram Help 1 File Menu e Save As Saves the Program Delay Histogram as a jpg image in a directory that you specify The default location for saved images is fsm data d
234. M User Guide Version 9 00 3 148 Understanding Components the default values will be used for the purge To model the purge using different values you may either enter the number of minutes in the fields or use the spinner controls to change the values in five minute increments These values may not be negative Click Default to reset the values to the default times Note Changing Purge Notification Minutes values is for modeling only The actual purge uses the default values AFP Override Gives priority to the current AFP over previously issued AFPs FSM assigns control times based on the current modeled AFP and overrides any other control times that flights received due to previous AFPs These control times do NOT override control times assigned due to airport based TMIs Slot Hold Override You can change parameters only for RBS and Compression The Slot Hold Override field allows you to override an airline s slot holding status by either typing an airline s three letter identifier directly in the text field next to Slot Hold Override or click Select to open the Select Slot Holding window see Figure 3 62 The Select Slot Holding window lists the airlines currently holding slots at the data set constraint and allows you to select which airline s to override Select the box next to each airline to override its slot holding status and include the slot in compression When you check a box that airline s slot hold status is ign
235. MIs 4 Help Menu e Help gt Coversheet Opens the online help information about the FSM Coversheet Coversheet Tab Right below the menu bar is a tab with the name of the airport or FEA FCA with either a red X or a green checkmark see Figure 3 78 A red X is the default and indicates that the coversheet has not been reviewed A green checkmark indicates that the Advisory FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 101 Understanding Components Causal Factors and Program Parameters have been selected and the program is ready to be sent File View Resend Help File View Resend Help Du Fe Completed Coversheet Incomplete Coversheet Figure 3 78 Tab Indicates if Coversheet has been Reviewed Coversheet Heading The heading below the tab lists the dataset name program type and whether the program is Actual or Proposed see Figure 3 79 The format is Dataset Program Type Actual or Proposed F x ATL GDP GAAP ACTUAL DA WER RA Are Oe Figure 3 79 Dataset Information in Heading Program Parameters Dropdown Menu The Program Parameters dropdown menu has three options View Weather View Program Results View Delay Assignments Each window is opened as an overlay with a Close button The coversheet is inactive until you close an overlay 1 View Weather Displays the current METAR and TAF in an overlay see Figure 3 80 This option is not available for FEA FCAs The covershee
236. Mesy p1 v Mesa D2 vi KAP D3 se vi TRS D4 van Other Carriers M Single Airline 1 EJA v Single Airline 2 JZA v Single Airtine3 TRS Single Airline 4 UCA Recalculate Figure 6 13 Dynamic Carriers Display If you are an airline user when you select the Carrier tab the FSM default color is for the flights of your carrier Your carrier abbreviation displays in the Single Airline text box so that you immediately view your carrier s flights For major carriers the box next to the carrier name is selected and the carrier abbreviation displays in the Single Airline box This allows you to differentiate between the major and any of your sub carriers Because of flight filtering non FAA operators cannot view any other carriers flights They can only view those flights belonging to their own major or sub carriers All other flights are colored black If you are an FAA user the FSM default is to have all carriers selected for coloring You can add additional carrier or sub carrier codes in one of the Single Airline text boxes in the Carrier legend When you select a major carrier to color the major carrier and its sub carriers are all the color of its Major Recalculate Dynamic Carriers FSM calculates dynamic carriers based on the total number of flights at the time of processing when you first open the Bar Graph FSM does not update the dynamic list of carriers with each ADL update Therefore if you would like to get an updated dyna
237. NTRY Displays counts based on the flights Original Element Entry Time FEA and FCA only Note The Counts by Departure Fix and Counts by Unassigned Slots do not have a Display Menu 4 Help Menu e Help gt Counts Opens the on line help for the Count Lists Count List by Demand The By Demand Count List displays arrival demand in 15 minute intervals and totals the flight count for each hour You can use this report to perform a quick check of the arrival demands in each hour see Figure 21 3 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 4 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 5838 z s 545 2 7 a 7 11 27 1 00 14 7 15 29 7 30 44 4 45 59 10 T 28 1 7 6 4 3 26 0 Figure 21 3 Counts by Demand Counts by Centers The By Centers Count List provides flight counts according to departure centers There are 20 centers for this particular display Figure 21 4 If the three letters ZZZ are displayed they represent any center that is not part of the other 20 Again in Monitored Live mode FSM bases these counts on flights ETA times for airports and ENTRY times for FEAs and FCAs as displayed in the FSM Time Line FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 5 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 16 Arrival Count List By Center FCAFLA 24 1815 LIVE Frozen cocccec eococcces an92n a22 999695 2029220 eSeooqoecc cooocc oe Oo cCc S amp S cwoaxhS eeeceoc Bon 22999598 N OS
238. Note End time of the AFP should be the end time of the FCA or the last minute of the available display in FSM FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 2 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program EF GOT Setup FCABA3 2010 Jan 19 0730 GOT oJ Ele View Help E GDT Map Model Reset Parameters Program Type AFP DAS SUBS SCS ON ADPT OFF Program Time Options Start 190730 om 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223 01234 5 End 200443 Purge Flights _ Before Revision Start vi Compress to Last CTA Data Time 190730 Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Load Times Load ADL AAR Fill ProgramRate v With 40 FromHour 06 ThroughHouwr 05 Fill Hour 06 07 08 09 40 44 42 43 44 95 46 17 18 19 20 PR 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Pop Up 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z el A O AAR lt Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR General Options AFP Override Enabled Slot Hold Override Include Only Options Figure 9 2 GDT Setup Parameters Tab 7 Enter the appropriate values for the Program Rate into the Program Rate section of the GDT Setup panel You can use the National En Route Spacing Position NESP Rate Guidelines document to help determine the appropriate Program Rate for the selected FCA For this example enter a Program Rate of 40 for the duration of the AFP and the stack hours after the end time of the AFP
239. PARAM DIRECTORY File in file explorer Select the parameters file and click Open to view the Parameters Files e File gt Save As Saves the GDT Setup component as a jpg image to a directory of your choice e File gt Close Closes the Setup component and all the complimentary GDT components for that particular airport 2 View Menu e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box and allows you to change the component name in the title bar Enter the desired name then click OK to change the title bar heading Click Cancel to close the Rename Window dialog box without making any changes FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 64 Understanding Components Rename Window o Please enter a name for the window GDT Setup Figure 3 53 Rename Window Dialog Box There are six additional display options under the View menu If you close a component and want to reopen it use the View menu options to select and reopen the desired component e View gt GDT Data Graph Displays the Data Graph component e View gt GDT Map Displays the GDT Map component e View gt GDT Bar Graph Displays the GDT Bar Graph component e View gt GDT Time Line Displays the GDT Time Line component e View gt GDT Flight List Displays the Flight List for the monitored airport FEA or FCA The default Flight List includes ACID DEST Airspace data sets only ETD ENTRY Airspace data sets only ETA Airport
240. PS Cyan WJA Cyan AIJ Cyan USA Yellow In addition FSM dynamically determines a list of additional top majors displaying in the current data set being viewed FSM calculates the top four dynamic carriers based on the total number of flights at the time of processing for that data set If there are more than four dynamic carriers FSM assigns the top four a dynamic carrier color and groups all others under the Other label Based on the configuration file a carrier must have at least five flights in the data set to qualify for the dynamic carrier coloring If a data set has less than four dynamic carriers FSM does not display the dynamic colors that it cannot assign Similar to the static carriers display FSM lists the dynamic carriers in alphabetical order beginning after USA Table 6 5 Dynamic Carrier Coloring Carrier Default Color DI Dark Gray D2 Maroon D3 Light Blue D4 Sand Figure 6 13 illustrates the Carrier tab for BOS The four dynamic carriers for BOS when the data set was opened were BSY EJA KAP and TRS FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 12 Viewing Flight Information Bar Graph BOS 20 1618 LIVE File View BarGraph Display Help BS woo 3 E Status ArrDep Status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type BOS 07 20 2007 16 18Z2 ETA vi Al Baar vasa vilicoa v DAL v DHL v FDX v Meu vinwa Vo SWA Mua vi ups vi USA v
241. Parameters section on the Coversheet accurately reflects all of your inputs on the GDT Setup panel Creating an Advisory Before sending a program you must complete the Advisory Causal Factors section of the Coversheet The Respond By field is only available during a proposed event You must complete all enabled fields before sending the program nn gett em pa patart Fr Se Page as pet tt net OEE Nate Mactan pep OE NRE NOPE ET aa a a HOE Advisory Causal Factors Charge To Facility Type Terminal X 1D A80 u Not Charged To FAA Impacting Condition Camoery Emman i Cause Equipment v Figure 11 3 Coversheet Advisory Section Place a checkmark next to each section of the Coversheet after you have reviewed the parameters facilities and advisory causal factors information To review the Advisory text before sending the event from the Advisory Causal Factors dropdown select Preview Advisory ET T n i E te arte et a _ AdvisoryiCausal Factors Copy Impacting Condition Figure 11 4 Preview Advisory Option This opens the program Advisory overlay in text format see Figure 11 5 For more information on the Advisory Causal Factors section of the Coversheet see Chapter 3 Understanding Components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 3 Issuing an Initial Program 0 FCABA1 08032010 com AIRSPACE FLOW PROGRAM CTL ELEMENT FCABA1 ALTITUDES INCLUDED SFC TO FL600 ADL TIME 20552 D
242. R Window and 15 Min AAR Dialog Box To fill a single hour with multiple Program Rates click the cell you want to modify and then click Edit 15 in the lower right hand corner of the rates table or right click an active cell in the Element row The 15 Min Program Rate dialog box opens This window allows you to assign Program Rates in 15 minute increments for that hour For example Figure 7 3 illustrates a Program Rate of 60 but for the first fifteen minutes the element can take 10 flights Therefore you need to assign an AAR of 17 17 and 16 for the other 15 minute time increments You can assign any value in each 15 minute increment as long as the total equals the overall Program Rate for that hour Click OK to change the 15 minute increments for that hour or Cancel to close the window When an hour increment is not evenly distributed in the 15 minute increments the cell is colored green After changing your Model Program Rate information click OK from the Specify Model Program Rate window to reflect the changes in your local Bar Graph component View Model Program Rate The dashed white line represents the modeled Program Rate To view the modeled Program Rate you must select the View gt Model Program Rate checkbox In all FSM modes the Model Program Rate initially displays in the same position as the ADL AAR in the Bar Graph If the ADL AAR displays on the graph the dashed line for modeling is hidden behind the white solid line I
243. Red Text Warns that ADL Update Time is Behind From the Time Line you can view flights arriving and departing from a monitored airport For Airspace data sets only arrival data is available In addition open arrival slots Unassigned Slots cancellations and drop outs can be viewed on the Time Line The airport FEA or FCA date last ADL time data mode and UDG name if applicable are displayed in the Time Line title bar The Time Line displays the Airport FEA or FCA being monitored the date the time and the data display indicator directly above the color tabs Each flight arriving at the monitored airport or entering into the FEA or FCA displays to the right of the minute hash marks which correspond to the ETA or ENTRY of the flight which ever is applicable When you place your cursor over a flight a pop up window displays the flight s ACID Departure airport arrival airport ETD and ETA for airports or ENTRY for FEAs and FCAs see Figure 3 40 ja H lt a dH 10 10 10 Z N422DA 07FA FCI 23 1719 23 2000 gt gt H eA 15 amp 15 15 Figure 3 40 Pop up Flight information Viewing Time Line Flight Information Right clicking a flight icon gives you five additional options for that flight Flight Info Flight Detail EDCT Check EDCT Update and ECR e Selecting Flight Info displays the Flight Info component which contains general ADL information for a flight including ACID status
244. Select Display gt CTA in the GDT Time Line component X Time Line ATL 19 0425 LIVE BAX Eile View TimeLine Display Help Status ArriDep ory Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type 19 1200 19 1300 19 1400 1 CNX amp DOFits 94 74 94 112 94 71 ARR DEP DO oo 00 agaca 00 00 3 0 0 10 3 4 4 05 OS 03 OS et see 4 POT Aste end msn anpa aA 408 ghee nn Per gene PEPPER NZ nn es Figure 6 18 GDT Time Line Display by CTA 2 Select the Carrier tab The Carrier tab shows all flights colored by Carrier and by their CTA 3 Select Display gt ETA to return the flight display to its default appearance Flight Lists FSM generates Flight Lists automatically when it performs certain functions You can generate one for a specific group of flights that you select Flight Lists allow you to view what flights contribute to the arrival demand at an airport or contribute to the demand in an FEA FCA and how many flights fall into specific categories You can open an FSM Flight List in a variety of ways from all FSM modes and several FSM components You can obtain Flight Lists from the Bar Graph Time Line Status Map Open Data Set Query Manager and GDT Setup components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 22 Viewing Flight Information The way FSM generates a Flight List differs depending upon the type of information you need Note Report Flight Lists vary i
245. Setup component you can alter the distance directly on the GDT Map Put your cursor on the edge of the distance ring until the cursor turns into direction arrows then hold down the left mouse button and drag and drop the edge of the ring to increase or decrease the distance All airports within the range limit are included automatically into the program and colored red To exclude an airport from within the distance range just click the dot for that particular airport Clicking an airport within the distance ring turns the dot to green and excludes that airport from program delay Any additional airports you select are displayed in the GDP Setup component in the Airports Non Exempt or Exempt field in the Scope tab Likewise you can select deselect centers to include in a program on the GDT Map Clicking once on a center includes the center in the program The color of the selected center changes to maroon and the airports within that center change color indicating that the program includes them as well The selected center displays in the GDP Setup component in the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 88 Understanding Components Centers Non Exempt field in the Scope tab ZTL in Figure 3 70 and Figure 3 71 is an example of a user selected non exempt center Note Clicking only once on a center that is already included within the program selection does not reflect any visual difference on the screen If you click twice on a selected center that
246. TD one minute after the GS End time The flight s new ETAs are assigned based on the flight s Original ETE For example if the GS period is 1320 1419 flights with an ETD between 1320 and 1419 have a new ETD of 1420 The new ETA is the New ETD Orig ETE Note GS programs are not applicable to Airspace data sets FEAs and FCAs therefore they are not available for use for Airspace data sets Selecting the Parameters Open any monitored airport in Ground Delay Tools GDT mode by clicking GDT Mode on the Control Panel component When the four GDT components open select the Program Type Ground Stop from the GDT Setup component Once you select the appropriate Program Type you are ready to set the necessary parameters through each of the tabs of the GDT Setup component Parameters Tab In the Parameters tab see Figure 19 1 you can adjust the program time and include options Change the Ground Stop GS program time by clicking and dragging the pointers on the Start and End time lines The default End time for Ground Stops will adjust to 15 minute increments on the hour 00 15 30 and 45 conversely all other programs have a default end time on the 14 29 44 or 59th minutes The End time for Ground Stops will be a time increment that results in at least a one hour GS For example if the Ground Stop Start time is 1902 the default End time will be 2015 If you do not indicate changes for Arrival Fix Aircraft Type or Carrier
247. TRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE COR Arrived DJAND Active AND Ground_Stopped AND Departing PastETD CAND Departing CTD AND Departing NoCTD AND Departing Other ann Airline CUUSER User Defined Filters CIOR ATL OR Figure 22 12 Query Manager with User Defined Constraint To edit an existing CONSTRAINT You can edit only User Defined Constraints you cannot amend additional filters to an existing CONSTRAINT The Add button is disabled when an existing CONSTRAINT is highlighted 1 Click Edit The Edit Constraint window opens Figure 22 13 Edit Constraint Window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 9 Using Query Manager 2 Select the new value from Attributes Operators Pre defined Values or enter a new User Value A lit Constraint Attributes sDelay TE cv Figure 22 14 Edit Constraint Window with New User Value 3 Click OK to complete the new Constraint definition FSM changes the Constraint accordingly CIJ AND CJ AND CAND AND EJ AND CI CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE amp COR Arrived Active Ground_Stopped Departing PastETD Departing CTD Departing NoCTD Departing Other Airline CUUSER User Defined Filters CIOR ATL OR C AND Airline JCONSTRAINT IAD ACENTR EQUALS BWA au em peite Figure 22 15 Query Manager with edited User Defined Constraint To del
248. Tab The Parameters tab is active for all program types and is the default tab that opens when you open the IPM Setup component Within this tab you can specify parameters including the program time program rate and general options for GAAP delay and Purge notifications Options which are not features for certain program types are disabled You can edit Start and End time parameters in the Program Time Options section for all program types e Start Enter the date and time when the TMI should begin e End Enter the date and time when the TMI should end The default End time for Ground Stops will adjust to 15 minute increments on the hour 00 15 30 and 45 All other programs will have a default end time on the 14 29 44 or 59th minutes The End time for Ground Stops will be a time increment that results in at least a one hour GS For example if the Ground Stop Start time is 1902 the default End time will be 2015 If you are using the slider to select the End time for a Ground Stop the slider will adjust to 15 minute increments on the hour Using the slider to adjust the End time for all other programs will result in an End time on the 14th 29th 44th and 59th minutes You can populate the times in the text box to the right of the time field or use the slide bars which automatically fill the time into the text box The Purge Flights section of the IPM Setup component contains two checkboxes that allow you to purge flights before a
249. UALS BWI _ D ATTRIBUTE ACENTR OPERATOR EQUALS VALUE Bw a amp CAND Arrival Fix CAND Arrival Time CAND Destination Figure 22 26 Filter is Renamed FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 21 Using Query Manager Deleting a Filter If you no longer need a filter created using the Create Filter component you can delete it using the same methods described in Chapter 22 User Defined Filters Query Manager Flight List Access the Query Manager component by selecting Utilities gt Query Manager from the Control Panel When you want to see flights that meet certain criteria you can generate a Flight List from the Query Manager component Select any one of the Built In or User Defined Filters Click Flight List or select View gt Flight List from the Query Manager component Note If you do not have a data set selected FSM displays a No Active Data Sets error message The generated Flight List contains only those flights that meet the selected criteria The Query Manager already contains a built in filter for GS flights To get a list of Departing CTD flights at any open data set select the AND Departing CTD Filter Click Flight List or select View gt Flight List from the Query Manager component S File Edit View Help B 8 Aightuist create Fiter CIALL AllFilters C BUILT_IN Built In Filters Cand Priority CONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TRUE CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE
250. UDP Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 117 Understanding Components Program Manager The Program Manager displays after you click Send on the Coversheet Advisory The Coversheet component sends the Program Manager a list of actions to perform based on the type of TMI you sent The Program Manager shows all of the parallel actions in each step when the step is initiated The component shows the status of each action as the Program Manager performs it If an action fails a dialog displays asking if the Program Manager should perform further sequential actions or stop the process Other actions executing in parallel are not affected regardless of whether you decide to cancel the affected process An icon displays in front of each action that the Program Manager performs e Unsuccessful actions have a red X displayed in front of them e Actions in progress have a pulsing purple arrow displayed in front of them e Successfully completed actions have a green checkmark displayed in front of them F File View AUTOSEND adzy sfo__ 01211239zz ag all t adv nf Send Message ADD_ADL_AAR_GDP nf AUTOSEND cowv1 sfo___ 0121123922 GDPNew Manual xml no_option nf AUTOSEND fadt sfo__ 01211239zz allfiles nf Copy WEB_COVERSHEET file s covr sfo___ 01211239z2 GDPNew Manual xml nf Send Message ADD_ADL_GDP_PARAM Figure 3 93 Program Manager You can see the details of the processes by selecting View gt Details Detail
251. UE CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE COR Arrived DJAND Active CAND Ground_Stopped AND Departing PastETD AND Departing CTD SAND Departing NoCTD AND Departing Other DN nnn _Aictina ZJ Figure 22 1 Query Manager Built In Filters The AND filters list consists of filters that FSM compares to find a match in the data set For an object to match an AND filter all the filters in the list must be true An OR filter consists of a list of filters that FSM compares to find matching flights in the data set For an object to match an OR filter at least one of the filters in the list must be true A FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 1 Using Query Manager CONSTRAINT is an attribute operator or value FSM uses the red AND the blue OR and the green CONSTRAINT coloring as a visual aide to distinguish between the three different types of filter options The AND OR and CONSTRAINT filters have the ability to create new filters by copying pasting a built in filter selection directly into the USER User Defined Filters folder The Built in Filters option buttons remain grayed because they are read only filters You cannot edit or delete a Built in Filter for the same reason User Defined Filters User Defined Filters are active filters you create and customize based on your Flight List needs There are two methods of creating user defined fi
252. UUSHTERDMHZBE I 234 Sor oo we TR 1380 Bur ete Purge Fights Bta Furumaan Start voce ove anzu Compress te Lawt CTA Deta Tee 190725 CLE mim CLT 10008 Prag an Ren Appiratir Ory te Iechated Fights Os tO Leod Tees Load AIN AAR Gram Ie Femer Name Cute Gosp Amy OK Oml Ee yew Ger Graph Dy iy uUa swa g F on ee ee Simas SE Aa Canga Commie Craters Content Te Ganea Options GDT ATL Model 01 19 2010 13 35Z ETA r 7171 see oa a kasd k a e Figure 2 4 GDT Mode Additional components available in GDT data mode FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 4 Understanding FSM Features e Flight List component Displays the Flight List of the selected data set e GDT Time Line component Displays flight distribution throughout each hour Demand By Center Displays the number of Non Exempt and Exempt flights per Center and Airport for the modeled TMI Understanding Integrated Program Modeling Mode IPM mode allows you to model and compare multiple TMIs and to review their impact on other data sets IPM only provides modeling capabilities and does not allow you to send TMIs Click IPM Mode on the Control Panel component to open IPM mode Two default components Scenario Manager and Multi Graph initially display when you open IPM mode see Figure 2 5 A third component IPM Setup is opened from Scenario Manager For detailed information on the IPM components see Chapter 3 Integrated Program Modeling
253. a GS From the Purge coversheet click Purge to purge any control times from the TFMS system and send the Purge Advisory Purge works the same as the Autosend function to send new operation parameters and cancellation messages to the Hub site for inclusion in the ADLs Viewing Flight Information before Purging a Program When you model a purge for a GS program TFMS sets the minimum notification time to the value of the minimum notification time for flights in a ground stop FSM determines a minimum notification time for controlled flights in a taxi status If a controlled flight is in a taxi status without regard to the type of control then FSM sets the minimum notification time to the value of the minimum notification time for flights in a taxi status TFMS models a new estimated departure time based on the flight s control departure time and the minimum notification time based on the following criteria e Ifthe flight is active or completed TFMS sets the ETD to the actual departure time e Ifthe CTD of the flight is within the minimum notification time from the current time the estimated departure time remains set to the CTD e Ifthe CTD of the flight is greater than the minimum notification time plus the current time then TFMS calculates a candidate ETD selected from the following values in order of priority 1 Earliest Runway Departure Time 2 Earliest Runway Arrival Time minus the Estimated Time En route 3 Original Estimated D
254. a filter from the data fields in the Flight List component View gt Flight Info Opens the Flight Info window View gt Flight Detail Opens the Flight Detail window 3 Flight List Menu Flight List gt Freeze Data When checked prevents the Flight List from updating when new ADLs arrive Data Filter Display When checked displays the Current Info section with the Data and Filter information for the flight list Flight List gt Set Time Sets the time for the Flight List component in Historical mode only Flight List gt Search By Callsign Opens the Search by Callsign component 4 Help Menu Help gt Flight List Opens on line help for Flight Lists FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 25 Viewing Flight Information Flight List Buttons Three buttons are displayed on the Flight List component Table 6 14 explains the purpose of each button Table 6 14 Flight List Buttons Button Purpose m Saves the flight list to a spreadsheet or text file Prints the flight list FA Opens the Add Remove Columns component Opening Flight Lists You can open flight lists from multiple components in FSM This section explains how to open Flight Lists from the following components e Open Data Set e Bar Graph e Time Line e Map To open a Flight List from the Open Data Set component You can open Flight Lists directly from the Open Data Set component For example you want to see th
255. able to Airborne Holding programs In addition the General Options and Include Only Options sections are disabled as shown in Figure 18 1 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 1 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs EF GOT Setup LAX 2010 Jan 20 0425 GOT aax Eile View Help E GDT Map Reload Model Reset Parameters Program Type Airborne Holding Y SUBS ALL ON Modeling Options Program Time Options Start 200425 G End 201259 k 34567 8 9 1011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 0 1 2 Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Load Times Load ADL AAR Fill ProgramRate w With 60 FromHour 03 w ThroughHour 06 Fil Hour 03 04 05 06 OF 08 09 40 44 12 13 44 95 6 147 4 RO 60 60 60 GO 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 amp Reserve AAR General Options Include Only Options Figure 18 1 Airborne Holding Parameters Tab For more information on the Parameters tab see Chapter 3 Understanding Components Airborne Holding Reports Click Model or Reload if available and then Run Proposed or Run Actual Running the Airborne Holding algorithm generates two reports Airborne Holding Flight List and FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 2 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs Carrier Statistics The Airborne Holding Flight List and Carrier Statistics are displayed automatically when you run the Program Type Airborne Holding Airborne Holding Flight List The
256. ad Actual Parameters gt Ground Stop Note Before sending a revised GS it is advised to suspend Airline substitutions and SCS Click SUB OFF on the GDT Setup Panel to turn substitutions off Run the GS program once you modify the parameters and you are ready to implement the GS Click Run Proposed or Run Actual on the GDT Setup component This saves the parameters to a file specified in FSM s configuration file and opens a GS coversheet Clicking Run Proposed or Run Actual generates three reports e FADT report e Analysis report e Carrier Statistics report You can view these reports by selecting View gt FADT View gt Analysis or View gt Carrier Statistics from the coversheet You can also view the Carrier Statistics by selecting Report gt Carrier Statistics from the main Control Panel component For more information on these reports see Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports GS Coversheet The GS coversheet contains all the operation s parameter data Send the GS from the GS coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 5 Other Ground Stop Functions x File View Resend Help HR ATL ATL GS ACTUAL Program Parameters Summary Start 200445 End 210145 Model Time 200455 Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Scope Selected By Tier of 2ndTier Centers Origin Non Exempt v ZAB v ZAU v ZHU v ZD v ZME v ZNY Advisory Causal Factors impacting Condition Category Weather Cause Sn
257. all flights within the scope of the program that are not active are considered Non Exempt This option is selected by default when there is a Ground Stop in place e Exempt All Flights Departing Within XX Minutes When exempting flights based on departure time you may adjust the time either manually by clicking in the field and typing in a value enter a value or by using the spinner controls the up down arrows to the right of the field to change the value in five minute increments This value must be greater than or equal to 0 Selecting this option will exempt all flights with ETDs within XX minutes of the Data Time This option is selected by default when there is no Ground Stop in place e Exempt Individual Flights Enter a flight s ACID to exempt priority flights Modeling Options Tab The Modeling Options tab is available for all program types with the exception of Purge Once the parameters are set you may want to determine which parameters run the best TMI In this case you can take advantage of FSM s powerful analysis capabilities to view the results of the parameters you have selected before actually running the operation You can use the Modeling Options tab in the GDT Setup component as an analysis tool There are four GDP three AFP three GS one Compression and one Blanket Power Run operations which analyze the results for any program You can select these options from the dropdown menu that displays next to Power Run B
258. am Note This may yield different results and metrics than your model Modeling Analysis Preview Your Work After clicking Model All or Reload All in the IPM Setup component all IPM components are updated with the modeled GDPs Viewing these components can help you determine the effect of the model GDPs on the impact data set The IPM components are the same as what you view in GDT Mode All of the following components are based on a BWI modeled GDP program IPM Multi Graph Component The Multi Graph component provides a comparative view of the bar graphs of all the data sets in the scenario see Figure 10 7 The functionality is the same as that found in GDT Mode Bar Graph however there are some menu option differences See Chapter 3 Integrated Program Modeling Components for information on the menu differences FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 7 Using Integrated Program Modeling Multi Graph IPM Bar lo x Eile View BarGraph Display Help a DaB SIT BWI Model 03 16 2009 14 502_ ETA DCA Model 03 16 2009 14 502_ ETA N FCABX1 Impact 03 16 2009 14 497 ENTRY Pian i Figure 10 7 IPM Multi Graph View FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 8 Using Integrated Program Modeling IPM Metrics Tab The Metrics grid is accessed on the IPM Multi Graph component It contains expandable trees to simultaneously display consolidated statistics across all scenarios see Figure 10 8 Use different
259. am Pop Up and Reserve rates Options Section e General Options the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Parameters tab e Delay Limit Minutes e Target Delay Multiplier DAS Delay e Earliest R Slot Minutes Program Start e Adjust Delay Minutes e Purge Notification Minutes Taxied GS GDP AFP e AFP Override e Slot Hold Override Exempt AFPs Centers Origin e Centers Origin the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Scope tab e Exempt e Non Exempt Airports Origin e Airports Origin the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Scope tab e Exempt e Non Exempt e Non Exempt If Distance Flights e Flights the following information is pulled from the GDT Setup Scope tab Exempt Individual Flights Advisory Causal Factors Section At the top of the section the Advisory Causal Factors dropdown menu has two options Preview Advisory and Copy Impacting Condition see Figure 3 83 PIP O E ee ee ee er ger G Figure 3 83 Advisory Causal Factors Dropdown FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 107 Understanding Components 1 Preview Advisory Opens the Advisory in text format You must complete the Advisory Causal Factors section and select the Advisory Causal Factors checkbox before viewing the advisory 2 Copy Impacting Condition For future use You must also fill out the additional fields applicable to OpsNet for this section see Table 3 12 Note When you ma
260. ant to include in the program or select a Tier level from the Scope dropdown menu e Scope Select a tier option from the dropdown menu Selecting a Tier automatically selects the associated centers The total number of centers selected displays to the right FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 150 Understanding Components of the Tier selection Click Clear to erase all centers with checkmarks and return the included tier selection back to Manual e Manual Center Selection Click the checkbox to select or deselect individual centers to include in the program Note The recommended scope for AFP programs is ALL Canada Airports Origin This section of the panel allows you to exempt and non exempt airports e Exempt You can exempt certain departure airports from a TMI Enter the three or four letter airport code to exempt that airport Separate airports with a space or a comma The maximum number of exempt airports you can enter is 24 e Non Exempt You can include certain departure airports for a TMI that were not originally included based on the Center section criteria Select Manual from the dropdown then enter the three or four letter airport code to include that airport Separate airports with a space or a comma The maximum number of non exempt airports you can enter is 16 Airports Destination This section of the panel is only for airspace datasets and is disabled for airport data sets Exempt You can exempt certain arri
261. aph 7 You can remove or add impact elements by making change in the Modeling Options tab and clicking Model Select the element you want to remove from the Selected box and click lt to remove an element FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 9 EJGDT Setup FCADH2 2008 Aug 12 1955 GDT File View Help E GDT Map Model Program Type AFP DAS v SUBS ALL ON Power Run Options Power Run By Min Percent Demand Max Percent Demand 1 Step Size Program Cancellation Time impact Modeling Options Available Ci Currently Open Data Sets BWA 12 2018 EWR 12 2018 FCA109 12 2017 JFK 12 2019 LGA 12 2019 PHL 12 2019 CI FEASFCAs 1 gt f EE Contor 76 Akrperte Remove from Selected list Modeling an Airspace Flow Program _ Freeze Cancellation Time Selected JFK 122009 Figure 9 8 GDT Setup Modeling Options Tab with Impact Element removed Modeling Analysis Preview Your Work After clicking Model or Reload on the GDT Setup component all FSM GDT components change to reflect the modeled AFP Viewing these components can help you decide if the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 10 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program AFP you have modeled is the best scenario for the traffic flow problems in the FCA The following Data Graph component is an example of one of FSM s decision support tools see Chapter 8 Modeling Analysis to review all of the decision support tool components
262. are the best Traffic Management Initiative TMI to control the demand at the airport you are monitoring See Chapter 8 Modeling a Ground Delay Program and Chapter 9 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program for more information on how to set and model your parameters GDP AFP Coversheet Click Run Proposed or Run Actual after you complete and model your GDP AFP from the GDT Setup component Clicking Run Proposed or Run Actual saves the parameters to a file specified in FSM s configuration file and opens the GDP or AFP Coversheet Clicking Run Proposed or Run Actual also generates three reports the FADT Analysis and Carrier Statistics Reports From the View menu select FADT Analysis or Carrier Statistics See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports for more information on reports Note If you modeled your program the red border around the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed and the Run Proposed or Run Actual buttons are enabled If you change any parameter in the GDT Setup component you must click Model first and then Run Clicking Reload retrieves the most current ADL and models at the same time The GDP AFP Coversheet contains all the GDP or AFP parameters from the GDT Setup panel and an Advisory Causal Factors section that must be completed before the program is sent to the hub site From the Program Parameters dropdown select View Program Results to view flight and stack information Select View Delay Assignment to view
263. ares the Actual ETE vs Original ETE FSM includes flights in the By ETE Compliance report when the difference between the ETE estimated by TFMS and actual flight time is greater than a specified value but the flight status is not cancelled The default value is 15 minutes TFMS estimates ETE using OCTA OCTD TFMS calculates actual flight time using ARTA ARTD By CTA Compliance Report The By CTA Compliance reports check for flights which violate arrival compliance in a delay program By default flights that violate arrival compliance are defined as those flights arriving more than five minutes before or more than five minutes after their Control Time of Arrival If TFMS detects any of the specified conditions the flight is included in the By CTA Compliance Flight List as shown in Figure 21 13 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 15 Understanding and Using FSM Reports CTA Compliance OCA 24 1042 LIVE ae A241653 A241750 1653 24 1758 24 1700 A241637 A24 1750 24 1750 24 1633 A2aN559 A241767 241757 24 0612 A241721 A24 1834 ZAMBIA 20717 TA241549 A241706 2150 24 1706 241520 2a azsiene A241709 241709 A241602 24 1749 2411749 A241550 A241716 24710 A241740 A24 1823 24 1823 A241736 A241816 24 1818 A201733 A241015 24 9015 A241511 A241700 24 1700 A241738 A241013 i 24 1813 A241622 A24 1739 24 1739 A241545 22411744 24 1744 A241450 A241748 24 1748 A241553 A241712 24 4712 A2015
264. arting flights FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 12 Using Query Manager e Arrival Times Selecting flight data for flights that have any ADL arrival time that falls within a user specified time range e Departure Times Selecting flight data for flights that have any ADL departure time that falls within a user specified time range e Flight Time Selecting flight data for flights that have any ADL En Route time as well as FSM calculated times that fall within a user specified time range Flight Status Selecting flight data for flights that have any of the characteristics of the following current flight statuses Departing No Estimated Departure Clearance Time EDCT EDCT Issued Departing Past Estimated Time of Departure ETD Flight Canceled Flight Arrived Flight Active Ground Stopped and Flight Removed or taxied e Origin Selecting flight data for all flights that are departing from individual Centers and Airports e Destination Selecting flight data for all flights that are arriving at individual Centers and Airports e Arrival Fix Selecting flight data for all flights that have a user specified Arrival Fix as well as allowing the user to select flights that have an Estimated Arrival Fix Time EAFT that falls within a user specified time range e Departure Fix Selecting flight data for all flights that have a user specified Departure Fix as well as allowing the user to select flights that have an
265. arture Time plus the taxi time for the flight e If this candidate time is greater than the current time plus the minimum notification time then TFMS sets the ETD to this candidate time e If the candidate time is less than the current time plus the minimum notification time then TFMS sets the ETD to the current time plus the minimum notification time Issuing a GDP Example The section below is an example of how to issue a General Aviation Airport Program GAAP GDP When the known demand does not exceed the capacity at an airport but you think that the unknown demand will exceed capacity you can use a GDP with a Delay Assignment Mode of GAAP to control traffic flow into the airport This situation usually FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 9 Issuing an Initial Program occurs at airports that serve large numbers of General Aviation GA flights The GAAP was designed for this situation As usual known flights receive a slot but TFMS also generates unassigned slots for unknown demand As flights become known TFMS assigns them to one of the open slots or gives them DAS delay The DAS delay time also differs in that it is one set value for all flights No flight at a GAAP airport receives a delay longer than the maximum delay limit entered by the user To issue a GAAP GDP 1 Click Open Data Set The Open Data Set window is displayed 2 Select the airport for which you want to issue the GAAP GDP 3 Click OK The Time Line and Bar Grap
266. ass by hour and NRP flights The data are arranged in the following manner e Block for each hour in the ADL e Counts by each 15 minute bin Sum of Users in each hour e NRP flight count FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 11 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Counts By Unassigned Slot The unassigned slot report is very similar to the count list report Figure 21 10 The title bar for the report shows the report icon and Count List Unassigned Slot three letter airport identifier ADL Date YYY Y MMM DD ADL Time HH MMZ Mode Live Hist Frozen if you select it The report does not have a Display menu item Note For airport data sets times are by ETA for FEA and FCA data sets times are by ENTRY The Count List By Unassigned Slot report contains the following information e Date ADL day and time e Time 15 minute time bins and Total e Unassigned Slots number of unassigned slots per time bin The data are arranged in the following manner e Block for each hour in the ADL e Counts by each 15 minute bin e Sum of slots in each hour Total number of Unassigned slots for the hour 16 Arrival Count List By Unassigned Slot DEN 24 1837 LIVE Frozen n e y 187 DEN 08 24 2006 18 37Z Display Mode LIVE ETA DATE TIME UNASSIGNED SLOTS 24 1700 00 14 15 29 30 44 45 59 Total 24 1800 00 14 15 29 30 44 45 59 Total 24 1900 00 14 15 29 30 44 45 59 Total
267. ate Sex Aircraft ID Departure Airport Arrival Airport IGTD ddhhmm CTD ddhhmm CTA ddhhmm ERTA ddhhmm CX YIN SH YN BAW 7TG EGLL ATL 191413 192006 200429 Send Cancel Help Figure 13 7 EDCT Update Dialog Box FSM User Guide Version 9 00 13 7 Monitoring EDCT Compliance FSM User Guide Version 9 00 13 8 EDCT Change Request ECR 14 EDCT Change Request ECR The EDCT Change Request ECR tool is part of the FAA s CDM Ground Delay Program Enhancements GDPE effort ECR has been operational at the FAA s ATCSCC since April 2002 ECR displays current flight information using real time data culled from CDM participants and aggregated by the Hub site It allows you to change Estimated Departure Clearance Times EDCTs for controlled flights and keep traffic flowing as smoothly as possible ECR is available for all CDM participants however access is based on the user type e NAS users can access only the SCS Update Option e Field users can access the SCS and Unlimited Update Options e ATCSCC users can access the SCS Limited Unlimited and Manual Update Options Note Unavailable options are hidden from the user The ECR component allows you to search for a flight view current flight information model suggested update times for flights and display options for updating control times The ECR title bar displays the data set date ADL time and monitor mod
268. available in Live mode for data sets with active TMIs 7 Window Menu e Window gt Hide All Windows Hides all open FSM components e Window gt Hide All Iconified Windows Hides all FSM iconified bars displayed in the Task bar FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 13 Understanding Components e Window gt airport FCA FEA or User Defined Group UDG abbreviation LIVE airport FCA FEA or UDG abbreviation yyyy mm dd GDT or airport FCA FEA or UDG abbreviation yyyy mm dd HIST Click the data mode and airport FEA FCA or UDG selection to open the active components for that airport FEA FCA or UDG Each component displays under the Window menu Select a checkbox to display and bring to the front of your monitor the subsequent airport component Selections are consecutively numbered in the order they were opened 8 Help Menu e Help gt FSM Opens the FSM on line help e Help gt ADL Data Elements Opens the ADL Data Elements page from the FSM on line help e Help gt Show Configuration Displays current FSM configuration in use see Figure 3 11 Configuration Settings Jog ROOT C LOG_DIR trace C LOG_NAME fsm_client C LOG_LEVEL 0x7FF LOG_FLUSHING true C LOG_CRITICAL_NAME fsm_client_critical C DISPLAY_ALERT true D OPEN_DATA_SET_CLASSNAME com metronaviation fsm client component opendataset OpenDataSetComponent C KERNEL CI MSG_SVC C CONNECTOR DJ CORE JEDCT C
269. ber of departing aircraft an airport can accommodate at any given interval of time not available for FEAs and FCAs FSM does not display the ADL ADR by default To view the ADL ADR Line select the View gt ADL ADR Line checkbox The ADR also changes according to the time increment used in the graph display For example an ADR of 60 per hour is equal to an ADR of 15 per quarter hour Note Departure information is not available in GDT Mode therefore ADR options are removed from the GDT Bar Graph Also ADR is not applicable to FEAs and FCAs and is disabled on the Bar Graph for those data sets Viewing the Model Program Rate The Model Program Rate is a dashed white line that represents the current program rate for a data set currently under a TMI or the Program Rate you enter in the Specify Model FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 8 Viewing Demand Program Rate window To toggle the Model Program Rate on off select the View gt Model Program Rate checkbox Changing the Program Pop Up and Reserve Rates Only ATCSCC users can change the actual ADL AAR or ADL ADR the rate used in TPC ADLs which reflects real operational data For ATCSCC users see Chapter 3 Control Panel Component for details on how to modify AAR ADR rates Other users can model the effects of various Program Rates by using the Model function Before modeling the Program Rate ensure that you select the View gt Model Program Rate checkbox otherwise your modeled rat
270. bove for information on how to open a flight list from the Time Line To open a Flight List from the Map component You can open Flight Lists for a monitored airport FEA or FCA directly from the Map component For example you want to view a flight list for FCA009 l 2 5 Click Map on the Control Panel Select FCA009 The boundary for the FCA turns white in color when selected In addition to turning white the FCA s last ADL time also displays day then time Right click the FCA boundary to display a pop up menu which includes the zoom options as well as the options to view the Time Line Bar Graph or Flight List components for that FCA in Monitor Live mode Select Open Flight List to view the Flight List for FCA009 The Flight List opens Select File gt Close to close the Flight List window Flight List Format Although there are many ways to generate an FSM Flight List the lists are always in the same format see Figure 6 22 Flight List characteristics include Spreadsheet format you can manage the lists in the same way you manage spreadsheets You can resize the Flight List and scroll through it The default sort order for an airport Flight List is by ETA The Component information displays in the Flight List title bar Three letter airport code or FEA FCA name ADL day and time mode in which the data was retrieved and User Defined Group name if applicable The number of flights contained i
271. can save and retrieve saved UDGs through the FSM Adaptation functionality FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 17 Opening FSM You save a UDG by saving the FSM session to an adaptation file Note Only airport components are saved This is a limitation of the existing FSM Adaptation functionality 1 Select File gt Save Adaptation from the Control Panel The Save Adaptation File window displays amp Save Adaptation File xi Save In C adapt v ca e e 22l FileName Files of Type Adaptation apt Save Cancel Figure 4 20 Save Adaptation File Window 2 Enter a name for the UDG file in File Name FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 18 Opening FSM amp Save Adaptation File zu xi Save In C adapt v fe Al fe E File Name ATL_FL apt Files of Type Adaptation apt Save Cancel Figure 4 21 3 Click Save FSM saves the following attributes to the adaptation file e Component size e Component location within the FSM workspace e Component layering e Component defaults For example Flight List column persistence FSM does not save component display settings tabs menu options legend status etc to the adaptation file To Load a UDG Adaptation File Once you have saved the UDG to an adaptation file you can retrieve it in a later session 1 Select File gt Load Adaptation from the Control Panel The Load Adaptation File window displays FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 1
272. capacity in one hour but the next hour has plenty of room to accommodate the spill over from the previous hour In these instances a TMI would be unlikely Figure 7 1 shows an AAR of 94 At 1300z the demand expected is 112 therefore the demand exceeds the capacity by 18 flights At first glance this seems FSM User Guide Version 9 00 7 1 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions excessive but looking into the next hour the expected demand is only 71 The airport can accommodate the 18 flights from the 1300z hour in the 1400z hour A TMI is more likely when demand exceeds capacity for several hours F R ee d ioa 4 i ax et 5 t 4 3 05 0S4 4 3 4 sic na Oe tach tens E E ooh Figure 7 1 Time Line AAR vs Demand counts Deciding when a TMI is necessary is not always this simple but the ATCSCC works closely with all participants through telcons to decide when a TMI is essential TMI Evaluation Using Carrier Statistics Report When you run a TMI FSM generates a Carrier Statistics report You can view this report from the Control Panel component by selecting Reports gt Carrier Statistics or from View gt Carrier Statistics on any TMI Coversheet Ensure the desired data set is active to review the correct carrier statistics From the Carrier Statistics report you can view Program delay or ABS delay total delay including airline delay The Carrier Statistics report is based on a flight s ETA and display
273. cenarios This button is enabled only if there are elements present in any of the scenarios Note that Reload All is run automatically each time an element is added to a scenario Model All Applies selected models to all elements in all scenarios This button is enabled only if there are elements present in any of the scenarios e Run Scenario This button is for future use and is disabled at all times e SUB OFF This button is for future use and is disabled at all times Reset All Parameters Loads the most current ADL clears any elements of the modeled data and returns the IPM settings to their defaults Scenario Manager Tabs Scenario Manager consists of four tabs The Scenario Setup tab provides a high level view of all scenarios and is where you create scenarios Scenario 1 Scenario 2 and Scenario 3 provide a detailed view of the scenarios Scenario Setup Tab Available Box The Available box lists all available Airport and FEA FCA elements from the FSM server s list of monitored live elements The elements in the Available box are grouped by Currently Open Data Sets FEAs FCAs and Center The number of available FEAs FCAs and Centers are listed in parenthesis For example Center 17 Airports means there are 17 airports being monitored Any program information and update times associated with the element is displayed next to the element name FSM updates the program information and update times for each element when it r
274. ch respective arrival status If half of the flights for one time period are scheduled to depart while the other half are airborne flight active the bar for that hour is half red flight active and half lime green departing No EDCT If every flight for the hour has arrived the bar for that hour is black The graph is dynamic and changes according to the information from each ADL update Likewise the graph automatically updates itself when you select a different Color tab To view a flight count for any hour place the cursor over any bar within the Bar Graph the respective number count displays for the bar the cursor is hovering over If you place the cursor near the top of a bar the total number of flights for that hour displays You can use the same method to find out the Airport Arrival Rate AAR Place the cursor over the AAR and the rate displays Double clicking any bar displays a Flight List for flights contained in that hour bar See Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information for more detailed information on flight lists The Bar Graph also allows you to Generate a Flight List for specific color blocks displayed within a time bin Right click a selected time bin and select Open Flight List For and then select the desired color For example to view all the Active flights in a specific hour for SFO right click the desired time bin and select Open Flight List gt Flight Active see Figure 3 30 This opens a flight list for Active
275. ch the flight can comply in Earliest EDCT 2 Click Apply Model at the bottom of the screen to populate the Current Flight Data section and to model different update parameters based on the new Earliest EDCT data Update Options CTA Interval between the New Max The maximum additional Range Earliest CTA and the sum of Additional amount of delay in minutes the New Earliest CTA and Delay Maximum Additional Delay CTD Current control time of CTA Current control time of arrival departure E CTA New earliest CTA requested Note If you need to reset the ECR to its default state click Clear All 3 Select the desired update option For Limited CTA Range select SCS or Limited For Unlimited CTA Range select Unlimited You also can select Manual FSM selects the SCS radio button by default when SCS is a valid option NAS Users can access only the SCS Update Option Field users can access the SCS and Unlimited Update Options and ATCSCC users can access the SCS Limited Unlimited and Manual Update Options Note You can also set the ERTA For more information see Chapter 14 Adjusting the CTA Range 4 Click Send Request to send the request to the Hub site The ECR component is disabled while it waits for a response FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 8 EDCT Change Request ECR 5 Click Cancel to end the request if you decide you no longer need the ECR Clicking Cancel closes the ECR component 6 Click
276. click GDT Mode on the Control Panel component to open the data set in GDT FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 3 Understanding FSM Features mode Four default components initially display when you open GDT mode For detailed information on the GDT components see Chapter 3 Understanding Components Note The GDT Bar Graph and Time Line display flight arrival information only The GDT components look similar to Monitored Live mode with the exception of the GDT Setup and GDT Data Graph components see Figure 2 4 The four default components that display when you open GDT mode are 1 GDT Setup Displays the main TMI setup panel where you enter the parameters 2 Data Graph Displays Power Run Statistics for modeled TMIs in graphical format 3 GDT Map Displays the Scope including individual centers and airports for a modeled TMI 4 Bar Graph Displays demand versus capacity for the data set and any Impact elements you select Y fhe View Ans Adams TAS Homme Unies VWireow iieo Open Seta Set Map Search By Cake GT Modh TPM Moc an ana Ee EEE EA AUFL MOET DE MEIER Mert Sher Auen Arad Al Ce NR Te te un nk Sa a Pe Yew Hp massan Ee Hee E mmp nensi Mote i Mast Paamnetes tontoredinve Alle Histories Active Risia Pupe Typ GBP DAS SUBS ALL ON Sert Akperts By Apert Center iD z ee 5 m rmansca m CO trpots ia vB Graph ano 1010 ATL 18 7340 OOP ACTUAL T2015 100950 om w30 un B05 wo R
277. clicking the legend button and selecting Removed The dark blue segment displays in the Bar Graph You can deselect the other checkboxes to see the removed flights more clearly Note If you do not select Removed after selecting View gt Show Cancellations the RM cancelled flights display cyan like all other cancelled flights Color By Arrival Departure The Arr Dep Status tab allows you to quickly view flights that are arriving at the monitored airport versus flights that are departing the monitored airport This tab is disabled for FEAs and FCAs Arriving flights are colored light green while departing flights are blue Color By Aircraft Category The Aircraft Category tab colors flights according to their equipment classification Table 6 2 displays FSM default coloring for Aircraft Category FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 9 Viewing Flight Information Table 6 2 Aircraft Category Coloring Equipment Type Default Color Propeller Black Turbo Green Jet Red Unknown White Note FSM colors flights based on their equipment types FSM does not classify equipment types Color By Aircraft Class The Aircraft Class tab colors flights according to their standardized weight class determined by the FAA Table 6 3 shows FSM default coloring for Aircraft Class Table 6 3 Aircraft Class Coloring Equipment Type Color Small Black Large Green Heavy Red Jumbo Yellow Unknown White
278. combinations of the Grouping and Display options to analyze the data M Multi Graph IPM File View Bar Graph Display Help de sale am _ Resource Arrival Departure Carrier Display Sia N aes __ Seenario1 ___Scenario2 Scenario 3 CI Average Delay Minutes 123 3 124 3 138 9 pca 148 7 148 7 148 7 Cap a 126 6 126 6 Dem 895 89 5 C Maximum Delay Minutes 283 283 283 C Total Delay Minutes 18994 27854 21949 oca 13089 13089 13089 _ w 5905 _ 5905 Total Flight 396 646 469 9 C Affected Fights 00 24 o e oca 88 88 88 jap E 70 70 Dem 66 66 C Unrecoverable Delay Minutes 959 0 9 E Unrecoverable Delay 15 3 2 DBA 9 ge pca 2 2 2 ap 0 0 Delay Variance Minutes 25 3 40 3 43 2 Giap 47 7 47 Drama O O O pca 31 5 31 5 31 5 em 23 2 23 2 CI immediate CTs Sent 44 9 76 ap 47 47 FcaBx1 22 36 27 Dioca 29 29 29 Dem 15 15 Figure 10 8 IPM Metrics Tab Grouped by Resource FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 9 Using Integrated Program Modeling IPM Time Line Component To open the IPM Time Line select View gt IPM Time Line from the IPM Setup component You can preview the changes made in the Time Line as a result of running the IPM model see Figure 10 9 A quick glance at the Time Line shows you the distribution of flights the number of cancelled flights squares and the number of delayed fl
279. component Power Run Options The different options when using Power Run By describe what data is displayed on the X axis of the Data Graph and the headers in the Data Table The Program Type you select determines which options are displayed in the Power Run By dropdown menu All GDP functions have GDP listed before the Power Run Type all AFP functions have AFP listed before the Power Run Type and all GS functions have GS listed before the Power Run Type Table 3 13 Power Run Options by Program Type Program Type Power Run By Options GDP DAS GDP Distance Center Group GDP Data Time GDP Distance Center Group amp Data Time GDP GAAP GDP Distance Center Group GDP Data Time GDP Distance Center Group amp Data Time GDP UDP GDP Distance Center Group G P Data Time GDP Distance Center Group amp Data Time AFP DAS AFP Percent Demand AFP Percent Capacity AFP Data Time AFP GAAP AFP Percent Demand AFP Percent Capacity AFP Data Time AFP UDP AFP Percent Demand AFP Percent Capacity AFP Data Time Ground Stop GS Center Group GS Time Period GS Center Group amp Time Period FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 154 Understanding Components j1PM Setup JFK 2009 Mar 06 21 2 5 x File View Help IPM Map Multi Graph Reload All Model Al Close Reset All Parameters Program Type GDP DAS v SUBS ALL ON Power Run Options Pow
280. criteria Avg Delay The current average delay for all flights listed in the AFP Not Exempt column Max Delay The maximum delay for a flight listed in the AFP Not Exempt column Flight List Clicking the button labeled with the AFP s FCA ID displays a flight list with all the flights that will be controlled by the GDP 5 To view a Flight List of all the AFP controlled flights arriving within your GDP parameters click the Flight List button Click OK to close the Flight List see Figure 15 12 x FCAA05 AFP controlled flights in SYR GDP ACID ORIG ETD ETA cm CTA CTL_ELEM GDPEXEMPT GJS5326 ORD 23 1947 232113 23 1947 232007 FCAAOS false EGF132 ORD 23 2025 23 2148 23 2025 232045 FCAA0S false UPS2134 SDF 232207 232328 232207 232236 FCAAOS false EGF906 ORD 240143 240305 240143 240203 FCAA0S false usai692 CLT 240239 240413 240239 240318 FCAAUS false ASO4566 ATL 23 2021 23 2208 23 2021 23 2113 FCAADS false 6155394 ORD 240302 240424 240302 240322 FCAA05 false ASH7200 ORD 2312257 240029 232257 232319 FCAA0S false ASQ4777_ ATL 232342 240127 232342 240037 FCAA0S false comi98 CVG 240133 240252 240133 240151 FCAADS false ASQ4895 ATL 240245 240430 240245 240335 FCAA05 false COM171 CVG 23 2353 240111 23 1956 23 2015 FCAA0DS false SKW5806 ORD 240140 240257 240140 240159 FCAADS false USA1049 CLT 23 2258 240028 232258 232338 FCAAOS false on a a Figure 15 12 Exempt AFPs Flight List 6 To
281. cted distance parameter Flights This section of the panel allows you to exempt i e give no delay to priority flights as well as select Exempt by Departure Status or Time Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Selecting this option gives exemption status only to active flights therefore all flights within the scope of the program that are not active are considered Non Exempt This option is selected by default when there is a Ground Stop in place e Exempt All Flights Departing Within XX Minutes When exempting flights based on departure time you may adjust the time either manually by clicking in the field and typing in a value enter a value or by using the spinner controls the up down arrows to the right of the field to change the value in five minute increments This value must be greater than or equal to 0 Selecting this option will exempt all flights with ETDs within XX minutes of the Data Time This option is selected by default when there is no Ground Stop in place Exempt Individual Flights Enter a flight s ACID to exempt priority flights IPM Map Click this action button to bring the element s IPM Map to the forefront Modeling Options Tab The Modeling Options tab is available for all program types with the exception of Purge Once the parameters are set you may want to determine which parameters run the best TMI In this case you can take advantage of FSM s powerful analysis capabilities to view the re
282. ctions F File View Resend Help v7 FCABA1 FCABA1 PURGE ACTUAL v Program Parameters Summary Start 200455 Purge Notification Minutes End 200455 Model Time 200455 Taxied 20 GS 20 GDP AFP 45 y AtisoryiCausal Factors Respond By Valid Until 200555Z Comments Close Figure 20 2 GS CNX Coversheet For more information on the Coversheet component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 3 Other Ground Stop Functions 5 After you review the information select the Program Parameters checkbox 6 After completing the Advisory section of the coversheet select the Advisory Causal Factors checkbox 7 From the CNX coversheet click Send Proposed Purge or Send Actual Purge If you click Send Proposed Purge only the Purge Advisory is sent If you click Send Actual Purge all control times are purged from the TFMS system and the Actual Advisory is sent to all users Purge works the same as the Autosend function to send new operation parameters and cancellation messages to the Hub site for inclusion in the ADLs Reducing the Scope of a Ground Stop GDP processing enhancements now allow for you to reduce the scope of a Ground Stop You no longer need to purge the current Ground Stop and reissue a new Ground Stop with a reduced scope Reducing the scope can now be done as a simple Ground Stop revision When the scope is reduced FSM purges control times from any flight no lon
283. cursssossssossssnnssssnnssnsnnssnsnsnsnsnnsssnnnsnnnnnennnnnennnnssnnnnen 21 27 Sub Opportunities Report Menu ccessessesssessnnnsnnnennennnennnnen en 21 28 BEE B K E EE AE E EET N STRA A EEES 21 29 Slot List By Raten 21 29 SlotList By Center a a aen ae n ienten ea 21 30 Slot List Report Menu nn are 21 32 Uncontrolled Drop Out Report uussssssssssnsssssnnssnsnnssnnnnsnnnsnennnnnennnnsnnnnnennnnnenne 21 33 Uncontrolled Drop Out Report Menu neennnnennenennnene 21 34 Understanding Coversheet Reports uussssssssonsssssnnssnnnnsnnnnnennnnsnnnnnsnnnnnennnnnenne 21 34 BADD Report u a a E 21 35 Analysis Report Bene 21 35 Carrier Statistics Report as ee ee 21 36 Chapter 22 Using Query Manager sscccsssssccsssssecsssscccssscsssessees 22 1 Built in Filters ass sie in essesi siste scosse e vososs3 22 1 User Defined Filters cscvsscescnscevessepssrsavsnnssuecentecencaetstuieowssatasnnteovipersesenceseoseecctstesen 22 2 Creating a New User Defined Filter u a ea 22 2 Using the Create Filter Component ussssssssssnssssnnsssnsnennnnssssnnsnnnnnsnnnnnennnnnenne 22 11 Create Filter Buttons aeg dan eng i 22 14 Create Filter Menu Items 0 2 2 een 22 14 Creating and Saving a Filter vuenseraeeeeee 22 14 Renaming a User Defined Filter aueh ee 22 20 Deleting a Filter nahen 22 22 Query Manager Flight List seossooesoesosesssesssocssoossooesssessoesssesssoossoosssssssesesoses 22 22 Appendix A Flight Status esssesssesss
284. d Delay Program GDT Bar Graph Component The Bar Graph displays by default both solid and hashed bars Solid bars represent the original data while hashed bars represent modeled data Uncheck View gt Current Data from the GDT Bar Graph to view only modeled data The modeled AAR line dashed white line is displayed by default when in GDT mode The Bar Graph can indicate if the stack at the end of the program is a potential problem and allows you to view the overall impact of the program see Figure 8 9 Note If you model a GDP with a GAAP delay limit white sections of bars represent the Unassigned Slots M Bar Graph EWR 2009 Feb 19 1411 GDT File View BarGraph Display Help Ba uja ia E on GDT EWR Model 02 19 2009 14 11Z2 ETA Figure 8 9 GDT Bar Graph View With Current Data Option Unchecked For more information on the Bar Graph component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components GDT Data Graph Component The GDT Data Graph provides a visual statistical representation of the modeled GDP The Power Run option that you ran is displayed on the X axis see Figure 8 10 Using your mouse drag the black vertical line to the desired Power Run option or just click the mouse over the desired option to move the line The delay statistics to the left of the Data Graph reflect the line of delineation of the scenario Additionally changing the Power Run option automatically updates all GDT components to reflect the new
285. d equitable resource allocation DAS Delay Assignment The default delay assignment mode formerly known as FA delay Delay Defined as Estimated Time of Arrival ETA IGTA taxi IGTA is the initial gate time of arrival and taxi unless otherwise specified by the user in Ground Delay Tools GDT mode has a default value of 10 minutes GAAP General Aviation Airport Program A delay assignment mode used during an AFP or GDP when current demand does not meet capacity but it is believed that unknown traffic will meet or near capacity Unassigned slots are allocated for future pop up demand Ground Delay Operations Any one of a number of ways to delay flights on the ground This includes AFPs GDPs and GSs Ground Delay Program GDP A specific Ground Delay Operation which assigns delay control times to flights before departure Ground Stop GS A specific Ground Delay Operation which grounds holds flights for a specified amount of time at their departure airports EDCT Change Request ECR Use the EDCT Change Request tool to view and update an arriving flight s control times during a GDP Integrated Program Modeling IPM IPM mode allows you to model and compare multiple TMIs and to review their impact on other data sets Slot Credit Substitution SCS A situation that commonly occurs during GDPs where an operator has a flight fO with a slot at time t0 and flight fO cannot use its slot b
286. d to suspend temporarily the acceptance of airline substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions SCS messages From the FSM Control Panel select the TEMS Tools gt EDCT Commands gt EDCT Sub Off option or on the GDT Setup Panel click SUB OFF to turn substitutions off The EDCT Sub Off dialog box opens with the three character airport ID pre filled as shown in Figure 20 6 Click Send to FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 7 Other Ground Stop Functions suspend substitutions for that airport Airlines substitution or SCS messages are no longer accepted after FSM sends the SubOff message to TFMS EDCT Sub Off Airport FCA name or ALL ATL Figure 20 6 Turn Subs OFF Note It is important to click Reload on the GDT Setup component after you have sent the EDCT Sub Off message and ensure the SUBS indicator reads ALL OFF Issuing a GDP Once you have determined the program parameters for an Actual GDP and you have turned off the substitutions and have modeled the program you are ready to send the program Click Run Proposed or Run Actual from the GDT Setup component to open the GDP coversheet with the revised parameters If substitutions are currently turned on for the selected data set the Subs On Warning dialog box is displayed before the coversheet opens see Figure 20 7 The warning gives you the opportunity to turn off substitutions without having to reload Subs On warning x Subs are currently ON Turn Subs OFF
287. d to the airline FSM derives this value by dividing the total delay minutes for an airline by the total delay minutes for all airlines combined Avg Average Delay minutes on a carrier s total number of flights Aff Avg Average Delay minutes for the carrier s flights affected by a program e Delay Max Min Max Shows Maximum delay amount that a carrier s flights could receive Min Minimum delay amount that a carrier s flights could receive e Delay Traffic Indicates the delay equity for a carrier A value of 1 in this column means that a carrier s delay is perfectly equitable A value greater than 1 indicates a carrier receives worse than average delay A value less than 1 indicates that a carrier receives less than average delay The bottom of the reports gives the same statistics for Scheduled Non Scheduled flights Carrier Statistics Menu Options Carrier Statistics has three menus File View and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the Carrier Statistics report as a txt file in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the Carrier Statistics report viewed on your screen e File gt Close Closes the Carrier Statistics report 2 View Menu e View gt Freeze Data When you select the Freeze Data checkbox the carrier statistics report does not dynamically update with every ADL FSM selects the Freeze Data checkbox by default 3 Help Menu e Help gt Carrier Sta
288. data To alternate information in the report you can check or uncheck the arrival or departure boxes Slot Hold Report Menu Many of the menu items for the Slot Hold Report are the same as for the Flight List component The list below describes the menu items that are different for or unique to the Slot Hold Report for more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information There are four menus File View Flight List and Help 1 File Menu Save As e Print e Close 2 View Menu FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 26 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Rename Window Arrival Data Toggles Arrival data off and on Departure Data Toggles Departure data off and on Add Remove Columns Group Flights Sort Flights Apply Filter Clear Filter Flight Info Flight Detail 3 Flight List Menu Freeze Data Data Filter Display Set Time Search By Callsign 4 Help Menu Slot Hold General information about this report Sub Opportunities Report You can access the Sub Opportunities Report from the Control Panel by selecting Reports gt Sub Opportunities This report assists airlines and general aviation customers in identifying subbing opportunities If a flight s ERTA is updated the ERTA CTA column will help identify if the flight can not meet its arrival slot time see Figure 21 19 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 27 Understanding and Using FSM Reports
289. data set e Bar Graph e Time Line e Flight List e Element Display You can open only one instance of the following components e GDT Bar Graph e GDT Time Line e GDT Map e GDT Flight List e GDT Data Graph e ECR Additional requests to open new instances of these already open components brings the open component to the front but does not open a new copy of it Note The right click menu for User Defined Groups contains only a Rename User Defined Group and a Close Group menu item The FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 11 Opening FSM Rename User Defined Group item opens the Rename User Defined Group component User Defined Groups User Defined Groups UDGs allow you to create rename and save a custom data set grouping in FSM You can include airport and airspace data set components in the UDG although airspace components cannot be saved to adaptations at this time You create UDGs from the Open Data Set component There is no way to create UDGs automatically You must create them manually in an FSM session but you can then save them to an adaptation for future use You can add elements from all four Open Data Set tabs to a UDG and select one or more elements per tab You make multiple selections by using the Shift or CTL keys There is no way to create a multiple selection across more than one tab at this time GDT components cannot be added to a UDG GDT functionality applies only to standard TFMS data sets You can open G
290. data sets Roll Over Events The roll over feature is active in the Monitored Live mode Time Line and Bar Graph components and the GDT mode Data Graph component Where available rolling your cursor over various features gives you additional pop up information 1 Time Line Rolling your cursor over a flight icon causes a pop up window to display the flight s ACID ORIG DEST ETD and ETA or ENTRY see Figure 6 24 _ SA a4 Sa 1S 15 A 15 al eg E CAA133 VLD ATL 26 1709 26 1815 Lea A Haai 20 eft 20 20 4 i SEN Figure 6 1 Rollover Flight Icons in the Time Line Component 2 Bar Graph To view a flight count for any hour roll your cursor over any bar within the Bar Graph and the respective number of flights displays for the status color your cursor is over see Figure 6 2 When you bring the cursor to the top of each column the total number of flights for that column or hour displays in the Bar Graph If you roll the cursor near the top of a bar the total number of flights for that hour displays You can use the same method to find the Airport Arrival Rate AAR Roll the cursor over the AAR line and the rate displays FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 1 Viewing Flight Information SF ber Graph FCABA1 19 0220 LIVE hen AX AIR Dis 01 19 2010 02 20Z oe a ee 8 22 u ggg Figure 6 2 Bar Graph Count Rollover 3 GDT Data Graph Rolling your cursor
291. de Data Time Modify 6 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Index GDT Setup 61 Buttons 65 Menu Bar 63 Tabs Modeling Options 79 153 Parameters 66 Power Run Options 80 Scope 75 GDT Time Line 99 Menu Bar 100 Glossary 1 Ground Delay Tools Components 60 Coversheet 101 Demand By Center 97 GDT Bar Graph 92 160 GDT Data Graph 94 GDT Map 86 GDT Setup 61 GDT Time Line 99 Data Time Modify 6 Ground Delay Tools Mode Understanding 3 Ground Stop GS Issuing 1 GS Extending 4 Issuing 1 Coversheet 6 Advisory 8 Parameters 8 Resending 10 Example 10 Query Manager 13 Moving to GDP From 7 Purging 1 Reducing Scope 4 GS Issuing Parameters 1 H Historical Mode Data Time Update 7 Managing Data 9 Opening Components From 6 Set Time 5 Understanding 2 Historical Pop Up Demand Utilities Menu 12 Historical Pop Up Demand Window 11 Historical Pop Ups 68 Icons Time Line 48 Integrated Program Model modeling 1 Open New GDT Mode Instance 6 IPM 1 components 120 Metrics tab 9 Multi Graph 129 7 Scenario Manager 121 Multi Graph 129 Bar Graph 134 Menu Bar 130 Metrics Tab 135 Panel Buttons 133 Scenario Tabs 133 Tabs 133 Scenario Manager 121 Available Box 124 Menu Bar 123 Panel Buttons 124 Scenario Box 125 Scenario Tabs 126 Setup Tab 124 Tabs 124 IPM Setup components 136 Bar Graph 160 10 Data Graph 161 11 Demand By Center 164 14 Flight List 169 13 Map 157 12 Time Line 166 10 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Index
292. de Version 9 00 8 5 Modeling a Ground Delay Program 3 Click Apply The Time Line and Bar Graph components for ATL are displayed 4 Click GDT Mode from the main Control panel The GDT Setup Panel GDT Data Graph GDT Bar Graph and GDT Map are displayed 5 Select File gt Load Proposed Parameters gt Ground Delay Program FSM loads the proposed parameters into the GDT Setup Panel Note You can only load parameters for the airport you are modeling 6 Click Model or Reload if available FSM models the program using the loaded parameters The red border inside the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed FSM updates all GDT components with the proposed parameters You can now determine how the program affects your operations Impact Modeling You can use impact modeling in GDT mode to determine how a program you are modeling for one element affects other elements Impact modeling gives you the ability to make adjustments to the TMI based on the impact of it other elements For more information on the Modeling Options tab see Chapter 3 Understanding Components FSM uses all of the same presentation logic and coloring for an Impact Element as for a Model Element with the following exceptions e When switching among different elements in the GDT Bar Graph the display defaults to ETA for Airport data sets and ENTRY for Airspace data sets e When switching among different elements in the Bar Graph the color by tab display remains
293. del flow rate independently of the time bin convention enabling you to visualize arrivals and departures as a dynamic flow rate The color of the thin line color unique to each scenario Blue represents Scenario 1 Magenta represents Scenario 2 and Yellow represents Scenario 3 e View gt ADL AAR Line Displays a white horizontal line that runs through the graph representing the current Airport Arrival Rate AAR for the monitored airport or airspace data set The ADL AAR shown by default is a fixed AAR sent by the FAA Air Traffic Control System Command Center ATCSCC to advise of the number of arriving aircraft a data set can accommodate at any given interval of time The AAR changes according to the interval of time being displayed For example an AAR of 60 per hour AAR of 15 per quarter hour Only ATCSCC users can change the ADL AAR e View gt Model Program Rate Displays a user specified Program Rate as a dashed white line You use the Model Program Rate for modeling and analysis you can change this according to program needs e View gt Time Increment gt 15 Minutes 30Minutes 60 Minutes Displays a bar graph capacity and demand information based on the time bin value selected The default time increment is 60 minutes If you click one of the time bin buttons on the Bar Graph the same increment displays selected on the associated menu item e View gt Hours Shown gt 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 36 Hours The defaul
294. dialog that says Global preference set to lt List of coloring schemes separated by commas gt These changes will not take effect until OK is clicked in the Color Scheme Selection window and has a Continue button Clicking Continue closes the dialog and returns you to the Color Scheme Selection component If you set a Global Preference FSM updates all Bar Graph and GDT Bar Graph components opened in the future with the selected coloring schemes FSM retains Global color scheme preferences when you save an adaptation Note Airspace data sets cannot be saved to adaptation files at this time Clicking OK closes the Color Schemes Selection component and changes the associated coloring scheme display If you make a local change you did not make a Global Change FSM updates the current Bar Graph window Clicking Cancel closes the Color Schemes Selection component and cancels any actions performed in this dialog All changes to Bar Graph are displayed in the following modes e Live e GDT e Historical e GDT Historical AFIX and DFIX Coloring and Order The Af x and Dfix tabs for the Bar Graph now include a way for you to configure the order and color of fixes You can now change the order of fixes and select a color for each Af x and Dfix from the Af x and Dfix Legends The Fix Order component gives you the ability to change the order of how the fixes are displayed Clicking Fix Configuration on the Legend for the Afix or Dfix tab
295. ding and Using FSM Reports e O Other This class includes flights that do not belong to one of the five categories listed above e U Unknown This category is for flights which may fall into a user category but the classification is not known in FSM Note For airport data sets times are by ETA for FEA and FCA data sets times are by ENTRY 18 Arrival Count List By User FCAFLA 24 1835 LIVE Frozen File View Display Help ae FCAFLA 08 24 2006 18 35Z Display Mode LIVE ETA DATE TARARE E A T 24 1700 00 14 ee ee a i 0 15 29 E E a a ie 1 30 44 A E a ee 4 45 59 oIuj 2i0o 2 0 o 15 Total i i oe joio 20 NRP eisioes er a wus 0 24 1800 00 14 ra ee fee ine Vet Bas ee er ee fea 14 15 29 nal due lene at r T a Beet 20 30 44 o1 9 isiof2iaio 26 45 59 Olea eee 3 ee 32 Total olzia2 is 8s 21 0 92 NRP nel eto rel ate 2 24 1900 00 14 ixis izis ioia 46 15 29 a er u 45 30 44 e212 ee iO eae eo 39 45 59 slale int22 la pa 43 Total 1 132 31 455 of O 173 NRP lejeio ejoie 7 24 2000 OO 14 ol zu Ve fae Wie Se Allah 38 15 29 sizis io er ates 37 30 44 021 205 89 OF 2 aie 38 45 59 olzisi teloio W Total olwi 3i3 5 0 0o 150 NRP olsieio eloin 6 Figure 21 9 Counts by User The Count List By User report contains the following information e Date ADL day and time e Time 15 minute time bins e Users F C G M T O U e Total Total for each time bin and for user cl
296. display Monitored Live Monitored Live mode provides a list of airports FEAs and FCAs currently monitored by the FSM server and readily available for viewing by the user This data mode runs real time data and receives ADL updates every five minutes while running FSM Historical This data mode uses historical data that has been stored by your FSM server database Historical data is available for recall to analyze scenarios or replay a day s air traffic events FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 15 Understanding Components e All Live All Live provides a list of airports FEAs and FCAs that you can view not currently being monitored by the server but available e Active Historical The Active Historical tab provides a list of historical data currently opened and monitored by the user Note All times displayed in and used by FSM are Zulu times unless otherwise specified File Help Monitored Live AliLive Historical Active Historical ee 3 y Time Line Sort Airports By Airport ID C Center ID Flight List ALN ATL 19 2215 GDP ACTUAL 18 2309 1910759 Bar Graph BDL 19 2215 BNA 19 2215 BOS 19 2215 GDP ACTUAL 19 1845 20 0429 BTR 19 2215 BUF 19 2215 BWI 19 2215 GDP PROPOSED 19 2130 2010559 CLE 19 2215 CLT 19 2215 COS 1972215 CPS CVG 19 2215 DAB 19 2215 Group By Element Name lt Custom Group on canes Figure 3 12 Open Data Set Component Open Data S
297. dling Additional features include built in cross platform user interface support Today traffic management specialists across the NAS and Canada as well as over 40 CDM participants use FSM to monitor and manage airport demand and capacity The FAA Air Traffic Control System Command Center ATCSCC uses FSM to e Monitor airports FEAs and FCAs view the existing demand and constraints at these data sets FSM User Guide Version 9 00 1 1 FSM Overview e Model and run traffic management initiatives including Airspace Flow Programs AFPs airborne holding GDPs and Ground Stops GS e Update EDCTs Estimated Departure Clearance Time through the use of EDCT Change Request ECR Traffic Management Units use FSM on a daily basis in more than 80 FAA air traffic control ATC field facilities to monitor capacity and demand at over 50 airports Airline operations centers AOCs use FSM to e Monitor airports by viewing existing demand and constraints at these airports e Analyze the impact of proposed TMIs on their operations e Model flight cancellations e Send Slot Credit Substitution SCS requests to the hub site through the ECR component Purpose and Scope FSM has two major purposes 1 Monitoring airport and airspace Capacity Demand Data 2 Managing Traffic Flow FSM monitors flights arriving at and departing from an airport or entering into and departing from an FEA FCA while tracking demand and capacity When an imbalanc
298. dow is similar to the view only window accessed via Utilities gt Historical Pop up Demand for more detailed information see Chapter 5 Historical Pop Up Demand However you can adjust the values utilized while still having the predictions visible FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 68 Understanding Components for reference High Medium and Low represent confidence levels for the values as listed in the ADL Note that predictions fewer than ten per hour may include a decimal value Predictions greater than ten per hour are represented by whole numbers To set the Reserve rate in the Historical Pop Up window 1 From the Program Type dropdown list select GDP UDP The Historical Pop Up button and the Reserve row will become enabled 2 Click Historical Pop Up The Load Historical Pop Up window opens 3 Select the High Medium or Low radio button 4 Click Fill With The cells in the Load With row will be populated with the historical values for the selected confidence level see Figure 3 55 Note that the Fill With functionality is not available for FCAs 5 Click OK The window closes and the rates are displayed in the Program Rate s Reserve row Note Even though you used the Fill With functionality you can manually edit specific hours in the Programs Rates table or the Load Historical Pop Up window Changes made to the Program Rates table will be reflected in the Historical Pop Up dialog box likewise changes made in the Hi
299. e Note You cannot leave the Filter Name blank it must contain text or you receive an error message 4 Select a logical grouping from the Filter Groups section For this example select Arrival Fix FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 16 Using Query Manager 5 For filters with text entry fields enter the appropriate text for your filter For this example enter DALAS 6 For filters with time entry fields select an operator from the dropdown box and then enter the time for which you want to filter flights FSM provides the following operators lt gt Between Not Between For this example select and enter 091900 amp Create Filter File Help Filter Name Arrivals Fitter Groups Arrival Fix General Arrival Fix Arrival Time Arrival Fix DALAS Departure Time Estimated Arrival Fix Time Flight Time Flight Status DDHHMM DDHHMM Origin JAI EAFT 001900 Destination Arrival Fix Digerati Git il tn et ne aa a a Figure 22 21 Arrival Fix Logical Group 7 You can add an additional logical grouping by selecting it from the Filter Groups section For this example select Destination 8 Uncheck All in the Arrival Center section 9 Select ZTL and ZDC from the Arrival Center section This causes FSM to filter the flight list to show all flights arriving at those centers You can select All to include all centers or deselect All to remove all centers from consideration If
300. e Version 9 00 7 6 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions Update Data Time Historical Mode Only You can only use Update on the Control Panel component when in Historical Mode Click Update to receive the next historical ADL updates Remove and Restore Flights CSA Only Remove Flights You can remove flights from the TFMS database using FSM You can use this feature to remove an airline that goes on strike eliminate duplicate flights or remove erroneous flights listed in the OAG To remove a flight ensure the airport FEA or FCA from which you want to remove the flight is active and then select TFMS Tools gt EDCT Commands gt EDCT Remove from the Control Panel see Figure 7 6 The EDCT Remove dialog box prompts you to type in the flight number and date To remove the flights from the database click Send FSM prompts you to decide whether you really want to remove the flight Click YES to remove the flight Click NO to cancel the action Click Cancel to close the dialog box without taking any action Help defines and explains the Remove Flights feature Pele Flight Date mmdd Figure 7 6 EDCT Remove Dialog Box Restore Flights To restore a flight select TEMS Tools gt EDCT Commands gt EDCT Restore from the Control Panel as shown in Figure 7 7 The EDCT Restore dialog box prompts you to type in the flight number and date To restore the flight to the database click Send FSM p
301. e and Modeling Options IPM Setup Panel Buttons The seven action buttons are Save the button with the disk icon IPM Map Multi Graph Reload All Model All Close and Reset Parameters These buttons are active when the feature is available e The Save button is not available in the current version e Clicking IPM Map opens the IPM Map e Clicking Multi Graph opens the Multi Graph component Clicking Reload All causes FSM to load the latest ADL data into the IPM mode You then can model the program using the latest data and make any adjustments you think are necessary FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 142 Understanding Components e Clicking Model All models and updates your changes in all IPM components for analysis and review After you make any modification to any portion of the IPM Setup component which FSM indicates by highlighting the tab window area with a red border the Model All button becomes active After clicking Model All your IPM Setup component also resets and the red border no longer is displayed until you make an additional change Clicking Scenario Mgr closes all IPM Setup components It does not close the Scenario Manager or Multi Graph components Clicking Reset All Parameters loads the most current ADL clears any elements of the modeled data and returns the IPM settings to their defaults Note The Run and Subs OFF buttons found in GDT Setup are not part of the current functionality of IPM Setup Parameters
302. e exists traffic management specialists analyze different combinations of GDPs AFPs airborne holding etc to determine the best way to fix the imbalance Once the traffic management specialists determine an airport FEA or FCA needs a TMI FSM sends out the parameters to the users and updates its own data accordingly Airline operations users model the effects of the TMI and decide whether to alter their own operations FSM displays both Monitored Live On line and Historical CDM data Traffic management specialists use Live data to monitor the current situation at any airport In Monitor Live data mode FSM updates demand in the flight schedule display approximately every five minutes to keep the picture current FSM users can examine historical data to replay a day s events and analyze the effects of all traffic management programs Limitations and Contacts This document describes FSM as of Release 9 00 Because FSM is an evolving product future enhancements i e modifications and additional functions will be introduced into this guide as they become available FSM User Guide Version 9 00 1 2 Government Personnel TPC Hotline 609 485 9601 Airline Personnel FSM Support 703 234 0769 fsm_support metronaviation com Conventions Table 1 1 Keyboard and Mouse Conventions Command What It Means File gt Open Choose the Open option from the File menu Click Click once with the left mouse b
303. e see Figure 14 Sy FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 1 EDCT Change Request ECR A ECR ATL 20 0155 LIVE Frozen Wie Figure 14 1 Airport Data Set ECR Component The functionality of ECR components for Airspace data sets is the same as for Airport data sets The difference for an ECR component opened for an Airspace data set is that the ENTRY data replaces traditional airport arrival information in the Flight Information section For example instead of displaying ETA for a flight the ENTRY time is displayed ENTRY is the estimated time that the flight will enter the FCA In addition to ENTRY information the FCA_ETE data replaces the traditional ETE The FCA_ETE is a flight s Estimated Time En Route from departure to entry into the FCA see Figure 14 2 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 2 EDCT Change Request ECR Figure 14 2 Airspace Data Set ECR Component ECR Menu Bar The ECR menu bar contains three options File View and Help 1 File menu e File gt Close Closes the ECR component 2 View menu e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box that allows you to change the component name of the title bar Enter the desired FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 3 EDCT Change Request ECR component name then click OK to change the title bar heading Click Cancel to close the Rename Window dialog box without making any changes 3 Help menu e Help gt ECR Opens the on
304. e EDCT_ COMMAND task for Purge is sent successfully Integrated Program Modeling Components Integrated Program Modeling IPM allows you to model and compare multiple traffic management initiatives TMIs and to review their impact on other data sets In the current FSM version IPM provides modeling capabilities only in other words you cannot send TMIs The actual integrated program modeling of Traffic Management Initiatives TMIs is covered in Chapter 10 Using Integrated Program Modeling This section familiarizes you with the IPM and IPM Setup components e IPM Scenario Manager e IPM Multi Graph e IPM Setup opened from Scenario Manager e IPM Map e IPM Bar Graph e IPM Data Graph e IPM Demand by Center Optional e IPM Time Line Optional e IPM Flight List optional Opening IPM Mode From the FSM Control Panel component use one of the following methods to open IPM Mode e Click IPM Mode FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 120 Understanding Components e Select View gt IPM Mode e Press Ctrl I Scenario Manager and Multi Graph are the two default components that are displayed when you open IPM mode see Figure 3 97 Scenario Manager and Multi Graph are interactive any change made in one is dynamically reflected in the other component The IPM Setup and IPM Map components are interactive any change made in one is dynamically reflected in the other component Like GDT mode when you model the scenarios t
305. e ETD ETA and then freezes when 1 Flight becomes active 2 Flight becomes controlled 3 Flight becomes time out delayed OENTRY Original Element Entry Time OETE Original Estimated Time En Route BETD BETA Based Estimated Time of Departure Arrival Matches the ETD ETA and then freezes when 1 Flight becomes active 2 Flight becomes controlled BENTRY Based Element Entry Time FSM User Guide Version 9 00 B 3 FSM Data Elements Other Flight Times OCTD OCTA Original Controlled Time of Departure Arrival Initial controlled times issued never changes Flight Flags Ctl Exempt Control Exempt Flag Flight was exempt from departure delay in the most recent TMI event Ctl Type Control Type The source of the control times most recently assigned to a flight GS Ground Stop AFP Airspace Flow Program GDP Ground Delay Program initial revision or extension COMP Compression DAS Delay Assignment formerly FA RCTL Recontrolled only for AFP flights BLKT Blanket or delay adjustment SUB Airline substitution message SCS Slot Credit Substitution submitted by a NAS user ECR Slot Credit Substitution submitted by an FAA user ABRG Control times assigned when creating a bridge for Adaptive Compression performed automatically by TFMS AFP and GDP ADPT Adaptive Compression SBRG Control times assigned when creating a bridge for an SCS or ECR request GDP and AFP UPD
306. e Field Allows you to select individual ADL data elements e Group Allows you to select logical groups of ADL elements e FSM Calculated value Allows you to select values that are the result of operations on times listed in the ADL You can also remove columns using the Add Remove Columns window with the following exception e ACID This section explains how to add remove and move columns on the flight list To add data column information to a Flight List 1 Select View gt Add Remove Columns from the Flight List component The Add Remove Columns window opens showing all possible informational categories that you can view in FSM s Flight Lists The categories correspond to the available data fields in the ADL groups of available data fields and calculations that you can specify The data elements currently displayed in the Flight List also are displayed in the Fields Displayed scroll box see Figure 6 23 2 Select any data fields you want to add from the By Field section of the window 3 Click the bottom arrow button to move the fields to the Fields Displayed scroll box 4 Select any groups of data fields that you want to add from the By Group section of the window 5 Click the bottom arrow button to move the groups to the Fields Displayed scroll box FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 29 Viewing Flight Information 6 Specify the calculation you would like to add from the By Calculation section of the wind
307. e Flights that can subbed checkbox not selected ECR LAX 12 1855 LIVE Frozen aiaj xj File View Help Airport FCA LAX Source ADL 12 1855 ACID AAL2421 ORIG DFW Current Flight Data IGT 12 1615 ICTA 12 1925 CTD 12 1632 CTA 12 1910 ETD 12 1629 ETE 158 BTA 12 1907 ERTD 12 1630 ERTA 12 1908 Update Options Limited CTA Range 12 2138 12 2208 Max Additional Delay 30 Default Range O Limited CTD 12 1900 CTA 12 2138 N B_CTAt 0 Unlimited CTA Range 12 2138 13 0919 Max Additional Delay 701 Unlimited CTD 12 1900 CTA 12 2138 B_CTAt 0 Manual 12 1900 CTA 12 2138 B_CTA 0 _ Update ERTA To 12 2138 Figure 14 9 ECR with Update ERTA To Selected ECR sets or updates the flight s ERTA when Update ERTA To is selected and determines the ERTA according to the following formula see Figure 14 9 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 11 EDCT Change Request ECR Earliest EDCT ETA ETD This can result in an ERTA that is earlier than the CTA ASLOT issued by ECR Basically the ERTA is set to the earliest potential arrival time based on the Earliest Departure time even if the earliest arrival slot that ECR could identify for that flight is later This ensures that FSM Compression GDP AFP Revisions and Hubsite Bridging for SCS and AC can still provide delay relief to the flight should an earlier slot become available ECR sends a message to TFMS to update the ERTA w
308. e GDT Setup and Map when you model the TMI Adaptive Compression status displays on the GDT Setup Component in the SUBS indicator section Note All GDT components are labeled GDT in the component title bar FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 60 Understanding Components Y Ge yow agers ans TATS Toots Unies yini iieb Open Data Set Mp Seech Ry Caley GT Mode PM Mey An CARRECI ee SENET SEE ORT DEINER AH RAL ART DEE AIRED Ahmet Mine him DEE ATL CAA I Ami DARD Abk Sa 3 T Fe yw te pe View Map Hep E mp nensi Mossi Nast Pa smeten Propam Type GOP DAS bad SUBS ALLO Medien Osores Progam Tire Oster Sant ms I ft mm 20WS 4 v0 n 2m 0 1 23 5309 ra sum Purge Foghs Deter e Revisa Start r Compress te Lat CTA Date Timm 190395 Program Fate Lapp aie Cray te echated Fignts Lasd Tomes Lead AM AIR Fu Pagani gt wa as Fron Hamm sa 16 10 9 9 19 2 21 Mu p m m m u N a a z i o e e o o 8 a o o 8 ame tee Yew Gar Graph Otay iep 835 soo BAA on mae trent e Sims Os AMORA Canney Care An e Comers Content Pype General Options GODT ATL Model 01 19 2010 13 352 ETA oe g seau53 Tare ETA im CH Manse Warements Figure 3 51 GDT Default Components GDT Setup Component You use the GDT Setup component to issue and send TMIs The GDT Setup component consists of a menu bar six action buttons Program Type selection box SUBS Indicator and three tabs that focus on differe
309. e GDT Setup panel displays the substitution status and adaptive compression for the data set SUBS ALL ON ALL OFF SCS OFF ADPT ON SCS ON ADPT OFF SCS OFF ADPT OFF or ALL OFF Note The Program Type Purge is not mentioned in any of the tab panels since Purge requires no parameter modifications FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 62 Understanding Components 3 Elle View Help a GDT Map Reload Model Reset Parameters Program Type GDP DAS M SUBS ALL ON Parameters Program Time Options Start 191335 Q 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 212223 012345 678 9 011 End 192159 Purge Flights Before Revision Start v Compress to Last CTA Data Time 191335 Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Load Times Load ADL AAR Fill ProgramRate vw With 94 From Hour Through Hour How 12 43 u 15 16 17 18 19 20 24 22 23 oo of 02 o PR 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 9 ee 0 ao ejoj ojojo iojo jojo jojo jojo jd 4 AAR Set AAR to Program Rate General Options Slot Hold Override Select Clear Exempt AFPs Select Clear Include Onty Options Arrival Fix ALL Aircraft Type ALL Carrier Major ALL Default Figure 3 52 GDT Setup Component GDT Setup Panel Menu Bar The menu bar in the GDT Setup component contains three options File View and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Load Proposed Parameters Opens a secondary dropdown menu to selec
310. e Selected C Currentiy Open Data Sets JFK 19 1416 BED ZE LGA 19 1416 aaa Hi BOS 19 1416 u LGA 19 1416 ro inate DI FEASFCAs 2 DJ Center 12 Airports 9 zaw BED 19 1417 BOS 19 1416 CI ZDC 1 Actual DI zuu cz I ZMA 1 Actual Gizny JFK 19 1416 LGA 19 1416 CI Z08 4 ZTL 1 Actual Figure 8 5 Selected Impact Elements 4 Click Model FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 7 Modeling a Ground Delay Program The GDT Bar Graph displays the model element and impact elements as buttons next to the button bar Bar Graph EWR 2009 Feb 19 1411 GDT File View BarGraph Display Help iis oO Ero a GDT EWR Model 02 19 2009 14 11Z2 ETA Figure 8 6 GDT Bar Graph with both Model and Impact Elements 5 On the Bar Graph click the appropriate button to view the impact of the TMI on the element you selected Note The model element button displays first and is separated from the impact element buttons by a space FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 8 Modeling a Ground Delay Program M Bar Graph EWR 2009 Feb 19 1411 GDT A 5j xj File View BarGraph Display Help als wine a Ei lm a ea B05 m Gen EEE ore Status PiDPP SATIS DF GDT JFK Impact 02 19 2009 14 16Z2 ETA LT ml cll amp amp amp E OS SE e e e ee F P NA A Time ETA in 60 Minute Increments Figure 8 7 GDT Bar Graph with Impact Element selected 6 Click Reset
311. e actions specify the next action to perform sequentially upon completion of the first action If an action fails a dialog is displayed asking if further sequential action should be performed or if the process should be stopped FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 4 Issuing an Initial Program F File View Send Message ADD_ADL_AAR_GDP nf AUTOSEND adzy fcaba1 3134552zz ag all t adv nf AUTOSEND cow fcaba1 3134552z27 AFPNew Manual xml no_option nf AUTOSEND fadt fcaba1 31345522z allfiles nf Copy WEB_COVERSHEET file s cov fcaba1 313455227 AFPNew Manual xml nf Send Message ADD_ADL_AFP_PARAM Figure 11 6 Program Manager For more information on the Program Manager see Chapter 3 Understanding Components Note If you click Send Actual Proposed lt Program Type gt more than 15 minutes after modeling your program it is recommended that you close your Coversheet and Reload to get the most recent data from an updated ADL before continuing with the program operation Resending Coversheet Information If your program parameters advisory or EDCTs were not properly sent the first time you can select information you would like to resend from the Coversheet If the Coversheet is not already open open the Coversheet from the GDT Setup panel Select File gt Open Coversheet This opens a file selection window for the Reports directory You should see all Coversheets generated for that airport Note The Coversheet files ar
312. e area you want to zoom in on 3 Right Click Method After using either method listed above right clicking the cursor anywhere within the Map component gives you two options Default zoom FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 24 Understanding Components and undo zoom Default zoom returns the Map zoom to the initial zoom setting Undo zoom undoes the last zoom command same as using the X quick key Note The Drag and Drop Method is not precise it is recommended that you use the Quick Key Method Viewing Parameters From the Map you can view the scope of an airport s or FCA s TMI parameters Left click an airport or the boundary of an FCA that has either proposed or active parameters in place and FSM displays the parameters see Figure 3 21 The maroon overlay and red airports indicate the area and airports included in the data set s TMI A colored boundary red for actual programs yellow for proposed programs and red airports either partially or wholly within the boundary indicate an FCA with a TMI in place In addition to the graphical parameters display a white data block with black text shows the airport ID FEA name or FCA name date ADL time the type of program the program time range and for GS programs non exempt centers and or airports To return to the normal Map display click the white airport circle or the FEA or FCA boundary If multiple TMIs are in place at an airport or for an FCA you can select the TMI f
313. e bar shows the total number of monitored airports FCAs and FEAs For airports the airport three letter identifier US or four letter identifier Canada and a colored dot indicating the status of each airport are displayed on the map The number of airports FEAs and FCAs listed on the map are displayed in the title bar monitored data sets XX where XX is the number of airports currently monitored are displayed on the map see Figure 3 20 The color of the airport dots tell you the current status of that airport For more information on airport status see Table 3 1 Table 3 1 Airport Status Color Status Green No Traffic Management Initiatives TMIs are in effect for the airport Red An actual Ground Delay Program GDP and or Ground Stop GS is in effect Yellow There is either a proposed GDP or GS or there is a proposed GDP and an actual GS For FEAs and FCAs the map displays colored lateral bounds The colors parallel the airport colors see Table 3 2 If you left click the bounds the bounds turn white and the map displays the element name and ADL time if applicable Left clicking the bounds of a monitored FCA with an AFP causes the map to display the scope of the AFP Table 3 2 FEA FCA Status Color Status Green No Traffic Management Initiatives TMIs are in effect for the airport Red An actual program is in effect Yellow There is either a proposed program You can
314. e bars of the graph are solid only when you are viewing arrival data in FSM e View gt Departure Data Displays all departure data for the monitored airport The bars of the graph appear hashed only when you view departure data in FSM see Figure 3 32 When you view both arrival and departure data in FSM you see two bars for each time increment Bars that represent arrival data are solid whereas bars that represent departure data are hashed Note FEAs and FCAs contain no departure information WH Bar Graph ATL 20 0010 LIVE Woe File View Bar Graph Display Help os sao oa amp Status ArnDep Status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type ATL 01 20 2010 00 10Z ETA 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 Figure 3 32 Normal View with Arrival and Departure Data Displayed e View gt Stack Departures Displays departing flights in the same bars as arriving flights see Figure 3 33 The bars on the graph become solid with both arriving and departing flights included in the bar for their departure or arrival time To differentiate between departing and arriving flights use the Arrival Departure tab to color your flights Using Arrival Departure displays by default arriving flights in green and departing flights in blue FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 34 Understanding Components E Bar Graph ATL 20 0020 LIVE Jeg File View Bar Graph Display Help Rename Window crew S
315. e box and the item associated to that checkbox is selected You can select several checkboxes at a time Data Set An airport FEA or FCA Radio button A picture of an analog push button a circle with or without a dot is displayed on the screen When you select a radio button a dot fills in the circle You can select exactly one radio button in a group of radio buttons at any time Aggregate Demand List ADL When TPC receives updated flight schedules and other NAS information from participating CDM AOCs TPC sends the information back to the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 1 4 FSM Overview users in the form of an ADL FSM uses the ADLs which TPC updates approximately every five minutes to process data and display the information Airport Arrival Rate AAR The number of arriving aircraft that an airport can accommodate during a certain period of time Airport Departure Rate ADR The number of departing aircraft that an airport can accommodate during a certain period of time Airspace Flow Program AFP A specific Traffic Management Initiative which assigned delay control times to flights that are going through a specified FCA CDM Collaborative Decision Making One of five core products in Free Flight Phase I Collaborative Decision Making is a joint government industry initiative with the goal of improving air traffic management through increased information sharing common situational awareness an
316. e coversheet is opened you must reload and remodel the program in order to turn subs off Warning unable to send x i Turn SUBS OFF reload and remodel program Note The use of Ignore is not recommended Figure 18 11 SUBS OFF Warning Click OK to clear the FSM warning and then turn SUBS OFF before reloading and remodeling the program Wait for SUBS OFF to be reflected successfully before clicking Autosend again Although it is recommended that you turn SUBS OFF during any revision you can bypass the warning message by clicking Ignore from the message box Click Ignore to clear the FSM warning and FSM automatically continues with the Autosend process even though SUBS are ON Completing a Blanket revision is similar to sending an initial Program For more detail see Chapter 11 Issuing an Initial Program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 10 Issuing a Ground Stop 19 Issuing a Ground Stop Unlike GDPs which delay flights because of a reduced AAR the Ground Stop function prevents flights from departure until one minute after the End time of the Ground Stop In FSM the GDT Setup Component is identical for all Traffic initiatives with active tabs and fields differentiating among program types During a GS ETD is checked against the Start time and End time to determine whether to include the flight in the GS In a GDP times are checked against a flight s IGTA Flights included in the GS program are assigned a new E
317. e flight list for ORD as well as the Time Line and Bar Graph components that FSM is currently monitoring 1 Click Open Data Set from the Control Panel 2 Select the ORD data set in the Monitored Live tab 3 Select Flight List in the Open With section of the screen Time Line and Bar Graph are selected by default 4 Click Apply or OK The Time Line Bar Graph and current Flight List for ORD are displayed To open a Flight List from the Bar Graph component You can open Flight Lists directly from the Bar Graph component For example you want to see a flight list for the Arrival Status of all flights including cancelled flights between the 1700 and 1800 hours for BOS 1 Click Open Data Set from the Control Panel 2 Select the BOS data set in the Monitored Live tab The Time Line and Bar Graph for BOS are displayed FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 26 Viewing Flight Information Select View gt Show Cancellations from the Bar Graph to include cancelled flights in the flight list Ensure the Bar Graph displays in 60 minute increments If it is not click 60 Note If the Bar Graph displays in 15 or 30 minute increments clicking a bar gives you only the flights for that increment Double click the bar between 1700 and 1800 to generate the Flight List For more information on Bar Graphs see Chapter 3 Understanding Components To open a Flight List from the Time Line component See the Time Line Flight List section a
318. e rates are displayed in the Program Rate s Reserve row Note Even though you used the Fill With functionality you can manually edit specific hours in the Programs Rates table or the Load Historical Pop Up window Changes made to the Program Rates table will be reflected in the Historical Pop Up dialog FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 145 Understanding Components box likewise changes made in the Historical Pop Up dialog box will be reflected in the Program Rates table Load Historical Pop Up file Help JFK Historical Pop up Demand How 01 G2 os 04 05 06 07 oB 10 19 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 24 22 23 HIGH 75 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 11 t1 11 11 t1 11 11 11 11 11 1 11 11 11 11 11 MEDIUM 50 2 3 4 3 4 5 4 s 9 9 s 9 9 s 9 9 s 9 a s 9 a s ae 2 ss ja 2 3 ajelr Is Ir I 7 IT Jr 7 IT Is IT Ir 7 I 7 Figure 3 110 Load Historical Pop Up Window The menu bar contains two options File and Help 1 File e Print Prints the Load Historical Pop Up window as displayed on your screen e Close Closes the window 2 Help Opens online help specific to the Load Historical Pop Up window The window contains the following action buttons e OK Click to save your changes and close the dialog box e Cancel Click to close the dialog box without saving your changes e Help Click to display a pop up window with a brief description of the component To set the Pop Up Factor for a program fro
319. e saved in the reports directory until you choose to delete them FSM generates Coversheet files when you run a new or revised GDP AFP GS Compression or Blanket FSM also generates Coversheets when you purge cancel a program You can differentiate among the Coversheet files by looking at the last few letters in the file name e GDP indicates a GDP Coversheet e AFP indicates an AFP Coversheet e GS indicates a Ground Stop Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 5 Issuing an Initial Program e COMP indicates a Compression Coversheet e BLKT indicates a Blanket Coversheet e Purge indicates a CNX Coversheet FSM names a typical Coversheet file by e Type of file for Coversheets it is always fsmc e Airport or FCA e 2 character date just the day Time generated HHMMSS e Rate used e Type of Coversheet gdp afp gs comp blkt purge e Scope included For example a file named fsmc SFO 28150808 3030 GDPNew ALL indicates a New GDP first GDP of the day Coversheet generated for SFO airport on the 28th at 1508Z with a 30 rate that includes all centers in the program Once you find the appropriate Coversheet file click the file name to select it and click Open The Coversheet opens in FSM exactly as it appeared the first time FSM generated it Note Even though you can open an old Coversheet enough time may have passed that it would be better to generate a new program and Coversheet The Resend menu conta
320. e the revised program but before issuing the revision you need to suspend the acceptance of airline substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions SCS messages temporarily From the FSM Control Panel select the TEMS Tools gt EDCT Commands gt EDCT Sub Off option to turn substitutions off or when in GDT mode click the SUB OFF button from the GDT Setup component as shown in Figure 15 7 The data set identifier is already entered in the EDCT SubOff dialog box when opened from the GDT Setup component otherwise enter the data set ID and click Send to suspend substitutions for that airport Airlines substitution or SCS messages are no longer accepted after FSM sends the SubOff message to TFMS Note Ensure that the SUBS OFF indicator is displayed on the GDT Setup panel after you have sent the EDCT Sub Off message If SUBS ON is displayed click Reload to model the program with the most recent ADL EDCT Sub Off AirportFCA name or ALL FCABA3 sena Cancel Heip Figure 15 7 Turn Subs OFF Issuing the Revision Once you have determined the program parameters for an Actual program turned off substitutions and reloaded the most current ADL you are ready to send your program revision Click Run Actual from the GDT Setup component to open the program coversheet with the revised parameters If substitutions are currently turned on for the selected data set the Subs On Warning dialog box is displayed before the
321. e to TFMS Clicking Run Actual displays the Actual coversheet which then gives you the option to send an actual Advisory or Autosend this initiative to TFMS Clicking SUB OFF turns off subbing for the TMI Clicking Reset Parameters loads the most current ADL clears any Impact elements of the modeled data and returns the GDT settings to their defaults Parameters Tab The Parameters Tab is active for all program types and is the default tab that opens when you open the GDT Setup component Within this tab you can specify parameters including the program time program rate and general options for GAAP delay Blanket delay and Purge notifications Options which are not features for certain program types are disabled You can edit Start and End time parameters in the Program Time Options section for all program types e Start Enter the date and time when the TMI should begin e End Enter the date and time when the TMI should end The default End time for Ground Stops will adjust to 15 minute increments on the hour 00 15 30 and 45 All other programs will have a default end time on the 14 29 44 or 59th minutes The End time for Ground Stops will be a time increment that results in at least a one hour GS For example if the Ground Stop Start time is 1902 the default End time will be 2015 If you are using the slider to select the End time for a Ground Stop the slider will adjust to 15 minute increments on the hour Using the s
322. ecause it is delayed or cancelled In these situations SCS provides a mechanism for an operator to substitute other operator s flights to bridge the slot from an unusable time to a time that the operator can use to his her advantage SCS is an enhancement to the simplified substitution process implemented in ETMS 7 2 Unified Delay Program UDP A delay assignment mode used during a GDP or AFP to address the mix of scheduled and unscheduled i e pop ups demand based on the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 1 5 FSM Overview following parameters number of reserved pop ups target delay multiplier and delay limit FSM User Guide Version 9 00 1 6 2 Understanding FSM Features Introduction This section provides a brief overview of the four FSM data modes Monitored Live Historical Ground Delay Tools GDT and Integrated Program Modeling IPM Monitored Live mode allows you to monitor and display airport or airspace capacity and demand Historical mode allows you to review past events through archived data and is an excellent way to conduct post analysis GDT mode allows you to model and issue Traffic Management Initiatives TMIs such as Ground Delay Programs GDPs Airspace Flow Programs AFPs and Ground Stops GSs IPM mode allows you to model and compare multiple TMIs The data mode HIST GDT LIVE or IPM is displayed in the title bar of each component see Figure 2 1 a Gis File Tr Bar Graph ATL 2010 Jan 19
323. eceives new information from the ADL Buttons Five buttons are displayed to the left of each Scenario box The following buttons are used to create the scenarios and manipulate their order within scenarios FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 124 Understanding Components e gt Add Model Adds selected elements as modeled elements to the specified scenario Use the Shift or Ctrl keys to select and add multiple elements The elements will be added to the bottom of the appropriate Airport or FEA FCA list The default TMI selection will be the underlying program type otherwise by default the elements will be added as GDP DAS or AFP DAS You can add up to eight elements within each scenario If you attempt to add more elements to a scenario than the maximum allows an error message reading Maximum number of elements in Scenario has been exceeded is displayed If you select an element that cannot model a GDP e g Mexican elements an error message reading Element Name can only be added as an Impact element is displayed The message also is displayed if you multi selected elements and at least one of them cannot be added In such a case none of the selected elements will be added gt Add Impact Adds selected elements as impact elements to the specified scenario Use the Shift or Ctrl keys to select and add multiple elements An impact data set is defined as a data set for which you would like to view the effect of a mode
324. ed 4 Click GDT Mode from the Control Panel Note If there is no active FCA the GDT Mode button is disabled The GDT Setup Panel GDT Data Graph GDT Bar Graph and GDT Map are displayed as shown in Figure 9 1 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 1 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program Note All GDT components interact with one another The GDT Setup and GDT Map dynamically reflect one another whereas clicking Reload or Model on the GDT Setup panel reflects changes in all components Ge wew Regorts ARE Trans Toots pases window tate Open Seta Set Mp Search Ry Cate GOT Mince Pitt Ace FORBAN FORA FCABASO AL DENS DELETE AR LT EE IEE MRM Mia WARES ER TN FURNES CO TERK Ian hand DRIEST DL Kann er GOT Setup FOCADAS 2010 Jen t9 0730 GOT sog e Fe View Hep the yow ter Graph spy tp BS neo Ua 0 FEIRA am MDSD rn Meera Category Camer gt 1 Oars Corro Type GDT FCABA3 Model 01 19 2010 07 302 ENTRY AAN St AAI ie Progeene Mate Ratai Carrurt ADL AAR General Options Figure 9 1 Initial Default Display for AFP GDT Mode 5 Select AFP DAS from the Program Type dropdown menu 6 Enter the appropriate values for the AFP DAS into the Parameters tab of the GDT Setup panel For this example enter the following Start time 190730 ddhhmm Note Start Time of the AFP should be the start time of the FCA or the most current ADL whichever is latest e End time 200443 ddhhmm
325. ed GDP Parameters all trigger this Alert Select Actual GDP Params Updated to view the parameters in the GDP Parameter Display panel which is similar to the GDP Setup Panel From the GDP Parameter Display panel you can save the parameters or close the panel Alerts gt Actual AFP Parameters Available This alert occurs when FSM receives actual AFP Parameters through the ADL First time AFP Parameters new AFP Parameters and deleted AFP Parameters trigger this Alert Select this to view these parameters in a static window Alerts gt Proposed GDP Parameters Available This alert turns red when parameters for a Proposed GDP arrive through the ADL Select Proposed GDP Parameters to view the new parameters Alerts gt Proposed AFP Parameters Available This alert occurs when FSM receives proposed AFP parameters through the ADL Select this to view these parameters in a static window Alerts gt GS Parameters Available This alert turns red in color when the FAA issues a GS and FSM receives its parameters through the ADL First time GS Parameters new GS Parameters and deleted GS parameters all trigger this Alert Select GS Parameters to view the parameters in the GS Parameter Display panel which is similar to the GS Setup Panel From the GS Parameter Display panel you may save the parameters to a file or close the window Note GS parameters are not applicable to FCAs Alerts gt Compression Parameters Available When FSM receive
326. ed messages are date time stamped in the standard DD HHMMSS format The details allow you to troubleshoot in real time at what point the processing for an action failed If the Program Manager retries an action the retries are numbered FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 118 Understanding Components F Program Manager GDP SFO 2010 Jan 19 GDT File View AUTOSEND adzy sfo___ 01211239zz ag all t adv nf Send Message ADD_ADL_AAR_GDP f AUTOSEND cow sfo___ 01211239zz GDPNew Manual xmi no_option f AUTOSEND fadt sfo__ 01211239zz allfiles ait 19 010000 Running action AutosendProgram ctionsadzy sfo___ 01211239z2 gt 19 010000 Running action AckMessageProgram ction ADD_ADL_AAR_GDP lt SFO A 19 010000 Sending msg ADD_ADL_AAR_GDP ADL_MGR ADL_MGR 255 255 255 2 START_AAR LAR_TIME 190000 IDX 18 AAR 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 1 Cancel Figure 3 94 Program Manager with details Actions that fail cause a dialog to open which gives the user three options e Retry Action resubmits the request and executes the specified number of retries at intervals until the request succeeds or fails again e Skip amp Continue proceeds to the next sequential action without completing the specified action This is only available when the action is one in a sequence of actions e Cancel stops the entire send process and an Autosend Cancel Warning displays FSM then activates the Resend menu
327. editable Note The coloring convention described in this section does not apply to tables Table fields will have a white background and black text even when they are not enabled or editable Each text field reflects the following two conditions 1 Is the field editable or non editable e Ifthe field is editable the background is white If the field is non editable the background is gray FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 6 Understanding FSM Features 2 Is the field enabled or disabled e Enabled means the field is used in the program Disabled means the field has no bearing on the program If the field value is enabled the font is black If the field value is disabled the font is gray The background color defines whether the field is editable or non editable The text color defines whether the field is enabled or disabled The following matrix graphically displays the three possible presentations of a text field see Figure 2 6 Conditions Visual Display Editable Enabled TEXT Non Editable Enabled TEXT Non Editable Disabled Figure 2 6 Three Possible Text Displays Editable Enabled fields white background black text are used in the program and you can edit the values An example is the Delay Limit Minutes Target Delay Multiplier and Program Start fields fora GDP UPD program see A in Figure 2 7 Non Editable Enabled fields gray background black text are used in the program but you cann
328. efault_user reports and the default file name is atc_delay jpg e Print Sends a jpg image of the active Program Delay Histogram to a printer that you specify e Close Closes the Program Delay Histogram 2 Histogram Menu e Freeze Data When checked prevents the Program Delay Histogram from updating when new ADLs arrive 3 Help Menu e Histogram Opens the on line help for the Program Delay Histogram component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 17 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Absolute Delay Histogram You can access the Absolute Delay Histogram from the Reports gt Delay Histograms menu on the Control Panel Absolute delay is the total amount of delay that non cancelled flights have received This includes delays assigned by the NAS and ATC as well as airline delay Absolute delay is calculated using Max 0 ETA IGTA Taxi therefore any time a flight s ETA is updated the absolute delay is recalculated The title of the histogram is centered over the graph and reads Absolute Delay Histogram APT or FEA FCA ADL Date ADL Time The title bar displays the status of the data e Live mode Absolute Delay AP or FEA FCA dd hhmm Live e Frozen in Live Mode Absolute Delay APT or FEA FCA dd hhmm Live Frozen e Historical Mode Absolute Delay APT or FEA FCA yyyy Mmm dd hhmm HIST e Frozen in Historical Mode Absolute Delay APT or FEA FCA yyyy Mmm dd hhmm HIST
329. eflects changes that occur as a result of RBS the other section reflects changes that occur as a result of Compression Included in the analysis are statistics for bridge only carriers Reload the Data If you have been developing a GDP for a while you may have missed some incoming ADLs Before sending out the final GDP parameters you may want to update the data for your proposed TMI To do this click Reload on the GDT Setup component The Reload FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 18 Modeling a Ground Delay Program button is active only when the actual data time is more recent than the data available in GDT mode Clicking Reload also models the GDP event FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 19 Modeling a Ground Delay Program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 20 9 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program The foundation of the Airspace Flow Program AFP is the integration of the Flow Evaluation Area Flow Control Area FEA FCA function of the Traffic Situation Display TSD with FSM Traffic Management Specialists after consultation with the field Traffic Management Coordinators and customers create an FEA or FCA in TSD The FEA FCA can be a polygon a line a sector or a box If the FEA FCA is designated as FSM eligible TFMS begins to generate an Aggregate Demand List ADL containing detailed information about every flight expected to be part of that FEA FCA for its duration and several hours afterwards When the demand in the FCA is
330. el Clicking Run Proposed or Run Actual saves the coversheet parameters to a file specified in FSM s configuration file and opens the Compression coversheet Clicking Run Proposed or Run Actual also generates three reports the FADT Analysis and Carrier Statistics Reports which you can view by selecting View gt FADT Analysis or Carrier Statistics from the coversheet menu See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports for more information on reports The Compression coversheet contains all the Compression parameters data After reviewing the Compression parameters program results and completing the Advisory section click Send Actual Compression or Send Proposed Compression to implement the Compression and send the Advisory see Figure 16 7 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 4 Issuing Compress Flight Program Figure 16 7 Compression Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 5 Issuing Compress Flight Program Reviewing Program Parameters Reviewing the program parameters is important before issuing the compression Ensure that the Program Parameters section on the coversheet accurately reflects all of your inputs on the GDT Setup panel From the Program Parameters dropdown select View Program Results to view flight and stack information Select View Delay Assignment to view the program s slot allocation and delay distribution Creating the Advisory Before sending a Compression the Advisory Causal Fact
331. el contains four sections in which you can modify the parameters Distance Centers Origin Airports Origin and Flights FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 151 Understanding Components JPM Setup JFK 2009 Mar 06 2020 I 10 x File View Help Gal PM Map Mufi Graph Reload All Model A Close Reset All Parameters Select By Distance v Distance nautical miles Saat 199 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 Centers Origin Exempt Non Exempt Airports Origin Non Exempt if Distance Manual Rights C Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Exempt All Flights Departing Within 457 Minutes Exempt individual Flights IPMMap u a mad u ee anae an aa a o uamba om ne D D Figure 3 115 IPM Setup Scope Tab Exempt By Distance Distance When the Distance Panel first displays the default distance is 199 nautical miles You can enter your distance range directly into the Distance text box or click and drag the sliding bar for the desired distance this automatically fills in the distance Remember anything changed in the Setup panel is reflected in the IPM Map You can change the distance range from the Setup panel and simultaneously view the range ring and what centers airports are affected on the IPM Map Centers Origin You can enter centers to be Exempt have higher priority than Non Exempt or Non Exempt e Exempt You can exempt certain centers from
332. elay This report list can help determine which flights have been in Time Out Delay Reports gt Priority Flights This report is similar to an FSM Flight List but lists flights specifically tagged as Lifeguard LFG or Diversion Recovery DVT flights Reports gt Time Out Delay This report quickly provides a picture for you of which flights from your operation are contributing to the Time Out delay problem Easier access to this information should help you assess and resolve the problem The format of this report is the same as the FSM Flight Lists which include all flights with a delay status marked as TO Time Out In the Time Out Delayed Flight List All the TOD column checkboxes are marked indicating that all flights on the list are Time Out Delayed see Figure 3 2 Note When you initially open a Flight List you may need to reposition the ADL data columns for easier viewing FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 4 Understanding Components J Time Out Delay Report IFK 19 1499 LIVE JFK 07 19 2007 14 39Z ETA SGTO SGTA LGTD A19 1405 199635 191120 190930 A191344 A191412 19 1303 A191354 A191423 19 1305 A1911341 E19 1552 19 1315 19 1546 S 19 1315 A190951 E19 1721 19095 19 1745 190951 19 1722 100929 A191352 R191437 A191132 A191329 191105 19 1325 19 1105 A19 1422 E19 1546 191340 19 1547 19 1421 19 1535 1911355 A19 1303 E191450 191200 19 1428 19 1303 19 1424 19 1215 A19 1400
333. elected 18 Modify the Valid Until time as necessary 19 Select the Category for the GAAP GDP 20 Select the Cause 21 Select the Advisory Causal Factors checkbox 22 Click Send Actual GDP GAAP The Program Manager window opens and activates the Autosend process The unassigned slots for the GAAP GDP are displayed in the Time Line and Bar Graph components for the airport an Unassigned slots block is displayed in the ADL and an UNASSIGNED SLOTS block is displayed in the FADT FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 11 Issuing an Initial Program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 12 Monitoring Program Delivery 12 Monitoring Program Delivery Introduction When a Ground Delay Program GDP or Airspace Flow Program AFP is in effect you want to monitor the progress of the program to ensure the program is affecting NAS operations in the intended manner You also want to ensure that flights included in the program are complying with the program parameters FSM generates various reports and statistics for monitoring a program s progress Monitoring Delivery Using the Time Line and Bar Graph Time Line Component During a program it is easy to view the Time Line to get a general idea of how evenly the flights are distributed throughout an hour and of how many cancelled or delayed flights are in the program Filled triangles represent delayed flights and are displayed on the Time Line only when a GDP or AFP is in effect The filled
334. en a data set an associated button displays just above the Connected Servers information the text beneath the Control Panel buttons that identifies the server to which FSM is connected Fe lolx File View Reports Alerts TFMS Tools Utilities Window Help Open Data Set Map Search By Callsign GOT Mode PM Mode ECR Connected Servers fam_test_linux metronaviation comADL_MGRFSM_MGRHIST_MGRFD_MGR Data Set BOSLIVE SUBS ALL ON Figure 3 1 Control Panel Component Control Panel Menu Bar The menu bar in the Control Panel component contains eight options File View Reports Alerts TFMS Tools Utilities Window and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Open Data Set Opens the Open Data Set component which allows you to open an airport or airspace data set in both Live and Historical data modes e File gt Load Adaptation Loads a previously saved adaptation with your display preferences For example if on a regular basis you monitor ATL and CLT airports with the Time Line and Bar Graph components displayed you can FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 1 Understanding Components save this configuration and select Load Adaptation to view the desired data in that format File gt Save Adaptation Saves your current windows management for an airport You can reopen this adaptation later using File gt Load Adaptation Note You cannot save an FEA or FCA to an Adaptation because they are dynamic datasets File gt E
335. en running a revision Note You can use the same steps to model actual parameters except select File gt Load Actual Parameters gt Airspace Flow Program from the GDT Setup panel To Model an AFP using proposed parameters For example the ATCSCC sends out proposed parameters for AFP GAAP program type for an FCA and you want to view it 1 Click Open Data Set The Open Data Set window displays Select the FCA from the Monitored Live or All Live tab Click Apply The Time Line and Bar Graph components for the FCA are displayed Click GDT Mode from the main Control panel The GDT Setup Panel GDT Data Graph GDT Bar Graph and GDT Map are displayed Select File gt Load Proposed Parameters gt Airspace Flow Program FSM loads the proposed AFP parameters into the GDT Setup Panel Note You can only load parameters for the FCA you are modeling Click Model or Reload if available FSM models the program using the loaded parameters The red border inside the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed FSM updates all GDT components with the proposed parameters You can now determine how the program affects your operations FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 6 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program Impact Modeling You can use impact modeling in GDT mode to determine how a program you are modeling for one element affects other elements Impact modeling gives you the ability to make adjustments to the TMI based on the impact of it ot
336. ended that you send out a Proposed Advisory A Proposed program revision is a program suggested by the FAA but not immediately implemented Click Run Proposed from the GDT Setup panel to open the proposed program coversheet see Figure 15 4 Review all parameters and place a checkmark next to each section of the coversheet you have reviewed Before sending the Proposed program the Advisory Causal Factors section of the coversheet must be completed FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 5 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program v Program Parameters gt Summary Start 200315 End 200443 Model Time 200315 C toLastCTA v Enabled Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Scope Selected By Tier of ALL Program Rate Hour 02 03 04 05 o6 07 a o9 10 19 12 13 14 15 16 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 ololsale ololeoleltele V AdvisoryiCausal Factors Charge To Facility Type Center impacting Condition Category Equipment Equipment C FAA Non FAA Respond By 200345Z Valid Until 0320592 Figure 15 4 AFP Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 6 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program After you complete the Advisory Causal Factors section place a checkmark next to the Advisory Causal Factors section of the Coversheet To review the Advisory text before sending the proposed event from the Advisory Causal Factors dr
337. ent The IPM Demand by Center component provides you with an additional analysis tool to help with scope decision making for GDPs AFPs and Ground Stops The Demand by Center component functionality is similar to that of the Data Graph in that there is only data available for display after you model a TMI After you model a TMI from the Scope tab of the IPM Setup component click Show Demand or from the IPM Setup component select View gt Show Demand The Demand by Center component displays the scope of the modeled TMI and has three columns Centers Non Exempt and Exempt All centers and the top five airports within each center based and ordered primarily by the number of Non Exempt flights and then by the number of Exempt flights are displayed under the Centers column The number of Non Exempt flights displays under the Non Exempt column and the number of Exempt flights for each center or airport displays under the Exempt column A red dot to the left of the center or airport identifier indicates that at least one Non Exempt flight is present within that center or airport A green dot indicates that all flights are Exempt within that center or airport see Figure 3 120 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 164 _Demand by Center SFO 201 Eile Help Scope Modeled SFO 325 nm Understanding Components 5 a gt ZLA z0A ZSE amp cz O ZAB zc ZDV zau zuw 2Z0C gt
338. ent proposed or actual Some actions specify the next action to perform sequentially upon completion of the first action If an action fails a dialog is displayed asking if further sequential action should be performed or the process stopped FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 9 Issuing a Ground Stop F File View AUTOSEND adzy lax__ 03220522zz ag all t adv nf Send Message ADD_ADL_AAR nf AUTOSEND covw lax___ 0322052272 gs 2ndTier xml no_option nf AUTOSEND fadt lax__ 03220522zz edct_hub all edct_airl all nf Copy WEB_COVERSHEET file s covr lax___ 03220522zz gs 2ndTier xml nf Send Message ADD_ADL_GS_PARAM Figure 19 9 Program Manager For more information on the Program Manager see Chapter 3 Understanding Components Note Ifyou click Send Proposed GS or Send Actual GS more than 15 minutes after modeling your program it is recommended that you close your coversheet and Reload to get the most recent data from an updated ADL before continuing with the Ground Delay Operation Resending Coversheet Information If your GS parameters or advisory was not properly sent the first time you can select information you would like to resend from the coversheet If the coversheet is not already open open the coversheet from the GDT Setup panel Select File gt Open Coversheet This opens a file selection window for the Reports directory You should see all coversheets generated for that airport See Chapter 11 Issuing an Init
339. ent see Figure 4 14 The GDT Setup panel GDT Map and GDT Bar Graph open File View Reports JEBES TFS Tools Utilities Window Help open Dota Set Sn Oy Caton rode ade an ATU Connected Servers fsm_test_linux metronaviation com ADL_MGRFSM_MGR HIST_MGRFD_R Figure 4 14 GDT Mode Button FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 10 Opening FSM Opening Components from the Data Set Button Each airport and airspace element displays a button on the FSM Control Panel when the data set is open in FSM Left clicking the button makes the data set the active data set within the session and right clicking a button displays a menu Right clicking a data set button in live or historical mode opens a menu with the components listed below e Open Time Line e Open Flight List e Open Bar Graph e Open ECR enabled only for controlled live data sets e Open Element Display enabled only for airspace data sets Right clicking a data set button in Ground Delay Tools GDT mode opens a menu with the components listed below GDT mode includes Live GDT and Historical GDT modes e Open GDT Time Line e Open GDT Flight List e Open GDT Bar Graph e Open GDT Map e Open GDT Data Graph Right click menu options that do not pertain to the active data set are disabled You can open multiple copies of the components listed below Each click on one of these right click menu items opens another copy of the component and associates it to the parent
340. eparture Time 4 Initial Gate Departure Time plus the taxi time for the flight e If this candidate time is greater than the current time plus the minimum notification time then TFMS sets the ETD to this candidate time e If the candidate time is less than the current time plus the minimum notification time then TFMS sets the ETD to the current time plus the minimum notification time To Purge a Ground Stop The Purge option requires no user input FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 1 Other Ground Stop Functions Select Purge from the Program Type dropdown Even though no user input is required for modeling purposes you can change Purge Notification Minutes for Taxied GS or GDP AFP see Figure 20 1 Ir Eeen a e t m e V _ m a ee in i E T toare neh if _ General Options Purge Notification Minutes Taxied 20 GS 20 GDPIAFP 45 Default rein atti sealer TO Pu nn a DIN nn Figure 20 1 Purge Notifications Minutes Values Note Changing Purge Notification Minutes values is for modeling only The actual purge uses the default values Click Model The red border in the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed and all the GDT components reflect the modeled purge If the program handles the traffic flow in the manner you want click Run Proposed or Run Actual to generate the GS CNX coversheet The Coversheet window is displayed See Figure 20 2 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 2 Other Ground Stop Fun
341. eports for more information on Delay Histograms Monitoring Program Parameters You can find the program parameter alerts for all monitored data sets under the Alerts menu on the Control Panel component All monitored data sets are listed in alphabetical order under the Alerts menu When TFMS updates an data set s parameters the Alerts menu is highlighted in red as well as the monitored data set and its corresponding updated parameters Figure 12 8 shows FCAAOl data set active with FADT Parameters SCS Bridge parameters and Actual AFP Parameters updated DFW also has updated parameters Once you read the updated parameters the parameter color returns to its original state FSM lists the parameters of the data set currently active on the main Alerts menu Clicking the other data sets activates a pop up box that displays the parameters for the selected data set If you select another data set the Alerts menu changes accordingly F Fsm file View Reports Alerts TFMS Tools Utities Window Help Open Data Set Mz Acknowledge All Alerts Mode 3 z O A ti ik A oa ts d File View Help FCABA3 LIVE No Actual GDP Parameters GDTM Actual AFP Parameters Available JCA O O O Program Type Purgi No Actual GDP Parameters No Proposed AFP Parameters Parameters TS TTS No Proposed GDP Parameters Program Time Optit No proposed AFP Parameters No COMP Parameters No COMP Parameters ee Oe eS sam tthe
342. er Run By GDP Distance Start Distance 2 End Distance Step Size Program Cancellation Time 062135 Freeze Cancellation Time ett N Oe A an a nn a aati Figure 3 116 IPM Setup Modeling Options Tab Note Distance variables are only editable when you model a Distance based Program Program Cancellation Time Using the Program Cancellation Time you can model unrecoverable delay assuming a program cancellation time other than the program start time The field defaults to the program start time and uses the ddhhmm format The Program Cancellation Time is available for all Power Runs for GDP and AFP program types but not for the GS program types The Program Cancellation Time defaults to the Program s Start time in the IPM Setup panel If you change the Start Time it is dynamically reflected in the Program Cancellation Time A checkbox labeled Freeze Cancellation Time displays to the right of the Program Cancellation Time By default the checkbox is unchecked When checked the Program Cancellation Time does not change with a newly entered Start Time or when FSM reloads anew ADL GDP Power Run Options e GDP Center Group This option allows you to view the effect of the proposed parameters on the different center groups The post operation demand rate for each hour for a specific group of centers displays in the Data Graph Other information displayed includes average delay number of affected f
343. er the time in hhmm format Note Time in FSM is always in Zulu time unless otherwise specified Click OK to update flights data to the closest to but no later than the entered time Click Cancel to close the Set Time dialog box without changing the data time Set time for 01 19 2010 Set Day To 19 v Set Time To 2202 Cancel Figure 7 4 Set Time Dialog Box Modify Data Time GDT Mode only You can select the Data Time from the Parameters tab on the GDT Setup component see Figure 7 5 The data time allows you to change the data time without making any modifications to the data itself If you wanted to model what might happen if the program was modeled and run an hour from the current time you could set the Data Time to be an hour in the future In the Data Time textbox enter a time in ddhhmm format to change the time Valid times are from 0000 2359 When you change the Data Time to a value other than the current time the Data Time text box as well as the GDT tab border is highlighted in red d File View Help E Gor Map Model Reset Parameters Program Type GDP DAS x SUBS ALL OFF Program Time Options Start 190615 End 190959 z 56 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 0 123 4 Purge Flights Before Revision Start V Compress to Last CTA Data Time GG Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Figure 7 5 GDT Setup Component FSM User Guid
344. ers Alerts TIMES Tosts Unites We Hei Open Seta Set Mp Search yCefegy GOT Mexte PHM Coneected Servers ton test amerad com MGRSSM MOR REST MGRSD MGR Nata Set DCA HIN TDP OWS SURE ALL OF EIIN enge OCA ae 1h TEL 1PM Dre D De Yew tee E Pump Mama Fa A Moka Ce Proce Type P n SURS MA ON Pasmens j Program Hire Open un wm RUOUMEHT HMMM BOr2 FS SE TE IH MH fret wore Compas te Lami CTA Pens an Rute ginn Cony Vo achados Fights laad Taree Lomi MM AAR Fu Pragumiuin wib 29 From Heer wr 19 2 21 2 Be on m PR oa w w wna ee A te torte tete gatar Graph OCA 2009 Mar jia 1341 Ir Fe View Bar Gram ind Haie Ba sno Se E oa poe amp Bat Aa ganis SCTE SEL AA Sam Akeri Category Camer Ate O Owies Contra Ten Gomer ot Options IPM DCAModel 03 16 2009 13 417 ETA Figure 10 3 IPM Setup Component 6 Select the program type from the Program Type dropdown menu This step is only necessary if you want a program type other than the one defined when you created the scenario Note Compression and Blanket programs are not available in IPM 7 On the Parameters tab of the IPM Setup panel complete the Program Time Options section For this example enter the following Start Time 161415 ddhhmm e End Time 162114 ddhhmm 8 Enter the appropriate values for the program into the Program Rate section of the Parameters tab 9 Complete the Include Only Options sectio
345. ers are pre defined read only filters designed from criteria that are frequently used for viewing flight information Double click the BUILT_IN Built in Filters folder or click the Expand Collapse icon to view hide all contents in the folder When you expand the Built in Filters folder you see a number of filters from which to choose You may continue to drill down to view more detail by double clicking the folders or by clicking their respective Expand Collapse icons The AND filters list consists of filters that FSM compares to find a match in the data set An OR filter consists of a list of filters that FSM compares to find matching flights in the data set A CONSTRAINT is an attribute operator or value For more information on filters see Chapter 22 Using Query Manager User Defined Filters are active filters you create and customize based on your Flight List needs There are two methods of creating user defined filters e Creating a New Filter e Editing a Built in filter For more information on filters see Chapter 22 Using Query Manager amp Query Manager Jeg File Edit View Help CALL AllFitters BUILT_IN Built In Filters I AND Priority DJCONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TRUE CJ CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE DJCONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE JOR Arrived AND Active AND Ground_Stopped J AND Departing PastETD CAND Departing CTD CAND Departing NoCTD
346. es an error message to display by default See Chapter 4 Opening FSM for detailed information on Ground Delay Tool Components IPM Mode opens two IPM components Scenario Manager and Multi Graph See Chapter 3 Scenario Manager Component and Chapter 3 Multi Graph Component for detailed information Update allows you to update the Time Line and Bar Graph with the next ADL update only in Historical Mode You must open an airport FEA or FCA in Historical Mode to enable the Update button ECR opens the ECR components Use ECR to update EDCTs for flights arriving into a controlled airport or at a controlled FCA The ECR button is enabled only if actual GS GDP or AFP parameters are in place for the active data set See Chapter 14 EDCT Change Request ECR for detailed information on the ECR component functionality Note The ECR option is enabled for Airports or FCAs only when an active TMI is in place Open Data Set Component Clicking Open Data Set on the Control Panel opens the Open Data Set component This component allows you to choose an FSM data mode and data set for monitoring and managing air traffic flow A data mode is the type of data you want to use historical or live Live data is fed from TFMS to the FSM client on a real time basis while historical data is archived data that FSM can pull to allow you to review air traffic events in the past A data set is the airport FEA or FCA and the components you would like to use to
347. es are hidden from view If the ADL AAR ADR displays on the Bar Graph the dashed line for modeling may be displayed in the same position as the ADL AAR Note ADL ADR is not applicable to FEAs and FCAs and is therefore disabled There are two methods to change your modeled Program Rate 1 Use your cursor to drag the dashed line in the graph to the desired rate The dashed line moves to the Program Rate you specified Only the portion of the line to the right of the cursor moves Any portion of the line to the left of your cursor should remain in the same position as you drag the line to a new Program Rate Moving the Program Rate from the graph also automatically fills in the Specify Model Pro gram Rate window 2 Select Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Specify The Specify Model Program Rate window displays with the current Program Pop Up and Reserve Rates filled in for any existing program From the Fill dropdown menu select Program Rate Pop Up Factor or Reserve In the With text box enter the rate In the From Hour and Through Hour dropdown menus select the appropriate time Click Fill and the new rates are displayed Click OK to accept the changes and close the window The new Program Rates are displayed on the Bar Graph The Pop Up and Reserved rates are not displayed on the Bar Graph Specify Model Program Rate Eile Help ATL Model Program Rate Fin Program Rate win al From Hour Through Hour fe Load AD
348. es the effects of a GDP operation using different parameters you set FSM s analysis capabilities help you determine the best parameters for a GDP operation that minimizes impact on air carrier operations and maximizes efficiency during adverse conditions This chapter discusses modeling a GDP in GDT Mode You can use the GDT Setup Panel component to model issue and send GDPs In addition to GDPs FSM can also model and run Airborne Holding Ground Stops Compressions Blankets and revisions You can manage the TMI parameters from the GDT Setup Panel When you model a GDP you can use parameters that you specify or you can use proposed parameters Modeling a GDP Using Parameters You Specify To model a GDP you need to set the parameters you want to use for the GDP You can do this by opening any monitored airport in GDT mode and selecting the GDP parameters The parameters you can set are different depending on which program type you select this chapter will discuss setting parameters for a GDP For more information on what parameters are available for each program type see Chapter 3 Understanding Components To model a GDP using parameters you specify For example you want to model a GDP DAS program type for ATL 1 Click Open Data Set The Open Data Set window opens 2 Select ATL from the Airports Section on the Monitored Live tab If ATL is not available from the Monitored Live tab select the airport from the All Live tab 3
349. estimates are not available for FEAs FCAs Display Historical Pop Up tg file Help ATL Historical Pop Up Demand Hour 22 23 oo o a2 03 04 05 06 2 43 44 6 HIGH 75 3 4 5 4 5 5 6 6 11 11 11 t1 11 11 1 11 1 11 11 11 t 11 11 MEDIUM 50 2 2 2 2 3 q 4 6 9 9 s 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 LOw 25 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 773 BERR PEER CLE E REDE 2 Z Close Help Figure 3 8 Display Historical Pop Up Window e Utilities gt View File This option allows you to view previously saved Analysis Reports Coversheets and Flight Data see Figure 3 9 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 12 Understanding Components View File Look in C data gt ca e ca eefe C3 anatysis_reports C3 coversheets C3 default_user I flight_data Figure 3 9 View File Window e Utilities gt Set Time Allows you to set a specified time for Historical data sets only see Figure 3 10 Disabled for all Monitored Live and GDT data sets Set time for 06 19 2010 Set Day To 19 v Set Time To 2310 Cancel Figure 3 10 Set Time Dialog Box e Utilities gt Update Updates the active historical mode components with the next historical ADL file Disabled for all Monitored Live and GDT data sets e Utilities gt ECR Opens the ECR component to update a controlled flight s control times Disabled for all Historical and GDT data sets Note ECR is only
350. et Menu Bar The Menu Bar in the Open Data Set component contains two options File and Help e File gt Close Closes the Open Data Set component e Help gt Open Data Set Opens the on line help for the Open Data Set component Sort Airports By Options The Monitor Live and All Live tabs ofthe Open Data Set component allow selectable sorting of available airports by the following methods e Airport ID Controlling Center ID The sorting options are displayed at the top ofthe Monitored Live and All Live tabs in the Sort Airports By section When you select the Airport ID radio button the Open Data Set component lists the Airport IDs sorted according to the alphabet This means numbers are listed on top before the A airports Sorting by Airport ID is the default when you first start FSM FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 16 Understanding Components When you select the Center ID radio button the Open Data Set component lists the Center IDs in a tree structure with each node representing a specific Center ID If an airport or airports within a Center ID has a program the count and type either Actual or Proposed of program displays next to the Center ID The Open Data Set component lists the Center IDs alphabetically in the following order 1 US Mexican and European Centers Centers starting with letter Z 2 Canadian Centers Centers starting with letter C By default the Center ID trees are collapsed The Airport ID di
351. et Tabs Displayed i Sta Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type Arrival Data Departure Data 010 00 20Z ETA Time in 60 Minute Increments Figure 3 33 Arrival and Departure Data displayed in stacked format e View gt Show Cancellations Displays cancelled flights in the color cyan Cancelled flights do not automatically display in the graph Showing cancelled flights is useful to compare the original demand with the demand after the cancellations To differentiate between cancelled and regular flights use the Arrival Status tab to color your flights e View gt Show Unassigned Slots Displays all unassigned slots in the color white fora GAAP GDP or AFP e View gt Show Legend Displays the appropriate color legend associated with the tab option you are viewing If you click the legend button on the Bar Graph FSM dynamically selects the checkbox for Show Legend e View gt Time Indicator Displays an orange vertical line that remains fixed at the current time Like the FSM Time Line the Bar Graph Component also tracks time e View gt Cumulative GDP AFP Indicators Displays a brown solid vertical line representing the cumulative start and end time for a GDP or AFP e View gt Event GDP AFP Indicators Displays brown vertical dashed lines to indicate the start time and end time of a current GDP or AFP The program time indicators are displayed when a program goes into effect at the monitored data set
352. ete a User Defined Filter You can permanently remove user defined filters FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 10 Using Query Manager 1 Select the filter you want to delete 2 Click Delete To view User Defined Filter information You can select the collapse expand icon next to the filter name or double click the folder to view hide filter information see Figure 22 16 EX Query Manager Jo File Edit View Help lE kale oncom amp AND Ground_Stopped AND Departing PastETD AND Departing CTD AND Departing NoCTD AND Departing Other AND Airline COUSER User Defined Filters COR ATL OR COAND Airline CI CONSTRAINT IAD ACENTREQUALS BWA ATTRIBUTE ACENTR OPERATOR EQUALS value Bw Add Edit Delete Figure 22 16 User Constraint Added Using the Create Filter Component The Create Filter component allows you to create a filter based on a set of predefined logical groupings to search for flights within FSM The filter it creates is just another type of User Defined Filter It can be edited in the same as any other User Defined Filter using the methods outlined in the Chapter 22 User Defined Filters section You can access the Create Filter component from the Query Manager by clicking Create Filter or by selecting Edit gt Create Filter FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 11 Using Query Manager EK Create Filter X File Help Filter Name New Fitter Filter Grou
353. eveseoue 14 4 E6cat ng a Klieht uses un 14 6 Viewing Flight Information csossssosssssonnssnssnssnonnsnnnnnennnnnennnnnnnnnnnnsnnnsnnnnnee 14 7 Updating an EDCT for a Flight cssssssossssonnsssonnssnnnnssnonnennnnnesnonnennnnsnnnnnnene 14 8 Adjusting the CTA Range ochecssssaievscessssendccesnccsasardacsiensevacbechvacecnnsseondaduousscetuisees 14 9 Setting the ERTA fasecsdesscstss cccsuesccessbscs dsccuesaadeshecseeals cxeacctawsesearsd ceadsosusuveseonscseadose 14 11 Flight Placement for Limited and Unlimited Update Options 14 12 Update Options vnussasseinsieansanknaenreekiniineefistebeenne tiere 14 13 Viewing SCS Response cheers 14 13 Control Types Associated with ECR s20s0000u0000nnssnonnssnnnnennnnsennnnnsnnnnnnonne 14 14 Chapter 15 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow PrOgralN assessment 15 1 Getting Current Demand and Weather Information ussossssorssnnssonssnonene 15 1 Deciding When to Revise a Program uusssssssssonssssonnsnnnnnsnsnnsnnnnnsnnnnnennnnnenne 15 1 Revismea GDP ensure 15 2 Revising am SEP van ensure 15 2 Extending the Program u eins 15 2 Modifying the Program Rate nensennnsensennennnnnnn nn 15 3 Reducing Expanding the Scope of a GDP neeen 15 3 Reducing Expanding the Scope of an AFP eeneneen 15 3 Purging Flights Outside of the Revised Program Parameters 15 4 Revising a GAAP Program a
354. evision see Figure 18 7 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 7 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs ATL ZTL 08 04 2010 CDM PROPOSED DELAY ADJUSTMENT CTL ELEMENT ATL ELEMENT TYPE APT ADL TIME 04452 ANTICIPATED DELAY ADJUSTMENT PERIOD 19 04552 19 0634Z ANTICIPATED CUMULATIVE PROGRAM PERIOD 18 23202 19107592 DEP SCOPE 600 CANADIAN DEP ARPTS INCLUDED NONE CURRENT TOTAL MAXIMUM AVERAGE DELAYS 0 0 0 ANTICIPATED TOTAL MAXIMUM AVERAGE DELAYS 0 0 0 IMPACTING CONDITION EQUIPMENT OUTAGE COMMENTS USER UPDATES MUST BE RECEIVED BY 19 05152 041854 041959 Figure 18 7 Blanket Advisory Preview Click Send Proposed Blanket to distribute the proposed GDP parameters and Advisory to all FSM users A Proposed Blanket revision allows NAS users enough time to comment on the proposed parameters even though they may change before the FAA implements an actual program Suspending Airline Substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions Before issuing the Blanket program you need to suspend the acceptance of airline substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions SCS messages temporarily From the FSM Control Panel select the TFMS Tools gt EDCT Commands gt EDCT Sub Off option to turn substitutions off or when in GDT mode click the SUB OFF button from the GDT Setup component The EDCT Sub Off dialog box opens with the data set identifier already entered in the AirporVFCA name or All field see Figure 18 8 Click Send to
355. ew Help C GDT Map Program Type GDP UDP SUBS SCS ON ADPT OFF Model Reset Parameters Program Time Options Start 1191940 End 201114 er 18 19 20 212223 0 123456 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Purge Fights _ Before Revision Start vi Compress to Last CTA Data Time 191940 Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Load Times Load ADL AAR Historical Pop Ups Fill ProgramRate with 55 FromHour 18 w ThroughHour 233 w Fm Hu 48 19 20 21 22 23 oo 01 02 03 04 05 o6 PR 5555 55 455 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 Pop Up Reserve AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR General Options Delay Limit Minutes 180 Default Target Delay Multiplier DAS Delayx 1 2 Default Earliest R Slot Minutes Program Start 0 191940 Slot Hold Override Exempt AFPS Include Only Options Arrival Fix ALL Aircraft Type ALL Carrier Major ALL Figure 8 3 GDT Setup Parameters Tab 13 Click the Scope tab and enter the appropriate values for the program For this example enter the following see Figure 8 4 e Select By Distance Scope 400 nm FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 4 Modeling a Ground Delay Program id file View Help fel GOT Map Model Reset Parameters Program Type GDP UDP v SUBS SCS ON ADPT OFF Select By Distance Y Distance nautical miles a p 0 200 400 600 800 1000 12
356. fessseht 11 3 Program Manager er Rirn 11 4 Resending Coversheet Information sssssssssssssonnssssnnennnnnennnnnennonnennonnennnnnene 11 5 Purging a Program u a 11 7 Purge Coversheet acii naar satire 11 9 Viewing Flight Information before Purging a Program 11 9 Iss ing a GDP Example u ee 11 9 Chapter 12 Monitoring Program Delivery ssssssssessosssssosssssosesoooseeos 12 1 Introduchion siosuasedsssesezsessursscsstatosdonescshssoeubecoasspouctnsusascoassbousscouseadssousrncersvastasseors 12 1 Monitoring Delivery Using the Time Line and Bar Graph csseseeeees 12 1 Time Line Component u aaa 12 1 Bar Graph Component eek 12 1 Flight List Component 5 nee ug 12 2 Monitoring Effects on NAS Users essseesssoesssesssesssesssooesoossoosssocsssesssoossoossosssose 12 4 S tfa Delay CpOLE een ia 12 4 Priority Flight List 22 Nein 12 4 Tamme UE Delay bet nes een 12 4 Time Out Ganeel Lists sata ne 12 4 Slot Holle ai rna a ena aaarnas Ein aeai est 12 4 Sub Opportunities Airline and General Aviation Users Only 12 4 SOIA Bst ee 12 5 Carrier Statistics ana een 12 8 Monitoring Flight Counts using 12 9 Monitoring Flight Compliance sssssssssnssssonssssonnssnnnnsnnnnnennnnsnnnnnssnnnnennnnnenne 12 10 Monitoring Delay Histograms cuss000ss0000ussnsnnssnsnnennnnsnnnnnennnnnennnnnennnnsnnnnnenne 12 10 Monitoring Program Parameters 000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000
357. flight that has a MAJOR field or carrier code from ACID that matches the airline name is not used for an SCS bridge If bridging is enabled for an operator no line is displayed that is the only allowed value for this keyword is OFF F Substitution Flag Block FCABA3 Figure 12 10 SCS Flag Block Window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 12 Monitoring Program Delivery Note By default Military and GA bridging is disabled GDP or AFP Parameters Alerts gt Actual GDP AFP Parameters Available is highlighted in red when FSM receives Actual GDP AFP Parameters through the ADL First time Parameters new Parameters and deleted Parameters all trigger this Alert Select Actual GDP AFP Parameters Available to view the parameters that FSM takes from the FADT file and displays in a static GDT Setup window see Figure 12 11 Tab navigation allows you to view all the parameters although you cannot make changes to this window If no Actual Parameters exist the text reads No Actual GDP AFP Parameters FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 13 Monitoring Program Delivery Parameter Display FCABA3 2010 Jan 18 2331 AFP JOR File View Help Program Type Modeling Options Program Time Options Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights o6 07 og 09 0 11 12 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C gt Include Only Options Figure 12 11 Actual GDP Parameter Display Window Alerts gt Propo
358. for Historical IPM mode Building Scenarios The first step in using the IPM tool is to create one or more scenarios in the Scenario Manager component The creation of a scenario involves selecting the elements that are either going to be controlled through initiatives or may be impacted by those initiatives In this example GDPs are included in a scenario because you want to see their impact on an FCA To better understand the IPM Mode review Chapter 3 Integrated Program Modeling Components prior to creating the scenarios 1 From the FSM Control Panel component click IPM Mode The IPM Mode Scenario Manager and Multi Graph opens 2 On the Scenario Setup tab gt Available box in the Scenario Manager component select the airport or airspace to be included in a scenario 3 For the scenario that you are building click Add Model to add the element that you want to model or click Add Impact to add the element that you want to review the impact of the modeled elements As you move an element into a scenario it is displayed in the corresponding Multi Graph tab FSM highlights the Scenario Manager tabs with a red border to indicate that modifications have been made in Scenario Manager FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 1 Using Integrated Program Modeling Note You can add up to eight elements within each scenario 4 Repeat the previous two steps for each element In this example three scenarios are compared see Figure 10 1
359. from the Monitored Live tab and select Flight List in the Open With section then FSM adds the ATL Flight List to the UDG you selected from Custom Group FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 14 Opening FSM Ee vew Rogos ERE vous oss Upes warten tetp Opoa Data Set Map Search By Callsign GOT Mede IPM Mode iisi ECR an anal ATAU Connected Servers fsm iosi Bum moton Aono AD MGRFSM_MGRHST_MGRFO MGR Dala Set ATL UVE SUBS ALL OW fie yow Fight List Help ATL 02 13 2009 22 21Z Current tafo Fiw Grown Stepped OR Dep Past ETO OR Dup MMe CTD OR Dep CTO Issn OF Dep CTO Orte nee me 96 40 004 here OR Fi Acih OR Mrama OR anche 2 P u Er a ACD ETD OF OEST a ap Bos Ps pa gh At ee ms Manos Ar zmn ZIU spor PECI an ne Lag jas e ae ne ne Roae myw Arm zum sa THE an Ar amp dad sa eee Ba Ativeoe atoms ZT Ct RCON MAY ATE pot wu 4 4 ASOSZ15 ALDER ATION zu am tot an vte vee neee wees ve whet gasoso AIS ATEN ZUC noA ACON an gt lt Br pad gasoimss Alias Az 710 UX com an 2 5 bh SP ae a a id EUEN em ation ZMA ma mao MO an _ Ben paa lt Boa AU ATION ZLA RAS DMAS COWIY ATE 2 a eu yM a it ad s msm ANDIS ATIGI ZIW ww O SODO An Se ET oe ee a mim AIR Ara ZIN ws COM Kaya An 2 ER A beke FA DALIS MIDIA ATION zu AM RCON LANMA AN i weas SZ Ich Kein ATIGI ZUM aaa Tun an on lt Total fights 1587 tete eee o de
360. from the All Live tab may take a few moments longer than opening one from the Monitored Live tab An FSM information message may be displayed indicating that FSM takes a moment to collect the first set of data see Figure 4 11 FSM Information x FCAPMS is currently not being monitored It may take a few minutes to receive the first set of data Right click on the Data Set Button to cancel request Figure 4 11 FSM information message FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 8 Opening FSM 6 Click OK to close the FSM information message After opening an airport FEA or FCA from the All Live tab FSM places the airport FEA or FCA on the Monitored Live tab Managing Historical Data The Active Historical tab on the Open Data Set component provides a list of opened Historical data you are viewing and monitoring The Active Historical tab has an empty display window unless you have already opened a data set from the Historical tab lolx file Help Monitored Live AllLive Historical Active Historical Open ath ATL 2007 Feb 02 0000 HIST Time Line C Flight List ri Bar Graph Group By Element Name Custom Group N Liew or ema Figure 4 12 Active Historical Tab To open historical data 1 2 3 4 Click Open Data Set Select the Active Historical tab Select the desired data set Click Apply This opens the airport with the components selected in the Open
361. from the IPM Setup component menu bar The IPM Time Line Component is the same as the GDT Time Line Component with the exception that the title bar contains IPM and includes the Scenario number see Figure 3 121 Time Line SFO 2010 Jan 19 0130 IPM Scenario 1 File View TimeLine Display Help als IPM SFO 01 192010 01 307 ETA AITIDEP Status 190000 190100 190200 190400 190500 CNX amp DO Fits 60 19 60 16 60 26 6026 60 21 60 21 00 oo 00 egg 00 4 00 henge Figure 3 121 IPM Time Line Title Bar IPM Time Line Menu Bar The menu bar in the IPM Time Line component contains five options File View Time Line Display and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save as Saves the IPM Time Line as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the IPM Time Line component that is currently active on your screen e File gt Close Closes the IPM Time Line component only 2 View Menu e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box and allows you to change the component name in the title bar Enter the desired name then click OK to change the title bar heading Click Cancel to close the Rename Window dialog box without making any changes There are ten additional display options under the View menu For items with checkboxes select the checkbox to view the information e View gt Set Tabs Displayed You can dynamically show and hide specific coloring schemes for t
362. g Demand 5858 gEBZ 14 sas SEuE 5858 Ban Bigtee igi a Figure 5 7 Count List By Demand Historical Pop Up Demand Select Utilities gt Historical Pop up Demand to open the Display Historical Pop Up window see Figure 5 8 This view only window displays the historical pop up prediction currently included in the ADL This window is available at anytime regardless of whether a TMI is in place or not Note that predictions fewer than ten per hour may include a decimal value Predictions greater than ten per hour are represented by whole numbers 123 o1 a n E PSTrislelelslele uiainininini nian natty Tt i2 2 2i2isteioiaeltotoisiolioisioioisioioisioiols ii Figure 5 8 Display Historical Pop Up Window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 11 Viewing Demand Each row represents an estimated confidence level of pop up High Medium and Low The purpose of this is to give an idea of the historical distribution of pop ups For example if traffic managers anticipate a typical pop up day for the data set they can view the values for the High confidence historical pop up demand conversely if the traffic manager anticipates an unusual pop up day they can view the values for Low confidence Note that the first hour column is one hour earlier than the ADL time The value is always 0 since the hour is in the past therefore no prediction is necessary The menu bar contains two options File and Help
363. g FSM Connected Ser metrerumeterwtieioncomAle MIGRFSM MGRJEST MGR FD MGR Data Set ATL ZUM wth 2282 HOST SURS AML ON Be Yew Tire Line Dupy tee aa ATL 01192010 22 027 ETA I a a gh ep gp tee ge fy E il ei ie t fi 7 Berber et wre oy Eh re ped a ar A Ce oe oo it ron fat 2 es ji m wi a tJ fe bo Meninored ine Mill Heterical Retin Historical x Tee Line Sedechet HOS Te stionvager HeST_ MONE VEAL 41 2000 am 19 ATLA ope Hestortcal Marunpern m ME O 4 O un metronpastoncens a De Gogh 200200 Mt A OO FRS gt Mo ead 206 jaw x am 7 Ban rie am ATLAPT 0P 187253 MOED B miart SetQay Te 19 Set Tame Ta 9960 pe i A Gope i peie Corio Grage o gt am 06 comeet tJ 5 Ld 4 Fe View fier Can spy Hote us uno aa Stamm Areldnp Stehen Acro Colegery Corrier Afe Oe Comes Centred Type ATL 0192010 22 022 ETA Figure 4 4 ATL Monitored Live Mode Using the Map to Open Components in Monitored Live Click Map on the Control Panel component to view all the airports FEAs or FCAs currently being monitored on the Map see Figure 4 5 Figure 4 5 Map Button Figure 4 6 shows green FEAs FCAs and airports that indicate normal operations while red FEAs FCAs and airports indicate that there is an actual TMI Yellow indicates there is a proposed TMI for that constraint FSM User Guide Version
364. g a Single Flight You can view information for a single flight by e Searching By Callsign for the flight e Viewing the Flight Information window e Viewing the Flight Detail window This section describes how to access and use each of these methods to obtain information on a specific flight Search By Callsign You can use the Search By Callsign component when you know the call sign for the flight you want to view In FSM the uniqueness of a flight relies on the call sign origin and destination In performing the search if you enter only the call sign leaving Origin blank FSM finds all flights with that call sign regardless of the origin airport To use Search By Callsign 1 Ensure you have a data set open 2 From the Time Line or Flight List component select Component Name gt Search By Callsign or select Utilities gt Search By Callsign from the Control Panel The Search By Callsign dialog box opens FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 39 Viewing Flight Information Search By Callsign Callsign AaL1192 Origin Airport Figure 6 33 Search By Call sign Dialog Box 3 Enter the flight s Callsign and Origin Airport Note The origin airport field is optional 4 Click OK The Flight Info window for that flight opens or if more than one flight has the call sign you entered a Flight List opens displaying all flights that match the callsign searched Figure 6 34 E Flight List ATL 19
365. ge is returned Click Cancel to enable GDT Mode before the Subs OFF message is returned Figure 18 10 FSM Modeling Information Message Click Cancel to continue without waiting for FSM to automatically remodel the TMI If you did not click Cancel FSM remodels the TMI after the Subs Off message is returned by the TPC and the FSM Information message closes SUBS ALL OFF is then displayed on the GDT setup panel Click Run from the GDT Setup component to open the Blanket coversheet with the revised parameters From the Program Parameters dropdown select View Program Results to view flight and stack information Select View Delay Assignment to view the program s slot allocation and delay distribution Review the coversheet parameters and program results complete the Advisory section and click Send Proposed Blanket or Send Actual Blanket from the Coversheet to implement the Blanket revision FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 9 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs Note Blanket programs ignore all unassigned slots if the GDP has a Delay Assignment Mode of GAAP If you leave SUBS turned ON when you click Send Proposed Blanket or Send Actual Blanket during a compression blanket revision or extension you receive an FSM warning message that instructs you to Turn SUBS OFF reload and remodel the program see Figure 18 11 This message is displayed only if you chose to ignore the previously displayed Subs On warning Once th
366. ger included in Ground Stop and the TFMS system notifies all users of flights that are no longer controlled by the Ground Stop Fill in the GS parameters as needed Once you make the GS parameter inputs click Reload or Model on the GDT Setup component to view the delay statistics for the new scenario and make adjustments if necessary Once you are ready to issue the GS click Run Proposed or Run Actual from the GDT Setup component to open the GS coversheet From the GS coversheet send the Ground Stop and Advisory by clicking Send Proposed Purge or Send Actual Purge to implement the new GS See Chapter 19 Issuing a Ground Stop for more detail on how to issue a GS Extending a Ground Stop To extend an existing GS ensure the Ground Stopped airport you want to modify is active before clicking GDT Mode on the Control Panel component This opens the four default GDT components for the selected airport Select GS from the Program Type dropdown menu and then select File gt Load Actual Parameters gt Ground Stop see Figure 20 3 After FSM loads the actual parameters adjust the parameters and extend the GS Time as necessary Click Model to view the Delay Statistics in the Data Graph and make any adjustments as needed FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 4 Other Ground Stop Functions E GOT Setup ATL 2010 Jan 20 0455 GOT Load Proposed Parameters Open Coversheet Open IPM Mode Instance L Eos 200729 gt nm Figure 20 3 Lo
367. grated Product team ATL Atlanta International Airport ATV Altitude Reservation flight remark AUA 500 Air Traffic Systems Development Traffic Flight Service Station BENTRY Based Element Entry Time BETD BETA Beginning Estimated Wheel Times BOS General Edward L Logan International Airport in Boston CC Alarm Status for flights arriving more than five minutes before or more than five minutes after their Control Time of Arrival CDM Collaborative Decision Making CETE Control Estimated Time En route CF Alarm status for flights that were cancelled but later flew without the flight being reinstated properly CNX Cancelled Flight Cancel COA Continental Airlines CR_TIME Create Time CTA Revised OrigCTA Control Time of Arrival after substitution cancellation CTD Control Time of Departure FSM User Guide Version 9 00 C 1 Glossary of Abbreviations e CTL_ELEM Ifa flight is controlled i e has a CTD and CTA this field indicates the constrained NAS element for which a ground delay program or ground stop was run Currently the CTL_ELEM can be an arrival airport FEA or FCA e CTT Collaborative Technology Testbed e DAS formerly FAD Delay Assignment e DCenter Departure Center e DEP Departure Airport e DO Drop Out Flight e DP Departure Procedure e DTRSN Departure Procedure Transition e DV The flight was cancelled and diverted to an alternate destination cancel statu
368. gure 6 9 GDT Map Right Click Zoom Pop Up Menu e In addition after you select an airport FEA or FCA on the Map you can right click the selected airport FEA or FCA to view more options to open the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 6 FSM Flight Coloring Viewing Flight Information airport in other components You have the option of showing flights in the Time Line Bar Graph Flight List or View Element FEA FCA only components see Figure 6 10 You can open only one component at a time from the Map component AF Ma A A no AS FANG MID FCA101 MSPA gt P Default Zoom ROAR ANSI Open Time Line Open Bar Graph Open Flight List Figure 6 10 Map Right Click Selected Airport FEA or FCA Displaying information by flight color is a feature in FSM that assists the user in distinguishing between the varying statuses of multiple flights Flight color options are displayed as tabs on the Time Line and Bar Graph components in all data modes The following 16 coloring options are available in FSM l Cm NDA PR WN Ee Se SS Ww N oO Status Arrival Departure Status Aircraft Category Aircraft Class Carrier Arrival Fix Departure Fix Exemption User Alarm Status Centers Distance Substitution Status FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 7 Viewing Flight Information 14 CDM Participation 15 Program Delay 16 Control Type The following sections provide a brief description of
369. h components for the airport are displayed 4 Click GDT Mode on the Control Panel The GDT components for the airport are displayed 5 Select GDP GAAP for the Program Type 6 Select the appropriate values for the Program Time section of the Parameters tab on the GDT Setup Panel 7 Enter the appropriate Program Rate and Pop Up Factor for the GAAP GDP in the Program Rate section 8 Enter the GAAP Delay Limit appropriate for the GAAP GDP The default value is 180 9 Select any Slot Hold Override that is necessary for the GAAP GDP 10 Select any Exempt AFPs that you want to try to keep the AFP flight s CTD equal or close to their current CTD 11 Set the Scope for the GAAP GDP on the Scope tab It is recommended to issue an ALL program for GAAP GDPs 12 Select the Power Run you want FSM from the Modeling Options tab to use for this GAAP GDP 13 Click Model The red border in the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed and all the GDT components reflect the modeled GAAP GDP 14 If the program seems to deal with the traffic flow in the manner you want click Run Actual to generate the Coversheet The Coversheet window is displayed 15 Carefully examine each section of the Coversheet If the data is correct select the Program Parameters checkbox 16 Complete the Advisory Causal Factors section of the coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 10 Issuing an Initial Program 17 Modify the Respond By time if Proposed was s
370. has been removed from the TFMS database cancel status e RS An internal TFMS message generated when a specialist takes an OAG flight out of the database cancel status e RZ ANAS flight plan cancellation message cancel status e SCDT List Contains flight delay information for the airport that has been issued a ground delay Contains information such as flight s call sign equipment type departure airport Ptime etc Schedule Accuracy The sum of the absolute values of the difference of actual departure time estimated departure time for each flight divided by the number of valid flights e SCS Slot Credit Substitution e SF Spurious Flights or flights submitted as SI cancellations with no corresponding entries in the OAD alarm status FSM User Guide Version 9 00 C 3 Glossary of Abbreviations SFO San Francisco International Airport SGTD SGTA Scheduled Gate Times Departure Arrival Slot ID A time slot assigned during ground delay substitution cancellation Slot List A modified FADT List In addition to the information provided by the FADT list the slot list includes the slot ID flight class and information about exempted flights STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Route STRSN Standard Terminal Arrival Route Transition SWP SWAP flight flight remark TO The flight time out considered cancelled because no activation message has been received within a certain time of the predicted de
371. he Great Circle Distance GCD which is the distance between the departure airport and arrival airport FSM User Guide Version 9 00 C 2 Glossary of Abbreviations e GDP Ground Delay Program e GDT Ground Delay Tools e GS Ground Stop e HITL Human in the Loop e IENTRY Initial Element Entry Time e IPM Integrated Program Modeling e IGTD IGTA Initial Estimated Gate Times e LFG Lifeguard Flight flight remark e LGTD LRTD LRTA LGTA Airline Gate and Runway Times e LTOD Length of Time Out Delay e MOA Memorandum of Agreement Military Operations Area e NRP National Route Program Flight flight remark e OAG Official Airline Guide e OCTD OCTA Original Control Times e OENTRY Original Element Entry Time e OETD OETA Original Estimated Wheel Times e OETE Original Estimated Time En route e ORD O Hare International Airport in Chicago e OOOI OUT OFF ON IN Time that the flight was out of the departure gate off the departure runway on the arrival runway and in the arrival gate e PGTD PGTA Proposed Gate Times Departure Arrival e PETE Filed Estimated Time En route e Power Run A Tab in the GDT Setup component which allows you to model various scenarios to help evaluate what parameters are most favorable e RBS Ration By Schedule A ground delay algorithm based on the OAG time e RBS An enhanced version of RBS which automatically performs compression e RM The flight
372. he Purge Flights section When this box is selected FSM logic determines which flights are no longer controlled due to the change in the new event End time entered in the GDT Setup panel FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 4 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program Note The logic for which flights are included is unchanged this new process simply means that when the time frame is reduced FSM re determines which flights are in the program 3 Click Model The cumulative end time is displayed as a solid goal post in the Bar Graph The new end time of the program is displayed as a dotted goal post once the revision is displayed in the ADL Note By default the cumulative time indicators are enabled but you have the option to toggle the display Select View gt Cumulative Indicators from the Bar Graph to turn the cumulative time indicators on off 4 Ifthe program meets your needs click Run Proposed or Run Actual and submit the program Advisories are sent to all users to indicate that the time frame of the program has changed The TFMS system notifies users of flights that are no longer controlled by the program Revising a GAAP Program To revise a program from a GAAP to a DAS in GDT Setup from the Parameters tab gt Program Type dropdown menu select GDP AFP DAS Sending a Proposed Program and Advisory After modifying the parameters of the program and if the modeled results are favorable it is recomm
373. he Time Line component e View gt Arrival Data Displays all arrival data for that data set e View gt Departure Data Displays all departure data for that airport FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 166 Understanding Components e View gt Show CNX DO Displays all cancelled and drop out flights under the column marked CNX to the right of the active flight information e View gt Show Legend Displays the appropriate color legend associated with the current view If you click the legend button on the Time Line FSM dynamically selects the checkbox for Show Legend e View gt Open Slots in Carrier Color Displays all open slots due to cancelled or delayed flights in the associated carriers color e View gt Show Unassigned Slots Displays all unassigned slots during a GAAP GDP or AFP e View gt Auto Icons Displays flights in the TSD icon format This is the default Time Line view The TSD format displays different icons based on the flight aircraft weight When you select Auto Icons the same icon is used to represent all aircraft weights Table 3 15 Auto Icons Autolcon Auto Icon Description Enabled Disabled ds 4a Jumbo dy m Jet d Heavy dy Ay Prop Includes Turbo and Piston e View gt Flight Info Displays the Flight Info window for a quick reference on the flight e View gt Flight Detail Displays the Flight Detail window for more in depth information on the f
374. he Uncontrolled Drop Out Report are the same as the Flight List component The list below defines only the menu items that are different for or unique to the Uncontrolled Drop Out Report for more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information There are four menus File View Flight List and Help 1 File Menu Save As Saves the list as a file so that you can access it later Print Prints the report Close Closes the report window 2 View Menu Rename Window Arrival Data Toggles arrival data off and on Departure Data Toggles departure data off and on Add Remove Columns Group Flights Sort Filters Apply Filter Clear Filter Flight Info Flight Detail 3 Flight List Menu Freeze Data Data Filter Display Set Time Search By Callsign 4 Help Menu Uncontrolled Drop Out General information about this report Understanding Coversheet Reports FSM creates three Coversheet reports e FADT e Analysis e Carrier Statistics FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 34 Understanding and Using FSM Reports FADT Report FSM generates FADT reports when you Run any TMI operation A FADT reports contains program parameters and delay statistics for that TMI operation To review the FADT file select View gt FADT Report from the TMI coversheet and the FADT Report window opens with the program information see Figure 21 24 EFADT Report x xi File Help
375. he other IPM Setup components reflect the changes made to the IPM Setup and Map Note All IPM components are labeled IPM in the component title bar IPM Setup components also include the Scenario number in the title bar E He yow fegerts Ans TAS Toots Lies Wiio tet Open Ota See Map Ph oie PM BOS So SoG Connected Servers Sanna TA MORES MGRJHEST MGRSD WGF Date Set PaA T Sconark Manager Pw ok Fe View Hee pe Yew Ger Gran hay Hee Neset All te amete n U sna n wo ve NER re iu Habe Lapa C Correnty Open Darts Sete a BOS 100115 gt tae Mates SFO 190116 GOP ACTUAL 90010 pa PEAFCA CI FEAS FCAS ah Center 74 Aus gt arpons Dmarca L Arports LIrsarca Figure 3 97 IPM Default Components Scenario Manager Component The IPM feature combines FSM implemented TMIs into one or more system wide views referred to as scenarios A scenario is a collection of data sets program types and FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 121 Understanding Components parameters for modeled and impact data sets The scenarios allow you to compare programs effects on one another and to compare multiple strategies at one time The first step in using the IPM tool is to create one or more scenarios in the Scenario Manager component see Figure 3 98 The creation of a scenario involves the selection of elements that are either going to be controlled through initiatives or may be impacted by those initiatives F
376. he program Compression can reduce but cannot increase both the total delay and average delay of a GDP If there are no flights available to move into earlier times a Compression does not yield any change For more information on Issuing a Compression see Chapter 16 Issuing Compress Flight Program Note Flights can receive more delay during a Compression or Revision due to Airline submitted times For example if a flight s earliest departure arrival times submitted are later than its current control times the flight can receive a later time if there is another available flight to move up into the delayed flight s slot Deciding When to Revise or Compress an AFP Use a Revision when you want to change the program parameters such as Start or End time AAR or scope A Revision will reallocate flights to slots based on the entered parameters and sends new EDCTs to flights arriving to the FCA within the revision parameters If the scope of the AFP is reduced newly exempted flights still receive new EDCTs and are subject to departure compliance In cases where you do not want to modify the AFP parameters either a Revision or Compression can be considered If an AFP is over delivering due to pop up traffic and or if multiple Drop Out flights are causing the program to under deliver during all or part of the program a revision is the best option to reallocate flights to slots and smooth out the FCA demand To view the number of pop up fligh
377. he time bin conventions Therefore you can view where the fluctuations in demand are located within each hour If there are several hours where demand is significantly greater than the AAR you may need a TMI to control the traffic flow into the airport or airspace The Bar Graph component is colored according to the tab option currently in use For example if the Status tab is active the bars in the graph are colored according to the percentage of flights that represent each respective arrival status If half of the flights for one time period have not departed light green while the other half are in the air red the bar for that hour is half red and half green If every flight for the hour has already landed the bar for that hour is black The Bar Graph is dynamic and changes according to the information in each ADL update The Bar Graph also automatically updates itself when you choose a different tab option See Chapter 3 Understanding Components for more information Time Line The Time Line component is colored according to the tab option currently in use You can view the default colors from the Time Line s legend See Chapter 3 Understanding Components for more information At the top of each hour column in the Time Line the AAR and expected demand are displayed for that hour For example 94 101 indicates that the AAR is 94 and the demand expected for that hour is 101 see Figure 7 1 There are situations where demand exceeds
378. hen you select Update ERTA To and click Send When you select the Unlimited Limited or Manual update options and click Send FSM uses the EDCT UPDATE message to set update the flight s ERTA When you select the SCS update option and click Send FSM sends an Update ERTA message using an EDCT UPDATE message to TFMS after FSM receives an accepted SCS message for the flights from the Hubsite Flight Placement for Limited and Unlimited Update Options ECR uses a queue based model where the arrival time of a flight is based on the ETA projected by the TFMS Core To determine a flight s placement projected demand is compared to the AAR The flight is queued and modeled as arrived based on the capacity projected using the AAR FSM creates pseudo slots PSLOT based on the current AAR Note that the PSLOTs are used for internal modeling only and are not visible to the user When you select the Limited update option FSM compares the current demand based on flights ETAs to the AAR to determine the best place for a flight between the new Earliest CTA and New Earliest CTA Max Additional Delay When determining Limited Option flight placement FSM assigns the flight to a pseudo slot PSLOT within the CTA Range based on the following rules e The first available free PSLOT within Limited CTA Range if no free PSLOT is found within the limited CTA Range then e The flight is placed in the minute within the Limited CTA range where there are the
379. her elements For more information on the Modeling Options tab see Chapter 3 Understanding Components FSM uses all of the same presentation logic and coloring for an Impact Element as for a Model Element with the following exceptions e When switching among different elements in the GDT Bar Graph the display defaults to ETA for airport data sets and ENTRY for airspace data sets e When switching among different elements in the Bar Graph the color by tab display remains the same If a color by tab is not available for a data set the tab defaults to Status e When viewing the Afix tab for a model or impact element FSM displays the Afixes for the selected airport FSM maintains the GDT Bar Graph tabs and makes them available to all element graphs Currently there are six default tabs available for airport data sets and five default tabs available for airspace data sets You can use the tabs where applicable whether you are in the model or impact element bar graph The impact elements display the current ADL data before modeling For example if you model a AFP for FCAMSP you can model the impact of the AFP on JFK and LGA 1 Select the Modeling Options tab from the GDT Setup component for the program you are modeling 2 Select the elements on which you want to model the impact of the TMI from the Available box Note You can model the impact on up to five elements 3 Click gt to add the elements to the Selected box FSM U
380. hin a certain time of the predicted departure time The amount of time out delay displays in parentheses DV indicates that the flight was cancelled and diverted to an alternate destination RM indicates that the flight has been removed from the TFMS database DO indicates that the flight was originally routed through an FEA FCA but has since changed its route so that it no longer travels through the FEA FCA e DO The DO flag displays Red if the flight has dropped out of an FEA FCA Flight Info buttons e Flight Detail Clicking this button brings up the Flight Detail window This window provides more detailed information for the flight Flight Info Menu The menu bar in the Flight Info window contains three options File View and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the flight information to a text file which you can open later and use again e File gt Print Prints the flight information you see on the screen e File gt Close Closes the Flight Info window 2 View Menu e View gt Flight Detail Displays the Flight Detail window 3 Help Menu e Help gt Flight Information Opens the on line help information for the Flight Info window Flight Detail Window Use Flight Detail to obtain more detailed information for a specific flight than displays in the Flight Info window see Figure 6 37 There are four ways to access the Flight Detail window 1 Right click any flight icon in the FSM Time L
381. his flight was specifically excluded from the program Exempted by Departure Status The ETD prefix is either A or E Exempted by Departure Time The flight s Revised EDCT or Ptime comes before the Current Time Now Plus Excluded and Exempted Because of program parameters this flight met excluded and exempted status criteria This status includes flights which do not fly within the time period of a GDP and which meet exemption criteria Not Exempted This flight is eligible for inclusion in the program When a flight triggers one of FSM s alarms FSM generates a list of flights that have triggered an alarm Flights trigger alarms when they do not comply with certain operations criteria Flights trigger alarms for the following reasons CC Flights arriving more than five minutes before or more than five minutes after their Control Time of Arrival CF Flights that were cancelled but later flew without the flight being reinstated properly EA The actual flight time is greater than a specified value but the flight status is not cancelled The default value is 15 minutes EC The departure boundaries are more than five minutes before or more than five minutes after their estimated departure clearance time SF Spurious Flights or flights submitted as SI cancellations with no corresponding entries in the OAD The term alerts refers to areas in which the traffic demand is projected to exceed a predefined capacity thresh
382. hite box Search By Callsign Callsign Origin Airport Figure 3 44 Search By Call Sign 4 Display Menu Display gt ETA Display flights based on their Estimated Time of Arrival ETA Display gt BETA Displays flights based on their Base Estimated Time of Arrival BETA The BETA matches the ETA and is frozen when the flight becomes active or when the flight becomes controlled Display gt IGTA taxi Displays flights based on their Initial Gate Time of Arrival IGTA minus taxi time IGTA Wheel Time The IGTA is based on the OAG times or flight plan times and never changes Taxi time default is 10 minutes but you can change it in the GDT Control window Display gt OCTA Displays flights based on their Original Controlled Times of Arrival OCTA Original ETA OGTA Wheel Time or ETA position depending on the available information For example if the Original CTA is not available FSM uses Original ETA and so on This time never changes Display gt EAFT Displays flights based on their Estimated Arrival Fix Time EAFT which is the time at which the flight crosses its designated arrival fix Display gt CTA Displays flights based on their current Controlled Time of Arrival CTA Display gt ENTRY Displays flights based on their current Estimated Element Entry Time Airspace data set only Display gt BENTRY Displays flights based on their current Based Element
383. ht Active OR Arrived AND ETA between 27 1810 and 27 1832 ACID ETA JBUS34 A277559 E27 1810 _ZIAAL444 A271617 E27 1812 BAW71G A271050 E27 1813 4 IKAP927 P2711745 C27 1814 USA1562 A271722 E27 1818 6 VPCHA P271730 E271821 __ F CICABET 127805 2710822 TRS863 A27 1558 E271825 USA1824 A271654 E27 826 10DAL1920 L27 1755 C27 1828 41lumn 424 T27 730 C2711028 42 CHQ6340 A271652 E27 1829 COA130 A27 1708 E27 1830 EJA233 1274007 C27 1831 15 JBU4G4 A271610 E2782 UAL532 A271642 E27832 T7 DALGRG A271631 E27 1832 SEPSSRSARRSSERES pE PETE if EEEE RRR RR ED Figure 6 17 Flight List FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 21 Viewing Flight Information 3 Select File gt Close from the Flight List window to close the flight list Time Line Display Options The Time Line gives you the option to display flights according to different flight data in Live Historical or GDT mode When you choose different criteria to use in the FSM Flight display your changes affect only the component you have selected to change For a description of each menu option on the Time Line Display menu see Chapter 3 Understanding Components To Change the Time Line Flight Display To change the display in the Time Line use the Display menu options For a description of each menu item see Chapter 3 Understanding Components For example you want to see all flights by their Controlled Time of Arrival CTA and colored by Carrier 1
384. ial Program for more information on resending information Example of Issuing an Actual GS An Actual GS is a program that the FAA is going to implement they have gathered user comments and are ready to enact the program To send an Actual Ground Stop 1 Click Open Data Set The Open Data Set window opens 2 Select the airport for which you want to issue the GS 3 Click OK The Time Line and Bar Graph components for the airport open FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 10 Issuing a Ground Stop 4 Click GDT Mode on the Control Panel The GDT components for the airport are displayed 5 On the GDT Setup panel select Ground Stop for the Program Type 6 Enter the GS parameters on the various GDT Setup Panel tabs 7 Click Model The red border outlining the GDT Setup Panel no longer is displayed and all the GDT components reflect the modeled Ground Stop 8 Ifthe program appears to deal with the traffic flow in the manner you want click Run Actual to generate the coversheet The Coversheet window opens 9 Carefully examine each section of the coversheet If the data is correct select the Program Parameters checkboxe 10 Select the Category for the Ground Stop 11 Select the Cause related to the Category 12 Select the Equipment causing the GS if you selected Equipment from Cause 13 Select the Probability for Extension for the Ground Stop 14 Enter any Comments as needed 15 Select the Advisory Causal Factors checkbox
385. iance List Menu The menu bar in the Flight List component contains four options File View Flight List and Help The functionality of compliance flight lists is identical to all other FSM Flight Lists 1 File Menu FSM User Guide Version 9 00 13 4 Monitoring EDCT Compliance e File gt Save As Saves the Compliance List to an Excel spreadsheet which you can open later and use again e File gt Print Prints the Compliance List information viewed on the screen e File gt Close Closes the Compliance list window View Menu e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box and allows you to change the title bar name e View gt Add Remove Columns Allows you to add or delete ADL data fields to the Flight List e View gt Group Flights Allows you to group ADL data fields to the Flight List in ascending or descending order e View gt Sort Flights Allows you to sort ADL data fields to the Flight List in ascending or descending order e View gt Apply Filter Allows you to apply a filter to the data fields in the Flight List e View gt Clear Filter Allows you to clear a filter from the data fields in the Flight List e View gt Flight Info Opens the Flight Info window e View gt Flight Detail Opens the Flight Detail window Flight List Menu e Flight List gt Set Time Sets the time for the Flight List component in Historical mode only e Flight List g
386. iated Light Blue Arrived Flights that have already arrived at the monitored element coloring takes precedence over other control type coloring Black TFMS ADPT All flights affected by the TFMS Adaptive Compression process Dark Blue Viewing Information in the Time Line Component From the Time Line you can view flights arriving at and departing from the monitored airport as well as open arrival slots unassigned slots cancellations and drop outs The selected tab in the Time Line indicates the type of data displayed The tab coloring options are the same as described above for the Bar Graph in Flight Coloring options Directly above the tab options the Time Line lists the airport FEA or FCA being monitored as well as the date and ADL time as shown in Figure 6 15 For more information on the Time Line component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 18 Viewing Flight Information Time Line BOS 27 1725 LIVE t O x Ele Yew T ime Line Display Help as BOS 02 27 2008 17 252 ETA ArrDepStatus Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type CNX amp DO Fits an ARR DEP DO Ir O2 oom oo Enz 9 0 0 iai Q gt 0 Removed 2 O lt amp 2 Ground Stopped O O 4 4 v lDep Past ETD 08 08 0594 v Dep Mo CTD HO MO 4 v Mep CTD Issued 4o on x v Dep CTD Other Element
387. icates what filters are applied to the data Filters are separated with either an AND or OR logical operator AND displays between filters when an intersection of data is used This means the flights in the list mach each of the filter criteria OR displays between filters when a union of data is used This means that each flight in the list meets at least one of the filter criteria FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 23 Viewing Flight Information Flight List SFO 21 1552 LIVE usa SFO 08 21 2006 15 52Z Data Arrivals Filter s Ground Stopped OR Dep Past ETD OR Dep No CTD OR Dep CTD Issued OR Dep CTD Other Element OR Flight Active OR Arrived AND ETA between 21 1704 and 24 1722 ETA a A211102 E21 1704 A211350 E21 1704 A211503 21 1704 211455 E21 1707 A211542 E21 1708 1721 1601 1211709 4210732 E211711 A215 E21712 A21 1127 E211713 A211528 211718 A21 1528 E21 1719 A211I16 E211722 A2111511 E211722 AFFA Figure 6 20 Flight List with Filters Displayed To conserve space on the Flight List you can turn off the Current Info display by selecting Flight List gt Data Filter Display This collapses the Current Info section see Figure 6 21 Aight List SFO 21 1557 LIVE fe View Fait List Heip als a SFO 08 21 2006 15 57Z UAL8137 A21 1102 E21 1704 2EJAI61 1211554 1211706 3 UAL275 4211455 E211707 4 UAL378 A211542 E211708 5 UAL344 T21 1601 1211709 6 NWA28 A210732 E21 1711
388. ice When placing your cursor over a corner the double sided arrow is diagonal This allows you to move two sides of the window at the same time Moving a Window You can move around the windows in FSM to suit your needs Left click the title bar of the window and drag it to move it to a desired position on the screen Note The cursor remains as the normal cursor and not a double edged arrow FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 13 Understanding FSM Features FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 14 Understanding Components 3 Understanding Components Monitored Live Mode Components Use Monitored Live mode components to monitor airport and airspace capacity and demand information Demand data updates approximately every five minutes with every new ADL in live mode This section familiarizes you with the main Monitored Live mode components e Control Panel e Open Data Set e Map e Query Manager e Bar Graph e Time Line e Element Display Control Panel Component The first component you see upon opening FSM is the Control Panel The Control Panel component allows you to access all other FSM components for displaying monitoring and managing traffic flow at any data set The Control Panel consists of the menu bar and seven buttons the explanation for each of these buttons is displayed below The menu items and buttons are enabled or disabled depending on the type of data set Monitored Live Historical GDT selected When you op
389. ied You can open the data set in several ways after you select the desired airport FEA or FCA components and data time Double clicking a desired airport FEA or FCA or clicking Apply opens the Historical mode data and leaves the Open Data Set component open Clicking OK also opens the Historical mode data in FSM but closes the Open Data Set component Begin Monitoring an Airport FEA or FCA The All Live tab on the Open Data Set component provides a list of airports FEAs and FCAs that the server is not currently monitoring but are readily available for viewing see Figure 4 10 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 7 Opening FSM Open Data Set Eile Help Monitored Live AllLve Historical Active Historical vi Time Line Sort Airports By Airport ID lt Center ID C Flight List 5 oe 21 Y Bar Graph A 220 ECR CZUBG CZUBZ FCA100 FCA101 FCA103 FCA104 FCA105 FCA106 FCA107 FCA108 FCA109 FCA110 FEAAR Defaut View Hement Figure 4 10 All Live Tab To begin monitoring an airport FEA or FCA from the All Live tab 1 Click Open Data Set 2 Select the All Live tab 3 Select a data set 4 5 Select the components you want to view for the data set in the Open With panel Click Apply or OK to open the data set Note The All Live tab opens airports FEAs and FCAs in Live mode only Opening an airport FEA or FCA
390. ier automatically selects the associated centers The total number of centers selected displays to the right of the Tier selection Click Clear to erase all centers with checkmarks and return the included tier selection back to Manual e Manual Center Selection Click the checkbox to select or deselect individual centers to include in the program Note The recommended scope for AFP programs is ALL Canada FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 76 Understanding Components Airports Origin This section of the panel allows you to exempt and non exempt airports e Exempt You can exempt certain departure airports from a TMI Enter the three or four letter airport code to exempt that airport Separate airports with a space or a comma The maximum number of exempt airports you can enter is 24 e Non Exempt You can include certain departure airports for a TMI that were not originally included based on the Center section criteria Select Manual from the dropdown then enter the three or four letter airport code to include that airport Separate airports with a space or a comma The maximum number of non exempt airports you can enter is 16 Airports Destination This section of the panel is only for airspace datasets and is disabled for airport data sets e Exempt You can exempt certain arrival airports from an AFP Enter the three or four letter airport identifier to exempt flights that are arriving from that airport from departure delay
391. ight This Count List incorporates the same classifications for aircraft weight as FSM s Color By Aircraft Class menu option Counts gt By Arrival Fix Provides flight counts according to the arrival fix at which each flight is arriving for the monitored airport Arrival fix names for each airport vary FSM automatically generates the correct Arrival Fix names for the monitored airport and uses them in the Count List headings Note This report is not applicable to FEAs and FCAs FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 2 Understanding Components Counts gt By Departure Fix Provides flight counts according to the departure fix for which each flight is departing from the monitored airport Departure fix names for each airport vary FSM automatically generates the top 11 departure fixes for the monitored airport and uses them in the Count List headings If the departure fix is other than these 11 or is unknown FSM lists the flight under the Other column Note This report is not applicable to FEAs and FCAs Counts gt By User Provides a flight count according to the classification of the aircraft Counts By User classifies flights according to their function in the NAS There are 7 user types C Air Carriers T Air Taxi F Freight Cargo Carriers M Military G General Aviation O Other This class includes flights that do not belong to one of the five categories listed above U Unknown This category is for fligh
392. ight s departure fix time FSM uses the ADL element marked DFIX Airport Center Includes the flights origin and destination Airport and Center Airport Center This row also contains the flight s GCD Fix Estimate Departure Fix DFIX Estimated Departure Fix Time EDFT the arrival Fix AFIX and Estimated Arrival Fix Time EAFT Procedure Departure Procedure DP Departure Procedure Transition DTRSN Standard Terminal Arrival Route STAR and Standard Transition STRSN Gate Runway ENTRY EXIT and En Route Times This section of the Flight Details window displays estimated controlled scheduled proposed airline and actual times for several fields that allow you to track the flight s progress from the departure gate and runway to the destination runway and gate It also includes entry and exit times for flights traversing FEAs or FCAs The information includes the various times given for ETD ENTRY EXIT ETE ETA Estimated Wheel Times Entry times and Exit times Note FSM displays the CTA under Entry if an airspace Element controls a flight FSM displays CTA under Runway for all other instances CTD CTA CETE Control Times SGTD SGTA Scheduled Gate Times PGTD PGTA PETE Proposed Gate Times LGTD LRTD LRTA LGTA Airline Gate and Runway Times IGTD IENTRYIGTA Initial Estimated Gate Entry Times ARTD ARTA ETE Actual Runway Times OUT OFF ON IN Time that the flight was out
393. ights triangles ANTDER Satis 16 1400 16 1500 16 1600 16 1700 16 1800 CNX amp DO Fits 10 20 10 19 10 20 10 14 108 10 14 ARR DEP DO oo oo oo oo oo O 0 0 4 i 4 r a lt c oie os os os OS z Dr a i a a6 4 10 10 10 10 10 4 gt bel 2 I 2 N i a A 4 z He 1a 15 15 15 15 i 4 5 20 20 20 20 20 4 2 heat 25 25 25 25 Bee m Kt N 7 s 4 un he ge Msn nn nn A rrr Ee a Figure 10 9 IPM Time Line View IPM Bar Graph Component By default the IPM Bar Graph displays both solid and hashed bars Solid bars represent the original data while hashed bars represent modeled data Uncheck View gt Current Data from the IPM Bar Graph to view only modeled data The modeled AAR line dashed white line is displayed by default when in IPM mode The Bar Graph can indicate if the stack at the end of the program is a potential problem and allows you to view the overall impact of the program see Figure 10 10 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 10 Using Integrated Program Modeling Bar Graph BWI 2009 Mar 16 1450 IPM Scenario 1 Eile View BarGraph Display Help als sao St Bow IPM BWiModel 03 16 2009 14 50Z ETA PTT TT a EI EI U salt mHE rer Figure 10 10 IPM Bar Graph View With Current Data Option Unchecked For more information on the IPM Bar
394. ights options are disabled To purge flights prior to the new Start time 1 Adjust your Start time in the GDT Setup panel s Parameters tab 2 Select Before Revision Start in the Purge Flights section When this box is selected FSM logic determines which flights are no longer controlled due to the change in the new event Start time entered in the GDT Setup panel Note The logic for which flights are included is unchanged this new process simply means that when the time frame is reduced FSM re determines which flights are in the program 3 Click Model The cumulative start time is displayed as a solid goal post in the Bar Graph The new Start time of the program will be displayed as a dotted goal post once the revision is displayed in the ADL Note By default the cumulative time indicators are enabled but you have the option to toggle the display Select View gt Cumulative Indicators from the Bar Graph to turn the cumulative time indicators on off 4 Ifthe program appears to meet your needs click Run Proposed or Run Actual and submit the program For more information see Chapter 15 Issuing the Revision Advisories are sent to all users to indicate that the time frame of the program has changed The TFMS system notifies users of flights that are no longer controlled by the program To purge flights after to the new End time 1 Adjust your End time in the GDT Setup panel s Parameters tab 2 Select After Revision End in t
395. indow opens 2 Select the DCENTER data field in the Sort By dropdown menu 3 Select Ascending 4 Select the ACID data field in the Then By dropdown menu FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 37 5 6 7 8 Viewing Flight Information Select Ascending Select the ETA data field in the Then By dropdown menu Select Ascending Click OK or Apply in the Sort window to generate the sorted Flight List Using the Apply Filters Window The Apply Filter window displays a pre determined list that allows you to arrange the data in the Flight List according to your selection 1 Select View gt Apply Filter from the Flight List component Apply Filter Figure 6 31 Apply Filter Window Select a filter option from the Apply Filter window Click OK This applies the filter to the Flight List For example when you select the Arrived filter option FSM arranges the data according to the arrived flights in the Flight List To cancel the applied filter and return to the original Flight List settings select View gt Clear Filter from the Flight List menu Exporting Flight List To export Flight List to an Excel spreadsheet 1 From the Flight List window menu bar select File gt Save As The Save Flight List As dialog box opens Enter a name in the File Name field Microsoft Office Excel Worksheet xls is the default file type in the Files of Type dropdown menu Click Save The exported report is c
396. ine and select Flight Detail 2 Right click a flight in any FSM Flight List and select Flight Detail 3 Click Flight Detail from the Flight Information window 4 Select View gt Flight Detail in the Flight Information window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 43 Viewing Flight Information BE Flight Dotai ATL 19 0415 LIVE 3 te te a6 Foght Deted Infermuntum Nun ix aa tora A Own aunwan o ADL fore 04152 Anan Type woso Area Cepo ee Abcam Cores lap Maer we COM Paniopast Y Usen Ar Canio Deparo co Areal ADL Ehemann Anpi Creme ORD I INJ u ATLiZTL Fuck steriste CMsKYs 1 VOLDE DALAS 100716 OF DS OFT AFDC RAFT Procedure OF OTRSN STAR STREN Ume Hana Entry tm Haray ome En Aue AOL Eierra Estimated 190554 190726 92 ETD ENTRY EST ETAJETE Commi ott ans 190725 32 TDICTAJ CETE nn 190129 190720 BITDISGTA Propemmt 190228 190427 a2 POTD POTA PETE Bar brace LOTO LATD fLURTA LOTA wi en 140120 190320 OTO ENTRY OTA Acta THESE ARTOIARTA ETE umubArteri OUTIOFFIONGIN Earknst STDs CO NTIEY FETA Orga Estate oma 100312 9 JETD COENTRY OETA QETE Base Estimate wm 190312 BETO BENTRY J BETA Orignal Costrot oa 16061 CTO I OCTA ON Hemet ar Sehne N rn 1907258 Cu tye anr Sr Meet OS Feng Duday Stans ALD cor ae one oso roo tich CO Stones Ux Fx Rz RS To DW ru Romeark NRP LFO ATV we OvT ADK FCA mr Wen EC EA Br cr DOr Mascha Doty Marib ETA POTA Fastir 256 Div Rocer Schodude Variation ETA GGTA Tarik 256 Progam Dakay
397. ines the flights that should be moved to use the slot e Updates the databases with the changes e Sends notification to the flight operators about the changes For more information on Adaptive Compression please review the TFMS Reference Manual The TFMS Hub performs Adaptive Compression processing and has little effect on FSM other than to e Display the status of whether Adaptive Compression is on or off for an Element e Provide a method through which an EDCT command can be sent from FSM to turn Adaptive Compression on or off Adaptive Compression in FSM When there is an AFP or GDP in place the subs indicator located on the FSM Control Panel and the GDT Setup panel indicates the status of Adaptive Compression If Adaptive Compression is ON the display reads ADPT ON If Adaptive Compression is OFF the display reads ADPT OFF The status of Adaptive Compression is displayed in the Substitution Flag Block Select Alerts gt SCS Bridge for the selected Element and the Substitution Flag Block opens See Figure 16 1 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 1 Issuing Compress Flight Program F Substitution Flag Block ATL Figure 16 1 Substitution Block Note If there is no AFP GDP in place the Subs indicator does not display any Adaptive Compression status Authorized FAA users will be able to turn Adaptive Compression on and off through EDCT commands Select TEMS Tools gt EDCT Commands gt AC ON OFF to turn Adaptive C
398. ing decreasing average demand for the indicated AFP start end time Moving the black vertical line in the Data Graph to adjust the percent of demand automatically adjusts the AFP AAR to meet the adjusted demand AFP Percent Capacity This Power Run analyzes alternatives by increasing or decreasing the modeled AAR value for the indicated AFP Start and End times An AFP Percent Capacity Power Run has three fields Min Capacity Reduction Max Capacity Reduction and Step Size The default value for Min Percent Capacity is 50 The default for Max Percent Capacity is 100 The Step Size default is 10 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 156 Understanding Components Ground Stop Power Run Options e GS Center Group This Power run allows you to see different statistics for all center groups The Data Graph s X axis and the Data Table s column header display the various center groups This option is available only for GS program types e GS Time Period Select GS Time Period from the Power Run By dropdown menu This option is available only for GS program types This function shows you the effect of running a ground stop for various lengths of time When you select GS Time Period two text fields become active Number of Start Times and Number of End Times The default for both is set to 2 but you can manually enter in another value to meet your analysis needs Note If you decide to run a GS for longer than one hour FSM provides a warning mes
399. ing order of priority that is the ADL will show the lowest prefix from this list that applies to a flight whether or not that was the basis for the ETA E TFMS Modeling L Airline C Controlled Time A Actual AZ NAS message Other Flight Times CTD CTA Controlled Time of Departure Arrival CETE Controlled Estimated Time En Route FSM User Guide Version 9 00 B 2 FSM Data Elements Other Flight Times SGTD SGTA Scheduled Gate Time of Departure Arrival OAG PGTD PGTA Proposed Gate Time of Departure Arrival Based on the NAS filed flight plan PETE Proposed Estimated Time En Route LRTD LRTA Airline Runway Time of Departure Arrival Based on airline data CDM FM Messages LGTD LGTA Airline Gate Time of Departure Arrival Based on airline data CDM FM Messages IGTD IGTA Initial Gate Time of Departure Arrival Based on either OAG or flight plan data time never changes IENTRY Initial Element Entry Time into an FEA FCA ARTD ARTA Actual Runway Times of Departure Arrival Set by DZ AZ NAS messages OUT OFF ON IN Actual airline flight times OUT Gate push back OFF Wheels up ON Wheels down IN At the gate ERTD ERTA Earliest Runway Time of Departure Arrival Based on airline submitted data as the earliest time a flight can depart or arrive EENTRY Earliest Element Entry Time OETD OETA Original Estimated Time of Departure Arrival Matches th
400. ins four options Resend Program Resend Parameters Resend Advisory and Resend Program amp Advisory see Figure 11 7 Note The Resend menu options are only available after Send Actual Proposed lt Program Type gt has been initially clicked on the Coversheet File View Resend Help WFCAJS1 Resend Program Resend Advisory Resend Program amp Advisory v Program Parameters v Figure 11 7 Coversheet Resend Menu Options Below is a description of the Resend menu options and when they are available FSM User Guide Version 9 00 11 6 Issuing an Initial Program e Resend Program Invokes the TFMS Autosend process to send the FADT file to the hub site and the Coversheet file to NTML as well as remote copies the files This option is only available for Actual GDPs and AFPs e Resend Advisory Uses an existing advisory number if available and invokes the TFMS Autosend process to send only the Advisory for the program This is available for all Proposed and Actual TMIs e Resend Program and Advisory This is the same process as clicking the initial Send button from the Coversheet and is only available for Actual Programs Purging a Program To purge cancel and release all delay on flights included in a program use the Purge function from the GDT Setup Component The Purge option requires no user input however for modeling purposes only you can change Purge Notification Minutes for Taxied GS
401. inute increments which is difficult to see on a graph with 10 hours worth of data To change the number of hours in the graph select View gt Hours Shown gt X Hours X number of hours The graph automatically updates to show the number of hours specified 3 Bar Graph Menu Bar Graph gt Track Time Makes the graph move as the time changes When you track time in this way the second bar on the graph is always the current time When you uncheck the box the bars do not move but you can still use the Time Indicator to determine the current time on the graph Bar Graph gt Set Time This option is enabled only while in Historical mode Selecting this causes the Set Time dialog box to open You can select the day and time for which you would like to view the historical data Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Specify You must select View gt Model Program Rate to see the Model Program Rate line a dashed white line on the Bar Graph If the ADL AAR displays on the graph the dashed line for modeling is hidden behind the solid white ADL line You can adjust the Model Program Rate by Selecting Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Specify This option displays the Specify Model Program Rate window Fill in the necessary information and the new Program Rate displays on the graph See Chapter 7 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions for more information on changing the Program Rate Dragging the white line in the gra
402. is sent to users because flights EDCTs are not affected by this program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 17 5 Deciding When to Use a Compression or Revision FSM User Guide Version 9 00 17 6 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs 18 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs Using Airborne Holding Traffic management specialists use Airborne Holding to determine the necessity of a GDP Airborne Holding is not an option for Airspace data sets In certain situations putting delay on flights en route may be a better option than delaying flights on the ground The airborne holding algorithm in FSM produces the amount of expected airborne holding delay defined as ASLOT ETA which would result from running a program To run the Airborne Holding algorithm select the Program Type Airborne Holding option from the GDT Setup component Note that only the Parameters tab is enabled Use the Parameters tab to complete the parameters of the air traffic scenario you want to model The only input parameters for Airborne Holding are the Program Time Options Start and End times and the Program Rate PR Parameters Tab Modifications In the Program Time Options section specify the start and end times of the program In the Program Rate section enter the reduced Program Rate for the airport on which you want to base your Airborne Holding Model Note that the Pop Up and Reserve rows in the Program Rate table are filled with dashes as they are not applic
403. ist Report has four menus File View Slot List and Help 1 File Menu e Save As Saves the list as a file so that you can access it later e Print Prints the report e Close Closes the report window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 32 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 2 View Menu e Freeze Data When selected this keeps the slot list from updating with the next ADL 3 Slot List Menu e Search Allows you to search for a specific string of data 4 Help Menu e Slot List General information about this report Uncontrolled Drop Out Report You can use the Uncontrolled Drop Out report to view flights that have rerouted out of the currently viewed data set Uncontrolied Drop Out Report FCAIOO 01 2013 LIVE uam FCA100 08 01 2007 20 13Z i ETA poma ETD 1012259 P0121410 7012009 1012010 LOH 1012057 1012128 Pa12200 P0172248 ANA PEFEA 22383828 1020455 012248 1020053 1012226 1020151 1012156 1020240 02457 0206 12 01 1900 01 1940 01 1945 012000 012042 01 2110 012140 012225 Figure 21 23 The Uncontrolled Drop Out Report groups flights by Center This report can help Centers as well as NAS Users decipher what flights no longer are controlled by the currently viewed data set FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 33 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Uncontrolled Drop Out Report Menu Many of the menu items for t
404. itary Orange Air Taxi Cyan Other Red Unknown Alarm Status Black Other flights no alarm set Red Flight with alarm set Centers Red All Centers Distance Red Flights within the selected distance Substitution Status Green Subbing flights Red Non subbing flights CDM Participation Green Participant Red Non participant Program Delay White Non controlled Orange Controlled Other Element Green 0 29 minutes Blue 30 59 minutes Cyan 60 89 minutes Gray 90 119 minutes Pink 120 149 minutes Yellow 150 179 minutes Maroon 180 209 minutes Magenta 210 239 minutes Red More than 240 minutes FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 40 Understanding Components Table 3 4 Continued Bar Graph Coloring Tabs Tab Option Bar Color Description Control Type Orange Controlled by another Element Purple Bridge Pink GAAP Green Not Controlled Dark Green FAA Red Flight Active Yellow Ground Stop GS Brown Program GDP AFP etc Light Blue NAS User SUB Black Arrived Cyan Cancelled Color Schemes Selection Component You can control which tabs are displayed in the Bar Graph by using the new Color Schemes Selection component accessible from the Bar Graph s View menu Select View gt Set Tabs Displayed You can dynamically show and hide specific coloring schemes for a single component The Color Schemes Selection component displays currently selected color schemes when initially opened
405. its parameters through the ADL First time GS Parameters new GS Parameters and deleted GS parameters all trigger this Alert Select this to view the parameters in a static window e Alerts gt Proposed GS Parameters This alert turns red when FSM receives a proposed GS Select this to view the parameters in a static window Note GS parameters are not applicable to AFPs e Alerts gt COMP Parameters This alert turns red when FSM receives parameters for the compression function through the ADL Select this to view the new parameters in a static window e Alerts gt BLANKET Parameters This alert turns red when FSM receives parameters for a Blanket function through the ADL Select this to view the new parameters in a static window Note Blanket parameters are not applicable to AFPs 5 TFMS Tools The TFMS Tools dropdown menu contains seven core options EDCT Commands Command Line Weather Request ADL Request ADL AAR ADR and Delete Proposed Parameters Note Only traffic management specialists at the Air Traffic Control Systems Command Center ATCSCC have access to the TFMS Tools menu e TEMS Tools gt EDCT Commands options gt EDCT CHECK Displays the current status of a single flight controlled by an EDCT program When you issue this command you get a one line response showing the controlled departure time and whether the TFMS has issued a Control Time CT message to implement the control for this flight FSM U
406. ive 3 Help Menu e Histogram Opens the on line help for the Absolute Delay Histogram component Surface Delay Report The Surface Delay Report indicates the ground delay imposed on flights and contains departure information for both arriving and departing flights To view a Surface Delay Report select the monitored airport FEA or FCA for which you want to view the report and then select Reports gt Surface Delay from the FSM Control Panel component E Surface Delay Report FCABA3 2010 Jan 19 0335 GDT ex FCABA3 01 19 2010 03 35Z ACID ORIG DEST DCENIR ACENTR ETD OETD EID ENIRY OETD OENIRY 4 DAL1532 ATL SAV 2TL 1185192051 192053 19 1853 19 1855 2 BJS527 Tus MIA ZAB 39A182119 190045 182040 190045 i JBU131 JK RSW 255191159 19 1419 19 1134 191354 __4 DAL423 ATL TJSJ ZIL 685191720 19 1722 19 1612 19 1614 AAL1946 MIA TPA 1105192034 192043 19 1844 19 1853 6 COM588 IAH JFK 535191511 191633 19 1418 191540 TRS507 ATL MIA 2A190212 190338 190210 190336 8 DAL1308 MCO 125191356 191507 19 1344 19 1455 ASOS427 ATIL GNV 1A190036 190121 190035 190120 10 FLGR96 ATL ROC 2065200210 200211 192244 192245 ATL x 1505192319 192320 192049 192050 12 ATL 88519 1821 191922 19 1653 19 1754 TPA f 2135200210 200230 192237 192257 14 AL 155191318 191450 191303 19 1435 JFK i 166 5192136 19 1850 192106 ATL 209 520 0150 192221 192223 ATL k 69519 1624 19 1515 191616 JAX 2135200247 192314 20 0008 Ba 218 S200126 192148 192343 PBI 2125200227 192255
407. ke a revision to a TMI FSM sets the Advisory Causal Factors values to those inherited from the applicable program Table 3 12 Advisory Causal Factors Fields Field Name Description Charge To Facility Type The facility to which to charge the delay e g Terminal ID Unique identifier for the facility e g Center abbreviation ZAB Not Charged To FAA Identifies whether the delay should be charged to the FAA or not Impacting Condition Category Type of issue responsible for the delay Weather Volume etc Cause Specific cause of delay Fog Compacted Demand Air Show etc related to the Category selected Equipment FAA Equipment Impacting Condition was attributable to FAA equipment Non FAA Equipment Impacting Condition was attributable to Non FAA equipment Scheduled Identifies that the Equipment Impacting Condition was due to a scheduled outage Non Scheduled Identifies that the Equipment Impacting Condition was due to a non scheduled outage The following fields are optional e Respond By The time by which users must respond to a Proposed TMI It is normally defined as the current time plus 30 minutes That time is then rounded up to the next 15 minute time increment For example if the current time is 1812 the Respond By time is 1845 1812 30 1842 Round up to the nearest 15 minute increment is 1845 e Valid Until The time at which the Advisory message expire
408. l Flow Rate is displayed by default Note Departure Flow Rate is not applicable to Airspace data sets Show More Less Hours The FSM default displays 12 hours of data in the Bar Graph You can specify the number of hours displayed in the bar graph to view more or less flight data For example you may want to view the demand in 15 minute time increments which is difficult to see on a graph with 12 hours worth of data To change the number of hours in the Bar Graph select View gt Hours Shown gt X where X number of hours The graph automatically updates itself to show the amount of hours you specify Use the scroll bars at the bottom of the component to view more hours View the AAR and ADR The white horizontal line that runs through the graph represents the Airport Arrival Rate AAR for the monitored data set The ADL AAR which displays by default is a fixed AAR sent by the FAA Air Traffic Control System Command Center ATCSCC to advise of the number of arriving aircraft a data set can accommodate at any given interval of time The AAR changes according to the interval of time displayed For example an AAR of 60 per hour is equal to an AAR of 15 per quarter hour To toggle the ADL AAR Line on off select the View gt ADL AAR Line checkbox A cyan horizontal line runs through the Bar Graph representing the Airport Departure Rate ADR for the monitored airport The ADL ADR is a fixed value sent by the FAA ATCSCC to specify the num
409. lay statistics By default the Legend Table displays when you open the Data Graph component You can hide the legend by un checking the View gt Show Legend box from the Data Graph Menu In the Legend Table you can view a desired delay statistic several ways Selecting the All checkbox selects and displays all the delay statistics Selecting the Default checkbox displays the default delay statistics which are Max Delay Avg Delay Max Air Hold Avg Air Hold and Delay Var You can select deselect any of the delay statistic checkboxes that you want to view in the Data Graph To view one delay statistic in more detail select the desired radio button option located to the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 95 Understanding Components left of the checkboxes The radio button option displays only one delay statistic at a time but gives a more refined looked at the numbers The Data Graph includes the following Delay Statistics Total Flts The total number of flights included in the TMI cancelled and exempt flights for each particular power run scenario Default color is pink Affected Flts The total number of flights included in and affected by the TMI for each particular power run scenario non exempt and non cancelled flights only Total Delay The total amount of delay that would occur if you ran that particular scenario Default color is maroon Max Delay The maximum amount of delay in minutes that any one flight would receive if
410. ldcard 4 Click OK The Flight Info window for that flight opens If more than one flight meets these criteria a Flight List displays displaying all matching flights The Flight List operates in the same way as any other Flight List 5 Click Cancel on the Search By Callsign dialog box to exit the search Flight Info Window You can access individual flight information by right clicking any flight icon in the Time Line component or by right clicking a single flight in a Flight List and selecting Flight Info from the pop up menu see Figure 6 36 The Flight Info window opens The Flight Info window gives you some general ADL information for the selected flight Flight Info ATL 19 0410 LIVE m File View Help us ADL Date Time 01 19 2010 04 102 Status In Program Flight ID AALS070 Aircraft Type MD80 Orig ORD ZAUVCMSKY Dest ATL ZTLWDALAS ETD C19 0554 ENTRY EXIT ETA C19 0726 ETE 92 Cti Element ATL CTD 19 0554 CTA 19 0726 Delay ALD GDP AFP DAS GSD TOD Cancel UX FX RZRS TO DY RM DO Flight Detail Cose Figure 6 36 Flight Information Window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 41 Viewing Flight Information Flight Information Data The Flight Info window contains the following information ADL Date Time The date and time at which you are viewing the flight In Monitored Live mode this is always the current date and time Status Flight Status describes the current sta
411. lding and Blanket Programs Figure 18 5 Blanket Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 6 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs Clicking Run Proposed or Run Actual also generates three reports the FADT Analysis and Carrier Statistics Reports which you can view by selecting FADT Analysis or Carrier Statistics from the View menu see Figure 18 6 For more information on reports see Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports ul File View Resend Help Analysis Carrier Statistics r a ioe metered Figure 18 6 View FADT Analysis and Carrier Statistics Reports Sending a Proposed Blanket and Advisory After setting the parameters of the Blanket and if the modeled results are favorable it is recommended that you send out a Proposed Advisory A Proposed Blanket is a revision suggested by the FAA but not immediately implemented Click Run Proposed from the GDT Setup panel to open the Proposed Blanket coversheet Review all parameters and place a checkmark next to each section of the Coversheet you have reviewed After you complete the Advisory Causal Factors section place a checkmark next to the Advisory Causal Factors section of the Coversheet To review the Advisory text before sending the event from the Advisory Causal Factors dropdown select Preview Advisory This opens the Blanket Advisory in text format Note The first line of the Advisory states that it is a Proposed r
412. least number of flights in the airborne holding queue When you select the Unlimited update option FSM compares the current demand based on flights ETAs to the AAR to determine the best place for a flight between the new Earliest CTA and the end time of the program When determining Unlimited Option flight placement FSM assigns the flight to a pseudo slot PSLOT within the CTA Range based on the following rule e The first available free PSLOT within Unlimited CTA Range is assigned Note The Unlimited option will always find a free PSLOT even though that may cause the flight to incur substantial additional delay Note The AAR is not automatically adjusted with the Program Rate It is important to remember that the Limited and Unlimited update algorithms use the AAR and not the Program Rate therefore it is necessary to ensure that the AAR is set correctly FSM User Guide Version 9 00 14 12 EDCT Change Request ECR Update Options There are four options for updating an EDCT using ECR SCS Unlimited Limited and Manual NAS Users can access only the SCS Update Option Field users can access the SCS and Unlimited Update Options and ATCSCC users can access the SCS Limited Unlimited and Manual Update Options e SCS The ECR tool sends a Slot Credit Substitution SCS request via a Simplified Subs Packet to TFMS using the window reflected in the CTA range FSM selects the SCS Request option by default all users No
413. least one non compliant alarm set CC EC EA SP and CF Flights that have at least one non compliant alarm triggered are colored in red compliant flights are colored in black see Table 6 8 Table 6 8 Alarm Status Color Alarm Status Red Flight with alarm set Black Other flights no alarm set Color by Distance The Distance tab allows you to display flights based on their distance from the airport By default all flights are displayed in the Distance tab You may select from 200 mile increments up to 2 400 miles from the airport or FEA FCA You may also choose to display flights with a distance greater than 2 400 miles Flights that are within the selected distance are displayed in red This tab is disabled for FEAs and FCAs Color by Substitution Status The Substitution Status tab distinguishes between flights that may be substituted and those that may not Flights that may have their slot substituted with that of another flight are colored in green Flights that may not be substituted are colored in red see Table 6 9 Table 6 9 Color by Substitution Status Color Program Delay Green Subbing Flights Red Non Subbing Flights Color by CDM Participation The CDM Participation tab colors flights based on whether they are CDM participants CDM participants are colored in green while those that do not participate in CDM are colored in red see Table 6 10 This information may be usef
414. led TMI The added element will be added to the bottom of the appropriate Airport or FEA FCA list By default elements will be added as Impact e lt Remove Removes a selected element from a scenario When you remove an element you lose any associated parameters e Move Up Moves up the position of a selected element The order shown is the order the elements will be modeled The button is disabled if no element is selected or if the selected element is in the top most position You cannot move the Airports and FEAs FCAs folders e Move Down Moves down the position of a selected element The order shown is the order the elements will be modeled The button is disabled if no element is selected or if the selected element is in the bottom most position You cannot move the Airports or FEAs FCAs folders Scenario Box There is a Scenario box for each scenario labeled Scenario 1 Scenario 2 and Scenario 3 Each Scenario box groups elements by Airports or FEAs FCAs Click the dropdown arrow next to the scenario tab label to open a menu with two options e Copy to Copies the list of elements and all parameters in the source scenario to either of the other two scenarios If an element already exists in the scenario the copy function will replace its parameters in the destination scenario A warning message reading One or more elements already exits Clicking Continue will replace parameters in the destination scenario is displayed
415. lew Flights submitted with a Cancelled status that flew at a later time within the program parameters When one of FSM s compliance alarms is triggered for a flight FSM generates a list of flights that have triggered an alarm Alarms are triggered in accordance with the reasons listed above These reports update automatically with every ADL for all airports for which FSM collects data Note For airports flights arriving only at the active monitored airport are in these reports For FEAs and FCAs flights controlled only by the element being monitored are in these reports There are two Delay Histograms on the Reports menu Delay Histograms gt Program Delay Program delay is the amount of delay that non cancelled non active controlled flights receive due to a TMI Program delay is calculated using Max 0 CTA BETA Delay Histograms gt Absolute Delay Absolute delay is the total amount of delay that non cancelled flights have received This includes delays assigned by the National Airspace System NAS Air Traffic Control ATC and airline delay Absolute delay is calculated using Max 0 ETA IGTA Taxi Note For FEAs and FCAs only flights controlled by the element being monitored are displayed in the Delay Histograms Under the Reports Menu there are eight additional reports Note For FEAs and FCAs only flights controlled by the element being monitored are in these reports Reports gt Surface D
416. lider to adjust the End time for all other programs will result in an End time on the 14th 29th 44th and 59th minutes You can populate the times in the text box to the right of the time field or use the slide bars which automatically fill the time into the text box The Purge Flights section of the GDT Setup component contains two checkboxes that allow you to purge flights before a revision start time and after a revision end time as appropriate for AFP GDP revisions e Before Revision Start This checkbox allows you to specify if control times should be purged off of flights between the revision start time and the cumulative start time Before Revision Start is disabled if a GDP or AFP does not exist for a current data set whether Blanket Compression and or GS on top of the GDP The purge Before Revision Start is enabled only when the selected GDP AFP start time is later than the existing program s Cumulative Start Time This option is dynamically enabled and disabled with the mouse release action on the slider bar Note FSM will reset the Cumulative Start Time to the new later start time and determine which flights are no longer controlled due to the change FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 66 Understanding Components e After Revision End This checkbox allows you to specify if control times should be purged off of the flights between the revision end time and the cumulative end time After Revision End is disabled if a GDP or a
417. light e View gt Flight List Displays the FSM Flight List Note View gt Arrival Data Show CNX DO Open Slots in Carrier Color Show Unassigned Slots and Auto Icons checkboxes are selected by default 3 Time Line Menu e Time Line gt Track Time Allows you to turn Track Time on and off To force the Time Line component to update when the current hour changes select FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 167 Understanding Components Track Time When the hour changes the Time Line moves forward one hour If you uncheck the Track Time box you can scroll forward or back in time and at the next update time the Time Line does not return to the current time Time Line gt Set Time This option is enabled only under Historical Data Mode and allows you to choose the time to view within a set of historical data Time Line gt Search By Callsign Allows you to find a particular flight by entering the flight s callsign and origin airport The flight icon in the Time Line is highlighted with a white box E Search By Callsign Callsign Origin Airport Cancel Figure 3 122 Search By Call Sign 4 Display Menu Display gt ETA Display flights based on their Estimated Time of Arrival ETA Display gt BETA Displays flights based on their Base Estimated Time of Arrival BETA The BETA matches the ETA and is frozen when the flight becomes active or when the flight becomes controlled Di
418. lights and total delay e GDP Data Time Select GDP Data Time in the Power Run By dropdown menu This option is available only for GDP program types This option allows you to view the effects of the proposed GDP according to the time the GDP is issued Using the display you can determine how far in advance you need to issue the GDP Any hour whose demand still exceeds the AAR is highlighted in red FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 155 Understanding Components GDP Distance Select GDP Distance from the Power Run By dropdown menu when modeling either a GDP or GS This function shows you the effect of running a GDP or GS for various distance parameters When GDP Distance is selected from the Power Run By dropdown menu three text fields become active in the Modeling Options tab Start Distance End Distance and Step Size distance increment The default is set to start at 199 nautical miles and end at 2600 nautical miles with a step size of 200 nautical miles You can manually enter your desired distance and increment range into the appropriate text fields GDP Center Group amp Data Time Select GDP Center Group amp Data Time from the Power Run By dropdown menu This option is available only for GDP program types This function combines Power Run by Center Group and Power Run by Data Time When you perform Power Run by Center Group amp Data Time you can view all available options to run a GDP using a particular center group at various data
419. lity 13 And FSM Settings 12 Close 16 Creating 13 Remove Components From 16 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Index Vv Visual Cues 6 W Windows Convention 8 Windows Conventions Menu Bar 8 Shortcut Buttons 11 Tabs 12 Title Bar 8 Toolbar 9
420. llowing the FCA name the Control Panel Alerts menu is highlighted in red for that FCA e Alerts gt Acknowledge All Alerts A confirmation box displays notifying you that the red background coloring will be cleared from all Alerts but the alerts information is still available for viewing Click OK to close the confirmation box and remove the red background color from all active alerts Clicking Cancel closes the confirmation box but performs no action to the Alerts menu coloring FSM Warning kJ A All data setis Alert red background coloring will be cleared Alert information is still available for viewing EBET Figure 3 4 Acknowledge All Alerts confirmation box e Alerts gt FADT Parameters Available This alert does not actually give you program parameters However you can view a listing of all the FADTs generated during each TMI if available FADTs are reports generated when you run a GDP AFP GS Blanket or Compression operation FSM lists FADTs in chronological order e Alerts gt SCS Bridge This alert indicates when a new substitution status update occurs Selecting SCS Bridge displays the current subbing status and may contain the following keywords SUBS Indicates whether all substitutions are enabled ON or disabled OFF SCS Indicates whether slot credit substitutions for all operators are enabled ON or disabled OFF ADPT Indicates whether adaptive compression is enabled ON or disabled
421. lobal Global default you set for the current FSM session Manual Indicates that the Flight List settings differ from both GLOBAL and SYSTEM defaults To set a Global Default 1 Select View gt Add Remove Columns from the Flight List component Select any data fields you want to add from the By Field section of the window Click the right arrow button to move the fields to the Fields Displayed scroll box 2 3 4 Select any data fields you want to remove from the Fields Displayed scroll box 5 Click the left arrow button to move the fields to the By Field section 6 Change the position of the columns in the Fields Displayed section as desired 7 Click Set Global Default at the bottom left hand corner of the Add Remove Columns dialog an FSM Information box pops up to inform you how FSM will set the Global default FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 32 Viewing Flight Information FSM Information X ty Global default set to ACID ETD ETA DCENTR ORIG AFIX DFIX DEST DV DV_REC These changes will not take effect until OK is clicked in the Add Remove Columns window Figure 6 25 Set Global Default Information Dialog 8 Click Continue the FSM Information window no longer is displayed 9 Click OK on the Add Remove Column dialog to approve the changes and close the dialog FSM now applies the default to all flight lists that you open from that client for that session Note A Global setting ca
422. ltaneously When viewing both arrival and departure data you see two bars for each time increment Bars that represent arrival data are solid while bars that represent departure data are hashed Note Airspace data sets contain no departure information to display Selecting View gt Stack Departures stacks departure data on top of the arrival data The Stack Departures option creates one bar on the graph for each time increment that represents the sum of both the arriving and departing flights The departing flights are hashed while the arriving flights are solid in color as shown in Figure 5 4 below FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 3 Viewing Demand iii Bar Graph ATL 19 1640 LIVE Jog Eile View BarGraph Display Help S 15 90 60 88 aa Status ArDepStatus Aircraft Category Carrier fix Dfix Centers Control Type ATL 01 19 2010 16 402 ETA Pe EEE EEE la m Figure 5 4 Stacked Arrival Departure Information Original vs Modeled Data Bars on the GDT Bar Graph In GDT Mode the Bar Graph by default displays both solid and hashed bars Solid bars represent the original data while hashed bars represent modeled data To view modeled data only uncheck the View gt Current Data checkbox Show Cancelled Flights Cancelled flights are not displayed by default in the Bar Graph To view cancelled flights select the View gt Show Cancellations checkbox Cancelled flights are displayed in cyan at
423. lters 1 Adding a New Filter 2 Editing a Built in filter Creating a New User Defined Filter If you find that the existing filters do not give you the information you need you can create a new filter To create a new User Defined Filter 1 Select Utilities gt Query Manager from the Control Panel to access the Query Manager component 2 Select the User Defined Filters folder see Figure 22 2 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 2 EJ AND CI AND CI AND CI AND CI AND CI AND C AND C ano 3 Click Add Using Query Manager Priority CONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TRUE CONSTRAINT Cancelled isFsCNX EQUALS TRUE CONSTRAINT DO_not_CNX isFsDOnotCNX EQUALS TRUE amp COR Arrived Active Ground_Stopped Departing PastETD Departing CTD Departing NoCTD Departing Other Airline USER User Defined Fitters Figure 22 2 User Defined Filters The Add Filter dialog box opens Filter name New Filter Type OR List AND List Constraint on eae Figure 22 3 Add Filter Dialog Box 4 You can select one of three filter types OR List AND List and Constraint In Filter name you can give your filter a unique name 6 Click OK FSM adds the new filter under the User Defined Filters folder FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 3 Using Query Manager EX Query Manager Ja File Edit View Help amp rightist Create Fiter Fre
424. luded in the Slot List are the Aircraft Identification number ACID assigned slot time ASLOT departure center DEP arrival center ARR controlled time of departure CTD controlled time of arrival CTA aircraft type TYPE exemption status EX cancellation status CX slot hold status SH earliest runway time of arrival ERTA and initial gate time of departure IGTD see Figure 12 4 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 5 CID 11630 CID AAL437 AL1866 AAL1122 AALI124 L1981 AALEIT EGF4565 GF4645 L1285 AAL1356 Q6060 B8 LIST REPORT AIRLINE GA ASLOT FCABA3 192328A AIRLINE AAL ASLOT FCABAS 1921594 FCABA3 192332A FCABA3 192333A FCABAS 1923444 FCABA3 192311A FCABA3 192346A FCABA3 1923494 FCABA3 2000054 FCABAS 200039A FCABAS 2001344 FCABA3 2000454 CTD 192229 CTD 192141 192148 192150 192202 192206 192236 192242 192331 192331 192347 192353 Monitoring Program Delivery CTA TYPE EX CX 3H EENTRY 192328 AFP 191659 CTA TYPE EX CX SH EENTRY 192159 AFP 192332 AFP 192333 AFP 192344 AFP 192311 AFP 192346 AFP 192349 AFP 200005 AFP 200039 AFP 200134 AFP 200045 AFP 191617 191704 191658 191717 191653 191713 191733 191717 191736 191754 191738 IGTD 191555 IGTD 191550 191505 191510 191510 191530 191545 191600 191635 191620 191600 191633 AIRLINE AMX CID ASLOT CTD CTA TYPE EX CX 3H EENTRY IGTD X405 FCABA3 192039A 191908 192039 AFP
425. lue Click Default to reset the values to the default times e Adjust Delay Minutes This parameter is available only when using the Blanket Program Type You can use Blanket Adjust Delay to add or release a specified amount of time from selected criteria You should only use Blanket during a GDP For example if you had a hole in the traffic flow you could select centers distance fixes or aircraft types and enter in a negative number to release some delay or release all delay by clicking Release Release fills in the Adjust Delay text field with 999 which is equivalent to releasing all delay Alternatively you can add delay to the selected criteria by entering the amount of extra delay in minutes Click Default to reset the values to the default times FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 73 Understanding Components e Purge Notification Minutes These options are only available when a Purge program type is selected You may change the values for modeling purposes however the default values will be used for the purge To model the purge using different values you may either enter the number of minutes in the fields or use the spinner controls to change the values in five minute increments These values may not be negative Click Default to reset the values to the default times Note Changing Purge Notification Minutes values is for modeling only The actual purge uses the default values AFP Override Gives priority to the cur
426. m Manager seen na 19 9 Resending Coversheet Information sssssssssssssonsssnssnsnnnnsnssnnsnnnnnsnnnnnsnnnnnenne 19 10 Example of Issuing an Actual GS scssssssnnsssonnsssnnssnnnsnnnnnennnnnennnnnennnnnnsnnnnene 19 10 Viewing GS Controlled Flights 0000000000000000000020000000000000000000000 000000 000000000 19 11 Query Manager Flight List esssssssssssonssnsnnssnsnsssnsnnssnnnnsnnnnnsnnnnnennnnnennnnennene 19 13 Chapter 20 Other Ground Stop FUNCTIONS cwerssssonsssnssnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 20 1 Purems BGS sense sdeetesed vansadiecssteusbecnadecs 20 1 Viewing Flight Information before Purging a Program 20 1 Reducing the Scope of a Ground Stop sssssssssnssssnnennnsnennnnnesnnnnennnnsennnnnene 20 4 Extending a Ground Stop ssssusssonsssnsnnsssnnnensnnsnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnennnnsennnnsennnnnene 20 4 GS Coversheet a Basen 20 5 Moving from a GS to a GDP sicscciviscosscssvnsttisshactaccecennssseenssnstsseenensderashosedhccsnaseens 20 7 Suspending Airline Substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions 20 7 Isune a aR acct ee era 20 8 Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports eeerssseoserennee 21 1 Counts Reports acasisesdscissasscessacsssecseonatscsesmsscadsndsddcssbusdebues couctesecaceveadscacsseuendcseense 21 1 Viewing the Count Liberale 21 1 Countbist Men senare re ae 21 3 Co nt List by Demand ne alu ne 21 4 Counts by Centers 4 ahnen 21 5 Counts by Aircraft Category neun
427. m the IPM Setup component 1 Select the Parameters tab on the GDT Setup component 2 Select Pop Up Factor from the Fill dropdown see Figure 3 111 en m mn m animh ann iita O a e T nitan mi Td ao nimta Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Load Times Load ADL AAR Historical Pop Ups pina wna emir oo 09 m 03 04 o5 o6 OF os o9 40 114 12 43 EE 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 lelain telale lel ilala iTi et ee Te AAR Set AARto Program Rate C Retain Current ADL AAR Edit 15 BA Sic eatin pi AOE anasa Nnti eee a al Figure 3 111 Program Rate Pop Up Factor FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 146 Understanding Components 3 Enter the number of Pop Up slots you want FSM to create in With 4 Enter the hours for this Pop Up Factor in From Hour and Through Hour 5 Click Fill FSM enters the Pop Up Factor specified into the appropriate hours see Figure 3 112 en en Load Times sad ADL AAR Historical Pop l Fil Pop Up Factor with 10 FromHour 00 w ThroughHour 15 Fil How 0 01 02 03 o4 05 os o7 o9 40 1414 12 3 1414 PR 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 9 94 4 94 94 4 94 9 AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain Current ADL AAR Edit 15 Cg iO ME AN a a yee OO a RE ann ut Figure 3 112 Pop Up Factor Filled 6 Select the number in the Pop Up Factor column FSM enables the Edit
428. me for the group in Please enter a name for the group 4 Click OK When you change the name of the UDG that change is reflected in each title bar of the components contained within the UDG the data set button for the UDG the Custom Group list on the Open Data Set component and the Windows menu of the Control Panel see Figure 4 19 lolx Ew View Rogor EE tes roots unmmien wenden eis Open Data Set tap Search By Caisg GOT Madde PM Moden ECR an an Connected Servers fsm iest Bam meton com ADL MGR FSM _MGRHIST_MGRFO MGR Data Set ATLUVE SUBS ALLO lolxj Sight Lit ATL 13 2206 LIVE ATL 2 DD 13 2266 Live ATL Z as Bie Yew Thee Line Dis n Help LEINE ATL 0213 2009 22 462 ETA ATL 02 43 2009 22 462 m3106 ZEU arm AZIM ZHU ARPAIZZ2 A1909 A1292 ZTL AASORZIn MINOT AIZI ZW SASOIA A1VIOS ATZE ZIC F Asoinse A112 an zm zw Z0ALze ETI ATIZIP ZMA E DALI2I ANZ Arms ZLA BIRST MIT AIZIT ZPW IADALIS AINIS AIQI ZEW FA DAL 016 AINIDI ATEN zu mcm ENIDE ZWA o em a as ae i O ann DE es ae Ble Yew Bar Gray Disrtay Hele Se _ _ st ite St aja s sa B em er tim Amey Siats Aa Cangery Carr Ae Cars Cain o a x ATL 02 13 2009 22 462 ETA eh hy IOO 1 FLEE PEL EE Tinn be 60 Aa becraeemets Figure 4 19 Renamed User Defined Group Note Click Cancel to exit the component without making any changes To Save a User Defined Group You
429. menu and select a command The arrows next to a command indicate another submenu for that command Open the submenu by placing the mouse cursor over the menu command see Figure 2 11 Figure 2 11 Submenu Structure Toolbar The docked toolbar is displayed directly under the menu bar see Figure 2 12 Figure 2 12 Control Panel Toolbar The toolbar contains shortcut buttons for frequently used commands The commands that are available depend on the window By default the toolbar docks at the top of the window You can undock it and move it to any location on your screen Move the toolbar to your desired location by left clicking the gray dots next to Open Data Set and dragging When you move the toolbar the window title displays Core Close the undocked window to re dock the toolbar to its original window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 9 Understanding FSM Features Figure 2 13 Moved Toolbar FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 10 Understanding FSM Features Shortcut Buttons All airports FEAs and FCAs and their respective data modes and all User Defined Groups currently opened by the FSM client are displayed as shortcut buttons on the Control Panel component The airport FEA FCA or User Defined Group that is active or in focus on your screen is displayed on the Control Panel component FSM highlights the active button in orange see Figure 2 14 F File View Reports Alerts
430. mic carrier list for the Bar Graph you must click Recalculate from the Carrier s tab color legend FSM updates the list of dynamic carriers based on the current data Color By Centers The Centers tab allows you to quickly locate flights that departed from one or several centers By default FSM shows all centers To color flights departing from a specific group of centers you can either select a tier level from the legend s dropdown menu or FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 13 Viewing Flight Information you can select a center or group of centers When you select one of the options from the dropdown menu the centers not associated with that particular group are disabled leaving only the selected centers colored in red You can also enter a center in the Manual text box if it is not already a center choice Selecting the All option in the dropdown menu restores all centers back to the graph The figure below in an example of 1 Tier centers plus ATL selected for BOS Bor Graph BOS 20 1628 LIVE File View BarGraph Display Help as sno nn E Status ArrDep Status Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type BOS 07 20 2007 16 28Z2 ETA Sposa ee ee SESSEESEEEEE N S Time in 60 Minute Increments Manual Y Ai Mas Bizau viizew v izpc Bzov izay _iznu zn m 2 Wke Eza _ izic Ezma Ezme izmp vn z0A rizos Manual ATL Figure 6 14 Bar Graph Colored by Ce
431. minate a duplicate flight or remove a specific incorrect flight Only CSA at the ATCSCC can use this command gt EDCT RESTORE Allows you to undo the effects of the Remove command It allows some or all of the flights that you did not want to remove from the database to be restored Only CSA at the ATCSCC can use this command gt EDCT UNASSIGNED SLOTS Allows you to request by airport identifier an updated unassigned slots list generated by the hub site e TFMS Tools gt Command Line Displays a dialog box which allows the user to enter any EDCT FAA commands e TEMS Tools gt Weather Request Allows you to request current airport weather METAR and TAF for one or more airports use the three letter airport identifiers separated by commas or spaces Note Weather Request is not applicable to FCAs and FEAs e TEMS Tools gt ADL Request Allows you to request a new ADL generated from the hub site for a particular data set e TEMS Tools gt ADL AAR ADR gt Modify AAR ADR Allows you to modify ADL Arrival Rates ADL Departure Rates including the ability to assign several different Airport Arrival Rates AARs Airport Departure Rates ADRs within the same hour see Figure 3 5 Modify AAR ADR E Bie Help ATL AARIADR Fill AAR wan gal gt From Hour Through Hour oo LoadADLAAR Load ADL ADR Ku 18 49 2 21 2220 01 2 09 45 07 09 0 1 2 a 17 410 AAR 94 u 94 94 9 94 94 LH 94 9
432. move Columns window positions the data element header to the left most column on the Flight List Once you move the data fields to the positions you want click OK FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 31 Viewing Flight Information Using the Global Default To improve the process and speed of comparing multiple Flight Lists and decrease the amount of time required to modify the column display FSM has a Global Default functionality This provides the ability to save a set of columns to be used for all data sets throughout the application The persistence settings are managed through the Add Remove Columns Dialog You can preserve the columns selected and the order in which they are displayed in the Fields Displayed section as a global setting so that all future Flight Lists open with the same display Once you set a Global Default the current Flight List and future Flight Lists display the same columns and positioning that you defined Note Flight Lists generated using Reports are not affected by Flight List persistence settings Report lists contain predefined elements relevant to the report If you are unsure what an opened Flight List s settings are open the Add Remove Columns dialog and review the Current Default display There are three options System Global and Manual see Table 6 15 Table 6 15 Flight List Settings Current Default Description System The system default set by FSM in the configuration file G
433. n 20 0125 GOT EU x ik Manag Dar ereeters SUBS SCS CART OFF Fe yow far Graph Display Hote us eae Ga A Ham Se ASE Caner un Centred Type GDT FCABA3 Model 01 20 2010 03 257 ENTRY 4 sen en mr el Figure 15 10 SYR GDP Parameters Selected 3 In the General Options of the Parameter tab on the GDT Setup component click Select located to the right of the Exempt AFPs field 4 The Exempt AFPs dialog box opens which displays information for each AFP controlling flights within the domain of the GDP see Figure 15 11 Exempt AFPs w xj Select AFPs For Exemption in SYR GDP FCA ID AFP Controlled AFP Not Exempt Avg Delay Max Delay List FCAA05 14 14 65 141 FCAA05 FCAAOG 2 1 115 115 FCAA06 Ir FCARG2 4 3 62 180 FCARG2 x cancer Figure 15 11 Exempt AFPs Dialog Box FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 10 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program See Table 15 1 for the information displayed in the Exempt AFPs dialog box Table 15 1 Exempt AFPs Dialog Information Header Label Description FCA ID The name of the FCA on which the AFP is based AFP Controlled The total number of flights that would be controlled by the GDP whose current control element is the indicated AFP AFP Not The subset of flights listed in AFP Controlled column that would not be Exempt exempted by the current GDP exemption
434. n 9 00 3 44 Understanding Components The large numbers at the top of each column represent the date hour e g 27 1600 indicates that this display is for the 1600 hour for the 27th day of the month Directly below the date hour information is the AAR and or ADR versus the demand the number of flights projected to arrive at the airport FEA or FCA for the hour shown For example 70 65 at the top of a column indicates that the AAR is 70 for that hour and 65 flights are expected to arrive within that hour The ADR versus demand displays in parentheses when FSM displays departure data For example 60 40 indicates that 60 flights can depart the airport in that hour but only 40 are projected to depart The last data update time is highlighted in orange FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 45 Understanding Components Figure 3 38 Time Line Component In Monitor Live mode only if there is an 11 minute gap between the ADL update time and your local machine time the ADL Date and Time will turn red until the next update is received Note that the components will remain active even though the data has expired FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 46 Understanding Components X Time Line ATL 20 0055 LIVE woe File View Time Line Display Help os ATL 01 20 2010 00 55Z Status ArrDepStatus Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dfix Centers Control Type L 200 9 20 0900 200400 200200 00300 nn 200 mn ED FS oo Figure 3 39
435. n AFP does not exist for the current data set including Blanket Compression and or GS on top of the GDP The purge After Revision End is enabled when the selected GDP AFP end time is earlier than the existing program s Cumulative End Time This option is dynamically enabled and disabled with the mouse release action on the slider bar Note FSM will reset the Cumulative End Time to the new earlier end time and determine which flights are no longer controlled due to the change Compress to Last CTA This functionality is available during an AFP initial and revision GDP initial and revision and Compression When checked all flights that have control times are eligible for compression When unchecked only flights with CTAs through the End time of the program are compressed Data Time This functionality is the ADL time on which you are modeling and analyzing your TMI Set the time you want to use as the current time You can set this time forward or back without changing the data If you change the Data Time a warning box displays letting you know the Data Time changed from default and the time is highlighted in red Changing the Data Time back to the default ADL time puts the Data text field back to normal You cannot edit Data Time for an Airborne Holding program Note The default ADL time always displays in the GDT Setup Title bar The Program Rate section is active for all Program Types except Compression Ground Stop
436. n addition to changing the model Program Rate from the Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Specify feature you can change the Program Rate by placing your cursor over the Program Rate line and dragging the model line to your desired model rate Note Only the portion of the line to the right of the cursor moves FSM User Guide Version 9 00 7 4 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions Any portion of the line to the left of your cursor should remain in the same position as you drag the line to anew AAR The Bar Graph component and the Specified Model Program Rate component dynamically synchronize therefore when you alter an Program Rate from one component the changes also are reflected in the other For more information on Program Rate see Chapter 5 Viewing Demand Apply or Clear Program Rate Changes After you enter new Program Rate information there are three options available on the Specify Model Program Rate panel e OK Applies the newly modeled Program Rate to the Bar Graph and closes the Specify Model Program Rate window e Cancel Closes the Specify Model Program Rate window without taking any action e Help Defines the function of the component Specify Model Program Rate Menu Options 1 File Menu e File gt Open Opens previously saved Program Rate parameters e File gt Save As Saves the Program Rate parameters to a text file which you can open later and use again e File gt Print Prints
437. n be saved from session to session by saving an adaptation If an adaptation is not saved all Flight List columns reset to the System default when FSM is closed To remove a Global Default 1 Select View gt Add Remove Columns from the Flight List component 2 Click Clear Global Default from the Add Remove Columns dialog an FSM Information box pops up to inform you how FSM will remove the Global default FSM Information X iP Global default cleared These changes will not take effect until OK is clicked in the Add Remove Columns window Figure 6 26 Remove Global Default Information Dialog 3 Click Continue the FSM Information window no longer is displayed 4 Click OK on the Add Remove Column dialog FSM restores the System default for all new Flight Lists Grouping Information in the Flight List Once you create a Flight List you can group the information according to your own needs To group a flight list select View gt Group Flights on the Flight List component The Group window enables either individual or multi level grouping of all data fields currently displayed in the Flight List FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 33 Viewing Flight Information Group Flights Group By ac p v Ascending Descending Then By ETA v Ascending 15 130 60 Descending Then By ORIG gt Ascending Descending Clear All Hep Apply OK Cancel
438. n because a fix might have changed its name new fixes were added or old fixes were removed If that is the case FSM reverts to automatically assigning the coloring You can configure Afixes and Dfixes on the following Time Line components e Live Time Line GDT Time Line e Historical Time Line e GDT Historical Time Line FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 57 Understanding Components Element Display Component The Element Display component allows users to view the characteristics that make up an FEA or FCA It is a static display of the FEA or FCA s parameters that includes general information about the FEA or FCA and the primary filters used to include flights in the element FSM is limited to displaying FEA or FCA information that TFMS sends through a Broadcast message see Figure 3 49 Element Display Bax ua FEAIFCA Element Description FCABA2 Name O FCABA2 Type FCA Domain PUBLIC Sites Shared N A Reason WEATHER StartEnd Time 19 2343 20 0443 Type Polygon Floor Ceiling 0 600 Direction 0 Speed 0 Fitters NIA Figure 3 49 Element Display Component Data displayed in the Element Display component Name Name of Element Type FEA or FCA Domain Public Private Local or Shared Sites Shared Information that was manually entered by the TSD user Reason Reason entered for FEA FCA Start End Time the Start and End times of the FEA FCA ddhhmm ddhhmm format Type
439. n by selecting values for Arrival Fix Aircraft Type and Carrier 10 Click the Scope tab and enter the appropriate values for the program For this example enter the following e Select By Distance FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 4 Using Integrated Program Modeling Scope 400 nm Note Any changes you make to the JPM Map are dynamically reflected in the JPM Setup component s Scope tab 11 Click Scenario Mgr to close the IPM Setup components and return to the Scenario Manager component Continue to change the parameters for each Model element in each scenario 12 If you want to re use an element in another scenario for example BWI and DCA are used in Scenario 1 and Scenario 2 Select the down arrow next to the Scenario label and select Copy to gt Scenario 2 see Figure 10 4 This copies the list of elements and all parameters to Scenario 2 i Scenario Manager IPM Bi lt 10 x File View Help Reload All Model All Reset All Parameters Scenario Setup Scenario 1 2M Seeman 7100 7 Scenario 310 Available 9 Currently Open Data Sets ATL 17 1505 gt Add Model BW 17 1505 DCA 17 1506 gt Add impact i ar ABN A PAENG y apap pr re rre e aml a Laan Figure 10 4 Copy To Functionality 13 If you have been modeling a GDP for a while you may have missed some incoming ADLs Before modeling the GDP parameters you may want to update the data for your pr
440. n the initial default information displayed but the functionality described below is the same For more information on Report Lists see Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports When you want to see flights that meet only certain criteria you can generate a Flight List from the Query Manager component From a Flight List you can also select a single flight and view the Flight Info or Flight Details for that flight by right clicking the selected flight or by highlighting the flight and using the View menu options see Figure 6 19 All Flight Lists are dynamic and are updated along with every ADL update ee ae ee ae Pen RR Aal Flight Info E1 AAI Flight Detail c1 AA Enctcheck C19 AA E1 naj EDCT Update ew AA c1e AA 440 1 a ng Figure 6 19 Flight List Flight List Filters The Flight List display differs depending on how you open each Flight list The data and filter information being passed by components generating each Flight List are displayed in the Current Info section on the Flight List The Current Info section located below the data set information helps users identify what Data and Filter s are applied to the Flight List see Table 6 13 Table 6 13 Data and Filter Descriptions Field Label Description Data Indicates what type of data displays in the Flight List You cannot change the type of data displayed from the Flight List Filter s Ind
441. n the list displays in the bottom left corner of the component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 27 Viewing Flight Information E Flight List ATL 19 0335 LIVE BAX File View FlightList Help las m ATL 04 49 2010 03 35Z Current Info Data Arrivals Filter s Ground Stopped OR Dep Past ETD OR Dep No CTD OR Dep CTD Issued OR Dep CTD Other Element OR Flight Active OR Arrived OR Cancelled ACD ETD ETA a 1 DAL440 A182030 A190044 A182241 A190052 A182324 A190056 A182321 A190057 A182017 A190058 A182253 A190059 A182344 A190059 18 1531 A190100 A190020 A190101 A182322 A190101 A182322 A190102 AIRRIAN A19M1N3 Figure 6 22 Flight List Selecting Flight List Information There are certain default values for Flight List information categories the default information is configurable When you first open an airport Flight List the following default information displays e ACID The air carrier AC and aircraft identification number ID This is a three letter carrier code followed by the flight s identification number For example UAL1234 indicates a United Airlines flight with ID number 1234 Airline users see only their own carrier and sub carriers ACIDs FSM masks all other flights e ETD The flight s Estimated Time of Departure e ETA The flight s Estimated Time of Arrival e DCENTER The center from which the flight is departing e ORIG The airport at which the flight o
442. n values calculated for the model element Note You cannot use impact modeling in Historical mode FSM does not allow modeling errors in Impact elements to prevent modeling for the Model element or the issuance of the TMI If an error occurs in any of the Impact elements it does not prevent you from modeling or submitting a program The Impact Modeling Options section of the Modeling Options tab displays a list of elements in the Available box that you can use for impact modeling Use the arrow buttons to move the selected elements into and out of the Selected box FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 84 Understanding Components in Eile View Help a GDT Map Reload Model Reset Parameters Program Type GDP DAS x SUBS ALL ON Power Run Options Power Run By Start Distance End Distance 2600 Step Size 200 Program Cancellation Time 200145 _ Freeze Cancellation Time Impact Modeling Options Available Ci Currently Open Data Sets BOS 20 0215 GDP ACTUAL 19 1845 20 0429 CI FEASFCAs 0 CJ Center 73 Airports Figure 3 67 Impact Modeling Options on Modeling Options Tab The Available box is populated with elements from the list of monitored elements on the FSM server The elements in the Available box are grouped by Currently Open data Sets FEAs FCAs and Center Any program information and update times associated with them are displayed next to the element name
443. na sinne 15 5 Sending a Proposed Program and Advisory ceeenneenneeen 15 5 Suspend Airline Substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions css00 15 8 Issuing th Revision ccssssescsesscesssonsconsstsaeconsssudssdetecedescestanewedescassceiecenseiecnnssdeinesces 15 8 Exempt AFP Flights from GDP 0 ccssccsssscsccsscscsssesccccescccsesecseesccssoseeeees 15 9 Exempting an AFP from a GDP na 15 9 Example REVISION 25 5055e05 sssensccsnsessedessebuis sooussecusesouccbeutaacsbensecetoetandcoeussecsestveneseen 15 12 Chapter 16 Issuing Compress Flight Program sssccccsssssesseee 16 1 Adaptive Compression in FSM csssssosssssossssnssnssnonnsnnnsnsnnnnsnnnsnssnnsnssnnnnssnnnnee 16 1 Suspending Airline Substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions 16 2 Opening GDT Mode sci ssasscarsssosuisvavsescsvasnssusssunnyedeuinssvesaveomecsvenstuesavecesesauarsecserse 16 2 Entering Parameters u a beine 16 3 Using Run to Generate the Compression Coversheet csssccssssssssseees 16 4 Creating the Advisory astra Nasen 16 6 Issuing the Compress Flight Program ene 16 7 GAAP GDP Compress Slots Program Type sseessoessesssecssoossoossoosssoesssesesooee 16 7 Compressing Unassigned Slos u 2 aan 16 8 Chapter 17 Deciding When to Use a Compression or Revision 17 1 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 i 6 Deciding When to Revise or Compress a GDP esssssssossessossesonsesno
444. nd Arrived Arr Dep Status Arriving and Departing Flights Not applicable to FEAs and FCAs Aircraft Category Propeller Turbo Jet and Unknown Aircraft Class Small Large Heavy Super and Unknown Carrier Static list of predominant carriers and single carriers as specified by the user Af x Color by arrival fix for that airport Not applicable to FEAs and FCAs Dfix Color by departure fix for that airport Not applicable to FEAs and FCAs User Air Cargo Carrier G A Military Air Taxi Other and Unknown Exemption Flights excluded exempted and not exempted FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 53 Understanding Components Table 3 7 Continued Color Tab Options Tab Option Color Display Options User All Freight Cargo Carrier Carrier G A Military Air Taxi Other and Unknown Alarm Status Flights with alarm set Other flights Centers ZAB ZAU ZBW ZDC ZDV ZFW ZHU ZID ZJX ZKC ZLA ZLC ZMA ZME ZMP ZNY ZOA ZOB ZSE ZTL ZZZ and manual input Note Center options may change for Canadian airports Distance lt 200 lt 400 lt 600 lt 800 lt 1000 lt 1200 lt 1400 lt 1600 lt 1800 lt 2000 lt 2200 lt 2400 gt 2400 Substitution Status Subbing Flights Non Subbing Flights CDM Participation Participant Non participant Program Delay Not Controlled Controlled Other Element 0 29 Minutes 30 59 Minutes 60 89 Minutes 90 119 Minutes 120 1
445. nent is an optional component in IPM Mode that allows you to view the modeled results for multiple flights To open the IPM Flight List select View gt Flight List from the IPM Setup component The IPM Flight List component is the same as the GDT Flight List component with the exception that the title bar contains IPM and includes the Scenario number Flight List SFO 2010 Jan 19 0130 SFO 01 19 2010 01 30Z Current Info Data Arrivals Filter s N A ACID ETD ETA a CID CTA ORIG DCENTR CTL_TYPE Proy 1 DAL1067 A18 1820 A182313 A ZTL a UAL642 A18 1720 A182315 ZNY A TL m JFK A18 1943 A18 2323 DAN ZPN DEN A182107 A182325 ZDV A18 1708 418 2327 ZBW A18 1759 A18 2330 E zpc A182228 A182334 ZLA A181943 418 2338 ZHU A182229 A182344 ZLA A181752 A18 2354 ZNY A18 2246 A192356 A A Figure 3 123 IPM Flight List View For more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 169 Understanding Components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 170 Opening FSM 4 Opening FSM The Control Panel component shown below is the first component displayed when you start the FSM application You can open FSM in four different data modes 1 Monitored Live Monitor airports FEAs and FCAs in real time 2 Historical View recall or analyze previous airport FEA and FCA air traffic events 3
446. nge the title bar heading Click Cancel to close the Rename Window dialog box without making any changes Rename Window Please enter a name for the window Time Line Figure 3 43 Rename Window There are ten additional display options under the View menu For items with checkboxes select the checkbox to view the information e View gt Set Tabs Displayed You can dynamically show and hide specific coloring schemes for the Time Line component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 50 Understanding Components e View gt Arrival Data Displays all arrival data for that data set e View gt Departure Data Displays all departure data for that airport e View gt Show CNX DO Displays all cancelled and drop out flights under the column marked CNX to the right of the active flight information e View gt Show Legend Displays the appropriate color legend associated with the current view If you click the legend button on the Time Line FSM dynamically selects the checkbox for Show Legend e View gt Open Slots in Carrier Color Displays all open slots due to cancelled or delayed flights in the associated carriers color e View gt Show Unassigned Slots Displays all unassigned slots during a GAAP GDP or AFP e View gt Auto Icons Displays flights in the TSD icon format This is the default Time Line view The TSD format displays different icons based on the flight aircraft weight When you selec
447. nitored Live tab when you first open it Click the Historical tab to view archived data You can drill down to the desired data set by clicking the drill down icons or by double clicking the file name Historical file structure is organized as follows Server Year Month Day and data set Note If the client connects to multiple servers both servers are listed FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 6 Opening FSM C 2006 32007 Jan Feb 701 302 2 ACK APT 2 ANC APT ASE APT ATL APT BOL APT BI REDAPT Set Day To Set Time To alo xi File Help aia Alk i ca ita Open With Y Time Line Selected Flight List 9 Historical Managers a 9 3 fsm_test_linux metronaviation com gt ri Bar Graph l4 Group By Bement Name lt Custom Group fk Amy OK Cancer Figure 4 9 Historical Tab The default settings for Historical mode are the same as in Monitored Live mode Time Line and Bar Graph components appear to be selected by default for the selected Data set The Flight List and ECR components do not open unless you select the corresponding checkboxes in the Open With selection box Once you select the desired data set you have the option to set the data set time before opening the data set When you specify a data time the components open the ADL data time closest to but not after the specified time Note FSM displays in and uses Zulu times unless otherwise specif
448. not included in the GDP or AFP It is positioned at its IGTA taxi and colored by carrier The corresponding flight is positioned at a later time matching the ETA An unassigned slot These are displayed in the Monitored Live mode Historical mode and GDT mode time lines for GAAP GDPs FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 49 Understanding Components Time Line Buttons There are three buttons on the Time Line window e Save Saves the Time Line as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e Print Prints the Time Line that is currently on the screen e Legend Displays the color legend for the Time Line aja z Figure 3 42 Time Line Buttons Time Line Menu Bar The menu bar in the FSM Time Line component contains four options File View Time Line and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the Time Line as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the Time Line that is currently on the screen e File gt Close Group Closes all the components associated with the open component This function removes the data set button from the Control Panel for the selected data set e File gt Close Closes the Time Line component for that particular airport FEA or FCA 2 View Menu e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box and allows you to change the component name in the title bar Enter the desired name then click OK to cha
449. not received any GDP delay a DAS formerly FA Delay is put on the new pop up flight Timeout Delayed TOD A flight s ETD passed without the flight actually taking off TFMS bumps the ETD time to account for possible unreported delay Once the Time Out Delay goes into effect TFMS determines the length of time to wait until registering the flight as TO Canceled Drop Out The flight dropped out of an FEA or FCA In Ground Delay Tools Mode an exemption status is displayed in the Flight Information Window Exemption status is displayed above the Flight Status in the Flight Information Window Exemption status refers to the flight s inclusion in a Ground Delay Operation and is one of the following Excluded by Aircraft Type The program did not include aircraft of this type Excluded by Arrival Fix The program did not include this arrival fix Excluded by Arrival Time The flight s ETA did not fall within the program time limits FSM User Guide Version 9 00 A 1 Flight Status Excluded by Departure Time GS Only The flight is cancelled or the ETD is before the start time or after the end time Exempted by Departing Center The program did not include this flight s center Exempted by Distance The flight is exempted because the departure airport is outside the distance specified by the program Exempted by Departing Airport This airport was specifically exempted from the program Exempted by Specific Flight T
450. nsennnnnene 17 1 Deciding When to Revise or Compress an AFP 0 cccsscssssscscsesescessesseeeees 17 3 Deciding When to Compress a GAAP essssssssssssssnnssssnnssnnsnensnnsssnnnssnnnnennnnnenne 17 4 Chapter 18 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs 0 18 1 Using Airborne Holding sciscessseccssnsscavssesdscconssscsdessecscsectccescsosvesastsensceccsavsedensense 18 1 Parameters Tab Modifications 0 cccccecscecsseceseceeeeeeeeeeeecsseenseeesees 18 1 Airborne Holding Reports nn u 18 2 Using a Blanket Program soessoessesssocssoossoossssesssesssocesoosssosssoeessesssoessoossossssse 18 4 Blanket Coversheet 22 18 5 Sending a Proposed Blanket and Advisory eeeneeneen 18 7 Suspending Airline Substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions 18 8 Issuing a Blanket Revision aa a 18 9 Chapter 19 Issuing a Ground Stop sssssssssssosssssossssoosesoossssoosesoooseooo 19 1 Selecting the Parameters seessoossoesssesssesssocesoossoosssoeessesssoessoosssoesssesssesssoessoosss 19 1 Parameters Tab siono nein 19 1 OOPS Tabs 19 2 Modeling Options Tab rasen eher 19 3 Generating a GS Coversheet cccccccssccccssccccscssccssesccssosccssecessescessoscessooees 19 6 GS Coyersheet en obacsceeaciuoses suavesstist ddsedtnseecesicanetpauacenneteabectachtetss 19 6 Reviewing Program Parameters scsssssosssssonsesonnennonnennonnennnnsnnnnnsnnnnnennnnnene 19 8 Creating an Advisory een sense 19 8 Progra
451. nt FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 2 Issuing Compress Flight Program When you select the Program Type Compress Flights the Parameters and Modeling Options tabs are the only tabs available for entering parameters see Figure 16 3 ET GDT Setup FCABA1 2010 Jan 20 0455 GDT File View Help corte ta Program Type Compress Slots v Program Time Options 1 SO aaa T nen dian ee nn A Tl Figure 16 3 Compress Flights Setup Entering Parameters On the Parameters tab adjust the time range by clicking and dragging the pointers on the Start and End time lines or by entering a new time ddhhmm in the textboxes When you select the Compress to Last CTA checkbox the end time and duration fields are disabled Compress to Last CTA indicates that FSM includes all flights with control times in the Compression even flights past the End time of the program When Compress to Last CTA is unchecked FSM automatically fills in the current End time and duration of the program The Slot Hold Override functionality is available during Compression Click Select to review the slots held see Figure 16 4 Select Slot Holding E xj Select Carrier To Override _ All cear Carrier CNX Held _ CAA 1 1 _ AAL 7 2 _ DAL 2 1 Figure 16 4 Slot Hold Override On the Modeling Options tab you can adjust the Earliest Start Time Latest Start Time and Step Size parameters for the Power Run model statistics
452. nt ae 3 157 IPM Bar Graph Component u eRnenekwesharahn 3 160 IPM Data Graph Component a be 3 161 IPM Demand By Center Component eennenenssnnenenennnen 3 164 IPM Time Line Component san ana 3 166 IPM Flight List Component ana een 3 169 Chapter 4s Opening FSM sssrisesssersssisssssrrssiescsrssesscrsrsrosss scies 4 1 Opening a Data Set a 4 1 Opening FSM in Monitored Live Mode nnenneennnnen 4 2 Using the Map to Open Components in Monitored Live e ssesssesoeseessoesossoeee 4 4 Opening FSM in Historical Mode ssssssssonssssonnssnnnnssnnnnennnnsennnnsnnnnnsnnnnnsnnen 4 6 Begin Monitoring an Airport FEA or FCA esessseessescossoeseesoesooesoesoeseoesoesoeee 4 7 Managing Historical Data e sseesseossoossoossoossssesssesssocesoosssosssoesssesssoessoossossssse 4 9 Opening FSM in GDT Mode 2s00s0000000000000000200000000000200000 200000 0000000000 00000000 4 9 Opening Components from the Data Set Button ssssssssosssssnsesnnnnennnnsennen 4 11 User Defined Groups ssssscesississessrsssscssossesoroosssessoaisessssossss soss s sresti sooro sviss 4 12 FSM Settings and User Defined Groups ennnnennnen 4 12 FSM Functionality and User Defined Groups eeee 4 13 Chapter 5 Viewing Demand ssssssssssssssessssoossesssseosssssosoeccessoooesecessooe 5 1 B r Graphs su cases cacestesestsseseasvossospassoougsecehsbeoudersenascoosinpuensoussacceesapecavasseevesseus 5 1 ADOUT the
453. nt areas of information see Figure 3 52 You must select the type of TMI you want to issue from the Program Type selection box 1 GDP DAS The default Program Type for airports This program runs the Ration By Schedule Algorithm plus Compression Not available for FCAs 2 GDP GAAP This program type is similar to GDP DAS except it automatically sets the Delay Assignment Mode to GAAP 3 GDP UDP This program type addresses the mix of scheduled and unscheduled i e pop ups demand based on the following parameters number of reserved pop ups target delay multiplier and delay limit 4 Compress Flights This program decreases delay on flights involved in an existing GDP or AFP If there are a number of slots for cancelled flights in the stack hours you can use compression to move these flights to a later slot without needing to extend the GDP or AFP FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 61 10 11 12 Understanding Components Compress Slots This program adjusts the Unassigned Slots in the GAAP program without reallocating EDCTs to flights currently arriving Ground Stop Unlike ground delay programs which delay flights because of a reduced AAR the Ground Stop function prevents flights from departing until further notice Not available for FCAs Blanket Run this program type to revise any ground delay operation This option adds or subtracts a fixed number of minutes to or from FAA imposed delay You should
454. nt of delay in minutes flights would receive if you ran that particular scenario Default color is black Max Air Hold The maximum amount of airborne holding delay in minutes that would be placed on any one flight if you ran that particular scenario Default color is lavender Avg Air Hold The average amount of airborne holding in minutes that would be placed on flights if you ran that particular scenario Default color is orange Stack The amount of flights that would be left in the stack hour following the end of the initiative if you ran that particular scenario Default color is hunter green Unrec Delay Unrecoverable delay is the amount of delay that remains on flights even if you release the TMI right before the start time for the selected scenario FSM determines this value by setting the time to the TMI start time and performing the release delay function Default color is lime green FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 162 Understanding Components e Unrec Percentage of Unrecoverable delay is a value that FSM calculates by taking the Unrecoverable Delay and dividing it by Total Delay Unrecoverable Delay Total Delay This is the percentage of delay that remains even if you release all delay at the start time for the selected scenario Default color is yellow e Delay Var Delay Variability is the standard deviation of the carriers average delay FSM determines this value by taking the average delay of all carriers t
455. nt within a scenario to display a tooltip containing the following information Program Type Scope Start Time End Time Program Rate and Pop Up Factor The tooltip is a summary of the information found on the Scenario 1 2 and 3 tabs Scenario Tabs There are three scenario tabs that represent each scenario on the Scenario Setup tab The scenario tab is disabled until the corresponding scenario is created Once you create a scenario the corresponding tab label parenthetically lists the number of model elements and number of impact elements in the scenario Scenario 1 2 1 indicates that Scenario 1 consists of two Model elements and one Impact element see Figure 3 99 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 126 Understanding Components a Deg File View Help Reload all Model All Run Scenario SUB OFF Reset All Parameters BOS Program Type GDP DAS Scope 199 nm A Model Start 190130 End 190959 Data Time 190190 Subs ON 02 03 o4 05 os oz o8 o9 10 114 12 13 14 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 olaoalolfol eol ealfeleo A Model Start 190130 End 191114 Data Time 100150 Subs 0 Hour o0 01 02 03 o4 05 o6 o7 a o9 10 11 2 3 14 PR 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 oo w 0 0 oo oo o Jo Jo o Jo Jo JoJo JolJolo a ae meted pe SE a ny ff Figure 3 99 Scenario 1 Tab Layout Changing Segment Order The tab is divided in
456. nters The All checkbox is selected by default Uncheck All to deselect all the centers for the Bar Graph display If you uncheck one center from the legend FSM also unchecks All Color by Arrival Fix The Arrival Fix AFIX tab colors flights according to which arrival fix the flight is approaching for the arrival airport Arrival Fix names vary for each airport FSM automatically generates the monitored airport s arrival fix names and assigns a color to each fix in the legend These colors are configurable as is the order in which the fixes are displayed For more information on fix coloring and fix order see Chapter 3 Understanding Components For those flights with an unknown arrival fix FSM assigns that fix a value of Other This tab is disabled for FEAs and FCAs Note All flights departing the monitored airport are colored as Other because their arrival fix is at another airport Color by Departure Fix The Departure Fix DFIX tab colors flights according to which departure fix the flight has departed over at its origin airport Departure fix names vary for each airport FSM FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 14 Viewing Flight Information automatically generates the monitored airport s top departure fix names and assigns a color to each fix in the legend These colors are configurable as is the order in which the fixes are displayed For more information on fix coloring and fix order see Chapter 3 Understanding Component
457. ntrol times and can sub into its cancelled ASLOT Cancelled ASLOT can also be utilized during a compression Rerouted out of FCA but still operating DO flag is set to true The flight s control times are dropped Therefore the flight s previous ASLOT is not available for substitution or compression Adaptive Compression compressed the flight to the end of the program before removing from the demand list For an ATCSCC TMS it is important to view how many rerouted flights or pure Drop Outs DO there are during an AFP if you are considering revising or compressing the program The number of DO flights is indicated by the salmon colored flight icons under the CNX column of the Time Line You can also open a Flight List and add the DO and CNX fields to the List and then sort by the DO field Note If an included flight is cancelled has the DO flag and has no control times during an AFP this could indicate that the flight was first rerouted out of the AFP and then cancelled The FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 5 Viewing Demand flight s control times are removed and the DO flag is set when the flight is rerouted and then later cancelled thus setting the CNX flag as well Show Unassigned Slots Unassigned Slots are displayed by default in the Bar Graph Unassigned Slots are displayed in white at the top of each hour bar Unassigned Slots can only be viewed from the Arrival Status tab To hide
458. ny data set you are currently monitoring The Alerts menu option data set and associated parameters are highlighted in red when FSM receives new or unviewed parameters for airports or FCAs currently being monitored The Alerts menu remains highlighted in red until you view all updated parameters or until you select Acknowledge All Alerts Even if an Alert is no longer highlighted in red the alert information opens as usual when you select the Alert a GOT Map No Actual AFP Parameters Program Type Gop No Proposed GDP Parameters um Parameters Set No Proposed AFP Parameters No Actual GS Parameters i Program Time Opt No proposed GS Parameters 4 Start 191845 No COMP Parameters No BLANKET Parameters End 200429 G ae a aa T A 23 miaa e Figure 3 3 Acknowledge All Alerts FEAs cannot have an AFP issued for them so the Alerts menu options for an FEA are disabled If you monitor more than one data set the Alerts information for the current data set is displayed below the menu list of the other data sets being monitored If no parameters are available for a parameter type the word NO displays next to the parameter type FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 6 Understanding Components Note If you select an airport with the letters GDP following the airport name in the Open Data Set window the Control Panel Alerts menu is highlighted in red for that airport Likewise if you select a FCA with the letters AFP fo
459. o open a secondary dropdown menu to select from specific parameter options e gt Airspace Flow Program Loads the proposed AFP parameters This option is not available for airports e gt Ground Delay Program Loads the proposed GDP parameters This option is not available for FEAs FCAs e gt Ground Stop Loads the proposed Ground Stop parameters This option is not available for FEAs FCAs Load Actual Parameters Opens a secondary dropdown menu to select from specific parameter options e gt Airspace Flow Program Loads the proposed AFP parameters This option is not available for airports e gt Ground Delay Program Loads the proposed GDP parameters This option is not available for FEAs FCAs e gt Ground Stop Loads the proposed Ground Stop parameters This option is not available for FEAs FCAs Open New GDT Mode Instance Opens a new instance of GDT Mode for the selected element and copies all parameters to that GDT Mode This option lets you run a program without having to re enter all the information All current restrictions on the number of GDT Modes allowed are enforced GDT Mode is opened with the ADL currently opened in the Scenario Manager If the element s ADL for the Scenario Manager is later than the current ADL time the Reload button in GDT Mode will be enabled This option is disabled for Impact elements Delete Element Removes the selected element from the scenario Program Type Click the
460. o see if they are similar If the average delay is similar for all carriers the delay variability is a small value Larger deviation or increased dissimilarity of average delay for all carriers results in larger delay variability values Default color is red e EMA The Equity Metric for Airlines EMA is a metric that indicates as a whole how equitable or fair the proposed initiative is for the airlines Equity is determined by comparing the delay assigned in a proposed initiative to that which results if you use the airborne holding model You must view any deviation from the airborne holding model as decreased equity The values shown in this field are integers rounded from the calculated values A value of 1 indicates that the initiative option results in delays that are exactly the same as those for airborne holding A value from 2 to 8 indicates an option that still exhibits good equity though the one with the lower value is still preferred A value from 9 to 16 indicates an option with increasingly significant deviation from the standard A value above 16 indicates an option with poor equity Default color is cyan e EMF The Equity Metric for Flights is a metric that indicates as a whole how equitable or fair the proposed initiative is for all the flights Equity is determined by comparing the delay assigned in a proposed initiative to that which results from using the airborne holding model You must view any deviation from the airbo
461. o select EDCT Check to display the EDCT Check dialog box The right click method automatically populates the flight information see Figure 13 6 Click Send to submit the request to TFMS TFMS then sends a response with the flight s current EDCT FSM User Guide Version 9 00 13 6 Monitoring EDCT Compliance EDCT Check J oe Aircraft ID AAL222 Origin Airport LAX Destination Airport BOS Figure 13 6 EDCT Check Dialog Box Adjusting an EDCT If you are an ATCSCC specialist and you select the TEMS Tools gt EDCT Command gt EDCT Check option from the main Control Panel you can adjust the control times for individual flights This command displays an unfilled EDCT Update dialog box You must type in the flight s callsign Origin and Destination Airports You can also update EDCTs through the ECR component see Chapter 14 EDCT Change Request ECR for more details In addition to using the TFMS Tools menu right clicking a single flight in the Time Line or Flight List window displays a pop up menu that allows you to select EDCT Update to open the EDCT Update dialog box The right click method automatically populates the flight s information requiring you to fill in only the new control times for the flight see Figure 13 7 Click Send to submit the update to TFMS TFMS then sends a response confirming the fight s new EDCT which is displayed in the next ADL EDCT Upd
462. odifying demand rates TFMS Tools gt Delete Proposed Parameters Opens the Delete Proposed Parameters dialog box see Figure 3 7 Select the airport or FCA for which you want to delete parameters from the For Data Set drop down menu Delete Proposed Parameters For Data Set BOS LIVE Y send cancel Help Figure 3 7 Delete Proposed Parameters Window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 11 Understanding Components 6 Utilities Menu e Utilities gt Query Manager Opens the Query Manager component e Utilities gt Search By Callsign Opens the Search By Callsign window e Utilities gt Model Program Rate gt Specify Opens the Specify Model Program Rate window allowing you to specify the Model Program Rate and the ability to model several different Program Rates within the same hour You must select View gt The Model Program Rate on the Bar Graph to view the modeled rate e Utilities gt Model Program Rate gt Reset Resets the model Arrival Rate to equal the current ADL AAR e Utilities gt Historical Pop Up Demand Opens the Display Historical Pop Up window for the selected airport see Figure 3 8 This view only window displays the historical pop up prediction currently included in the ADL This window is available at anytime regardless of whether or not a TMI is in place For more detailed information see Chapter 5 Historical Pop Up Demand Note Historical pop up
463. of the departure gate off the departure runway on the arrival runway and in the arrival gate ERTD EENTRY ERTA Earliest Runway Entry Times OETD OENTRY OETA OETE Original Estimated Wheel Entry Times BETD BENTRY BETA Beginning Estimated Wheel Entry Times OCTD OCTA Original Control Times e Ctl Exempt Ctl Type Ctl Element Displays the type of controls on the flight resulting from a program e Slot ID Slot Hold The Slot ID is the currently assigned slot for the flight Slot Hold indicates whether the slot is being held so that it is not used in compression A Y indicates the slot is being held A dash indicates the slot is not being held FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 45 Viewing Flight Information Diversion Recovery Div Recovery Indicates whether the flight is a diversion recovery leg of a previous flight Delay Status ALD GDP DAS formerly FAD GSD TOD Indicates the type of delay if any on a flight LTOD If a flight is time out delayed the length of time out delay displays here CNX Status UX FX RZ RS TO DV RM Indicates the cancellation status of the flight The codes indicate how or why the flight was cancelled Remark NRP LFG III ATV SWP DVT ADC FCA WXR These codes indicate important information about the flight NRP is National Route Program flight LFG is Lifeguard flight III is Category II flight ATV is Altitude reservation SWP is SWAP flight DVT is Diversion recovery
464. of the flight data fields contained in the Flight Details window See ADL Data Format or select Help gt ADL Data Elements from the FSM Control Panel component Flight Detail Menu The menu bar in the Flight Detail component contains two options File and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the Flight Detail to a text file which you can open later and use again e File gt Print Prints the Flight Detail information you see on the screen e File gt Close Closes the Flight Detail window FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 46 Viewing Flight Information 2 Help Menu e Help gt Flight Details Opens the on line help for Flight Details information Viewing Problem Flights In the air traffic community operators need to identify which flights from their own operations may be contributing to delay and cancellation problems Delays and cancellations caused by Time Outs occur when no activation message has been received within a certain time of the predicted departure time Time Outs can be problematic when trying to manage air traffic To help FSM includes two reports for problem flights Time Out Delay Report and Time Out Cancel Report See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports for more information about these reports You can group and sort Report Lists using the same methods described in the Flight List section You can access all reports lists from the Reports menu on the Control Panel component Other
465. ojeio 0 15 29 lo jeio 1 30 44 DEIN 4 45 59 Tinsi 15 Total 3 193 4i0 20 NRP TADES D 0 24 1800 00 14 9 110 14 15 29 4 ee 1 21 30 44 7 9 3 0 29 45 59 9 j j6j o0 35 Total 24 G1 3 1 99 NRP o 2 eio 2 24 1900 00 14 a a j0 39 15 29 2 0 46 30 44 6 9 6 0 31 45 59 ww 5s 0 43 Total 32 107 2 0 159 NRP o 6 2i0 8 Figure 21 6 Counts by Aircraft Class Counts by Arrival Fix The By Arrival Fix Count List provides flight counts according to the Arrival Fix each flight is arriving at for the monitored airport Arrival Fix names for each airport vary FSM automatically generates the correct Arrival Fix names for the monitored airports and uses them in the Count List headings Note Times are displayed by ETA Not applicable for FEA and FCA data sets and is therefore disabled The Count List By Arrival Fix report contains the following information e Date ADL day and time e Time 15 minute time bins e Arrival Fixes e Total Total fix crossings for each time bin and for each fix by hour and NRP flight The data are arranged in the following manner FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 8 Understanding and Using FSM Reports e Block for each hour in the ADL e Counts by each 15 minute bin e Sum of fix crossings in each hour e NRP flight count 18 Arrival Count List By Arrival Fix BWI 24 1817 LIVE Frozen Eile View Display Help CEJ BWI 08 24 2006 18
466. old The following are flight Alerts Alerts gt FADT Parameters Available This alert does not actually give you program parameters Rather you can view a listing of all the FADTs generated during that day FADTs are reports generated when a GDP AFP GS Delay or Compression operation runs Note FSM does not always list the FADTs in chronological order Alerts gt SCS Bridge This alert turns red in color when there is a new SCS update Selecting SCS Bridge displays the current subbing status and may contain the following keywords FSM User Guide Version 9 00 A 2 Flight Status SUBS Indicates whether all substitutions are enabled ON or disabled OFF SCS Indicates whether slot credit substitutions for all operators are enabled ON or disabled OFF ADPT ON indicates that the TFMS Hub is running Adaptive Compression for this program BRIDGING Indicates whether bridging subs are disabled OFF for a particular operator airline name GA or MILITARY If bridging is off for an airline any flight whose MAJOR field or carrier code from ACID matches the airline name is not used for an SCS bridge If bridging is enabled for an operator no line is displayed in other words the only allowed value for this keyword is OFF e Alerts gt Actual GDP Parameters Available This alert turns red in color when FSM receives Actual GDP Parameters through the ADL First time GDP Parameters new GDP Parameters and delet
467. ompatible with Microsoft Office Excel 2003 or later and Open Office 1 x or later FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 38 Viewing Flight Information All time values are saved as native time date fields therefore ADL fields that combine date time with text are exported as multiple cells The date time portion of the field is saved in one cell and the text portion is saved in another An example is ASLOT In the following spreadsheet ASLOT is represented in two columns ASLOT and SlotTime La Microsoft Excel js_flight_list xds JO Fie Edit Wew Insert Format Tools Oete Window Heb Adobe POF 728 X eee Owe lee WER a Oe were Rae J 2 E hilla ERLERNT z Anal 10 v Bol UJE ZENS gt ib E E RALEN A BB Snagit jf windo F PrE K3 X ASLOT A B D E F 6 IH Ty gt a 1 ATL 1 19 2010 4 00 2 ACID ETDprefix ETO ETAprefix ETA OCENTR ORG AFK OFX DEST ASIOr benm DALAL S 19 1544 E 19 2019 SKBO HUSKY ATI DAL414 C 19 1510 C 19 1843 MROC HUSKY ATL 19 1530A 19 1530 DAL404 S 19 2025 E 19 2319 MSLP TIROE ATL DAL6S2_S 19 2000 E 19 2246 MGGT TIROE ATL DAL412 C 19 2005 C 192339 MROC HUSKY ATL 19 2024A 19 2024 9 DAL370 S 19 1505 E 19 1812 MNMG TIROE ATL 10 ASQ5166 S 19 2257 E 20 0126 CZU CYUL FLCON YUL ATL 11 ASQ5443 C 19 1816 C 19 2043 CZU CYUL FLCON YUL ATL 191912A 191912 gt m 4 MN Sheeto lt gt Ready NUM Figure 6 32 Exported Flight List Viewin
468. omponent To open the GDT Flight List select View gt Flight List from the GDT Setup component The GDT Flight List allows you to view the modeled results for multiple flights see Figure 8 12 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 14 Modeling a Ground Delay Program Flight List EWR 2009 Feb 19 1411 GDT iol x File View Flight List Help aie a EWR 02 19 2009 14 112Z Current info Data Arrivals Filter s Ground Stopped OR Dep Past ETD OR Dep No CTD OR Dep CTD Issued OR Dep CTD Other Element OR Flight Active OR Arrived OR Cancelled DES a 4 COA1682 A19 1155 EWR 2 NWA1411 A19 1151 A19 1303 ZOB DTW PENNS ERRTH EWR 3 CJC3304 A19 1150 41911305 CZY CYYZ COATE BULGE EWR 4 COA139 5190521 E191307 ZEU LFPG SHAFF EWR 5 BTA2093 A1911155 A19 1310 ZBW BGR SHAFF EWR 6 BTA2807 A19 1144 19 1311 ZTL TYS ARD E EWR 7 BTA3057 A19 1153 A191311 ZTL CLT ARD MERL EWR 8 CJC3265 A19 1205 19 1313 ZOB PIT COATE EWC EWR 9 JZA630 A19 1212 A19 1315 CZY CYYZ SHAFF BULGE EWR 0 BTA2094 19 1200 A19 1316 ZOB DTW PENNS ERRTH EWR 41 BTA2761 19 1221 A19 1317 ZDC RIC ARD EWR 42 BTA2535 A19 1147 A19 1317 ZID SDF ARD EWR Figure 8 12 GDT Flight List View For more information on the GDT Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information GDT Demand By Center Component To open the GDT Demand by Center select View gt Show Demand from the GDT Setup component or click Show Demand from the Scope tab on the GDT Setup component
469. ompression at the TFMS Hub site on or off Suspending Airline Substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions Before issuing a Compression you need to suspend temporarily the acceptance of airline substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions SCS messages From the FSM Control Panel select the TFMS Tools gt EDCT Commands gt EDCT Sub Off option to turn substitutions off or when in GDT mode click the SUB OFF button from the GDT Setup component as shown in Figure 16 2 The data set identifier is already entered in the EDCT SubOff dialog box when opened from the GDT Setup component otherwise enter the data set ID and click Send to suspend substitutions for that airport Airlines substitution or SCS messages are no longer accepted after FSM sends the SubOff message to TFMS Ensure that the SUBS OFF indicator is displayed on the GDT Setup panel after you have sent the EDCT Sub Off message If SUBS ON is displayed click Reload to model the program with the most recent ADL EDCT Sub Off Airport FCA name or ALL FCABA1 sena Cancel Heip Figure 16 2 Turn Subs OFF Opening GDT Mode Open Ground Delay Tools GDT mode by selecting a monitored data set and then clicking GDT Mode from the Control Panel The four default GDT components automatically open for the selected airport To perform the Compression function select the Program Type gt Compress Flights option from the FSM GDT Setup compone
470. onents to the session If you would like for these components to be available the next time you load the adaptation you will need to save a new adaptation file or overwrite the existing one to add new components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 21 Opening FSM FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 22 Viewing Demand 5 Viewing Demand You already know that FSM displays flight information in several ways But to make traffic management decisions you must also be able to view the overall demand on an airport FEA or FCA Airport demand is made up of the total flights using the airport for arrival and departure FEA and FCA demand is made up of flights moving through the FEA or FCA The main utilities to view total demand are the FSM Bar Graph components and Count List Reports The FSM Bar Graphs constantly display demand information as FSM receives it through ADLs The Count List Reports are broken down into seven different options depending on your needs For GDP UDP programs there is future pop up demand that can be reviewed The main utility to view the historical pop up demand is the Historical Pop Up Demand component Bar Graphs The Current Demand stacks its data according to the coloring tab currently displayed For example if the tab option opened 1s Status the bars in the graph are colored according to the percentage of flights that represent each respective status If half of the flights for one time period have not departed
471. ons sacvce nied ean E EE E E E 2 11 MAS Gedi ee een 2 12 Windows Position and Resizing sesssesssecssoossoosssoessoeessocssoossoosssoesssesssoessoosso 2 12 MOVING 3 Window siscccccsscsssscacsscsac osersodsswsctbecescovenssdustivcnnsveonncetcdnsteusiteeustectuacescs 2 13 Chapter 3 Understanding Components ssssssssssssssssssssssccsssoooesecessooe 3 1 Monitored Live Mode Components sssssssssonssssnnsssnnnssnnnnennnnnennonnennnnnennnnnene 3 1 Control Panel Component una eu 3 1 Open Data Set Component u 3 15 Map Component zahlte 3 23 Query Manager Component ran 3 27 Bar Graph Component users 3 30 Time Line Component a rei 3 44 Element Display Component 3 58 Ground Delay Tools Components ussssssssssnsssssnnsssnnnsnnnnnennonsennnnennnnnennonsnnnen 3 60 GDT Setup Component a er een 3 61 GDI Wap Component z B 3 86 GDT Bar Graph Component 0 0 ccceccceesceesseeseceeeeeeeeeeaeeesaeeneeeeees 3 92 GDT Data Graph Component uu nnnedelieeneee 3 94 Demand By Center Component an ern Le 3 97 GDT Time Line Component euere 3 99 BOT COVERS HSE ati 3 101 Integrated Program Modeling Component esssssssosssssssesonnennonsesnnnsnnnnnenne 3 120 Openine IPM Mode zuteil 3 120 Scenario Manager Component uusenseesssesssensnsnenneensnnnnennnennnnnn nen 3 121 Multi Graph Component u 3 129 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 IPM Setup Components zn ai 3 136 IPM Setup Component Tabs anne 3 139 IPM Map Compone
472. ons Tab Note Distance variables are only editable when you model a Distance based Program Program Cancellation Time Using the Program Cancellation Time you can model unrecoverable delay assuming a program cancellation time other than the program start time The field defaults to the program start time and uses the ddhhmm format The Program Cancellation Time is available for all Power Runs for GDP and AFP program types but not for GS Blanket and Compression program types The Program Cancellation Time defaults to the Program s Start time in the GDT Setup Panel If you change the Start Time this automatically reflects in the Program Cancellation Time FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 81 Understanding Components A checkbox labeled Freeze Cancellation Time displays to the right of the Program Cancellation Time By default the checkbox is unchecked When checked the Program Cancellation Time does not change with a newly entered Start Time or when FSM reloads anew ADL GDP Power Run Options GDP Center Group This option allows you to view the effect of the proposed parameters on the different center groups The post operation demand rate for each hour for a specific group of centers displays in the Data Graph Other information displayed includes average delay number of affected flights and total delay GDP Data Time From the Setup Panel select GDP Data Time in the Power Run By dropdown menu This option is available only f
473. onsnw oyvorvuwnuwnw SS SS SSS SS SS 84 07 76 80 07 87 00 07 00 Tl 89 00 tv se a eg Sg a Sa a EEE SS SES SES SES SE EE SS SE Se M F F P P oo oo oo oo amp Nnorooocecrorro9qr Su 9 0000 no o 05000 r 56 0060 E N ee a es a eS TE TE a a T ou 956 000 9 090 J Nnorococrorr oor Oo Y Y E Y Y Y Y E Y E Y E Y N N ee as e T Ta da N i Te To Deas Tia Do Ta a a S a a S a a NDS N o000000000000000 n up We WW ep ey Tan Sho U Doa Do e i lll 94 7 S Figure 18 3 Airborne Holding Carrier Statistics For more information on the Carrier Statistics report see Chapter 21 Carrier Statistics Report Using a Blanket Program You can use the Blanket program to revise any GDP The Blanket Program Type is not an option for Airspace data sets Before you revise ensure you have the most current ADL and weather information From the Control Panel select TFMS Tools gt ADL Request or Weather Request For more information see Chapter 15 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program Use the Blanket program to add or subtract a fixed number of minutes to or from an FAA imposed delay Do not use Blanket in conjunction with a GS You should use a Blanket program only if you do not need to adjust the airport s AAR Select Program Type of Blanket from the GDT Setup panel s Parameters tab Each ground delayed flight has
474. opdown select Preview Advisory matin DE nd ee stem sted aa fi _ AdvisoryiCausal Factors Figure 15 5 Preview Advisory Option This opens the Advisory in text format Note The first line of the Advisory states that it is a Proposed revision see Figure 15 6 FCABA3 08 04 2010 CDM PROPOSED AIRSPACE FLOW PROGRAM CTL ELEMENT FCABA3 ELEMENT TYPE FCA ALTITUDES INCLUDED SFC TO FL600 ADL TIME 23452 DELAY ASSIGNMENT MODE DAS ENTRY ESTIMATED FOR 18 23452 1900592 ANTICIPATED CUMULATIVE PROGRAM PERIOD 18 23452 19100592 ANTICIPATED PROGRAM RATE 60 FLT INCL ALL FLIGHTS IN FCABAS DYNAMIC FLIGHT LIST DEP SCOPE MANUAL ZSE ZFW ZKC ZME ZTL ZOA ZLC ZLA ZAU ZMP ZDV ZID ZMA ZHU ZJX ZBWV ZOB ZDC ZNY CANADIAN DEP ARPTS INCLUDED NONE ANTICIPATED MAXIMUM DELAY 93 ANTICIPATED AVERAGE DELAY 62 IMPACTING CONDITION EQUIPMENT OUTAGE COMMENTS USER UPDATES MUST BE RECEIVED BY 1900152 041337 041459 Figure 15 6 Proposed AFP Advisory Preview Click Send Proposed AFP DAS to distribute the proposed program parameters and Advisory to all FSM users A Proposed program revision allows NAS users enough time to comment on the proposed parameters even though they may change before the FAA implements an actual program FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 7 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program Suspend Airline Substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions Now you are ready to issu
475. ope tab The IPM Demand By Center component displays non active non completed and included flights that are Non Exempt or Exempt by the modeled GDP see Figure 10 14 Included flights are the combination of both Exempt and Non Exempt flights included in the modeled GDP The Demand by Center component lists all Centers and the top five airports as defined by the number of included flights within each center for the modeled GDP Click the key icon to the left of the Center coloring to expand the Center selection and display the airports The Centers are ordered in descending order based on the number of Non Exempt flights The red colored Centers indicate that there is at least one Non Exempt flight within the Center Using this component can help you make decisions on the scope of your GDP based on the number of Non Exempt and Exempt flights FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 14 Using Integrated Program Modeling Demand by Center BWI 2009 Mar 16 1450 IPM Scenario 1 Figure 10 14 Demand by Center View For more information on the Demand by Center component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 15 Using Integrated Program Modeling FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 16 Issuing an Initial Program 11 Issuing an Initial Program This chapter assumes that you have already modeled your Ground Delay Program GDP or Airspace Flow Program AFP and you have decided that the modeled parameters
476. oposed TMI To do this click Reload All on the IPM Setup component The Reload All button is active only when the actual data time is more recent than the data available in IPM mode Clicking Reload All also models all elements in all scenarios 14 Click Model All to model all scenarios Note the logic used to model the programs e Airports are modeled before FCA FEAs e Elements are modeled in the order that they are listed e Impact data elements are processed after all TMIs are modeled e Each scenario is a separate optional operational solution only one of which can be implemented Each scenario is processed independently of other scenarios e All scenarios are modeled 15 Click Reset All Parameters to clear any elements of the modeled data and return the IPM settings to their defaults You cannot reset just one element To reset just one element without resetting the other elements remove it and re add it to the scenario by selecting the element and clicking Remove FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 5 Using Integrated Program Modeling The previous steps reviewed changing parameters through the IPM Setup Component An alternative method is to click the Scenario tab in the Scenario Manager component and update the Program Type Program Rate Scope Start Time and End Time fields directly on the Scenario tab see Figure 10 5 ejscenario manager IP SS Ib File View Help Reload AN Model AI Run Scenario SUB OFI
477. option is available only for GDP program types This function combines Power Run by Data Time and Power Run by Distance When you perform Power Run by Center Group amp Data Time you can view all available options to run a GDP using a particular distance at various data times Just as in the Distance set up three text fields become active in the Modeling Options tab Start Distance End Distance and Step Size distance increment The default is set to start at 199 nautical miles and end at 2600 nautical miles with a step size of 200 nautical miles You can manually enter your desired distance and increment range into the appropriate text fields AFP Power Run Options e AFP Data Time This option allows you to view the effects of the modeled AFP according to the time the AFP is issued Using the display you can determine how far in advance you need to issue the AFP FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 82 Understanding Components e AFP Percent Demand This is the default option when you select an AFP RBS program type An AFP Percent Demand Power Run has three fields Min Percent Demand Max Percent Demand and Step Size The default is set to start at Min Percent Demand of 50 and Max Percent Demand at 100 with a step size of 10 You can change the min and max percent demand and increment range to meet your needs The AFP Percent Demand Power Run scenario analyzes alternatives by increasing decreasing average demand for the indicated
478. options based on the type of TMI you are trying to send Action Failed xi Send Message ADV_NUM_REQUEST FAILED GetAdvisoryNumProgram ction ADY_NUM_REQUEST TIMED OUT Figure 3 95 Action Failed dialog box Cancelling the Program Manager You have the option to cancel the Program Manager actions at anytime Clicking Cancel at the bottom of the Program Manager stops the program transmission process including the Autosend segments but does not cancel sending any tasks that have already been sent or are in progress A warning message displays Canceling the Program Manager while transmitting information may produce unexpected results Do you still wish to cancel the Program Manager FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 119 Understanding Components Program Manager Cancel Warning x 0 Canceling the Program Manager while transmitting information may produce unexpected results Do you still wish to cancel the Program Manager Figure 3 96 Cancellation Message If the program transmission process has been cancelled in the middle of sending certain types of information to the hub site then the Send or Purge button is enabled and you can click Send Purge again Resend is not available for cancelled programs The Resend menu on the Coversheet is enabled when the GDP_PARAM or BLKT_ PARAM etc for a Proposed TMI is sent successfully when the FADT for an Actual GS GDP BLKT COMP is sent successfully or when th
479. or By CDM Participation 16 Color By Centers 13 Color By Control Type 17 Color By Departure Fix 14 Color By Distance 16 Color By Exemption 15 Color By Program Delay 17 Color By Status 8 Color By Substitution Status 16 Color By User 15 Color Schemes Selection 41 Demand 1 Departure Flow Rate 8 Display 2 AAR 8 ADR 8 Arrival Bars 2 Cancelled Flights 4 Departure Bars 2 Hours Shown 8 Model Program Rate 8 Stack Departures 3 Time Increments 6 Time Indicator 7 Unassigned Slots 6 Dynamic Carrier Coloring 12 Fix Coloring 42 Index Fix Order 42 GDP Indicators 7 GDT 12 GDT Bar Graph Display 4 GS Indicators 7 Hours Shown 8 IPM 160 10 Legend 32 6 Menu Bar 33 Model Program Rate 8 Recalculate Dynamic Carriers 13 Track Time 7 Bar Graphs Tabs 38 Blanket 1 Using 4 C Cancelled Flights Bar Graph 4 Chapter 3 1 Common Terms 4 Component Query Manager Menu Bar 29 Open a Flight List 28 Components Bar Graph 30 42 1 Buttons 38 Color Schemes Selection 41 Display 2 Fix Order 42 Legend 32 Menu Bar 33 Tabs 38 Control Panel 1 Buttons 14 Menu Bar 1 Coversheet 101 Advisory 107 Examples 109 Menu Bar 101 Program Manager 118 Demand By Center 97 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Index Menu Bar 98 Element Display 58 Accessing 58 59 Accessing From Control Panel 59 Accessing From Open Data Set 59 Data 58 Menu Bar 59 GDT Bar Graph 92 160 GDT Data Graph 94 Delay Statistics 95 Menu Bar 97 Selecting Different Scenarios 95 GDT
480. or GDP program types This option allows you to view the effects of the proposed GDP according to the time the GDP is issued Using the display you can determine how far in advance you need to issue the GDP Any hour whose demand still exceeds the AAR is highlighted in red Distance From the GDT Setup component select Distance from the Power Run By dropdown menu when modeling either a GDP or GS This function shows you the effect of running a GDP or GS for various distance parameters When Distance is selected from the Power Run By dropdown menu three text fields become active in the Modeling Options tab Start Distance End Distance and Step Size distance increment The default is set to start at 199 nautical miles and end at 2600 nautical miles with a step size of 200 nautical miles You can manually enter your desired distance and increment range into the appropriate text fields GDP Center Group amp Data Time From the GDT Setup component select GDP Center Group amp Data Time from the Power Run By dropdown menu This option is available only for GDP program types This function combines Power Run by Center Group and Power Run by Data Time When you perform Power Run by Center Group amp Data Time you can view all available options to run a GDP using a particular center group at various data times GDP Data Time amp Distance From the GDT Setup component select GDP Data Time amp Distance from the Power Run By dropdown menu This
481. or and its sub carriers Scope Tab The Scope tab is active for all Program Types except Airborne holding and Purge The Scope tab has two types of exemption criteria for airports Tier based and Distance based In the Select By dropdown box select either a Tier or Distance based initiative FCAs can only issue tier based AFPs therefore distance is not an option Scope Tab for Data Sets with Select By Tier Selected When you select Select By Tier the following panel is displayed The panel contains four sections where you can modify parameters Centers Origin Airports Origin Airports Destination and Flights FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 75 Understanding Components ff GOT Setup ATL 2010 Jan 20 0145 GOT oe Eile View Help C GDT Map Reload modei Reset Parameters Program Type GDP DAS x SUBS ALL ON Total Centers Selected 0 ZEW i I ZDE x4 I ZDW CL ZID 1 ZUR J ZKC i ZMA ZME ZMP ZOB H ZSE i ZTL Exempt Non Exempt Manual Airports Destination Flights Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Exempt All Flights Departing Within 5 Minutes Exempt Individual Flights Figure 3 64 GDT Setup Scope Tab Centers Origin You can select the centers you want to include in the program or select a Tier level from the Scope dropdown menu e Scope Select a tier option from the dropdown menu Selecting a T
482. or example a GDP s may be included in a scenario because you want to see its impact on an FCA FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 122 Understanding Components fj Scenario Manager IPM CI Currently Open Data Sets BOS 05 1845 GDP ACTUAL 05 1555 FCA104 05 1845 JFK 05 1846 LGA 05 1845 C FEASFCAS 4 FCA104 05 1845 FCA105 05 1845 AFP ACTUAL 05 16 FCA106 05 1847 AFP ACTUAL 05 16 FCAMA1 05 1845 AFP ACTUAL 05 1 Center 17 Airports CI ZBW 1 Actual Airports JFK 05 1836 GDP DAS FEAFCA FCA104 05 1837 impact Figure 3 98 Scenario Manager Component After Scenarios are Created Scenario Manager Menu Bar The menu bar in the Scenario Manager component contains three menus File View and Help FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 123 Understanding Components 1 File Menu e File gt Close Closes the Scenario Manager window 2 View Menu e View gt IPM Multi Graph Opens the Multi Graph component e View gt Rename Window Opens the Rename Window dialog box to change the component name in the title bar 3 Help Menu e Help gt Scenario Manager Opens the on line help information specific to Scenario Manager e Help gt Scenario Manager Tab Opens the on line help information specific to Scenario Manager tabs Scenario Manager Panel Buttons The following action buttons are located below the Menu bar e Reload All Loads the latest ADL data and models the data for all elements in all s
483. or which you would like to see parameters Left clicking an airport or an FCA boundary causes a menu to open with the TMIs Actual GDP Actual GS Proposed GDP Actual AFP Proposed AFP listed by start time Select the appropriate TMI from the list p505 19 2240 GDP PROPOSED 19 1845 20 0429 eta LE Pau Figure 3 21 View Airport Parameters Opening Components from the Map You can access an airport s Time Line Bar Graph Flight List and ECR components directly from the Map Left click the airport this turns the airport white in color and ifthe airport is running a TMI the parameters are displayed on the Map similar to the GDT Map display Once you select an airport right click the airport to display the pop up selection menu which includes the zoom options described above The pop up menu also allows you to view the Time Line Bar Graph Flight List or ECR component for the selected airport in Monitored Live mode only For example selecting Open Time Line FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 25 Understanding Components opens up the Time Line live component for the airport For more information see Chapter 4 Opening FSM Additionally you can access an FEA or FCA s Time Line Bar Graph Flight List ECR and Element Display components directly from the Map Left click the FEA or FCA boundary this turns the boundary white in color and if the FCA is running a TMI the parameters are displayed on the Map similar to the GDT Map
484. ored Click Clear to remove entries Exempt AFPs To minimize the number of changes to control time for flights that are controlled by a GDP and to minimize the change in the demand at the AFP you may exempt AFP flights from GDP Selected flights will be treated as previously controlled regardless of their AFP exemption status and given the first available airport arrival slot after their estimated arrival time which is based on their current AFP EDCT and any airline submitted flight delays FSM will make an effort not too change the assigned departure time CTD for the flight subject to capacity constraints at the airport and any known flight delays Click Clear to remove entries You can select parameters for Arrival Fix Aircraft Type and Carrier for all program types except AFP DAS Compress Flights and Airborne Holding in the Include Only Options section e Arrival Fix Use the dropdown menu to determine which Arrival Fixes to include in the operation You can select ALL default value or one individual fix e Aircraft Type Select ALL default value Jet Only or Prop Only from the Aircraft Types dropdown menu to specify the aircraft types included in the operation e Carrier Major Select ALL default value to include all carriers at that airport If you want to include only a single airline type the carrier s 3 letter code into the text box The application does not allow you to include only one carrier without including
485. ormation I 4 Parameters Block a aan START_GS_PARAMS ACTUAL ELEM_NAME BOS ELEM_TYPE APT DATA_TIME 20060821184700 ADL_TIME 20060821184701 REPORT_TIME 211852062 REPORT_TIME_FULL 20060821185206 EVENT_START_TIME 200608211837 EVENT_END_TIME 200608212359 CUMULATIVE_START_TIME 200608211837 CUMULATIVE_END_TIME 200608212359 AIRCRAFT_TYPE ALL ARRIVAL_FIX ALL CARRIER_NAME ALL NOW_PLUS 0 EXEMPT_TYPE By_Tiers NONEXEMPT_CENTER_ORIG ALL ZSE ZAB ZLC ZPA ZLA ZAU ZMP ZDV ZKC ZME ZID ZMA ZHU ZJX ZOB ZBW ZTL ZNY ZDC ZOA START_AAR 200608211800 60 15 15 15 15 200608211900 35 9998 200608212000 35 9998 200608212100 35 9998 200608212200 35 9998 200608212300 35 9998 200608220000 35 9998 200608220100 35 9998 200608220200 35 9998 200608220300 35 9998 200608220400 35 9998 Figure 12 13 Parameters Block FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 16 Monitoring EDCT Compliance 13 Monitoring EDCT Compliance Estimated Departure Clearance Time EDCT compliance impacts the success of a Ground Delay Program GDP or Airspace Flow Program AFP Real time monitoring of EDCTs is possible through FSM to identify problem areas as they occur therefore reducing EDCT compliance issues This chapter introduces several options for monitoring EDCT compliance of a program The Reports menu on the FSM Control Panel contains five compliance flight lists e CTD Compliance
486. ors section of the coversheet must be completed The Respond By field is only available during a proposed event Place a checkmark next to each section of the coversheet after you have reviewed the parameters facilities and advisory information To review the Advisory text before sending the event from the Advisory Causal Factors dropdown select Preview Advisory _ Advisory Causal Factors Figure 16 8 Preview Advisory Option This opens the Compression Advisory overlay in text format see Figure 16 9 FCABA1 08 03 2010 CDM COMPRESSION ALTITUDES INCLUDED SFC TO FL600 ADL TIME 04552 COMPRESSION PERIOD 20 04552 21101142 CUMULATIVE PROGRAM PERIOD 18 2343Z 19 2159Z IMPACTING CONDITION EQUIPMENT OUTAGE COMMENTS USERS ARE ADVISED TO RESUME SUBSTITUTIONS COMPRESSION PROCESSING COMPLETE AND REVISED EDCT S SENT 032254 210214 Cam Figure 16 9 Compression Advisory Preview FSM User Guide Version 9 00 16 6 Issuing Compress Flight Program For more information about the Coversheet and Advisory component see Chapter 3 GDT Coversheet Issuing the Compress Flight Program To send the Compression and Advisory click Send Actual Compression or Send Proposed Compression located at the bottom of the coversheet When you click Send Actual Compression the FSM client interfaces with TFMS Autosend Server and sends the web coversheet XML file to NTML and the FADT file to the hub site The Autosend Server al
487. ot edit the values An example is the Earliest R Slot ddhhmm field for a GDP UDP program see B in Figure 2 7 As you change the minute value the time changes While you cannot directly edit the time 081580 the value changes based on your inputs therefore the field is non editable gray background and the field is enabled black text as the field value is part of the program algorithm Non Editable Disabled fields gray background gray text are not used for the program For example the bottom two rows of fields in the General Options wireframe do not apply to a GDP UDP program therefore they have gray backgrounds with gray text see C in Figure 2 7 Program Type GDP UDP A Editable Enabled Field General Options Delay Limit Minnes 100 Defaun B Non Editable Enabled Field Target Delay Multiplier DAS Delayx 1 07 Default Earliest R Siot Minutes Program Start 120 Default D C Non Editable Disabled Field Figure 2 7 Examples of Three Text Displays FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 7 Understanding FSM Features Windows Conventions This section provides an overview of the FSM user interface It describes the windows the menu bars tool bars and other important features Figure 2 8 shows the FSM Control Panel component This panel is displayed for all FSM modes Ll F FSM file View Reports Alerts TFMS Tools Utilities Window Help Open Data Set Map FR Mede Servers metrom met
488. ou can deselect all coloring schemes by removing the check from the All checkbox This is similar to how the All checkbox works on the Status legend When the color schemes displayed are the same as the FSM configuration default the Default checkbox is selected Selecting Default resets the selections to the FSM configuration default display This is similar to how the Default checkbox works on the Status legend Note You cannot deselect the Status checkbox The Color Scheme Selection component has the following buttons Set Global Preference e OK Cancel Clicking Set Global Preference displays an FSM information dialog that says Global preference set to lt List of coloring schemes separated by commas gt These changes will not take effect until OK is clicked in the Color Scheme Selection window and has a Continue button Clicking Continue closes the dialog and returns you to the Color Scheme Selection component If you set a Global Preference FSM updates all Time Line and GDT Time Line components opened in the future with the selected coloring schemes FSM retains Global color scheme preferences when you save an adaptation Note Airspace data sets cannot be saved to adaptation files at this time FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 55 Understanding Components Clicking OK closes the Color Schemes Selection component and changes the associated coloring scheme displays If you make a local change you did not make a Global
489. ou create a scenario the corresponding tab label parenthetically lists the number of models and number of impacts in the scenario Scenario 1 2 1 indicates that the scenario consists of two Model elements and one Impact element see Figure 3 101 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 133 Understanding Components Multi Graph IPM Hie View MultiGraph Display Help saa xa m Satan Figure 3 101 Number of Multi Graph s Model Impact Elements Fe en Fe ea ol a a za Below the tabs the Flow Rate Legend has a checkbox and color unique to each scenario The flow rate option is disabled if the scenario does not have any elements The Flow Rate Legend allows you to display the flow rate of an element across the other scenarios If an element is in multiple scenarios the element s associated flow rate is displayed on the scenario tab being displayed see Figure 3 102 Scenario flow rates are layered from top to bottom using the following precedence Scenario 1 Scenario 2 and Scenario 3 For example if Scenario 1 and Scenario 2 have the same flow rate the line would be blue If Scenario 2 and Scenario 3 had the same flow rate the line would be magenta Mi Multi Graph IPM Be ery Display Hele als ein e st JFK Model 02 05 2009 18 367 ETA 60 u eae N Sr PPh cha sae TA A P ase A i gt i ha EALA SEE Figure 3 102 Multi Graph Flow Rate Legend for Multiple Scenarios
490. ow 3 sil oe Nee en ern wD TN ee me T a Thy FSM Calculated Select Time v v Select Time v Set Global Default Clear Global Default NE re O a Figure 6 23 Add Remove Columns Window 7 Click the bottom arrow button to move the calculations to the Fields Displayed scroll box 8 Click OK To add multiple calculations to a Flight List 1 Select View gt Add Remove Columns from the Flight List component The Add Remove Columns window opens 2 Select the data fields you want to use for first the calculation 3 Click the bottom arrow button to move the category to the Fields Displayed scroll box 4 Select the data fields you want to use for the next calculation 5 Click the bottom arrow button to move the category to the Fields Displayed scroll box 6 Continue adding calculations in this way until all of your calculations are displayed in the Shown Fields section of the window 7 Click OK All of the calculations are displayed in the Flight List window To remove data column information from a Flight List 1 Select View gt Add Remove Columns from the Flight List component The Add Remove Columns window opens The data elements currently displayed in the Flight List are in the Fields Displayed scroll box see Figure 6 24 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 30 Viewing Flight Information Current Default FIELD DESCRIPTION SYSTEM Alsohrte Detay Carrier ne Ai
491. ow traffic at the airport would be affected if you used these parameters for an actual program in all GDT components Review the program statistics in the Data Graph see Figure 19 4 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 19 4 Issuing a Ground Stop Data Graph LAX 2010 Jan 20 0455 GOT Jo File View Help Power Run By GS By Center Group All v Default m pe Ol totai Fits 15 Ol Affected Fits 11 50 50 O Wrota Delay 340 Olvi MaxDelay 54 v flavg Delay 30 9 Oiv Max Air Hold 2 Avg Air Hold 0 1 Stack 0 Unrec Delay 0 O Unree 0 00 Olripeiayvar 11 68 O IMEMA 0 O eme 0 Waw Diy 0 0 Figure 19 4 Power Run Data Graph by GS Center Group To preview the effects of a Power Run scenario move the black line on the Data Graph component to other options displayed on the x axis This is discussed in more detail below in the Data Graph Component section Note After you click Model the Setup Panel no longer contains a red border this indicates that all components reflect the information in the GDT Setup Panel The Demand by Center component functionality is similar to that of the Data Graph in that there is only data available for display after you model a TMI After you model a TMI click Show Demand on the Scope tab of the GDT Setup panel The Demand by Center component displays the scope of the modeled TMI and has three columns Centers Non Exempt and Exempt All centers and the top
492. owice Respond By Valid Until 2102452 Probability of Extension MEDIUM Comments Send Actual GS Close Figure 20 4 GS Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 20 6 Other Ground Stop Functions Once you complete the GS coversheet and checkmark all checkboxes click Send Actual GS to send the Ground Stop and Advisory see Figure 20 4 Moving from a GS to a GDP When issuing a GDP at an airport that already has a GS in place open GDT mode for the airport and from the Program Type dropdown select GDP DAS Click the Scope tab and in the Flights section select Exempt Active Flights Only By Status see Figure 20 5 E GOT Setup ATL 2010 Jan 20 0455 GOT RAX File View Help Loot Map es Modei Program Type GDP UDP Reset Parameters Select By Distance v Distance nautical miles 199 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 Centers Origin Exempt Non Exempt Airports Origin Exempt Non Exempt Non Exempt if Distance Manual Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Exempt All Flights Departing Within Minutes Exempt Individual Flights GDT Map N EN ee ee nn an in f n ater anne Figure 20 5 Scope Tab Set Up for Moving From a GS to a GDP Suspending Airline Substitutions and Slot Credit Substitutions When moving from a GS to a GDP you nee
493. parture time cancel status TOD Time Out Delay the flight passed its ETD without taking off delay status TFMS Traffic Flow Management System UDG User Defined Group from the Open Data Set component UX Cancelled flight due to an EDCT update by a traffic manager cancel status WXR Severe Weather Route flight remark FSM User Guide Version 9 00 C 4 Index A Acronyms 4 Adaptive Compression 1 Add Remove Columns Add Data Column Information 29 Add Multiple Calculations 30 Global Default 32 Remove 33 Set 32 Rearrange Data Column Information 31 Remove Data Column Information 30 Advisory 107 AFP Extend 1 2 Get Weather Information 1 Send Proposed 5 Issuing 1 Advisory 3 Coversheet 1 Resend 5 Program Manager 4 Program Parameters 3 Model 1 Analysis Report 12 Data Graph 11 Proposed Parameters 6 Reload Data 14 User Specified Parameters 1 Purge Outside of Revised Parameters 4 Purging 7 Reducing Scope 3 Revise 1 2 Deciding When To 1 Get Weather Information 1 Issuing 8 Send Proposed 5 Suspend Substitutions and SCS 8 Airborne Holding 1 Using 1 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Airport and Airspace Conditions Evaluating 1 Analysis Report 16 B Bar Graph ADL AAR Line 8 ADL ADR Line 8 AFP Indicators 7 Atrival Flow Rate 8 Buttons 38 Changing Program Rate 9 Color By Aircraft Category 9 Color By Aircraft Class 10 Color By Alarm Status 16 Color By Arr Dep 9 Color By Arrival Fix 14 Color By Carrier 10 Col
494. pecified data set or for all data sets gt EDCT SLIST Provides a slot list using the same format that goes to the airlines for a specified airport or an airline and its sub carriers at a specified data set gt EDCT SUB OFF Suspends Substitution processing SI messages for flights controlled by EDCT programs at a specified data set or at all data sets gt EDCT SUB ON Allows Substitution processing SI for any flights controlled by EDCT programs at a specified data set or at all data sets where substitution processing was previously suspended gt EDCT AC OFF Allows users to turn Adaptive Compression off by entering the airport or FCA name or ALL into the dialog box Only Computer System Analysts CSA at the ATCSCC can use this command gt EDCT AC ON Allows users to turn Adaptive Compression on by entering the airport FCA name or ALL into the dialog box Only CSA at the ATCSCC can use this command gt EDCT SUB SHOW Generates a report that shows the status of simplified substitution processing SS messages for all data sets FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 9 Understanding Components gt EDCT UPDATE Allows you to update a controlled flight with new departure and arrival times After you issue this command you get a one line response stating that the update was successful gt EDCT REMOVE Allows you to remove flights from the TFMS database as if they never existed Using this command can eli
495. ph component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 11 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program The Analysis Report FSM generates the Analysis Report after you click Run Proposed or Run Actual from the GDT Setup component To evaluate the effects of any delay operation select View gt Analysis from the Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 12 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program kd file Yew Resend Help 1 EADT FCABA3 AFP DAS ACTUAL Program Parameters Summary Start 190730 End 200443 Compress to Last CTA v Enabled Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Scope Selected By Tier of ALL Model Time 190730 10 10 140 10 10 40 0 19 92 43 14 95 16 40 40 40 40 40 40 W 47 18 99 40 40 o 0 Figure 9 10 AFP Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 13 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program FSM automatically opens the spreadsheet application that you have indicated in your configuration files to display the Analysis Report 2s Microsoft Excel anal fcaba3 201008022338 xls amp 1B Ele gdt Wew insert Format Tods Dete Window pep Adobe POF Type oh Zim g 127 r is SFP Analysis Report 2 _TIME 1 19 2010 REPORT_TIME 2 2338 JEVENT_START_TIME 19 0730 EVENT_END TIME 20 0443 CUMULATIVE_STAR 18 2343 CUMULATIVE_END 20 0443 AIRLINE SUMMARY 0 Controlled Flights Total Delay Ave
496. ph to the desired Program Rate The dashed line moves to the Program Rate specified Only the portion of the line to the right of the cursor moves Any portion of the line to the left of your cursor should remain in the same position as you drag the line to a new Program Rate Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Reset Restores the Model Program Rate to its original value The Model Program Rate no longer is displayed 4 Display Menu changes the data shown in the Bar Graph to show demand based on the following Display gt ETA Estimated Time of Arrival airport only Display gt BETA Base Estimated Time of Arrival airport only Display gt IGTA Taxi Initial Gate Time of Arrival airport only Display gt OCTA Original Controlled Time of Arrival Display gt EAFT Estimated Arrival Fix Time airport only Display gt CTA Controlled Time of Arrival Display gt ENTRY Estimated Element Entry Time airspace only Display gt BENTRY Based Element Entry Time airspace only FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 37 Understanding Components e Display gt OENTRY Original Element Entry Time airspace only To send anew AAR ADR to TFMS without issuing a TMI use TFMS Tools gt ADL AAR ADR gt Modify AAR ADR from the Control Panel and click Send 5 Help Menu e Help gt Bar Graph Opens the on line help for the Bar Graph component Bar Graph Buttons i Arrival Save Time flow rate increments GS 15 30
497. ponents IPM Map Component The IPM Map component provides a visual representation of the modeled scope of the GDP see Figure 10 12 The burgundy highlighted areas indicate the scope of Non Exempt flights Airports that are colored red are Non Exempt and Airports colored green are Exempt due to the scope of the modeled GDP Clicking an Airport or Center will change the scope of the GDP and simultaneously update the IPM Setup component FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 12 File View Map Help Using Integrated Program Modeling CYE pte G WOO N 308 re TRY TRR ABR br RHL ingBAF UA STI Figure 10 12 IPM Map View For more information on the IPM Map component see Chapter 3 Understanding Components IPM Flight List Component To open the IPM Flight List select View gt Flight List from the IPM Setup component The IPM Flight List allows you to view the modeled results for multiple flights see Figure 10 Be FSM User Guide Version 9 00 10 13 Using Integrated Program Modeling Flight List BWI 2009 Mar 16 1450 IPM Scenario 1 2 5 x File View Flight List Help as a BWI 03 16 2009 14 502Z Figure 10 13 IPM Flight List View For more information on the IPM Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information IPM Demand By Center Component To open the IPM Demand by Center select View gt Show Demand from the IPM Setup component or click Show Demand on the Sc
498. port identifies priority flights It is similar to a Flight List but only lists those flights tagged as Lifeguard LFG or Diversion Recovery DVT flights To view a Priority Flight Report select the monitored airport FEA or FCA for which you want to view the report and then select Reports gt Priority Flights from the Control Panel component Any flights that have the LFG or DVT checkboxes marked are displayed on the Priority Report FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 20 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Priority Report Menu Many of the menu items for the Priority Report are the same as the Flight List component The list below describes the menu items that are different for or unique to the Priority Report for more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information There are four menus File View Flight List and Help 1 File Menu Save As e Print e Close 2 View Menu e Rename Window e Arrival Data Toggles Arrival data off and on e Departure Data Toggles Departure data off and on e Add Remove Columns Group Flights Sort Flights e Apply Filter e Clear Filter e Flight Info Flight Detail 3 Flight List Menu e Freeze Data e Data Filter Display Set Time Search By Callsign 4 Help Menu e Priority General information about this report FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports Figure 21 15 Priori
499. ps General General v all Arrival Time E ar Departure Time Flight Time v Show Departures Flight Status Origin Destination Arrival Fix Departure Fix NAS User User Aircraft Information Delay Metrics Delay Information CNWDO Information Control Type CDM Participation Remarks Exemption Status Alarm Status Reset Group Reset All Create I Ca Figure 22 17 Create Filter Component The Create Filter component has two panes The left pane contains the logical groupings and the right pane has the associated settings for each logical grouping If you change at least one element of a grouping the label on the grouping in the left pane becomes bold If you click Reset Group for a logical grouping FSM removes the bold face In the Filter Name you can enter a name for your filter The Filter Name text field uses existing Query Manager name constraints For the filters FSM does not allow you to enter a non alpha value in an alpha field For example entering a character does nothing in alpha fields Also FSM does not allow you to enter a non numeric value in a numeric field For example entering the letter A does nothing in numeric fields All text fields accept the separators or space Alphanumeric characters are valid for airport fields The following logical groupings are displayed in the Create Filter component e General Selecting flight data for Arriving or Dep
500. r Only ATCSCC users can change the ADL AAR e View gt ADL ADR Line Displays a cyan horizontal line that runs through the graph The line represents the Airport Departure Rate ADR for the monitored airport The ADL ADR shown by default when Departures is checked is a fixed value sent by the FAA ATCSCC to specify the number of departing aircraft an airport can accommodate at any given interval of time The ADR also changes according to the time increment used in the graph display For example an ADR of 60 per hour is equal to an ADR of 15 every quarter hour Note Not applicable for FEAs and FCAs e View gt Model Program Rate Displays a user specified Program Rate as a dashed white line You use the Model Program Rate for modeling and analysis you can change this according to program needs e View gt Time Increment gt 15 Minutes 30Minutes 60 Minutes Displays bar graph capacity and demand information based on the time bin value selected The default time increment is 60 minutes If you click one of the time bin buttons on the Bar Graph the same increment displays selected on the associated menu item e View gt Hours Shown gt 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 36 Hours The default data display is 10 hours You can specify the number of hours displayed FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 36 Understanding Components in the Bar Graph to see more or less flight data For example you may want to view the AAR in 15 m
501. r 4 gt ind men 042344 6 7 amp amp W tt 42 43 4 5 86 17 WO 1D 2 2 2223 r Compress te Last CTA Pens an Fume kg Cy Vo bec haben Fights Lomi AM AAR fa Pregame With 51I From Heer ms win m oe 8 mm s he rw lar Graph papiy Ihip u BS wnao ua BD m art ein eee sam mann Meran Category Camer Afe i Conas Conmrat Type ae IPM JFK Model 01 19 2010 01 302 ETA ow a a I a b Gf REELPEPER ERE SEF Timne ETA in 6D Minade boc tvervente Figure 3 107 IPM Setup Default Components IPM Setup Component Tabs The IPM Setup window is similar to the GDT Setup window It consists of a menu bar seven action buttons the Program Type selection box SUBS Indicator and three tabs that focus on different areas of information see Figure 3 108 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 139 Understanding Components IPM Setup JFK 2010 Jan 19 0130 IPM Scenario 2 File View Help Ja m IPM Map MultiGraph Reload All Model All Scenario Mgr Program Type GDP DAS v SUBS ALL ON Reset All Parameters Start 190130 End 190959 y 01234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 v Compress to Last CTA Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Load Times Load ADL AAR Fill ProgramRate w With 54 From Hour Through Hour oo 01 02 03 04 05 o6 oz a o9 o 1 12 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 BEHETBEBEBIFTEFEETEEZEIEBEE
502. r By User 15 Coloring 7 Dynamic Carrier Coloring Time Line Dynamic Carrier Coloring 12 Flight Detail Window 43 Flight Info Window 41 Flight List 22 GDT Time Line 22 Open Arrival Slots 19 Problem Flights 47 Right Click 3 Roll Over 1 Single Flight 39 Time Line 18 Flight Count 19 Flight List 20 Flight Information Window Flight Status 1 Flight List Add Remove Columns 29 30 31 Global Default 32 Apply Filters 38 Buttons 26 Exporting 38 Filters 23 Format 27 GDT 14 Grouping Information 33 IPM 169 13 Menu 25 Opening 26 From Bar Graph 26 From Map 27 From Open Data Set 26 From Time Line 27 Selecting Information 28 Sorting Information 36 Multi level 37 Flight Status 1 FSM Opening 1 Data Set 1 Monitored Live 2 User Defined Groups 12 FSM Overview 1 FSM Reports Understanding 1 G GDP Extend 1 2 Get Weather Information 1 Send Proposed 5 GAAP Revise 5 Issuing 1 Advisory 3 Coversheet 1 Resend 5 Example 9 Program Manager 4 Program Parameters 3 Model Reload Data 18 Modeling 1 Proposed Parameters 5 User Specified Parameters 1 Purge Outside of Revised Parameters 4 Purging 7 Revise 1 2 Deciding When To 1 Get Weather Information 1 Issuing 8 Send Proposed 5 Suspend Substitutions and SCS 8 GDT Bar Graph 92 160 GDT Data Graph 94 Delay Statistics 95 Menu Bar 97 Selecting Different Scenarios 95 GDT Map 86 Distance Based GDPs 88 Menu Bar 92 Tier Based GDPs 90 Zoom Capabilities 88 GDT Mo
503. rate is for the data set that you were last viewing therefore ensure that the desired data set is active before selecting the Compliance report The Compliance reports is displayed in the same format as all FSM Flight Lists see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information for more information on Flight Lists Monitoring Delay Histograms FSM generates two delay histograms for monitored data sets currently in a program Under the Reports gt Delay Histograms gt menu option on the main Control Panel you find two delay histograms e Program Delay e Absolute Delay The Program delay histogram displays the amount of delay that non cancelled non active controlled flights have received due to a Traffic Management Initiative Program delay is calculated using Max 0 CTA BETA for a GDP or Max 0 CTA BENTRY for an AFP therefore any time a flight s CTA is updated the Program delay is recalculated FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 10 Monitoring Program Delivery The Absolute delay histogram displays the total amount of delay that non cancelled flights have received This includes delays assigned by the National Airspace System NAS and Air Traffic Control ATC as well as airline delay Absolute delay is calculated using Max 0 ETA IGTA Taxi for a GDP or Max 0 ENTRY IENTRY for an AFP therefore any time a flight s ETA or ENTRY time is updated the absolute delay is recalculated See Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM R
504. rcraft Category Jet Turba Prop pao DESCRIPTION w Arrival Center ETO Estimated Time of Departure true the flight has a DZ but no AZ gt nn t e Amase Customs Actual ETE DCENTR Departure Center Detayed ORIG Origin Airport Airline Detayed wh purtval Fix DAX Departure Fox r ra DEST Destination Airport gt yi Di en rr D var Diem I ENTRY D sta 5 Control information FSM Calculated Select Time X X Select Time X Set Global Defaut Clear Global Defaumt OK Cancel 3 Figure 6 24 Add Remove Columns Window To remove a shown data field double click the field you want to remove or select the field and click the top arrow button to move the data field back to the appropriate scroll box Click OK To rearrange columns in a Flight List You can arrange the order in which your columns are displayed with two different methods The easiest and most convenient method is to do it directly from the Flight List itself by dragging and dropping the column header to the desired position in the list The second method discussed below uses the Add Remove Columns window 1 Select View gt Add Remove Columns from the Flight List component The Add Remove Columns window opens Select the ADL data field column header from the Fields Displayed scroll box Move it up or down the list using the Up or Down buttons located to the right of the Fields Displayed scroll box Moving a data element to the top of the Add Re
505. rent AFP over previously issued AFPs FSM assigns control times based on the current modeled AFP and overrides any other control times that flights received due to previous AFPs These control times do NOT override control times assigned due to airport based TMIs Slot Hold Override You can change parameters only for RBS and Compression The Slot Hold Override field allows you to override an airline s slot holding status by either typing an airline s three letter identifier directly in the text field next to Slot Hold Override or click Select to open the Select Slot Holding window see Figure 3 62 The Select Slot Holding window lists the airlines currently holding slots at the data set constraint and allows you to select which airline s to override Select the box next to each airline to override its slot holding status and include the slot in compression When you check a box that airline s slot hold status is ignored Click Clear to remove entries Select Slot Holding p x Select Carrier To Override mr cear Carrier CNX Held CAA 21 1 _ DAL 49 1 Figure 3 62 Slot Holding Override Window e Exempt AFPs To minimize the number of changes to control time for flights that are controlled by a GDP and to minimize the change in the demand at the AFP you may exempt AFP flights from GDP Selected flights will be treated as previously controlled regardless of their AFP exemption status and given the first available
506. report and click OK Clicking Clear All erases all selections in the Slot List By Center dialog box Clicking OK after you click Clear All returns you to the Time Line window Clicking Cancel closes the Slot List By Center dialog box without taking any action 3 The data fields and menu options in the Slot List by Center report are the same as the Slot List by Carrier report Note that the Slot List by Center report title is B6 List Report see Figure 12 6 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 7 Monitoring Program Delivery OK B6 LIST REPORT DEP CNTR ZAU ACID ASLOT ARR CTD CTA TYPE SH EENTRY IGTD AL652 FCABA3 1922344 TPA 192150 192234 AFP 191631 191535 NK5433 FCABA3 192302A FLL 192217 192302 AFP 191649 191545 DEP CNTR ZDC ACID ASLOT CTD CTA SH EENTRY IGTD AI561 FCABA3 192010A 191951 192010 191541 191508 R584 FCABA3 192133A 192108 192133 191615 191535 MAL437 FCABA3 192159A 192141 192159 191617 191550 SWAl246 FCABA3 192255A 192146 192255 191646 191510 SWALSSO FCABA3 192304A 192153 192304 191646 191510 AALI961 FCABA3 192311A 192206 192311 191653 191530 hALSEST FCABA3 1923464 192236 192346 191713 191545 EGF4565 FCABA3 192349A 192242 192349 191733 191600 SWA1459 FCABA3 200014A 192304 200014 191728 191555 AUI4083 FCABA3 192325A 192307 192325 191702 191625 RS181 FCABA3 192339A 192320 192339 191705 191638 AWI3969 FCABA3 2000034 192326 200003 191726 191630 MAALI1285 FCABA3 200039A 192331 200039 191736 191620 RPA3485 FCABA3 200009
507. riangle delayed icons Note Airline users see only their own slots in the color that FSM designates for their airline Any slot left open from another carrier s cancelled or delayed flight is colored black Time Line Flight Count If you need to determine a flight count for a particular time span you can use the Time Line to retrieve the information quickly FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 19 Viewing Flight Information 1 Select the hour number for the beginning time 2 Press and hold Ctrl as you select the last hour number for the time span This counts all flights in the selected area that are colored according to a Color By criterion A message box opens Note You must select at least two minutes worth of flight data file View TimeLine Display Help sis BOS 02 27 2008 17 257 ETA O oo 00 sig Q ic 2 4 Te HO o lt 06 054 osal KO 4 HO 4 a a a O o 19 104 10 lt Po 4 4 Q 2 5O 154 154 15 HO O HO Q 8 4 8 208 EEE xl 20 gt f There are 9 flights amp O Q from 27 1802 to 27 1817 HO 10 Equivalent Hourly AAR ag oO 0 o 0 oK 4 HO 9 j 304 30 30 30 20 0 eet det Din felon MD ment Men Ehen ONO nn eo ande Figure 6 16 Flight Count List 3 When you select a group of flights to count on the Time Line
508. riginated e AFIX The Arrival Fixes associated with the monitored airport e DFIX The Departure Fixes associated with the monitored airport e DEST The Destination airport for the flight When you first open an FEA FCA Flight List the following default information displays e ACID The air carrier AC and aircraft identification number ID This is a three letter carrier code followed by the flight s identification number For example FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 28 Viewing Flight Information UAL1234 indicates a United Airlines flight with ID number 1234 Airline users see only their own carrier and sub carriers ACIDs FSM masks all other flights e ORIG The airport at which the flight originated e DEST The Destination airport for the flight e ETD The flight s Estimated Time of Departure e ENTRY Current best estimated time of entry for a flight into an FEA or FCA considering all data sources e CTL_ELEM If a flight is controlled i e has a CTD and CTA this field indicates the constrained NAS element for which a ground delay program or ground stop was run Currently the CTL_ELEM can be an arrival airport FEA or FCA e DCENTER The center from which the flight is departing e ACENTER The center where the flight is arriving You can configure the information in the Flight List to suit your needs by using the Add Remove Columns window The Add Remove Columns window allows you to add columns by
509. rios or replay a day s air traffic events 4 Active Historical Provides a list of historical airport FEA and FCA data currently opened and monitored by the user FSM User Guide Version 9 00 4 1 Opening FSM z Open Data Set i lolx file Help Monitored Live AllLive Historical Active Historical a PP iene f j l Time Line Sort Airports By Airport ID Center ID Flight List V Bar Graph CI FEASFCAs 0 19 DJ Airports 67 ACK 02 1759 ANC 02 1759 ASE 02 1800 ATL 02 1759 BDL 02 1800 BED 02 1759 BNA 02 1800 BOS 02 1759 BUF 02 1759 BWI 02 1759 CLE 02 1800 CLT 02 1800 GDP ACTUAL 02 1326 02 2159 CVG 02 1759 EE AO ee te I I 4 wi Group By Element Name Custom Group v on jo Figure 4 2 Open Data Set Component To open an airport FEA or FCA you must select a Data mode a Data set and select the display components from the Open With section to view the information e Data Mode From the Open Data Set component you can open an airport FEA or FCA in either Live or Historical Data Modes To open an airport FEA or FCA in Live Data Mode use either the Monitored Live or All Live data tabs To open an airport FEA or FCA in Historical Data Mode use either the Historical or Active Historical if you have already opened an airport FEA or FCA in historical mode data tabs Once you have selected a data
510. rne holding model as decreasing equity The values shown in this field are integers rounded from the calculated values A value of 1 indicates that the initiative option results in delays that are exactly the same as those for airborne holding A value from 2 to 8 indicates an option that still exhibits good equity though the one with the lower value is still preferred A value from 9 to 16 indicates an option with increasingly significant deviation from the standard A value above 16 indicates an option with poor equity Default color is blue e Avg Dly Diff The difference in the calculated average delay prior to and after the program This is always a negative number and FSM only calculates it for a Compression program IPM Data Graph Menu The menu bar in the IPM Data Graph component contains three options File View and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the Data Graph as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the Data Graph that is currently active on your screen e File gt Close Closes the Data Graph component only FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 163 Understanding Components 2 View Menu e View gt Show Legend By default the checkbox is selected and the color legend of the delay statistics is displayed Deselect the checkbox to hide the legend and the delay statistics 3 Help Menu e Help gt Data Graph Opens the on line help system IPM Demand By Center Compon
511. rompts you to decide whether you really want to restore the flight Click YES to restore the flight Click NO to cancel the action Click Cancel to close the dialog box without taking any action Help defines and explains the Restore Flights feature Pe Flight Date mmadd send cancel Help Figure 7 7 EDCT Restore Dialog Box FSM User Guide Version 9 00 7 7 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions FSM User Guide Version 9 00 7 8 Modeling a Ground Delay Program 8 Modeling a Ground Delay Program Due to unexpected events such as bad weather at an airport the FAA delays flights scheduled to arrive at the affected airport The FAA examines flights to determine whether to include them in a Ground Delay Program GDP based on the time period of the operation The FAA checks those flights eligible for inclusion in the operation against the various exemption criteria specified Generally a GDP is necessary where arrival demand excessively surpasses the airport capacity The AAR defines airport capacity for a GDP You can raise the AAR rates or lower them due to weather runway closures or any other significant event by adjusting the Program Rate with a GDP FSM helps determine what kind of program would be necessary to adequately control the traffic flow into the airport One important function of FSM GDT Mode is that it allows you to view what if scenarios That is FSM analyz
512. ronasation com ADL_MGR FSM_MGR HIST _MGR FD_MGR Figure 2 8 Control Panel Title Bar The Title bar contains a control icon window title and Windows buttons F FSM Jae Figure 2 9 Title Bar The control icon is displayed on the left side of the title bar Click it to open the Control menu which contains commands for positioning resizing minimizing maximizing and closing the window Double clicking the control icon closes the window The window title describes the contents of the window In the Title display you see the window name airport three letter identifier date ADL time and the data mode Double clicking the window title area is the same as clicking the Window Maximize or Restore buttons Use the Window buttons located on the right side of the title bar to resize and close the window Table 2 1 Window Buttons Action Button Description Minimize Reduces the window to its windows icon on the taskbar Maximize pj Enlarges the window to fill the screen Restore E Returns the window to its last size and position Close x Closes the window Menu Bar The Menu bar positioned directly below the title bar displays the menu headings FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 8 Understanding FSM Features File View Reports Alerts TFMSTools Utilities Window Help Figure 2 10 Menu Bar The menus that are available depend on the window Click a menu heading to open the
513. s gt Airspace Flow Program Loads the actual AFP parameters gt Ground Delay Program Loads the actual GDP parameters gt Ground Stop Loads the actual Ground Stop parameters e File gt Open Parameters File Opens the PARAM DIRECTORY File in file explorer Select the parameters file and click Open to view the Parameters Files e File gt Save As Not available in the current version e File gt Close Closes the IPM Setup component and all the complimentary IPM components for that particular element 2 View Menu e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box and allows you to change the component name in the title bar There are six additional display options under the View menu If you close a component and want to reopen it use the View menu options to select and reopen the desired component e View gt IPM Data Graph Displays the IPM Data Graph component e View gt IPM Map Displays the IPM Map component e View gt IPM Bar Graph Displays the IPM Bar Graph component e View gt IPM Time Line Displays the IPM Time Line component e View gt IPM Flight List Displays the Flight List for the monitored airport FEA or FCA e View gt Show Demand Displays the Demand by Center component 3 Help Menu e Help gt IPM Setup Opens the on line help for the IPM Setup component e Help gt IPM Setup Tab Select to open the on line help for the IPM Setup tabs Parameters Scop
514. s COOR ATL OR CAND Airline CICONSTRAINT IAD ACENTR EQUALS BWI N ATTRIBUTE ACENTR OPERATOR EQUALS VALUE Bw TIAND Arrivals AND Arrival Fix AND Arrival Time AND Destination sae ee oo Figure 22 24 Arrivals Filter is Displayed in Query Manager If you want to use this filter in later sessions select File gt Save from the Query Manager component FSM saves filters created using Create Filter to the local FSM installation These filters will not be available to users using other FSM installations Renaming a User Defined Filter If you decide that the name you gave your filter is not descriptive enough you can rename it 1 Select the filter name in Query Manager 2 Select Edit gt Rename Filter The filter name is displayed in an editable text area FSM User Guide Version 9 00 22 20 Using Query Manager e212 8 AND Departing Other JAND Airline COUSER User Defined Fitters COOR ATL OR COAND Airline CI CONSTRAINT IAD ACENTR EQUALS BWI _ PY ATTRIBUTE ACENTR J OPERATOR EQUALS vau gm 9 Cano DJ AND Arrival Fix AND Arrival Time AND Destination Figure 22 25 Editable Filter Name 3 Enter the new name for your filter 4 Press Enter to save the new name ACHEIESC rust rere AND Departing Other Di ann Airline COUSER User Defined Filters COOR ATL OR COAND Airline COCONSTRAINT IAD ACENTR EQ
515. s e DVT Diversion Recovery flight flight remark e EA The actual flight time is greater than a specified value but the flight status is not cancelled The default value is 15 minutes alarm status e EC The departure boundaries are more than five minutes before or more than five minutes after their estimated departure clearance time alarm status e ECR EDCT Request Tool e EENTRY Earliest Element Entry Time e EGF American Eagle Airlines e ENTRY Current best estimated time of entry for a flight into an FEA or FCA considering all data sources e EPS Airport Engineering Performance Standards e ERTD ERTA Earliest Runway Times e ETA Updated Estimated wheels on Arrival Time Prefixes P proposed E estimated ETD Updated Estimated wheels off Departure time Prefixes P proposed E estimated e ETE Estimate Time En Route in minutes e EXIT Estimated Element Exit Time e FADT List Generated after running a GDP Contains information about all ground delayed flights all flights that have been issued an OrigEDCT If a center or an airline has ground delayed flights their call signs departure airports PTimes EDCTs and CTAs are given for each appropriate center and airline e FCA Flow Constrained Area flight remark e FEA Flow Evaluation Area e FSM Flight Schedule Monitor e FX A CDM message used by the airlines to indicate a cancelled flight cancel status e GCD T
516. s File View Flight List and Help 1 File Menu Save As e Print e Close 2 View Menu e Rename Window e Arrival Data Toggles Arrival data off and on e Departure Data Toggles Departure data off and on Add Remove Columns Group Flights Sort Flights e Apply Filter e Clear Filter Flight Info Flight Detail 3 Flight List Menu e Freeze Data e Data Filter Display Set Time e Search By Callsign 4 Help Menu e Time Out Cancel General information about this report Slot Hold Report The Slot Hold Report lists cancelled flights that currently have their slots held see Figure 21 18 This report is similar to an FSM Flight List but only lists those flights whose slot hold flag is set to Y To view a Slot Hold Report select the monitored airport for which FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 25 Understanding and Using FSM Reports you want to view the report and then select Reports gt Slot Hold in the Control Panel component Be Yew Fight Hal we mB DCA 08 24 2006 18 52Z Se OR ORIG DEST EID ETA CM CTA 1 ASLOT uns Wal ORD DCA 1242052 1242223 24 1631 24 1002 Y 2418024 Z An Ian AAL ORD DCA 241736 1241001 241617 241742 Y 241742 Figure 21 18 Slot Hold Report The displayed information defaults to arrival data To view departure data select View gt Departure Data checkbox in the dropdown menu The Slot Hold Report then displays both arrival and departure
517. s For those flights with a departure fix that is other than the top departure fix names listed or that is unknown FSM assigns that flight a value of Other This tab is disabled for FEAs and FCAs Color by Exemption The Exemption tab colors flights according to their exemption status in a TMI see Table 6 6 Table 6 6 Color by Exemption Status Color Exemption Status Description Black Flts Excluded Flights that are not controlled by the element and not subject to EDCT compliance Green Flts Exempted Included flights that have a priority over Non Exempted flights of available arrival slots Red Flts Not Exempted Included flights that are subject to departure delay Color By User The User tab colors flights according to their user status User status describes the primary function of that flight This information is sometimes masked from airline users because of flight filtering For example military flights are not listed as such Table 6 7shows FSM default coloring for User status Table 6 7 User Coloring User Status Color Air Cargo F Blue Carrier C Magenta General Aviation G A Green Military M Brown Air Taxi T Orange Other O Cyan Unknown U Red FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 15 Viewing Flight Information Color by Alarm Status The Alarm Status tab allows you to distinguish between compliant flights and those that have at
518. s This is normally defined as the Respond By time plus 30 minutes and rounded up to the end of the hour FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 108 Understanding Components For example if the Respond By time is 1845 the message is valid until 1959 The message could also expire at the same time the program ends e Probability of Extension Likelihood a Ground Stop will be extended past its current end time Ground Stop Advisory only The default is Medium e Comments This field is available for any additional comments about the program you feel are necessary Coversheet Buttons There are two buttons at the bottom of the coversheet Send Actual lt Program Type gt Send Proposed lt Program Type gt and Close see Figure 3 84 Send Actual lt Program Type gt Send Proposed lt Program Type gt Lists whether the program is Actual or Proposed and the program type The format is Send lt Actual or Proposed gt lt Program Type gt When you click Send Actual lt Program Type gt Send Proposed lt Program Type gt the FADT files are sent to TPC The files are then distributed in the next ADL Additionally it emails the program parameters to all parties involved including the Hub site If the parameters are for a Proposed Advisory the Hub site sends out the parameters immediately in the next ADL When you send parameters for an Actual Advisory the Hub site ensures that it has received the associated FADT file with flight control
519. s from using the airborne holding model You must view any deviation from the airborne holding model as decreasing equity The values shown in this field are integers rounded from the calculated values A value of 1 indicates that the initiative option results in delays that are exactly the same as those for airborne holding A value from 2 to 8 indicates an option that still exhibits good equity though the one with the lower value is still preferred A value from 9 to 16 indicates an option with increasingly significant deviation from the standard A value above 16 indicates an option with poor equity Default color is blue e Avg Dly Diff The difference in the calculated average delay prior to and after the program This is always a negative number and FSM only calculates it for a Compression program GDT Data Graph Menu The menu bar in the GDT Data Graph component contains three options File View and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Save As Saves the Data Graph as a jpg image in a directory that you specify e File gt Print Prints the Data Graph that is currently active on your screen e File gt Close Closes the Data Graph component only 2 View Menu e View gt Show Legend By default the checkbox is selected and the color legend of the delay statistics is displayed Deselect the checkbox to hide the legend and the delay statistics 3 Help Menu e Help gt Data Graph Opens the on line help system Demand By Center
520. s of their location the US color scheme is displayed For example if you open a US airport or FEA FCA the Carrier tab displays the US scheme by default If you open a Canadian airport the Carrier tab displays the Canadian scheme by default Note that the Carrier tab has replaced the Carrier NC tab If you open a Mexican airport the Carrier tab displays the Mexican scheme by default The static carriers are listed below with the predefined colors Table 6 4 Static Carrier Coloring US Defaults Canadian Defaults Mexican Defaults Carrier Default Carrier Default Carrier Default Color Color Color AAL Royal Blue AAL Orange AAL Royal Blue FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 11 Table 6 4 Static Carrier Coloring Viewing Flight Information US Defaults Canadian Defaults Mexican Defaults Carrier Demulk Carrier Default Carrier Derin Color Color Color ASA Dark Green ACA Dark Green AMX Dark Green COA Magenta CJA Royal Blue COA Magenta DAL Light Green COA Brown DAL Light Green DHL Pink GGN Light Green MXA Pink FDX Orange GLR Pink CHP Orange JBU Navy Blue JZA Red SER Navy Blue NWA Brown PCO Magenta TAO Brown SWA Light Orange SSV Light Orange UAL Red UAL Red UAL Yellow USA Yellow U
521. s parameters for the compression function through the ADL it triggers this alert When Compression parameters arrive Compression Parameters turn red in the Alert menu Click the red text to view the new parameters Alerts gt Blanket Parameters Available FSM applies this alert to all flights that are part of a specific GDP Note Blanket parameters are not applicable to FCAs FSM User Guide Version 9 00 A 3 Flight Status FSM User Guide Version 9 00 A 4 FSM Data Elements Appendix B FSM Data Elements The flight information listed below can be viewed in the Flight Detail window and corresponds with ADL flight information Flight Information Flight ID Aircraft Identifier or callsign Date ADL date Time ADL Time Aircraft Type Aircraft Type AC_CAT Aircraft Category Jet Turbo Prop Class Aircraft Weight Class Jumbo Heavy Large Small Major The carrier qualified to perform substitutions for the flight CDM Participant Y or N User Air Carrier Freight Cargo General Aviation Military Air Taxi or Other Departure Information DFIX Departure Fix EFTD Estimated Departure Fix Time DP Departure Procedure DTRSN Departure Procedure Transition Great Circle Distance GCD The distance between the origin and the destination Arrival Information AFIX Arrival Fix EAFT Estimated Arrival Fix Time STAR Standard Terminal Arrival STRSN Standard Terminal Arri
522. s specific delay information for each carrier s flights The Carrier Statistics report is particularly helpful to airlines Airlines can view how the TMI affects them Figure 7 2 is an example of the ATCSCC personnel view of the carrier statistic report Airlines would only see their own callsign and any sub carriers For more information on the Carrier Statistics report see Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports FSM User Guide Version 9 00 7 2 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions DD Carrier Statistics ATL 01 19 2010 440 live Frozen CDM Flights Affected Delay Delay MER Totel Non_Exempt Exempt Cux 5 Total Totels Avg AEEAvg Mex Min 824 100 206 0 206 100 0 100 0 237 3 247 9 208 254 126 100 100 HA NA 237 237 247 247 340 0 1 0 HA SS SEN oooo Wwrror es a N NF OC r N oWN NO fF w o0000 0000060 i reoooowyvaor we 000 oo oo 0900 41 900900 y Y Y Y Y y Y y Y Y y Y Y Y N n Te Se Se TS TH TS NH Se Se un oo0022h 060 oooocooo0o0o00 Figure 7 2 Carrier Statistics Modifying Program Rates Modeling the Program Rate on the Bar Graph is helpful to visually determine how a lowered AAR affects the balance between capacity and demand If demand exceeds the reduced AAR then a TMI may be necessary Specify Model Program Rate The Bar Graph gt Model Program Rate gt Specify allows you
523. s the Actual time of departure see Figure 13 2 The total count of all CTD non compliant flights is displayed in the lower left hand portion of the CTD Compliance window The CTD Compliance window automatically updates when FSM receives a new ADL FSM User Guide Version 9 00 13 2 Monitoring EDCT Compliance CTD Compliance FCARG1 25 1854 LIVE iol xj Hie View Flight List Help ae a FCARG1 02 25 2009 18 54Z Current info y Data Arrivals Departures Fiter sk CTDCompliance N ACID MAJOR ORIG DEST ETD ETA ENTRY ARTD ARTA cID CTA ARTD N4758S Other ORL Ox 42511535 C25 1856 25 1702 25 1535 25 1724 25 1848 2 NWASS7 NWA MCO MSP A25 1828 C252132 25 1909 25 1828 25 1836 25 1918 3 N1758C KAA BZN SRO A251804 C252156 252107 25 1804 26 1819 25 2111 4 NWASTS NWA MIA MSP A251737 C2252107 25 1841 25 1737 25 1758 25 903 N724304 Other DYR SPG A251849 C2572220 252047 251849 252026 25 2226 I SWA1673 SWA RSW STIL A25 1851 C252111 25 1941 25 1851 25 1857 251956 7 NGO1SM Other TLH SPI A25 1815 C252101 25 1827 25 1815 25 2017 252030 8 INGSISM Other SPI TLH A251517 C251792 2501710 251517 261619 25 1830 9 N123KD Other MDO APF P251647 A251841 25 1859 25 1647 251844 25 1657 251733 10 SWAS07 SWA ABQ MCO A2511712 C2502011 25 1922 25 712 25 1723 251941 N816SE HW APF MKC A25 1611 C25 1909 25 1706 25 1611 25 1548 25 1648 12 Av 10 iv PBI MGM A25 1705 C2514829 25 1803 25 705 25 1909 252011 43 UPS2020 UPS
524. s to the logical groupings In other words the filter uses all user entered data or defaults for all selected logical groups to create the filter If you want to avoid including a logical grouping for which you have added a value you have to click Reset Group for that logical grouping to revert to the default The label for the logical grouping should no longer is displayed in bold Create Filter Buttons The Create Filter component has four buttons which allow you to reset a group reset the whole filter cancel the filter and create the filter The four buttons are e Reset Group clears all user entered data for the selected group e Reset All clears all user entered data for that filter and resets the filter name to New Filter e Create creates a new filter includes all of the user entered data for that filter checks the filter name format and closes the Create Filter component e Cancel closes the Create Filter component without creating the new filter Create Filter Menu Items The Create Filter component has two menus File and Help The File menu has only a Close menu item Selecting File gt Close closes the Create Filter component The Help menu has only a Create Filter menu item Selecting Help gt Create Filter opens the on line help for the Create Filter component Creating and Saving a Filter You can create a filter using the Create Filter component and save it to use for later sessions The filter can have
525. sage to ensure you want the ground stop to last for that duration e GS Center Group amp Time Period This Power Run allows you to see which combination of center groups and time periods put in the GS parameters would produce the best program The Data Graph s X axis and the Data Table s column headers show the various Time Periods and Center Group combinations This option is available only for GS program types IPM Map Component The IPM Map component is the same as the GDT Map component Selections made in the IPM Setup component are reflected dynamically in the IPM Map component Airports that the server is currently monitoring are displayed with the airports three letter identifier and a colored dot indicating the GDT status of each airport FCAs that the server is currently monitoring are displayed with a colored boundary that indicates the AFP status of that FCA The title bar displays the normal component labeling conventions IPM is displayed in the title bar to indicate that you are looking at the Map in IPM mode Adaptive compression status displays in the SUBS section The IPM Map component allows you to design a TMI visually by selecting deselecting airports and or centers Selecting Deselecting airports centers and adjusting the distance range interactively updates other IPM components IPM Map Zoom Capabilities IPM Map contains the same zoom capabilities as the Map in Live mode for more detail refer to Map Component
526. sasinnasssusisssesascotapevcestycssavenoissaccsvaseusantenctentscse 7 5 Set Time Historical Mode asked een 7 5 Modify Data Time GDT Mode only ennnen 7 6 Update Data Time Historical Mode Only eee 7 7 Remove and Restore Flights CSA Only ccusss0sssssonsssnonsesnnnsennnnsennonsnnnnnnene 7 7 Remove Flights esse nase 7 7 Restore Flights seiten see 7 7 Chapter 8 Modeling a Ground Delay Program ceeeersseenesssnsnennnnnnne 8 1 Modeling a GDP Using Parameters You Specify sursoosssonsssnnssonssnnnsnonnssnne 8 1 Modeling a GDP Using Proposed Parameters scsosssssonsesnossesnonsennonsennnnnene 8 5 Impact Modeling u msn sousteienvevancd consisvicandactansediwedecuvasecs 8 6 Modeling Analysis fesseln ebenen 8 9 Preview Your WOrk 55 2225 2seucsasheratiatannezagnareduasdatousersaerateatvanneananneneess 8 9 GDT Data Graph Component 000 0 cceecceceesseeeeeceseeeeeceeseecsaeenteensees 8 12 GDT Map Component serial 8 13 GDT Flight List Component lee 8 14 GDT Demand By Center Component enennennennenennen 8 15 The Analysis Report aaa 8 16 Reload the Data u ar lade 8 18 Chapter 9 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program ssccccssssceesees 9 Modeling an AFP Using Parameters You Specify sscsssssssssssssssseneees 9 1 Modeling an AFP Using Proposed Parameters csosssssonssssssesonsesnonsennnnnene 9 6 Impact Modeling scssscrscsssipcodrinsevcesdexsssovedsevenes tensieur
527. sdebnnce coustboeheasvacsansssinisecruadees 9 7 Modeling Analysis ctsoisscscesccocseseconcsoensodecsesosecnsecbecedeedsetensuecelecscndsedecsesssesseceeceess 9 10 Preview Your Work ei araea aae a aR a Ea aAA anat 9 10 GDT Data Graph Component u ccenseenenessennennnnenennn nennen 9 11 The Analysis Report zen tiere ar 9 12 Reload the Data a cies saowins eases seats Soe once ees 9 14 Chapter 10 Using Integrated Program Modeling sseeeeseee 10 1 Building Scenarios a ns 10 1 Using Modeled Data in a Program csosssssonsessonsesnonnennnnnennnnsnsnnnsnsnnsennnnnene 10 6 Modeling Analysis s 0sscsscssecscsesessdsdsiessucssaudsaspeaasaacsouvs saveiueceassscesesceoauedcapesesesescees 10 7 Preview Your Work a ne ae a a Aa tea ait 10 7 IPM Multi Graph Component 0 ccccceccceesseceteceseeeeeeeeeeceeecnseeneees 10 7 PM Metrics Tab a Hier 10 9 IPM Time Line Component nalen 10 10 IPM Bar Graph Component saw eeae 10 10 IPM Data Graph Component ea Ber 10 11 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 IPM Map Component air 10 12 IPM Flight List Component an 10 13 IPM Demand By Center Component esssenenssnsenennennennnnen 10 14 Chapter 11 Issuing an Initial Program cccccssccccssccccssssscsssesscessees 11 1 GDP AFP Coversheet use sine 11 1 Reviewing Program Parameters scssssosssssonsessonsennnnnennnnsnnnnnsnnnnnennnnsennnnnene 11 3 Creating an AdyisoTy nusanseeineisshenisegenseesnechnnssntsenpergeselbenhereni
528. se anywhere in the Control Panel Note that the dataset button does not have to be selected in order to display the tool tip FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 11 Understanding FSM Features Figure 2 15 Tool Tip When Hovering Over ATL G Tabs Tabs are displayed on most FSM components Selecting a tab makes that tab active The tab that is active is highlighted Tabs found in the Bar Graph and Time Line are for different display options When you select a tab the coloring option is displayed in the component For example Figure 2 16 shows the Bar Graph with the coloring tab Status selected Wi Bar Graph ATL 19 1820 LIVE Woke file View Bar Graph Display Help als ein e Sinus ArrDep Status ara Category Carrier Afix DI Centers Control Type ATL 01 19 2010 18 20Z2 ETA Figure 2 16 Component Tabs Windows Position and Resizing When more than one window is open on your screen a window must be active to use it Activate the window by clicking anywhere on it The title bar of an active window is blue while the title bar of an inactive window is gray Resizing windows allows you to view more windows on your screen at one time To resize a window position the cursor on any of the borders of the window until your cursor FSM User Guide Version 9 00 2 12 Understanding FSM Features changes to a double sided arrow When the double sided arrow is displayed click and drag in the direction of your cho
529. sed GDP AFP Parameters Available is highlighted in red when parameters for a Proposed GDP or AFP arrive through the ADL Select Proposed GDP AFP Parameters Available to view the proposed parameters which FSM takes from the FADT file and displays in a static GDT Setup window Tab navigation allows you to view all the FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 14 Monitoring Program Delivery proposed parameters although you cannot make changes to this window If no Proposed GDP or AFP Parameters exist the text reads No Proposed GDP AFP Parameters GS Parameters Alerts gt GS Parameters Active is highlighted in red when the FAA issues a Ground Stop and FSM receives its parameters through the ADL First time GS Parameters new GS Parameters and deleted GS Parameters all trigger this Alert Select GS Parameters Available to view the parameters which FSM takes from the FADT file and displays in a static GDP Setup window see Figure 12 12 Tab navigation allows you to view all the GS Parameters although you cannot make changes to this window If no GS Parameters exist the text reads No GS Parameters Parameter Display SAN 2008 Aug 11 1829 GS I 5 xj Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights 23 00 01 02 03 04 0 08 TEE or DD EN nf ee fF Veen nd Figure 12 12 Actual GS Parameters Window Compression Parameters When FSM receives parameters for the compression function through the ADL it triggers the Aler
530. ser Guide Version 9 00 3 8 Understanding Components gt EDCT HOLD Holds all slots ina GDP or AFP for all flights or only the flights belonging to a specified airline and its sub carriers at a specified Airport or Airspace data set gt EDCT LIST Creates a report containing a list of all data sets currently controlled by EDCT programs gt EDCT LOG Creates a report of all EDCT files cancellation messages Simplified Substitution SS processing messages and EDCT updates processed by the system in the order they were received gt EDCT PURGE Purges EDCT flight controls for a specified Airport or Airspace data set or for all data sets gt EDCT RELEASE Releases all slots ina GDP or AFP for all flights or only the flights belonging to a specified airline and its sub carriers at a specified data set gt EDCT SCS OFF Suspends slot credit substituting for flights controlled by EDCT programs at a specified data set or at all data sets To allow slot credit processing after suspending slot credit substituting you must activate processing with the EDCT SCS ON command gt EDCT SCS ON Allows slot credit substituting for flights controlled by EDCT programs at a specified data set or at all data sets To prohibit slot credit substituting you must suspend processing with the EDCT SCS OFF command gt EDCT SHOW Creates a report that contains detailed information on all flights controlled by EDCT programs for a s
531. ser Guide Version 9 00 9 7 CDOT Setup FCADH2 2008 Aug 12 1955 GDT i File View Help E GoT map Model Program Type AFP DAS v Power Run Options Power Run By Min Percent Demand Max Percent Demand Step Size Program Cancellation Time impact Modeling Options Available Ci Currently Open Data Sets BWA 12 2013 EWR 12 2013 FCA109 12 2013 JFK 12 2009 LGA 12 2009 PHL 12 2014 CI FEAsFCAs 1 C Center 76 Airports SUBS ALL ON AFP Percent Demand Modeling an Airspace Flow Program Freeze Cancellation Time Selected JFK 12 2009 LGA 12 2009 Add to Selected list Figure 9 5 Selected Impact Elements 4 Click Model The GDT Bar Graph displays the model element and impact elements as buttons next to the button bar FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 8 Modeling an Airspace Flow Program Figure 9 6 GDT Bar Graph with both Model and Impact Elements 5 Click the appropriate button to view the impact of the TMI on the element you selected Note The model element button displays first and is separated from the impact element buttons by a space MS Bar Graph FCADH1 2008 Feb 27 1752 GOT e GDT SFO Impact 02 27 2008 17 55Z ETA Figure 9 7 GDT Bar Graph with Impact Element selected 6 Click Reset Parameters to clear the Impact elements of the modeled data and display the current ADL data on the GDT Bar Gr
532. sheet and advisory when you run the program The GDT Coversheet displays the GDT parameters text fields based on the program type you selected In other words the coversheet is dynamic in that it will only display TMI specific content This section reviews the various components of a coversheet Coversheet Menu There are four file menu options available on the GDT Coversheet File View Resend and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Close Closes the Coversheet window 2 View Menu e View gt FADT Displays the FADT Report e View gt Analysis Displays the Analysis Report in a spreadsheet file viewer e View gt Carrier Statistics Displays the Carrier Statistic report 3 Resend Menu Note This menu is available only after you click Send Actual lt Program Type gt or Send Proposed lt Program Type gt e Resend gt Resend Program Starts the TFMS Autosend process to send the FADT file to the hub site and the coversheet file to NTML and remote copies the files This option is available only for Actual TMIs e Resend gt Resend Advisory Uses an existing advisory number if available and starts the TFMS Autosend process to send only the Advisory for the program This option is available for all Proposed and Actual TMIs e Resend gt Resend Program amp Advisory This starts the same process that starts when you click Send Actual lt Program Type gt for the first time on the Coversheet This option is available only for Actual T
533. so invokes TFMS E mail and sends the Advisory to the specified address list TFMS E mail puts the ATCSCC position number and phone number in the Advisory signature line When you click Send Proposed Compression only the proposed parameters and Advisory is sent No new EDCTs are issued for a proposed Compression When you click Send Actual Compression or Send Proposed Compression the Program Manager window opens and displays the Autosend progress If SUBS are ON when you click Send Actual Compression or Send Proposed Compression from a coversheet during a compression blanket revision or extension you receive the following FSM warning message see Figure 16 10 This message is displayed only if you chose to ignore the previously displayed Subs On Warning Once the coversheet is opened you must reload and remodel the program in order to turn subs off Warning unable to send p x 4 Turn SUBS OFF reload and remodel program Note The use of Ignore is not recommended Figure 16 10 SUBS OFF Warning Click OK to clear the FSM warning and then turn SUBS OFF before reloading and remodeling the program Wait for FSM to reflect SUBS OFF successfully before clicking Send Actual Compression or Send Proposed Compression again Although it is recommended that you turn SUBS OFF during any revision you can bypass the warning message by clicking Ignore on the message box FSM automatically continues with the Autosend process even though
534. splay gt IGTA taxi Displays flights based on their Initial Gate Time of Arrival IGTA minus taxi time IGTA Wheel Time The IGTA is based on the OAG times or flight plan times and never changes Taxi time default is 10 minutes but you can change it in the IPM Control window Display gt OCTA Displays flights based on their Original Controlled Times of Arrival OCTA Original ETA OGTA Wheel Time or ETA position depending on the available information For example if the Original CTA is not available FSM uses Original ETA and so on This time never changes Display gt EAFT Displays flights based on their Estimated Arrival Fix Time EAFT which is the time at which the flight crosses its designated arrival fix Display gt CTA Displays flights based on their current Controlled Time of Arrival CTA Display gt ENTRY Displays flights based on their current Estimated Element Entry Time Airspace data set only Display gt BENTRY Displays flights based on their current Based Element Entry Time Airspace data set only Display gt OENTRY Displays flights based on their current Original Element Entry Time Airspace data set only FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 168 Understanding Components 5 Help Menu e Help gt Time Line Opens the on line help for the IPM Time Line component e Help gt Legend Opens the on line help for the Time Line icon legend IPM Flight List Component The IPM Flight List compo
535. splays alphabetically within its controlling Center ID when you expand a Center ID Center IDs without any applicable airports are hidden Be Open Data Set Jog Eile Help Monitored Live AllLive Historical Active Historical Open With Time Line Flight List Bar Graph Sort Airports By Airport ID CI FEASFCAs 0 DJ Center 74 Airports CI ZAB DIzau I ZBW 1 Actual 9 2DC 1 Proposed I zov I zw I ZHU gt czan 92x e 4 zKc SIZLA Hac Group By Element Name lt Custom Group amw On nen Figure 3 13 Open Data Set Component Sorted By Center Group By Options The Group By section allows you to create User Defined Groups UDGs The default selection is Element Name which causes data sets to open by element airport FCA FEA If you select Custom Group you can create your own UDG with components from various airports FEAs FCAs and data modes For more information see Chapter 4 Opening FSM Open With Options The Open With portion of the Open Data Set component contains four component options with which to open and view an airport FEA or FCA e Time Line opens the Time Line component of the selected data set displaying regular Time Line options for each data set FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 17 Understanding Components e Flight List opens the Flight List component of the selected data set e Bar
536. ssbiencavecacaccuneseeuarsegeaasens 6 3 FSM Flight Coloring need 6 7 Color By Status una Nao a EE E E 6 8 Color By Arrival Departure aan ea 6 9 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Color By Aircraft Category ae 6 9 Color By Aircraft Class 2 2 N 0er ek 6 10 Color By Carrier 22 22 Een 6 10 Color BY Centers u N sense 6 13 Color by Attwal FIK u ne 6 14 Color by Departure Fre an nen 6 14 Color By Exemptiom ss 6 15 CGO SER see 6 15 Color by Alarm Status ann assets Hine ek 6 16 Color by Distanee arera seas isch ee aa 6 16 Color by Substitution Status cceccssscessccsscssssccsecesecsssnssseccesnes 6 16 Color by CDM Participation anne HI aay 6 16 Color by Program Delay ee ae en 6 17 Color by Control Type ann ek 6 17 Viewing Information in the Time Line Component eee 6 18 View Open Arrival Slots nn a en 6 19 Time Line Flight Count usa aka 6 19 TimeLine Flight Et ee See 6 20 Time Line Display Options aan sei Rai 6 22 Flight LASS c ssesiedesvesebstesssnovnsnusisecbwacsonsassuvbetwondiongsasavbievends coensnsehuausedvessianmeoccnadtes 6 22 Plight List Filters 2 ee eileen eee tees 6 23 Flight Eist Men Sue ea nakn 6 25 Plight List Buttons asien Hansi 6 26 Openme Flight Eisenmann 6 26 Flight List Format ccc ee ee 6 27 Selecting Flight List Information u ensie ta de 6 28 Using the Global Default nasse ae a 6 32 Grouping Information in the Flight List nenne 6 33 Sorting Information in the Fligh
537. sssssosssosesesssssesosesoosssosssosssosesoossoee A I Appendix B FSM Data Elements sscccccsssccsssssccsssssecsssscessssceseees B 1 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Appendix C Glossary of Abbreviations FSM User Guide Version 9 00 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 FSM Overview 1 FSM Overview Introduction The amount of traffic in our National Airspace System NAS is expected to experience significant growth for the foreseeable future The NAS is a static resource and the Federal Aviation Administration FAA needs to find a balance between the increase in traffic and available resources in the NAS The FAA responded to this issue by developing Free Flight Free Flight is an innovative concept designed to enhance NAS safety and efficiency by transitioning from a centralized command and control system to a distributed planning system Collaborative Decision Making CDM is one of the five core products in Free Flight Phase I CDM is a joint government industry initiative aimed at improving air traffic management through increased information exchange common situational awareness equitable resource allocation and performance analysis Flight Schedule Monitor FSM was used in CDM s first major thrust Ground Delay Program Enhancements and the FAA has continued to use it since it went into Prototype Operations in January 1998 FSM fulfills the CDM goal of giving all users common situational awareness FSM does this by displaying a c
538. st CTA This functionality is available during an AFP initial and revision GDP initial and revision and Compression When checked all flights that have control times are eligible for compression When unchecked only flights with CTAs through the End time of the program are compressed Data Time This functionality is the ADL time on which you are modeling and analyzing your TMI Data Time is a read only field in the current version of IPM Setup The default ADL time always displays in the IPM Setup title bar The Program Rate section is active for all Program Types except Compression Ground Stop Blanket and Purge The Program Rate table is oriented horizontally so that the hours are displayed across the top of the table see Figure 3 109 The hours shown in the program rate table range from one hour prior to the current time to 35 hours ahead of the current time To view the hours across the table use the horizontal scroll bar directly below the table ee nth ee ee yee lt nr nn a O u 77 dd eA IT ne Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Fights Load Times Load ADLAAR Fill Program Rate w With 57 From Hour Through Hour bd Fill Hour 00 01 02 03 o4 o5 os oz a a o9 o 14 12 13 14 1 PR 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 5 Prwleiolio ol ololjojolololjojololaltolial gq gt AAR Set AAR to Program Rate Retain
539. stance JAI v Default i 140 140 Of iota Fits 296 Affected Fits 71 120 120 OI total Delay 1 458 u 100 100 lv MaxDelay 92 raw Delay 20 5 lv Max Air Hold 27 v avg Air Hold 8 8 _Mistack 3 Unrec Delay 127 Ol Unree 8 71 rlpelayvar 5 84 O EMA 16 O emer 16 0 0 Figure 3 75 Data Graph Component Selecting Different Scenarios You can view all the available scenarios based on the Power Run selection from the GDT Setup component For example selecting Power Run By gt GDP Center Group from the Modeling Options tab on the GDT Setup and then clicking Model displays all the available tiers for the monitored airport on the Data Graph component s X axis Your modeled scenario statistics are displayed in the Legend Table Use your cursor to drag the black vertical line to a center group or just move the cursor over the desired center group and click to move the line The delay statistics to the right ofthe Data Graph reflect the line of scenario delineation In addition changing the center option automatically updates all GDT components to reflect the new parameters The Data Graph component includes a roll over feature Rolling your cursor over any line in the Data Graph gives you the delay statistics for the colored line that reflects the results of the center group From the Data Graph it is easy to visualize what center groups give the best results Delay Statistics The Legend Table displays the de
540. stance range to capture more airports in the program or decrease the distance radius to release delay on previously delayed airports Reducing Expanding the Scope of an AFP You can reduce or expand the scope of your tier based AFP Select the Scope tab on the GDT Setup panel You can manually add or delete departure centers by selecting the center checkboxes Newly selected centers are now non exempt receive departure delay in the program If you release a center from program delay the flights originating from FSM User Guide Version 9 00 15 3 Revising Extending a Ground Delay Program or Airspace Flow Program that center runs through the release delay algorithm In additional to departure facilities arrival airports can be exempted To exempt an arrival airport from departure delay enter the airport ID in the Exempt Airports field in the Arrival Facilities section Any flight arriving to an Exempt arrival airport is exempt from departure delay Purging Flights Outside of the Revised Program Parameters When you revise an existing AFP GDP or GS you can purge flights outside of the new program time frame thus removing them from the program s control The Purge Flights section on the Parameters tab of the GDT Setup panel allows you to purge flights that arrive before the new start time or after the new end time This section is enabled when modeling an AFP or GDP revision for an initial AFP GDP and all other program types the Purge Fl
541. storical Pop Up dialog box will be reflected in the Program Rates table file Help ATL Historical Pop up Demand How 21 22 23 00 01 02 4 06 0 W 49 142 43 49 15 147 V HIGH 75 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 11 11 11 11 t1 11 11 t1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 MEDIUM 50 2 2 2 3 4 5 4 9 9 a s a 8 a 9 9 a 9 9 s LON 25 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Figure 3 55 Load Historical Pop Up The menu bar contains two options File and Help 1 File e Print Prints the Load Historical Pop Up window as displayed on your screen e Close Closes the window 2 Help Opens online help specific to the Load Historical Pop Up window The window contains the following action buttons e OK Click to save your changes and close the dialog box FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 69 Understanding Components e Cancel Click to close the dialog box without saving your changes e Help Click to display a pop up window with a brief description of the component To set the Pop Up Factor for a program from the GDT Setup component 1 Select the Parameters tab on the GDT Setup component 2 Select Pop Up Factor from the Fill dropdown Bd on ee ed ee os a en A nr AI mn Program Rate Applicable Only to Included Flights Load Times Load ADL AAR Historical Pop Ups pn pop up Fac E rou o0 Te me gt with oj FromHour 00 03 o4 o5 06 o7 og o9 10 12 13 14 94 94 9
542. sults of the parameters you have selected before actually running the operation You can use the Modeling Options tab in the IPM Setup component as an analysis tool There are four GDP three AFP and three GS operations which analyze the results for any program You can select these options from the dropdown menu that displays next to Power Run By see Table 3 13 You use the Power Run function to determine whether you need to modify the parameters When any Power Run is generated FSM automatically saves the Power Run to a file To view a scenario select the type of program to model in the Power Run By dropdown menu and click Model All Model displays the effects of potential operation parameters and how traffic at the airport would be affected by using these parameters for an actual program in all IPM components Review the program statistics in the Data Graph To FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 153 Understanding Components preview the effects of running a Power Run scenario as an actual program move the black line on the Data Graph component to other options displayed on the X axis This is discussed in more detail in the Data Graph Component Section With the exception of Power Run for Decision Time you can preview the proposed parameters and their effect on the airport s traffic Note After you click Model All the Setup Panel no longer has a red border indicating that all the components reflect the information in the IPM Setup
543. suspend substitutions for that airport Airlines substitution or SCS messages no longer are accepted after FSM sends the SubOff message to TFMS Airport FCA name or ALL SFO set Lemen we Figure 18 8 EDCT Sub Off Dialog Box FSM User Guide Version 9 00 18 8 Airborne Holding and Blanket Programs Note Ensure that the SUBS OFF indicator is displayed on the GDT Setup panel after you have sent the EDCT Sub Off message If SUBS ON is displayed click Reload to model the program with the most recent ADL Issuing a Blanket Revision Once you have determined the program parameters for an Actual Blanket turned off substitutions and reloaded the most current ADL you are ready to send your Blanket revision If substitutions are currently turned on for the selected data set the Subs On Warning dialog box is displayed before the coversheet opens see Figure 18 9 The warning gives you the opportunity to turn off substitutions without having to reload Subs On warning E x Subs are currently ON Turn Subs OFF is recommended Ignore Turn Subs OFF Figure 18 9 Subs On Warning If you click Ignore the Subs OFF warning closes and the coversheet opens If you click Turn Subs OFF the Subs OFF message is sent to the hubsite TFM Processing Center TPC and an informational message is displayed see Figure 18 10 FSM Information x fy Please wait while FSM remodels the TMI after the Subs OFF messa
544. t Search by Call sign Opens the Search by Call sign window Help Menu e Help gt CTD Compliance Accesses the web based on line help for the CTD Compliance Report Exporting Compliance List to an Excel Spreadsheet l From the Compliance window menu bar select File gt Save As The Save Compli ance As dialog box opens Enter a name in the File Name field Microsoft Office Excel Worksheet xls is the default file type in the Files of Type dropdown menu Click Save The exported report is compatible with Microsoft Office Excel 2003 or later and Open Office 1 x or later See Figure 13 5 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 13 5 Monitoring EDCT Compliance Note All time values are saved as native time date fields therefore ADL fields that combine date time with text are exported as multiple cells The date time portion of the field is saved in one cell and the text portion is saved in another For example the ETD column becomes ETDprefix and ETD the ETA column becomes ETAprefix and ETA and the ASLOT column becomes ASLOT and SlotTime See the highlighted text in the following figure ED Microsoft Excel ctd_compliance xis EF Ele KnowledgeTree Edt View Insert Format Tools Date RoboPDF Window Help Adobe POF IGMP RBAARIFH bBB F 9 Br F kl wor of Arial 10 B z u ESH Ssns aa FFn DS KnowledgeTree Open ied Knoviedgetree save B X f ASLOT 19 32 FCARG1 2 25 2009 ACID MAJOR ORIG DEST
545. t Auto Icons the same icon is used to represent all aircraft weights Table 3 6 Auto Icons Autolcon Auto Icon Description Enabled Disabled dy a Jumbo u f Jet dy Heavy d iy Prop Includes Turbo and Piston e View gt Flight Info Displays the Flight Info window for a quick reference on the flight e View gt Flight Detail Displays the Flight Detail window for more in depth information on the flight e View gt Flight List Displays the FSM Flight List Note View gt Arrival Data Show CNX DO Open Slots in Carrier Color Show Unassigned Slots and Auto Icons checkboxes are selected by default 3 Time Line Menu FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 51 Understanding Components Time Line gt Track Time Allows you to turn Track Time on and off To force the Time Line component to update when the current hour changes select Track Time When the hour changes the Time Line moves forward one hour If you uncheck the Track Time box you can scroll forward or back in time and at the next update time the Time Line does not return to the current time Time Line gt Set Time This option is enabled only under Historical Data Mode and allows you to choose the time to view within a set of historical data Time Line gt Search By Callsign Allows you to find a particular flight by entering the flight s callsign and origin airport The flight icon in the Time Line is highlighted with a w
546. t List eeenenennn 6 36 Multi Level Sorting sscieaivessesnegscedetthosdeistedesdocan els xasesahectvactaa ia 6 37 Using the Apply Filters Window 00 cccccccceesceesseceeceteceeeeenseceseenees 6 38 Exporting Flight List ee 6 38 Viewing a Single Flight uses BER RBERn 6 39 Search By alls iti ze eines 6 39 Plight Info Window ses Hrn 6 41 Flight Detail Window aussah 6 43 Viewing Problem Flights e soeessoessocsssesssecssoossoosssosssoeessocssoossoossssesssesssosssoosso 6 47 Other Flight Reports 85er condsavesacseande 6 47 Compliance Flight Lists uch 6 47 Query Manager Flight Lists seossooesooesooesssesssesssocssoossoosssesssesssoossoossosessoesssose 6 48 Chapter 7 Evaluating Airport and Airspace Conditions 7 1 Evaluating Demand Versus Capacity uecsssssssnssssonnssnnnnsnnnnnssnnnnesnnnnesnnnnesnnnnene 7 1 Bar Graph ses ek 7 1 Time Lie naeh 7 1 TMI Evaluation Using Carrier Statistics Report csrssonsssonssonssnonssonsssnnsnnnnee 7 2 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 Modifying Program Rates sinne 7 3 Specify Model Program Rate aan seiiienena 7 3 ChansinetheRale riranna nonta conte et Sa easc enna saat ales ail ga 7 3 View Model Program R te u sa 822 Dessen 7 4 Apply or Clear Program Rate Changes nneenen 7 5 Specify Model Program Rate Menu Options eennenneenen 7 5 Reset Program Rate Model Data u sans an aa 7 5 Manipulating Data Time ss ccscvsssca
547. t Program Type gt function from other Coversheets as far as sending new operation parameters advisory and cancellation messages to the Hub site for inclusion in the ADLs Viewing Flight Information before Purging a Program When you model a purge for a program TFMS sets the minimum notification time to the value of the minimum notification time for flights in a program For the controlled flights affected by the purge FSM determines the minimum notification time based on the type of control and taxi status of the flight If a controlled flight is in a taxi status without regard to the type of control then FSM sets the minimum notification time to the value of the minimum notification time for flights in a taxi status TFMS models a new estimated departure time based on the flight s control departure time and the minimum notification time based on the following criteria e Ifthe flight is active or completed TFMS sets the ETD to the actual departure time e Ifthe CTD of the flight is within the minimum notification time from the current time the estimated departure time remains set to the CTD e Ifthe CTD of the flight is greater than the minimum notification time plus the current time then TFMS calculates a candidate ETD selected from the following values in order of priority 1 Earliest Runway Departure Time 2 Earliest Runway Arrival Time minus the Estimated Time En route 3 Original Estimated Departure Time 4 Initial Gate Dep
548. t available for Grouping by Arrival or Carrier Use the arrows to select the top number of Elements Airlines or CTs to be included in the metrics For example an Airline value of seven means that the statistics for the top seven airlines will be displayed for each scenario All airlines that fall outside of the selected parameters will be grouped together as All Others IPM Setup Components The Integrated Program Modeling IPM Setup component allows you to review detailed statistics for an element s modeled data IPM Setup is very similar to GDT Setup The main distinction is that you can only model programs in IPM You cannot run and issue TMIs from IPM Setup Changes made while in IPM Setup are reflected in the Scenario tab of the Scenario Manager component This section familiarizes you with the IPM Setup components FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 136 Understanding Components IPM Setup IPM Map IPM Bar Graph IPM Data Graph IPM Time Line Optional IPM Demand by Center Optional IPM Flight List see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information Opening IPM Setup Unlike GDT Setup only one instance of IPM Setup can be opened at one time You must be in IPM Mode s Scenario Manager component to open IPM Setup Use one of the following three methods to open IPM Setup 1 On the Scenario Setup tab right click an element in a Scenario box and select IPM Setup from the menu options see Figure 3 104
549. t data display is 10 hours You can specify the number of hours displayed in the Bar Graph to see more or less flight data For example you may want to view the AAR in 15 minute increments which is difficult to see on a graph with 10 hours worth of data To change the number of hours in the graph select View gt Hours Shown gt X Hours X number of hours The graph automatically updates to show the number of hours specified 3 Bar Graph Menu e Bar Graph gt Track Time Makes the graph move as the time changes When you track time in this way the second bar on the graph is always the current time When you uncheck the box the bars do not move but you can still use the Time Indicator to determine the current time on the graph 4 Display Menu Display Menu changes the data shown in the Bar Graph to show demand based on the following display options Selecting a display option means that the selected display option is applied across all scenario tab displays FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 132 Understanding Components e Display gt ETA ENTRY Displays the Estimated Time of Arrival ETA for airport only and Estimated Element Entry Time ENTRY for airspace only This is the default display mode e Display gt BETA BENTRY Displays the Base Estimated Time of Arrival airport only and Based Element Entry Time airspace only e Display gt OCTA Displays the Original Controlled Time of Arrival e Display gt
550. t from specific parameter options gt Airspace Flow Program Loads the proposed AFP parameters gt Ground Delay Program Loads the proposed GDP parameters FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 63 Understanding Components gt Ground Stop Loads the proposed Ground Stop parameters gt Blanket Loads the proposed Blanket parameters gt Compression Loads the proposed Compression parameters e File gt Load Actual Parameters Opens a secondary dropdown menu to select from specific parameter options gt Airspace Flow Program Loads the actual AFP parameters gt Ground Delay Program Loads the actual GDP parameters gt Ground Stop Loads the actual Ground Stop parameters gt Blanket Loads the actual Blanket parameters gt Compression Loads the actual Compression parameters e File gt Open Coversheet Opens the Coversheet file explorer that contains all the Coversheet files Select the coversheet you want to open and click Open All coversheet files are named covr xxx where xxx is the airport three letter identifier The file names also include the Date and ADL time followed by the type of coversheet GS GDP or CNX e Open IPM Mode Instance Opens the Integrated Program Modeling IPM Mode with the GDT Setup s element and its parameters copied to Scenario 1 in the Scenario Manager This option only is enabled for IPM supported program types e File gt Open Parameters File Opens the
551. t is inactive until you click Close on the overlay FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 102 Understanding Components METAR KHOU 1002532 35011KT 10SM BKN250 06 0408 A3030 RMK A02 SLP265 100611078 53025 TAF KHOU 1002522 1003 1024 35007KT P6SM SCT250 FM100900 01006KT P6SM BKN250 FM101500 04008KT PGSM SCT120 BKN200 FM102100 05007KT P6SM OVC 100 Figure 3 80 Weather Overlay 2 View Program Results Displays Flight and Delay metrics for the program see Figure 3 81 The coversheet is inactive until you click Close on the overlay Minimum Delay Minutes Average Delay Minutes Maximum Delay Minutes Total Delay Minutes Figure 3 81 Program Results Overlay For more details on the metric fields see Table 3 10 Table 3 10 Program Results Fields Field Name Description Flight Metrics Total Flights The total numbers of flights arriving at the monitored airport within the program start and end time FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 103 Understanding Components Field Name Description Total Affected Flights Total number of flights included in the GDP operation including cancelled flights and the number of flights actually affected non exempt by the GDP excluding cancelled flights Max 0 CTA BETA determines Any ATC Delay statistics Flights in Stack Number of flights pushed out i e delayed past of the GDP or AFP period as a result of running the GDP Dela
552. te You can use SCS only when you request a later EDCT If the New Earliest EDCT is before the current CTD FSM grays out the SCS radio button Unlimited The ECR tool shows the EDCT CTA and the delay past the New Earliest CTA for the optimal EDCT update for between the New Earliest CTA and the last CTA of the program Field and ATCSCC users only e Limited The ECR tool shows the EDCT CTA and delay past the New Earliest CTA for the optimal EDCT update within the CTA range ATCSCC users only e Manual The Manual field is automatically populated with the value you entered in the Earliest EDCT in the Find Flight section of the ECR component Edit the flight s EDCT in the space provided DD hhmm and the ECR tool calculates the CTA by adding the flight s ETE or FCA_ETE ATCSCC users only Viewing SCS Response After requesting a Slot Credit Substitution SCS the Hub site sends back a response If the SCS request is successful the response is a slot list of the flights affected including new control times and control types see Figure 14 10 FSM Information a x Gy ECR Information 33 FAA0202163949 01 ACCEPTED SLOT LIST for FCAO06 ACID ASLOT DEP ARR CTD CTA TYPE EX CX 3H EENTRY IGTD AAL1669 FCA006 0220362 DFW SFO 021920 022036 ECR 021712 021540 BTA282T FCA006 021946P IAH TUS 021812 021946 BRG 021647 021525 COA1606 FCA006 022004Z SAN IAH 021900 022004 BRG 021911 021750 Figure 14 10 S
553. ted the 3 letter code for the airport FEA or FCA is highlighted in light purple _JECR FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 19 Understanding Components Figure 3 16 Open Data Set All Live Tab 3 Historical Tab This Historical Tab display provides you with the available historical data archived in FSM You can select your historical data by drilling down from the server from which you want to pull data FSM arranges the drill down order by Server gt Year gt Month gt Day gt Airport or FEA FCA see Figure 3 17 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 20 Understanding Components ATL APT GDP 19 2253 20 0659 BDL APT BNA APT GDP 19 0455 19 1259 BOS APT GS 1910140 1910245 Group By Element Name lt Custom Group Now or ce Eo Figure 3 17 Open Data Set Historical Tab Note If the FSM Client is connected to two servers both servers are displayed 4 Active Historical Tab The Active Historical tab provides a list of airports FEAs and FCAs currently open in Historical Mode You can open additional components or toggle from one historical data set to another from this tab FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 21 Understanding Components D 2010 Jun 19 2310 HIST Time Line Flight List Bar Graph Group By Element Name Custom Group Now OK Cancel View Element Figure 3 18 Open Data Set Active Historical Tab
554. the Data Graph component The IPM Bar Graph menu and tab options are almost identical to the GDT Bar Graph Please review the Bar Graph Component section above for more detail FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 160 Understanding Components Like the GDT Bar Graph the IPM Bar Graph displays both solid and hashed bars Solid bars represent the original data while hashed bars represent modeled data see Figure 3 74 Bar Graph SFO 2009 Mar 06 2300 IPM D x File View BarGraph Display Help BS sion Kl sro Status Au Depsiotus Aircraft Category Carrier Afix Dix Centers Control Type IPM SFO Model 03 06 2009 23 00Z ETA 5 8 335g gE Time ETA in 60 Minute Increments 2200 2300 0000 0100 Figure 3 119 IPM Bar Graph Model and Impact Element Buttons In GDT mode Model and Impact Element buttons are displayed on the GDT Bar Graph These buttons do not exist on the IPM Bar Graph Open the Multi Graph component to view the model and impact IPM Bar Graphs IPM Data Graph Component The IPM Data Graph component opens in front of the IPM Map when you click Reload All or Model All from the IPM Setup component You have the option to review or model your ground delay parameters before actually running the program or revising any parameters Click Model All on the IPM Setup component to view the initiative s results with your current parameters in the Data Graph From the Modeling Options tab on the
555. the top of each hour bar Showing cancelled flights is useful to compare the original demand with the demand after cancellations To hide cancelled flights uncheck the View gt Show Cancellations checkbox or click the Show Cancellations shortcut button Drop Out Flights It is essential to understand the difference between cancelled flights that have their DO flag set to true and flights that have been rerouted and have their DO flag set to true All cancelled flights that are included in an FCA also have their DO flag set to true Rerouted flights have their DO flag set to true but are not cancelled Table 5 1 lists the differences between a cancelled flight and flight that has been rerouted out of an FCA FSM User Guide Version 9 00 5 4 Table 5 1 Cancelled and Drop Out Flights Viewing Demand DO flag is set to true Flag Set Description Non Controlled Cancelled no longer The CNX flag is true The flight is treated as FCA operating cancellation type is anormal CNX If an also set AFP is run the flight would receive an ASLOT for the cancelled flight Rerouted out of FCA but still operating DO flag is set to true Flight is no longer considered demand at the FCA If an AFP is run the flight would not receive an ASLOT for the reroute flight Controlled FCA Cancelled no longer operating The CNX flag is true cancellation type is also set DO flag is set to true The flight retains its co
556. their cancelled slots Sub Opportunities Airline and General Aviation Users Only Select Reports gt Sub Opportunities to view this report This report generates a flight list to assist airlines and general aviation customers in identifying subbing opportunities Two columns ERTA CTA for Airport data sets or EENTRY CTA for Airspace data set and SchedVar help illustrate the most eligible flights to be subbed see Figure 12 3 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 4 Monitoring Program Delivery E Sub Opportunities Report FCABA3 2010 Jan 20 0010 GOT BAX X file View Flight List Help ash FCABA3 01 20 2010 00 10Z AOD TYPE ORIG DEST ERTD EENTRY _ ERTA 4 AAL753 192125 26 157400 19 2132 ASH7130 19 2139 19 2133 192117 192107 192150 19 2106 19 2109 19 2101 19 2109 192139 19 2105 19 2043 19 2052 19 2053 192102 19 2036 192043 192055 19 2030 19 2023 19 1737 19 1748 19 1749 19 1853 19 1754 Pruasserass THE 338 pey DAR MIA MIA SBN SYR ORD ORD MIA MIA ORD ORD DPW ALB ORD MIA CYUL HOU LGA LGA EWR DCA Figure 12 3 Sub Opportunities Report Slot List You can view the Slot List for airlines or centers with the following two Slot List reports e By Carrier e By Center Slot List By Carrier Select Reports gt Slot List gt By Carrier to view this report The Slot List report generates the second part of the FADT List that FSM generates after a program runs Inc
557. this example enter the following Start Time 191940 ddhhmm e End Time 201114 ddhhmm 7 Enter the appropriate values for the program into the Program Rate section of the Parameters tab For this example enter a Program Rate of 55 See Figure 8 3 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 2 Modeling a Ground Delay Program 8 To enter the Reserve rate click Historical Pop Ups The Load Historical Pop Ups window open 9 Click the Medium rado button and click Fill With The Load With row is filled with the Medium predictions 10 Click OK to return to GDT Setup The Reserve row is populated with the medium prediction values Note For more detailed information on the Load Historical Pop Up window see Chapter 3 Parameters Tab Load Historical Pop Up x file Help ATL Historical Pop up Demand 07 sin 44 42 43 4 46 6 19 399 90 BEL 93 0 91 1 ee ee 0 9 9 7 7 anog Figure 8 2 Load Reserve Rate 11 Complete the Delay Limit Minutes Target Delay Multiplier and Earliest R Slot fields or keep the default values For information on these fields see Chapter 3 General Options Section 12 Complete the Include Only Options section by selecting values for Arrival Fix Aircraft Type and Carrier or keep the default values of All see Figure 8 3 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 8 3 Modeling a Ground Delay Program E GOT Setup ATL 2010 Jan 19 1940 GOT og Eile Vi
558. this report Time Out Cancel Report The Time Out Cancel Report provides a quick picture of flights from your operation which are contributing to the Time Out cancel problem The report is in the same format as FSM Flight Lists and includes all flights with a cancellation status of Time Out Cancelled ToCnx To view the Time Out Cancel report select a monitored airport FEA or FCA and then select Reports gt Time Out Cancel from the Control Panel component The Time Out Cancel report shows all flights that have triggered the ToCnx alarm and the ToCnx checkboxes are selected for all flights included in the report The Time Out Cancelled report format is identical to the Time Out Delayed report as shown in Figure 21 16 The displayed information defaults to arrival data Select the View gt Departure Data checkbox to view Departure Data in the Flight List The Time Out Cancel Report then FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 24 Understanding and Using FSM Reports displays both arrival and departure data To alternate information in the report you can check or uncheck the arrival or departure boxes Time Out Cancel Report Menu Many of the menu items for the Time Out Cancel Report are the same as for the Flight List component The list below describes the menu items that are different for or unique to the Time Out cancel Report for more information on the Flight List component see Chapter 6 Viewing Flight Information There are four menu
559. times GDP Data Time amp Distance Select GDP Data Time amp Distance from the Power Run By dropdown menu This option is available only for GDP program types This function combines Power Run by Data Time and Power Run by Distance When you perform Power Run by Center Group amp Data Time you can view all available options to run a GDP using a particular distance at various data times Just as in the Distance set up three text fields become active in the Modeling Options tab Start Distance End Distance and Step Size distance increment The default is set to start at 199 nautical miles and end at 2600 nautical miles with a step size of 200 nautical miles You can manually enter your desired distance and increment range into the appropriate text fields AFP Power Run Options AFP Data Time This option allows you to view the effects of the modeled AFP according to the time the AFP is issued Using the display you can determine how far in advance you need to issue the AFP AFP Percent Demand This is the default option when you select an AFP RBS program type An AFP Percent Demand Power Run has three fields Min Percent Demand Max Percent Demand and Step Size The default is set to start at Min Percent Demand of 50 and Max Percent Demand at 100 with a Step size of 10 You can change the min and max percent demand and increment range to meet your needs The AFP Percent Demand Power Run scenario analyzes alternatives by increas
560. tistics Opens the on line help for Carrier Statistics FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 38 Using Query Manager 22 Using Query Manager The Query Manager in FSM is a useful tool for retrieving data from FSM that is not already in one of the reports mentioned in Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports You can use this tool to build your own ad hoc reports Select Utilities gt Query Manager from the Control Panel to access the Query Manager component The Query Manager has built in filters user defined filters and a Create Filter component that has predefined logical groupings This chapter discusses these filters and how to use them Built in Filters Built in Filters are pre defined read only filters designed from criteria that are frequently used for viewing flight information Select Utilities gt Query Manager from the Control Panel to access the Query Manager component Double click the BUILT_IN Built in Filters folder or click the Expand Collapse icon to view hide all contents in the folder see Figure 22 1 When you expand the Built in Filters folder you see a number of filters from which to choose You can continue to drill down to view more detail by double clicking the folders or by clicking their respective Expand Collapse icons amp Query Manager Jo Eile Edit View Help AL slale Create Filter CALL AllFilters C BUILT_IN Built In Filters CAND Priority CONSTRAINT Removed isFsCnxRM EQUALS TR
561. to Last CTA v Enabled Exempt All Flights Departing Within 45 Minutes Scope Selected By Tier of 4stTier Model Time 190820 os o9 wo 14 12 13 14 s0 80 80 80 80 80 80 94 94 94 94 94 94 gt o olololole 45 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 94 94 9 o o C AdvisoryiCausal Factors Impacting Condition Category Equipment Equipment C FAA Non FAA Respond By Valid Until 1911592 Comments Figure 3 86 Incompleted Actual GDP Coversheet Tier based FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 111 Understanding Components File View Resend Help BDL BDL GS ACTUAL v Program Parameters Summary Start 190030 End 190445 Model Time 190040 Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Scope Selected By Tier of 2ndTier Centers Origin Non Exempt v ZAU Y ZBW v ZMP v ZNY r Advisory Causal Factors Impacting Condition Category Weather Cause TornadoHurricane Respond By Valid Until 1905452 Probability of Extension HIGH Comments Send Actual GS Close Figure 3 87 Completed Actual GS Coversheet Yellow Border FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 112 Understanding Components sF File View Resend Help v7 ATL ATL PURGE ACTUAL v Program Parameters Summary End 190714 Model Time 190714 Start 190714 Taxied 20 GS 20 GDP AFP 45 Purge Notification Minutes Y AdvisoryiCausal Factors Respond By Valid Until 190
562. to segments that represent each element in the order they are displayed on the Scenario Setup tab You can drag and drop a segment to change the order displayed on the tab Any change will dynamically change the order on the Scenario setup tab and the Multi Graph component The displayed order determines the order that the elements are modeled Note Airports are always modeled before FEAs FCAs therefore you cannot move an FEA FCA above an airport Element ID action button Click to open IPM Setup This button is disabled for Impact elements To the right of the Element ID button click the arrow to open the dropdown menu with the following options e IPM Setup Opens IPM Setup for the selected element Opens with the ADL currently opened in the Scenario Manager Note that ADLs are updated only when Reload All is selected or an additional element is added to a scenario If the ADL is behind the current ADL the Reload All button will be enabled IPM Setup is disabled for Impact elements Only one instance of IPM Setup can be opened at a time You cannot move the IPM Setup component therefore in order to return to Scenario Manager you must close IPM Setup FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 127 Understanding Components Copy To Copies the specific element and its parameters to all the scenarios or a specific scenario Move To Moves the specific element and its parameters to a specific scenario Load Proposed Parameters Select t
563. triangle indicates an open arrival slot due to a delayed flight TFMS leaves the arrival slot open and makes it available for use by other flights Clicking this icon also highlights the associated delayed flight The filled square icon is displayed only when a GDP or AFP is in effect and represents an arrival slot left open by a cancelled flight Cancelled flights are displayed in cyan on the Time Line under the CNX heading and are highlighted when you click their associated slot If there are numerous open slots or solid triangles and squares you may need to use a compression or revision to use the empty slots see Figure 12 1 The white diamond icon is displayed on the Time Line when a GDP with a GAAP delay assignment is in place This icon represents Unassigned Slots As pop up flights become known TFMS assigns them to one of the unassigned slots or gives them a DAS formerly FA delay equal to the delay limit Flights that have dropped out DO of an AFP but are still operating rerouted out of the FCA are displayed in salmon under the CNX DO heading Bar Graph Component During a program use the Bar Graph component to view the distribution of flights within each hour To view how flights are distributed in smaller time increments click the 15 or 30 minute bin selection buttons located below the Bar Graph menu bar The default time increment is set to 60 minutes In addition to viewing the flight distribution you can view how many
564. trol Panel see Figure 21 26 EE Carrier Statistics ATL 01 19 2010 445 GDT Frozen X Eile View Help lement ATL ADL Update Time 01 19 10 04 45Z Delay Type Program ABS COM Flights Affected On Tine Delay Delay Delay MER Totel Non_Exempt Exempt CHx Total Totals Avg AffAvg Mex Min Traffic g Y 2 2 0 0 0 07 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA NA 0 00 WE Y 17 0 1 0 0 0 07 0 07 007 0 0 HA NA 0 00 C Y 1 0 LJ 0 0 0 07 0 07 007 0 0 NA NA 0 00 Y il 0 11 0 0 0 07 0 0 0 0 0 NA NA 0 00 x3 Y i 0 0 0 0 07 0 07 007 0 0 HA NA 0 00 Y 2 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 nA NA 0 00 5 Y 15 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 HA NA 0 00 Other N ll 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA NA 0 00 GA M N l 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA NA 0 00 otal N 45 07 457 0 0 0 07 0 07 007 0 0 NA NA NA Scheduled WA 37 0 377 0 0 0 07 0 07 007 0 0 HA NA NA on Sched N 8 7 0 a 0 0 0 07 0 070 0 0 NA NA NA Figure 21 26 Carrier Statistics Report FSM calculates only flights with assigned arrival slots in the report metrics That is flights with a Control Time of Arrival CTA are displayed in carrier statistics If a carrier operates at the airport or travels through an FEA or FCA but has no flights with a CTA the Carrier Statistics report displays 0 or N A in those rows You can choose the type of delay to view in the report by selecting a Delay Type of either Program or ABS at the top of the report FSM selects the Program delay type by
565. ts gt COMP Parameters Available When Compress Flights or Compress Slots Parameters arrive COMP Parameters Available is highlighted in red for the corresponding airport Select COMP Parameters Available to view the new parameters which FSM takes from the FADT file and displays in a static GDT Setup window Tab navigation allows you to view Compression Parameters although you cannot make changes to this window If no Compression Parameters exist the text reads No COMP Parameters FSM User Guide Version 9 00 12 15 Monitoring Program Delivery Blanket Parameters When the FAA lifts or adds delay to flights in a ground delay program FSM triggers the Alerts gt BLANKET Parameters Available When FSM receives the message through the ADL to add or remove delay for all flights it highlights the BLANKET Parameters Available text in red Select this menu option to view the new parameters which FSM takes from the FADT file and displays in text format in the Blanket Parameters window If no Blanket Parameters exist the text reads No BLANKET Parameters Parameters Block You can view the parameters block for a program by opening the static Parameter Display window from the Alerts menu on the Control Panel From the Parameter Display window select View gt Parameters Block to see the parameter block for the program see Figure 12 13 Note For programs with a Delay Assignment Mode of GAAP the Parameters Block includes Unassigned Slots inf
566. ts gt Slot List gt By Carrier Provides a slot list for a specified airport or an airline and its sub carriers at a specified airport in the exact format that goes to the airlines Reports gt Slot List gt By Center Opens a Slot List By Center dialog that allows you to select available Centers to generate a slot list for the specified Centers Reports gt Carrier Statistics Opens a report displaying delay statistics for all carriers with flights operating at the specified airport Only flights with arrival FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 5 Understanding Components slots are calculated in the report metrics That is flights with a CTA are displayed in the carrier statistics If a carrier operates at the airport but has no flights with a CTA the Carrier Statistics report displays 0 or N A in those rows You can select the type of delay to view in the report by clicking ABS Delay absolute delay or Program Delay delay imposed only by the FAA at the top of the report e Reports gt Uncontrolled Drop Out This report is similar to an FSM Flight List but only lists flights that have rerouted out of the currently viewed data set The flights in the Uncontrolled Drop Out report are colored salmon under the Time Line s CNX DO column For more information on Reports see Chapter 21 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 4 Alerts Menu FSM uses the Alerts option to notify you when new parameters are available for a
567. ts based on their ETAs for modeled Airport TMIs or ENTRY times for modeled Airspace TMIs by default The Time Line in GDT Mode is almost identical to the Time Line in Monitored Live mode The title bar of the GDT Time Line has GDT after the ADL time There are two differences to the GDT Time Line that should be noted First GDT Mode uses only arrival data the GDT Time Line displays only arriving flights where as the Live Time Line can display both arrival and departure data The View gt Departure Data option that displays in the Monitored Live Time Line is not an option in GDT Mode Second there is an extra menu option Display available in the GDT Time Line The Display menu contains nine radio button choices for viewing flights in the GDT Time Line component see Figure 3 77 Time Line ATL 2010 Jan 18 2335 GDT wok File View Time Line Display Help als iss et ice BETA GDT icta taxi 1 18 2010 Status EAET T 18 2200 18230 CTA 190100 190200 190300 CNX amp DO Fits 23 35Z ETA 80 0 8060 fe 8063 8075 80 14 o0 O00 apaga oo oo BENTRY he 4 G4 z 4 OENTRY 4 SCH 4 s os OS agaaga OS fafa osda os 4 see 4 4 f 2 4 4 5 tent te 0 10 10 l 10 10 fafaa 104 ne eee ete 4 4 dente a ote 4 a 4i h gt s 15 1S eae 1S eee 15 15 ait Zi 4 z ee 4 eran nn PARR aa n S an
568. ts in the FCA go to the Control Type tab on the Bar Graph or Time Line Any flight with a control type CTL_TYPE of DAS is a pop up flight and colored orange on the Control Type tab The number of drop out flights are displayed in salmon under the Time Line s CNX header see Figure 17 3 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 17 3 Deciding When to Use a Compression or Revision A Revision captures the pop up flights in the system creates slots based on the Program Rate and allocates all known flights to slots A Revision can reduce or increase the average delay of the program depending on the FCA s demand vs capacity Time Line FCA104 23 1536 LIVE TTT ES fo ow Timeline Dipiy ie i les ea A ge FCA104 Engl 15 36Z NN EN 23 1500 040 035 ae m o Te B prasapa 4a z Ha ri Ground Stopped thi oe 4A 5 o os os 05 ep Past ETD Ha a Er Dep No CTD y ver CTD Issued a ae Se re v Dep CTD Other Element 10 A 10 10 10 Y Wright Active 4 rf v er 4 ated 4A 4 He 15 1s 1s 15 2 a 20 20 20 a A eA ae ua er ee a at 25 25 25 a TA ie 4 4 en 30 30 u an Gp Menta a 2 00 Br ze Figure 17 3 Multiple Pop up and Drop Out Flights Note The guidelines mentioned above are not procedures Deciding When to Compress a GAAP When a GAAP program is in place you can adjust the Unassigned Slots in the
569. ts which may fall into a user category but the classification for them is not known by TFMS Counts gt By Unassigned Slot Lists all unassigned slots for each 15 30 and 60 minute time bin This is a quick way to view the distribution of unassigned slots across many hours Under the Reports Menu there are five Compliance reports Compliance gt By CTD Flights included in a delay program that violate departure compliance By default flights that violate departure compliance are defined as flights departing more than five minutes before or five minutes after their Control Time of Departure CTD Any flight that has an Actual Runway Time of Departure ARTD of five minutes earlier or five minutes later than their CTD triggers the CTD Compliance Alarm Compliance gt By ETE Difference between the Estimated Time En route ETE estimated by Traffic Flow Management System FTMS and actual flight time is greater than a specified value but the flight status is not cancelled Compliance gt By CTA Flights included in a delay program that violate arrival compliance By default flights that violate arrival compliance are flights arriving more than five minutes before or five minutes after their CTA Compliance gt Spurious Flight Flights submitted as FX Cancellations with no corresponding entries in the Official Airline Guide OAG FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 3 Understanding Components Compliance gt Cancel That F
570. tus of a flight For example a flight can be Delayed In Program or Unknown Flight ID The aircraft call sign a combination of airline code and flight number FSM filters this information for airline users Aircraft Type Indicated the type of aircraft Orig Origin airport of the flight with the corresponding center in parentheses Dest Destination airport of the flight with the corresponding center in parentheses ETD Most recent Estimated Departure Time for the flight ENTRY Estimated Element Entry Time The estimated time when the flight will enter the FCA or FEA This field is null if the flight does not fly through an FEA or FCA EXIT Estimated Element Exit Time The estimated time when the flight will exit the FEA or FCA This field is null if the flight does not fly through an FEA or FCA ETE When available FSM gives the actual time en route for the flight Otherwise FSM gives an estimated time en route ETA Most recent Estimated Arrival Time for the flight Ctl Element If a flight is controlled i e has a CTD and CTA the CTL_ELEM indicates the constrained NAS element for which a ground delay program or ground stop was run Currently the CTL_ELEM can be an arrival airport FEA or FCA This field is null if the flight is not controlled CTD The Control Time of Departure for the flight ifit has one CTA The Control Time of Arrival for the flight if it has one Delay If
571. ty Report Time Out Delay Report The Time Out Delay Report provides a quick picture of flights that are contributing to the Time Out delay problem The report is in the same format as FSM Flight Lists and includes all inactive no E or A prefix to the ETD flights with a delay status of TOD To view the Time Out Delay Report select an airport being monitored and then select Reports gt Time out Delay from the FSM Control Panel component The Time Out Delay report flight list shows all flights that have triggered the TOD alarm with the TOD checkbox selected see Figure 21 16 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 22 Understanding and Using FSM Reports lime Out Delay Report DEN 24 1047 LIVE Seas h 524 4640 A24 1626 AAN P2471646 624 1703 24 1620 A241700 42471723 A24 1702 424 1826 524 1610 E241703 h A244332 A241713 24 1708 24 8713 A24 1658 A24 1919 24 1813 24 1820 A241555 A247732 i E A241705 A24 9041 3 A241816 E24 1940 F 24 1917 A247500 A247825 24 1820 24 9826 A241620 A244700 244618 241715 l i 24702 A24 1738 24 1929 i S244624 E241722 A24 1625 A24 1754 A241721 A24 1748 A24 1638 24 1832 L E AZANI A241703 24425 241702 A201807 E242109 241745 A244536 A241748 i A24 1552 2411539 235 PREAS REPETE agag 332 DEST DEN DEN DEN DEN DEN DEN SAN DEN cos DEN PHX DEN EGE DEN EWR DEN BZN DEN DFW DEN JAC DEN GCC DEN IAD DEN GEG DEN RAP DEN PHX DEN ANK DEN SAN DEN CVG DEN C
572. u can use hyphens and underscores in UDG names but not spaces Open Data Set e Dy x fae Heip ly Time Line Sort Airports By Airport ID lt Center ID Ir Fight List v Bar Graph LJ ECR C FEASFCAS 1 DJ Airports 69 ACK 27 1716 ANC 27 1716 ASE 27 1716 ATL 27 1715 GDP ACTUAL 27 1315 27 2159 BOL 27 1716 BED 271716 BFL 27 1716 BIS 27 1716 GDP PROPOSED 27 1548 272359 BNA 27 1715 iii BOS 27 1715 GDP ACTUAL 27 1315 27 2159 f I BUF 27 1716 BAA 27 1715 i CLE 27 1716 i jj CLT 27 1716 iii CVG 27 1715 GS ACTUAL 27 1310 272214 CYEG 271716 CYHZ 27 1716 i ji CYOW 27 1746 CYUL 27 1716 Group BF Bement Mame Custom Grou jant BACH Figure 4 16 Custom Group Name Note After creating a UDG if you want to go back to opening components by airspace or airport ID you need to select Element in the Group By section ofthe Open Data Set component UDG names are unique within an FSM session If you try to create anew UDG with the same name as an existing UDG in that session FSM adds the new components to the existing group The Custom Group field on the Open Data Set component lists the existing UDGs for the current session alphabetically Note This list will not show saved UDGs in adaptation files 3 Use the Open With checkboxes to select the element components that you want FSM to display in the selected UDG For example if you select ATL
573. u open a Query Manager File gt Close Closes the Query Manager window taking no action 2 Edit Menu Edit gt Cut Deletes selected User Defined Filters from the Query Manager Edit gt Copy Copies selected filters to the clipboard FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 29 Understanding Components e Edit gt Paste Pastes selected filters from the clipboard to the User Defined Filters folder e Edit gt Create Filter Opens the Create Filter component e Edit gt Rename Filter Allows you to edit the filter name 3 View Menu e View gt Rename Window Displays the Rename Window dialog box and allows you to change the component name in the title bar Enter the desired component name then click OK to change the title bar heading Click Cancel to close the Rename Window dialog box without making any changes see Figure 3 28 Rename Window Please enter a name for the window Query Manager Figure 3 28 Rename Window Dialog Box e View gt Flight List Displays the Flight list if the FSM client is monitoring only one airport or the Set Data Set window when the FSM client is monitoring multiple airports 4 Help Menu e Help gt Query Manager Opens the on line help for the Query Manager Component Bar Graph Component The Bar Graph component allows you to view the overall demand of the airport FEA or FCA you are monitoring Airport demand consists of the total flights
574. ul in determining how accurate the flight data is that you are viewing Table 6 10 Color by CDM Participation Color CDM Participation Status Green Participant Red Non participant FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 16 Viewing Flight Information Color by Program Delay The Program Delay tab colors flights based on the number of minutes that they are delayed by a program see Table 6 11 Flights that are not controlled are colored in white Flights controlled by an element other than the displayed element are colored orange Table 6 11 Color by Program Delay Color Program Delay White Not Controlled Orange Controlled Other Element Green 0 29 minutes Blue 30 59 minutes Cyan 60 89 minutes Gray 90 119 minutes Pink 120 149 minutes Yellow 150 179 minutes Maroon 180 209 minutes Magenta 210 239 minutes Red More than 240 minutes Color by Control Type The Control Type tab helps you monitor TMIs by showing you the control types that flights are receiving For example when flights receive a Control Type of DAS formerly FA during a GAAP GDP this is because there were no Unassigned Slots available and the flights were given CTAs equal to each flight s ETA Delay Limit Monitoring the number of flights receiving a control type of DAS can help with decision making when considering if a revision extension or transition to a traditional GDP is needed There are nine
575. ult the Legend Table displays when you open the Data Graph component You can hide the legend by un checking the View gt Show Legend box from the Data Graph Menu In the Legend Table you can view a desired delay statistic several ways Selecting the All checkbox selects and displays all the delay statistics Selecting the Default checkbox displays the default delay statistics which are Max Delay Avg Delay Max Air Hold Avg Air Hold and Delay Var You can select deselect any of the delay statistic checkboxes that you want to view in the Data Graph To view one delay statistic in more detail select the desired radio button option located to the left of the checkboxes The radio button option displays only one delay statistic at a time but gives a more refined looked at the numbers The Data Graph includes the following Delay Statistics Total Flts The total number of flights included in the TMI cancelled and exempt flights for each particular power run scenario Default color is pink Affected Flts The total number of flights included in and affected by the TMI for each particular power run scenario non exempt and non cancelled flights only Total Delay The total amount of delay that would occur if you ran that particular scenario Default color is maroon Max Delay The maximum amount of delay in minutes that any one flight would receive if you ran that particular scenario Default color is white Avg Delay The average amou
576. un 20 PN Figure 3 77 GDT Time Line Component You can display the flights in the Time Line based on various ADL arrival data fields By default the GDT Time Line displays based on ETA FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 99 Understanding Components GDT Time Line Menu Bar The menu bar in the GDT Time Line component contains five options File View Time Line Display and Help 1 File Menu the GDT Time Line File menu is exactly the same as the Monitored Live Time Line File menu except that it has no Close Group option See the Time Line Menu Bar section above for more information View Menu the GDT Time Line View menu is exactly the same as the Monitored Live Time Line View menu except that it has different default selections See the Time Line Menu Bar section above for more information Note Show CNX DO Open Slots in Carrier Color Show Unassigned Slots and Auto Icons checkboxes are selected by default Time Line Menu the GDT Time Line component Time Line menu is exactly the same as the Monitored Live Time Line component Time Line menu See the Time Line Menu Bar section above for more information Display Menu e Display gt ETA Display flights based on their Estimated Time of Arrival ETA e Display gt BETA Displays flights based on their Base Estimated Time of Arrival BETA The BETA matches the ETA and is frozen when the flight becomes active or when the flight becomes controlled e Display gt
577. urrent picture of air traffic demand at airport and airspace data sets using real time data culled from CDM participant data and aggregated by TPC Using this picture air traffic specialists and airline operations centers alike make better decisions and keep traffic flowing as smoothly as possible When adverse conditions affect an Airport or Flow Constrained Area FCA data set they also affect traffic flow The data set cannot handle a normal amount of arriving aircraft which disturbs operations One method the FAA uses to compensate for reduced capacity at a data set is to delay flights arriving at that constraint before these flights take off This is known as a Ground Delay Program GDP for an airport or as an Airspace Flow Program AFP for an FCA As part of CDM Prototype Operations all FAA traffic management personnel use FSM to determine the necessity for a program and other traffic management initiatives TMIs and enact them FSM has been continuously enhanced since the early prototype capability to include better functionality and support for the ever expanding user community FSM was originally designed with C programming language To better serve the CDM community and to keep up with improving technology FSM was completely rebuilt on the Java platform in the fall of 2003 The Java FSM architecture can support a large number of concurrent users at a single site Java FSM can also greatly improve threading options and enhance file han
578. us is displayed in the Flight Information window and can be one of the following Normal Flight is flying as expected FX Cancelled Generated when an airline sends an FX cancellation message NAS Cancelled A NAS Cancellation received through an RZ message A flight cancellation message that arrives from somewhere in the NAS system other than the AOC in charge of the flight RS Cancelled an OAG cancellation RM The flight has been removed from the TFMS database RZ A NAS flight plan cancellation message Timeout Cancelled A timeout cancellation TFMS cancels the flight because its EDT has passed and the flight has not taken off TFMS determines the necessary lag time between the EDT and the current time before cancelling the flight The amount of time depends upon whether TFMS received any information for the flight e g flight plan DV Cancelled This flight has been diverted to a new arrival airport ID Cancelled The flight s ID has been changed In this case the old flight and ID is cancelled and a new flight with a new ID is created Airline Delayed ALD A carrier delayed this flight by either an FC Message create new flights or and FM Message modify flights In Program Delayed because of inclusion in a GDP or AFP Ground Stopped Delayed because of inclusion in a Ground Stop Program Delay Assignment DAS A new flight was created in the database after a GDP went into effect Because this flight has
579. ut until you select the checkbox again to restore the status color back to the graph Table 6 1 displays FSM default coloring for Status FSM User Guide Version 9 00 6 8 Viewing Flight Information Table 6 1 Status Tab Coloring Flight Status Definition Default Color Dep No CTD Flights waiting to take off without delay No Light Green Estimated Departure Clearance Time issued Dep CTD Issued Waiting to take off without delay Estimated Brown Departure Clearance Time issued Dep Past ETD Flights which have passed their Estimated Departure Dark Green Time and remain on the ground Arrived Flights have arrived at their destination airport Black Flight Active Flights currently en route to their destination airport Red Cancelled Flights that do not fly because they are cancelled Cyan Ground Stopped The flight is currently in a Ground Stop program Yellow Removed The ATCSCC CSA removed the flights Blue Priority Flights designated as Lifeguard LFG or Diversion Pink Recovery DVT flight This coloring applies only to flights that are not active and overrides all other colors when selected Unassigned Slots Unassigned slots allocated by TFMS during a White GAAP GDP Dep CTD Other Flights that are controlled by another Control Orange Element Element and have not departed You can view the removed flights in the Bar Graph by Selecting View gt Show Cancellations
580. utton Ctrl Click Press the Ctrl key while clicking with the left mouse button Double Click Click twice with the left mouse button Checkmark Select the option with the left mouse button to make a checkmark appear in a checkbox Ctrl A Press the Ctrl key while pressing the A key on your keyboard Displays arrival data in the active component Ctrl C Press the Ctrl key while pressing the C key on your keyboard Command used to close a window or component Ctrl D Press the Ctrl key while pressing the D key on your keyboard Displays departure data in the active component Ctrl F Press the Ctrl key while pressing the F key on your keyboard Finds a particular flight by entering the flight s call sign and origin airport Ctrl L Press the Ctrl key while pressing the L key on your keyboard Displays a color legend for the active component Ctrl P Press the Ctrl key while pressing the P key on your keyboard Prints the active component on your screen FSM User Guide Version 9 00 FSM Overview For information and or technical assistance with FSM software contact the following Conventions are the same throughout all FSM components unless otherwise specified FSM Overview Table 1 1 Continued Keyboard and Mouse Conventions Command What It Means Ctrl R Press the Ctrl key while pressing the R key on your keyboard Displays the Rename Windo
581. v ZDV vizFW v ZHU v ZID v ZJX _ ZKC ZLA J zLC ZMA _ ZME _ ZMP _ ZNY _ ZOA _ ZOB _ ZSE J zTL Canadian Centers _ CZE CZM _ CZQ _ czu I CZ _ CZW _ czy Figure 21 21 Slot List by Center 2 Select the Centers to be included in the report and click OK Clicking Clear All erases all selections in the Slot List By Center dialog box Clicking OK after you click Clear All returns you to the Time Line window Clicking Cancel closes the Slot List By Center dialog box without taking any action Clicking OK opens the List Report The data fields and menu options in the Slot List by Center report are the same as the Slot List by Carrier report Note that the Slot List by Center report title is B6 List Report see Figure 21 22 FSM User Guide Version 9 00 21 31 Understanding and Using FSM Reports 1 Slot List By Center ORD 15 1809 LIVE Frozen a B6 LIST REPORT CNTR ZAB ASLOT DEP ARR CTD CTA TYPE EX CX SH ERTA IGTD ORD 1518454 PHX ORD 151547 151645 GDP 151627 151520 ORD 151927A PHX ORD 151623 151927 GDP 151857 151549 ORD 1520204 PHX ORD 151715 152020 GDP 152001 151650 ORD 1521564 ABQ ORD 151926 152156 ABRG 152149 151915 ORD 1522548 TOS ORD 151945 152254 GOP 152210 151900 ORD 1522224 ABQ ORD 151946 152222 GDP 151907 ORD 152233B ELP ORD 151950 152233 GDP 152200 151905 ORD 1523084 PHX ORD 151959 152308 GDP
582. val Transition FSM User Guide Version 9 00 B 1 FSM Data Elements Estimated Time Information ETD Estimated Time of Departure The prefix indicates the status of the flights and the ETD is the best estimated runway departure time considering all data sources The prefix and ETD are determined by separate logic The prefix values are in increasing order of priority that is the ADL will show the lowest prefix from this list that applies to a flight whether or not that was the basis for the ETD S The flight data is based solely on OAG data N Early Intent Flights P Flight Plan L CDM Message FM FC T Taxied E Extrapolated from active NAS message other than DZ Flight is Airborne A Actual DZ NAS message or a CDM Participant provided OFF time ENTRY Current best estimated time of entry for a flight into an FEA or FCA considering all data sources This field is null if the flight does not fly through an FEA or FCA EXIT Estimated Element Exit Time The estimated time when the flight will exit the FEA or FCA This field is null if the flight does not fly through an FEA or FCA ETE Estimated Time En Route ETA Estimated Time of Arrival The prefix indicates the status of the flights and the ETA is the best estimated runway arrival time considering all data sources The prefix and ETA are determined by separate logic The prefix values are in increas
583. val airports from an AFP Enter the three or four letter airport identifier to exempt flights that are arriving from that airport from departure delay Separate airports with a space comma semi colon or colon Flights This section of the panel allows you to exempt i e give no departure delay to priority flights as well as select Exempt by Departure Status or time Exempt Active Flights Only By Status Selecting this option gives exemption status only to active flights therefore all flights within the scope of the program that are not active are considered Non Exempt This option is selected by default when there is a Ground Stop in place e Exempt All Flights Departing Within XX Minutes When exempting flights based on departure time you may adjust the time either manually by clicking in the field and typing in a value enter a value or by using the spinner controls the up down arrows to the right of the field to change the value in five minute increments This value must be greater than or equal to 0 Selecting this option will exempt all flights with ETDs within XX minutes of the Data Time This option is selected by default when there is no Ground Stop in place e Exempt Individual Flights Enter a flight s ACID to exempt priority flights Scope Tab for Airport Data Sets with Select By Distance Selected When you select Select By Distance the parameters for Distance are displayed see Figure 3 115 The Distance pan
584. ve missed some incoming ADLs Before sending out the final AFP parameters you may want to update the data To do this click Reload on the GDT Setup component The Reload button is active only when the actual data time is more recent than the data loaded in GDT mode Clicking Reload also models the AFP event FSM User Guide Version 9 00 9 14 Using Integrated Program Modeling 10 Using Integrated Program Modeling Integrated Program Modeling IPM allows you to model and compare multiple traffic management initiatives TMIs and to review their impact on other data sets This version of IPM only provides modeling capabilities and does not allow you to send scenarios In FSM 8 70 you could model one program s effect on multiple data sets For example you could analyze the effect of one Airspace Flow Program AFP on many airports For more information see Chapter 8 Impact Modeling As of FSM 8 80 you can model and compare multiple programs and their impact on other data sets For example you can model the effects of multiple GDPs on an FCA Note the following limitations e You cannot send programs proposed or actual e You cannot alter Data Time e You cannot include multiple instances of an element in a scenario e You cannot run Blanket or Compression TMIs e You cannot model AFPs before airports TMIs e AFP exemptions within a GDP are limited to existing AFPs e You cannot model re controls in a purge e There is no support
585. w Program available only for airspace data sets This program type addresses the mix of scheduled and unscheduled i e pop ups demand based on the following parameters number of reserved pop ups target delay multiplier and delay limit Purge Cancels a AFP releasing all delay on included flights Note Blanket Compress Flights Compress Slots and Airborne Holding program types are not available in IPM Setup The IPM Setup component tab options and features change based on the Program Type selection The three IPM Setup tabs are Parameters default selection Scope and Modeling Options This section discusses the IPM Setup component based on each tab option Closing the IPM Setup component closes all the IPM components for the data set The IPM Setup panel displays the substitution status the data set SUBS ALL ON ALL OFF IPM Setup Panel Menu Bar The menu bar in the IPM Setup component contains three options File View and Help 1 File Menu e File gt Load Proposed Parameters Opens a secondary dropdown menu to select from specific parameter options gt Airspace Flow Program Loads the proposed AFP parameters gt Ground Delay Program Loads the proposed GDP parameters gt Ground Stop Loads the proposed Ground Stop parameters e File gt Load Actual Parameters Opens a secondary dropdown menu to select from specific parameter options FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 141 Understanding Component
586. w dialog box and allows you to change the title bar name of the active component on your screen Ctrl S Press the Ctrl key while pressing the S key on your keyboard Command used to save data Alt F4 Press the Alt key while pressing the F4 key on your keyboard Shuts down the component that you are viewing F1 Press the F1 key on your keyboard to access the on line help for the active component Note All keyboard functions work the same in all components unless stated otherwise If you use a particular keyboard command on a component where that option is not available FSM makes no changes to the component Ensure the component you want to submit is active when executing a command Common Terms Used in This Document Component Window and Panel The three terms are used interchangeably throughout this document They refer to the active window on your screen Active This document uses the term active in two different ways First if several windows are open only one window can accept user input from either the mouse or keyboard that window is active Second within the active window only one action button push button or text entry field is active Dialog box A window that allows the user to enter text and use buttons to make choices Checkbox A picture of a square box checked or not checked is displayed on the screen When you select the Checkbox a checkmark is displayed in th
587. wever this arrival slot is not included within the Program Clicking this icon also highlights the associated delayed flight e A white diamond represents an Unassigned Slot No right or left click capabilities exist for this icon It is simply a place holder during a GDP or AFP with GAAP until filled by a pop up flight Note You can find an explanation for any of the Time Line icons by selecting Help gt Legend in the FSM Control Panel component Table 3 5 Time Line Icons Time Line Icon Description ahaaa Indicates the latest or current ADL file data update time in the Time Line component A flight arriving at the monitored airport by ETA airport or ENTRY airspace in the Time Line component and colored by the current color scheme A flight departed from the monitored airport by ETD in the Time Line component and colored by the current color scheme An open slot due to a cancelled flight which is included in aGDP or AFP It is positioned at its arrival slot time and colored by carrier An open slot due to a cancelled flight which is not included in a GDP or AFP It is positioned at its IGTA taxi and colored by carrier An open slot due to a delayed flight that is included in the GDP or AFP It is positioned at its arrival slot time and colored by carrier The corresponding flight is positioned at a later time matching the ETA An open slot due to a delayed flight that is
588. x 1 5 30 minutes and will receive a CTA of 1535 30 1605 This is not an editable field for DAS or GAAP programs For DAS programs the target delay multiplier is always 1 0 and cannot be edited For GAAP programs the target delay multiplier is not applicable as pop up flights are assigned to unassigned slots or given the max additional delay For UDP programs the default value is 1 0 Use the arrows to select a new value or type a new value As you adjust the number of minutes the time will increase in the adjacent ddhhmm field Valid values are 1 0 to 9 9 Click Default to return to the default value e Earliest R Slot Minutes This parameter is used internally within FSM to prevent allocating any reserved slots that are too close to the current time to be usable From a system point of view the only restriction on the Earliest R Slot is that it be earlier than the end time of the GDP Enter the Earliest R Slot as a number of minutes that will be added to the start of the program being issued For example if you think the pop up traffic for the first 2 hours 120 minutes of your program has already materialized you would not want to reserve slots for pop up flights in those hours In this example with the Earliest R Slot parameter you can control when you want reserved slots to begin for pop up flights by adding 120 minutes to the Program Start Zero is the default value Use the arrows to select a new value or type a new va
589. xit Closes the Control Panel component and exits the FSM application 2 View Menu View gt Map Opens the Map component to view airports and FEAs FCAs currently being monitored by FSM The Map component also shows when there is a TMI in place for any particular data set View gt GDT Mode Opens the GDT Setup components for a selected data set View gt IPM Mode Opens the Integrated Program Modeling IPM components View gt Flight List Opens the Flight List for a selected data set 3 Reports Menu Under the Reports Menu there are eight Counts Lists Counts gt By Demand Displays arrival demand in 15 minute interval flight counts and totals the flight count for each hour This is a quick way to check the arrival demand for each hour Counts gt By Center Provides flight counts according to departure centers There are 27 centers and ZZZ which includes any center that is not part of the initial 27 Again in Monitored Live mode FSM bases these counts on flights ETA times as displayed in the FSM Time Line Counts gt By Aircraft Category Displays a count list based on the aircraft category This Count List incorporates the same classifications for aircraft category as in the FSM Color By Aircraft Category option TFMS classifies flights according to the aircraft type as specified by the flight plan or CDM message Counts gt By Aircraft Class Provides flight counts according to the aircraft we
590. y You use the Power Run function to determine whether you need to modify the parameters When any Power Run is generated FSM automatically saves the Power Run to a file Once you have clicked Run on the GDT Setup component you still have the option to analyze the parameters used FSM generates a post operation evaluation called the Analysis Report when you click Run The Analysis Report is an option on the Reports menu in any delay operation Coversheet FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 79 Understanding Components To view a scenario select the type of program to model in the Power Run By dropdown menu and click Model Model displays the effects of potential operation parameters and how traffic at the airport would be affected by using these parameters for an actual program in all GDT components Review the program statistics in the Data Graph To preview the effects of running a Power Run scenario as an actual program move the black line on the Data Graph component to other options displayed on the X axis This is discussed in more detail in the Data Graph Component Section With the exception of Power Run for Decision Time you can preview the proposed parameters and their effect on the airport s traffic Note After you click Model the Setup Panel no longer contains a red border which indicates that all the components reflect the information in the GDT Setup component Power Run Options The different options when using Power Run
591. y Metrics Minimum Delay Before The minimum delay given to any one flight included in the parameters before you ran the program Minimum Delay After The minimum delay given to any one flight included in the parameters after you ran the program Minimum Delay Difference The difference in minutes of delay before and after the program is implemented Average Delay Before Total delay of flights in the GDP operation divided by the Total Affected Flights in the operation before you ran the program Average Delay After Total delay of flights in the GDP operation divided by the Total Affected Flights in the operation after you ran the program Average Delay Difference The difference in minutes of delay before and after the program is implemented Maximum Delay Before The longest delay assigned to any one flight in the GDP before you ran the program Maximum Delay After The longest delay assigned to any one flight in the GDP after you ran the program Maximum Delay Difference The difference in minutes of delay before and after the program is implemented Total Delay Before The sum of all delays resulting from this GDP operation in minutes before you ran the program Determined by CTA OETA Total Delay After The sum of all delays resulting from this GDP operation in minutes after you ran the program Determined by CTA OETA Total Delay Difference The difference
592. y of all carriers to see if they are similar If the average delay is similar for all carriers the delay variability is a small value Larger deviation or increased dissimilarity of average delay for all carriers results in larger delay variability values Default color is red EMA The Equity Metric for Airlines EMA is a metric that indicates as a whole how equitable or fair the proposed initiative is for the airlines Equity is determined by comparing the delay assigned in a proposed initiative to that which results if you use the airborne holding model You must view any deviation from the airborne holding model as decreased equity The values shown in this field are integers rounded from the calculated values A value of 1 indicates that the initiative option results in delays that are exactly the same as those for airborne holding A value from 2 to 8 indicates an option that still exhibits good equity though the one with the lower value is still preferred A value from 9 to 16 indicates an option with increasingly significant FSM User Guide Version 9 00 3 96 Understanding Components deviation from the standard A value above 16 indicates an option with poor equity Default color is cyan e EMF The Equity Metric for Flights is a metric that indicates as a whole how equitable or fair the proposed initiative is for all the flights Equity is determined by comparing the delay assigned in a proposed initiative to that which result
593. you ran that particular scenario Default color is white Avg Delay The average amount of delay in minutes flights would receive if you ran that particular scenario Default color is black Max Air Hold The maximum amount of airborne holding delay in minutes that would be placed on any one flight if you ran that particular scenario Default color is lavender Avg Air Hold The average amount of airborne holding in minutes that would be placed on flights if you ran that particular scenario Default color is orange Stack The amount of flights that would be left in the stack hour following the end of the initiative if you ran that particular scenario Default color is hunter green Unrec Delay Unrecoverable delay is the amount of delay that remains on flights even if you release the TMI right before the start time for the selected scenario FSM determines this value by setting the time to the TMI start time and performing the release delay function Default color is lime green Unrec Percentage of Unrecoverable delay is a value that FSM calculates by taking the Unrecoverable Delay and dividing it by Total Delay Unrecoverable Delay Total Delay This is the percentage of delay that remains even if you release all delay at the start time for the selected scenario Default color is yellow Delay Var Delay Variability is the standard deviation of the carriers average delay FSM determines this value by taking the average dela

FSM User Guide.book

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents